SG181965A1 - Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein - Google Patents

Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein Download PDF

Info

Publication number
SG181965A1
SG181965A1 SG2012047650A SG2012047650A SG181965A1 SG 181965 A1 SG181965 A1 SG 181965A1 SG 2012047650 A SG2012047650 A SG 2012047650A SG 2012047650 A SG2012047650 A SG 2012047650A SG 181965 A1 SG181965 A1 SG 181965A1
Authority
SG
Singapore
Prior art keywords
alkyl
compound
formula
independently
hydrogen
Prior art date
Application number
SG2012047650A
Inventor
Russell C Petter
Charles F Jewell
Kwangho Lee
Aravind Prasad Medikonda
Deqiang Niu
Lixin Qiao
Juswinder Singh
Zhendong Zhu
Original Assignee
Avila Therapeutics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Avila Therapeutics Inc filed Critical Avila Therapeutics Inc
Publication of SG181965A1 publication Critical patent/SG181965A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/96—Stabilising an enzyme by forming an adduct or a composition; Forming enzyme conjugates
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/16—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/48—Two nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/49—Two nitrogen atoms with an aralkyl radical, or substituted aralkyl radical, attached in position 5, e.g. trimethoprim
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/08—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
    • C07D493/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D493/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/10—Transferases (2.)
    • C12N9/12—Transferases (2.) transferring phosphorus containing groups, e.g. kinases (2.7)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/14—Hydrolases (3)
    • C12N9/48—Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
    • C12N9/50—Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25)
    • C12N9/503—Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from viruses
    • C12N9/506—Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from viruses derived from RNA viruses
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/93—Ligases (6)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/25—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving enzymes not classifiable in groups C12Q1/26 - C12Q1/66
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/34—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving hydrolase
    • C12Q1/37—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving hydrolase involving peptidase or proteinase
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/48—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving transferase
    • C12Q1/485—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving transferase involving kinase
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Y—ENZYMES
    • C12Y207/00—Transferases transferring phosphorus-containing groups (2.7)
    • C12Y207/11—Protein-serine/threonine kinases (2.7.11)
    • C12Y207/11001—Non-specific serine/threonine protein kinase (2.7.11.1), i.e. casein kinase or checkpoint kinase
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Y—ENZYMES
    • C12Y304/00—Hydrolases acting on peptide bonds, i.e. peptidases (3.4)
    • C12Y304/21—Serine endopeptidases (3.4.21)
    • C12Y304/21098—Hepacivirin (3.4.21.98)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Y—ENZYMES
    • C12Y603/00—Ligases forming carbon-nitrogen bonds (6.3)
    • C12Y603/02—Acid—amino-acid ligases (peptide synthases)(6.3.2)
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16B—BIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B15/00—ICT specially adapted for analysing two-dimensional or three-dimensional molecular structures, e.g. structural or functional relations or structure alignment
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16B—BIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B15/00—ICT specially adapted for analysing two-dimensional or three-dimensional molecular structures, e.g. structural or functional relations or structure alignment
    • G16B15/30—Drug targeting using structural data; Docking or binding prediction
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16C—COMPUTATIONAL CHEMISTRY; CHEMOINFORMATICS; COMPUTATIONAL MATERIALS SCIENCE
    • G16C20/00—Chemoinformatics, i.e. ICT specially adapted for the handling of physicochemical or structural data of chemical particles, elements, compounds or mixtures
    • G16C20/50—Molecular design, e.g. of drugs

Abstract

The present invention relates to enzyme inhibitors. More specifically, the present invention relates to ligand-directed covalent modification of proteins; method of designing same; pharmaceutical formulation of same; and method of use.

Description

LIGAND-DIRECTED COVALENT MODIFICATION OF PROTEIN
PRIORTY CLAIM
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. provisional application 61/335,043, filed December 30, 2009, the disclosure of which is relied on and incorporated by reference into the present application in its entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] The present invention relates to enzyme inhibitors. More specifically, the present invention relates to ligand-directed covalent modification of lysine-containing proteins.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Compounds that inhibit the activity of proteins, such as enzymes, are important therapeutic agents. Most inhibitors reversibly bind to their target protein and therefore reversibly inhibit the activity of their target protein. Although reversible inhibitors have been developed that are efficacious therapeutic agents, reversible inhibitors have certain disadvantages. For example, many reversible inhibitors of kinases interact with the ATP- binding site. Because the structure of the ATP-binding site is highly conserved among kinases, it has been very challenging to develop reversible inhibitors that selectively inhibit one or more desired kinases. In addition, because reversible inhibitors dissociate from their target protein, the duration of inhibition may be shorter than desired. Thus, when reversible inhibitors are used as therapeutic agents higher quantities and/or more frequent dosing than is desired may be required in order to achieve the intended biological effect. This dosing requirement may produce toxicity or result in other undesirable effects.
[0004] Irreversible inhibitors that covalently bind to their target protein have been described in the art. Covalent irreversible inhibitors of drug targets have a number of important advantages over their reversible counterparts as therapeutics. Prolonged suppression of the drug targets may be necessary for maximum pharmacodynamic effect and an irreversible inhibitor can provide this advantage by permanently eliminating existing drug target activity, which will return only when new target protein is synthesized. When an irreversible inhibitor is administered, the therapeutic plasma concentration of the irreversible inhibitor would need to be attained only long enough to briefly expose the target protein to the inhibitor, which would irreversibly suppress activity of the target and plasma levels could then rapidly decline while the target protein would remain inactivated. This irreversible binding has the potential advantage of lowering the minimal blood plasma concentration at which therapeutic activity occurs, minimizing multiple dosing requirements and eliminating the requirement for long plasma half-lives without compromising efficacy. All of these considerations could reduce toxicity due to any nonspecific off-target interactions that may occur at high or prolonged blood plasma levels. Irreversible inhibitors also likely have advantages in overcoming drug resistance requirements in two ways. First, irreversible inhibitors eliminate the requirement for long blood plasma half-lives without compromising efficacy. Second, because resistance mutations may compromise non-covalent binding, but even in the face of reduced non-covalent affinity, the inactivation mechanism will often, nonetheless, lead to protein target modification and irreversible inhibition. All of these considerations could reduce toxicity due to any nonspecific off-target interactions that may occur at high or prolonged blood plasma levels. Another advantage of irreversible inhibitors is that the inactivation mechanism that drives potency will often lead to a selectivity profile that is “orthogonal” to those readily achieved using only non-covalent binding interactions — a profile that is both pharmacologically advantageous and difficult to achieve using non- covalent inhibition.
[0005] Many reversible inhibitors of proteins are presently known, as are many of their binding sites in the proteins to which the reversible inhibitors bind. The binding sites of these reversible inhibitors are sometimes populated with amino acids that are capable of covalent modification with suitably reactive ligands. In other instances, amino acids are located near the binding sites of reversible inhibitors that are capable of covalent modification with suitably reactive ligands. Amino acids capable of covalent modification are typically those which have a heteroatom such as O, S, or N in the side chain, such as threonine, cysteine, histidine, serine, tyrosine, and lysine. Sulfur is amenable to covalent modification due to the nucleophilicty of sulfur, and as such there are examples of ligands that modify cysteine in proteins of interest. However, amino acids such as lysine are usually sufficiently unreactive that ligands do not react in vivo with lysine. In fact, highly reactive indiscriminate reagents are usually employed for lysine modification. And, as such, ligand-directed modification of lysine has heretofore remained unrealized. For this reason and others, there is a need for irreversible inhibitors of proteins of medicinal interest, which inhibitors exert their biological influence through a ligand-directed modification of lysine.
L SUMMARY OF INVENTION
[0006] In one aspect, the invention provides a method for designing a ligand that covalently binds a target protein. The method comprises (a) providing a structural model of a reversible ligand docked within, or in proximity to, a ligand-binding site in a target protein, (b) identifying a lysine residue of the target protein in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site that is less than about 15A from the reversible ligand when the reversible ligand is docked in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site, (¢) producing at least a structural model of at least one ligand-warhead compound docked within, or in proximity to, the ligand- binding site wherein the ligand-warhead compound comprises the reversible ligand in step (b) or a portion thereof, a warhead comprising a reactive chemical moiety, and optionally a
Tether, and (d) identifying a ligand-warhead compound whose structural model allows the lysine residue in step (b) to readily assume a conformation that brings the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue within bond-forming proximity of the warhead electrophile.
[0007] In another aspect, the invention provides a method for designing a ligand that covalently binds a lysine residue of a target protein. The method comprises (a) providing a structural model of a reversible ligand docked in, or in proximity to, a ligand-binding site in a target protein, wherein the reversible ligand makes at least one non-covalent contact with the ligand-binding site; (b) identifying a lysine residue in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of the target protein that is adjacent to the reversible ligand when the reversible ligand is docked in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site; (c) producing structural models of a plurality of ligand-warhead compounds docked in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site wherein each ligand-warhead compound comprises a warhead covalently attached to a substitutable position of the reversible ligand in step (b) the warhead comprising a reactive chemical moiety and optionally a linker; (d) identifying among the structural models in step (c) at least one ligand-warhead compound whose structural model allows the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue in step (b) to be within bonding distance of the warhead electrophile; and (e) further identifying among the structural models identified in step (d) a hydrogen-bond donor-containing amino acid residue in, or in the proximity to, the ligand-binding site, wherein the hydrogen-bond donor amino acid residue is within hydrogen- bonding distance of the warhead.
[0008] In another aspect, the invention provides a method for identifying at least one lysine residue within at least one protein that can be modified covalently. The method comprises (a) identifying at least one protein having a ligand-binding site, (b) providing a three-dimensional structural model for the identified protein, (c) docking a reversible ligand in, or in proximity to, the identified protein’s ligand-binding site in the structural model, wherein the reversible ligand makes at least one non-covalent contact with the ligand-binding site, thereby creating a structural model of a reversible ligand bound to, or in proximity to, an identified protein’s ligand-binding site; and (d) identifying in the structural model of a reversible ligand bound to, or in proximity to, an identified protein’s ligand-binding site one or more lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of the identified protein which is less than about 15A from the reversible ligand.
[0009] In yet another aspect, the invention provides a method of covalently modifying a lysine residue in, or in proximity to, a ligand-binding site of a protein, comprising contacting a compound of Formula I:
X y
I wherein Scaffold, Tether, Warhead, x and y are as defined herein; with the protein containing a lysine residue in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of the protein and forming a covalent bond between the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue and the Warhead of the compound.
[0010] In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of Formula I:
X y
I wherein Scaffold, Warhead, Tether, x and y are as defined herein.
[0011] In a further aspect, the invention provides protein-modifier-ligand conjugates of
Formula XIII:
X
Y
XIII wherein Scaffold, Polypeptide, Tether, M, Yi, x and y are as defined herein.
[0012] In yet another aspect of the disclosure, a method for selecting a warhead that binds to a target lysine within a ligand binding site of a protein is disclosed. The method comprises (a) identifying at least one protein having a ligand-binding site, (b) providing a three- dimensional structural model for the identified protein, (c) identifying the locations of at least one lysine in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of step (a); (d) providing at least one warhead in proximity to the at least one identified lysine; (e) aligning the electrophilic atom of the warhead within bonding distance of the primary amine of the at least one identified lysine; (f) forming a covalent bond between the electrophilic atom of the warhead and the primary amine of the at least one lysine; (g) docking a reversible ligand in the identified protein’s ligand-binding site within 15 A of the covalently attached warhead of step (f), wherein the reversible ligand maintains most of its known noncovalent interactions with the ligand binding site; (h) aligning the closest atom of the ligand with the covalently bound warhead of step (f) and determining the geometric requirements for a Tether between the ligand and the covalently bound warhead of step (f).
II. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0013] Figure 1 shows the X-ray co-crystal structure (2JK7) with key lysines in XIAP proximal to bound Smac-mimetic ligand.
[0014] Figure 2 depicts non-limiting examples of weaponizing the Smac-mimetic ligand.
[0015] Figure 3 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of Compound XVI-26 contacted with HCV NS3 Protease.
[0016] Figure 4 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of Compound XVI-26 treated with HCV NS3 Protease (WT); HCV NS3 Protease (C159S); and HCV NS3 protease (C159S/K136A).
[0017] Figure 5 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of compound XVI-1 treated with
HCV NS3 Protease (WT1Db).
[0018] Figure 6 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of compound VII-1 contacted with XIAP.
[0019] Figure 7 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of chymotrypsin digestion of
XIAP (top) and XIAP contacted with compound VII-1(bottom).
[0020] Figure 8 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of compound VII-21 contacted with XIAP.
[0021] Figure 9 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of chymotrypsin digestion of
XIAP (top) and XIAP contacted with compound VII-21 (bottom).
[0022] Figure 10 depicts that the probe compound XVI-27, modifies NS3/4A C1598.
[0023] Figure 11 depicts the prolonged duration of action of XVI-26.
[0024] Figure 12 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of Compound XI-27 contacted with PDPK-1 (whole protein).
[0025] Figure 13 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of the trypsin digestion of
PDPK-1 (whole protein) contacted with Compound XI-27 identifying the peptide '"'NGELLKYIR'".
[0026] Figure 14 depicts the MSMS analysis of the peptide '*NGELLKYIR'"* modified by XI-27 from the digest depicted in Figure 13 and identifying K169 as the lysine modified by XI-27.
[0027] Figure 15 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of Compound XI-21 contacted with PDPK-1 (whole protein).
[0028] Figure 16 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of the trypsin digestion of
PDPK-1 (whole protein) contacted with Compound XI-21 identifying three peptides '"’NGELLKYIR'”, "’KIGSFDETCTR'®, and *'FGKILGEGSFSTVVLAR'”.
[0029] Figure 17 depicts the MSMS analysis of the peptide '*NGELLKYIR'"? from the digest depicted in Figure 16 and identifying K169 as the lysine modified by XI-21.
[0030] Figure 18 depicts the MSMS analysis of the peptide '*KIGSFDETCTR'**from the digest depicted in Figure 16 and identifying K173 as the lysine modified by XI-21.
[0031] Figure 19 depicts the MSMS analysis of the peptide
EGKILGEGSESTVVLAR'” from the digest depicted in Figure 16 and identifying K86 as the lysine modified by XI-21.
[0032] Figure 20 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of Compound XXXVI-2 contacted with PDPK-1 (whole protein).
[0033] Figure 21 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of Compound XXXVI-1 contacted with PDPK-1 (whole protein).
[0034] Figure 22 depicts the mass spectrometric analysis of Compound XXII-33 contacted with PI3Ky (whole protein).
III. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF INVENTION
A. DEFINITIONS
[0035] Compounds of this invention include those described generally above, and are further illustrated by the classes, subclasses, and species disclosed herein. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply unless otherwise indicated. For purposes of this invention, the chemical clements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements,
CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75™ Ed. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry are described in “Organic Chemistry,” Thomas Sorrell, University
Science Books, Sausalito: 1999, and “March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry,” 5 Ed., Ed.:
Smith, M.B. and March, J., John Wiley & Sons, New York: 2001, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. The biochemical definitions can be found in
Structure and Mechanism in Protein Science: A Guide to Enzyme Catalysis and Protein
Folding, Alan Fersht, W. H. Freeman, 1998, 1st Edition; Enzymatic Reaction Mechanisms,
Perry A. Frey and Adrian D. Hegeman, Perry A. Frey (Author), Oxford University Press, 2007, 1st Edition; and Biochemistry, 6th Edition, Jeremy M. Berg, W. H. Freeman, 2007; the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
[0036] As used herein the term “protein” means linear polymers made up of the 20 different naturally occurring L-a-amino acids, as well as other less common amino acids.
The amino acids in a polymer are joined together by peptide bonds between the carboxyl and amino groups of adjacent amino acid residues. The term polypeptide can be used interchangeably herein with the term protein. Polypeptides can be full length proteins, as well as any portion of a protein. As used herein the terms protein and polypeptide are used to describe proteins containing ligand binding sites. Any protein or polypeptide contemplated herein will be large enough to fold and constitute a ligand binding site.
[0037] The term “aliphatic” or “aliphatic group,” as used herein, means a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, or a monocyclic hydrocarbon or bicyclic hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic (also referred to herein as “carbocycle,” “carbocyclic,” “cycloaliphatic” or “cycloalkyl”), that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. Unless otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-8 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-5 aliphatic carbon atoms. In other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-4 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-3 aliphatic carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain 1-2 aliphatic carbon atoms. In some embodiments, “carbocyclic” (or “cycloaliphatic” or “carbocycle” or “cycloalkyl”) refers to a monocyclic
C;-Cs hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the molecule. Suitable aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to, linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
[0038] As used herein, the term “bridged bicyclic” refers to any bicyclic ring system, i.e., carbocyclic or heterocyclic, saturated or partially unsaturated, having at least one bridge. As defined by IUPAC, a “bridge” is an optionally substituted chain of atoms or an atom or a valence bond connecting two bridgeheads, where a “bridgehead” is any skeletal atom of the ring system which is bonded to three or more skeletal atoms (excluding hydrogen). In some embodiments, a bridged bicyclic group has 7- to 12- ring members and 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Such bridged bicyclic groups are well known in the art and include those groups set forth below where each group is attached to the rest of the molecule at any substitutable carbon or nitrogen atom. Unless otherwise specified, a bridged bicyclic group or the bridge is optionally substituted with one or more substituents as set forth for aliphatic groups. Additionally or alternatively, any substitutable nitrogen of a bridged bicyclic group is optionally substituted. Exemplary bridged bicyclics include:
HN 7
HN N HN 0 N
H
0 HN 0 0
NH NH NH
N
[0039] The term “lower alkyl” refers to a C4 straight or branched alkyl group.
Exemplary lower alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and tert- butyl.
[0040] The term “lower haloalkyl” refers to a C4 straight or branched alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
[0041] The term “heteroatom” means one or more of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon (including, any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or silicon; the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen or; a substitutable nitrogen of a heterocyclic ring, for example N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or
NR (as in N-substituted pyrrolidinyl)).
[0042] The term "unsaturated," as used herein, means that a moiety has one or more units of unsaturation.
[0043] As used herein, the term “bivalent C; (or Cy) saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain,” refers to bivalent alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene chains that are straight or branched as defined herein.
[0044] The term “alkylene” refers to a bivalent alkyl group. An “alkylene chain” is a polymethylene group, i.e., (CH;),—, wherein n is a positive integer, preferably from 1 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 3, from 1 to 2, or from 2 to 3. A substituted alkylene chain is a polymethylene group in which one or more methylene hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
[0045] The term “alkenylene” refers to a bivalent alkenyl group. A substituted alkenylene chain is a polymethylene group containing at least one double bond in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
[0046] As used herein, the term “cyclopropylenyl” refers to a bivalent cyclopropyl group
HAR of the following structure: A .
[0047] The term “halogen” means F, CI, Br, or I.
[0048] The term “aryl” used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl,” “aralkoxy,” or “aryloxyalkyl,” refers to monocyclic or bicyclic ring systems having a total of five to fourteen ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members. The term “aryl” may be used interchangeably with the term “aryl ring.” In certain embodiments of the present invention, “aryl” refers to an aromatic ring system which includes, but not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracyl and the like, which may bear one or more substituents. Also included within the scope of the term “aryl,” as it is used herein, is a group in which an aromatic ring is fused to one or more non—aromatic rings, such as indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like.
[0049] The terms “heteroaryl” and “heteroar—,” used alone or as part of a larger moiety, e.g., “heteroaralkyl,” or “heteroaralkoxy,” refer to groups having 5 to 10 ring atoms, preferably 5, 6, or 9 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 © electrons shared in a cyclic array; and having, in addition to carbon atoms, from one to five heteroatoms. The term “heteroatom” as used within this definition refers to nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and includes any oxidized form of nitrogen or sulfur, and any quaternized form of a basic nitrogen. Heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolizinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl, and pteridinyl. The terms “heteroaryl” and “heteroar—,” as used herein, also include groups in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring. Nonlimiting examples include indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 4H—quinolizinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]-1,4—oxazin—
3(4H)-one. A heteroaryl group may be mono— or bicyclic. The term “heteroaryl” may be used interchangeably with the terms “heteroaryl ring,” “heteroaryl group,” or “heteroaromatic,” any of which terms include rings that are optionally substituted. The term “heteroaralkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl and heteroaryl portions independently are optionally substituted.
[0050] As used herein, the terms “heterocycle,” “heterocyclyl,” “heterocyclic radical,” and “heterocyclic ring” are used interchangeably and refer to a stable 5— to 7-membered monocyclic or 7- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic moiety that is either saturated or partially unsaturated, and having, in addition to carbon atoms, one or more, preferably one to four, heteroatoms, as defined above. When used in reference to a ring atom of a heterocycle, the term "nitrogen" includes a substituted nitrogen. As an example, in a saturated or partially unsaturated ring having 0-3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen, the nitrogen may be N (as in 3,4—dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl), or ‘NR (as in
N-substituted pyrrolidinyl).
[0051] A heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure and any of the ring atoms can be optionally substituted. Examples of such saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic radicals include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, diazepinyl, oxazepinyl, thiazepinyl, morpholinyl, and quinuclidinyl. The terms “heterocycle,” “heterocyclyl,” “heterocyclyl ring,” “heterocyclic group,” “heterocyclic moiety,” and “heterocyclic radical,” are used interchangeably herein, and also include groups in which a heterocyclyl ring is fused to one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloaliphatic rings, such as indolinyl, 3H-indolyl, chromanyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydroquinolinyl, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring. A heterocyclyl group may be mono— or bicyclic. The term “heterocyclylalkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heterocyclyl, wherein the alkyl and heterocyclyl portions independently are optionally substituted.
[0052] As used herein, the term “partially unsaturated” refers to a ring moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond. The term “partially unsaturated” is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aryl or heteroaryl moieties, as herein defined.
[0053] As described herein, compounds of the invention may contain “optionally substituted” moieties. In general, the term “substituted,” whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitable substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an “optionally substituted” group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are preferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds. The term “stable,” as used herein, refers to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for their production, detection, and, in certain embodiments, their recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
[0054] Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group are independently halogen; —(CH;)o_4R°; -(CH,)o_4OR®; -O(CH,)o4R°, —0—(CH;)0 4C(O)OR®; —(CH;)o 4CH(OR®),; —(CH,)o 4SR®; —(CH,)o 4Ph, which may be substituted with R°; —-(CH3)o_4O(CH;)o_1Ph which may be substituted with R°; -CH=CHPh, which may be substituted with R°; —(CH;)o 4O(CH_)o 1-pyridyl which may be substituted with R®; -NO;; ~CN; —N3; -(CH2)0-4N(R®)2; ~(CH2)0-4N(R)C(O)R?; -N(R°)C(S)R®; —(CH2)o_4N(R*)C(O)NR°,; -N(R°)C(S)NR°;; <(CH2)o-4N(R°)C(O)OR®; —N(R°)N(R®)C(O)R?; -N(R°)N(R°)C(O)NR®;; -N(R°)N(R°)C(O)OR°; -(CH2)o4C(O)R®; —C(S)R®; (CHz)o-4C(O)OR?; «(CHa)o4C(O)SR®; -(CH,)o 4C(O)OSIR 3; ~(CH,)o 4OC(O)R®; —OC(0)(CHy)o 4SR~, SC(S)SR?; (CH) 4SC(O)R?; —(CHy)o 4C(O)NR®,; ~C(S)NR; —C(S)SR®; —SC(S)SR®, -(CH3)o_4OC(O)NR°;; -C(O)N(OR°)R?; -C(O)C(O)R®; —C(O)CH2C(O)R®; =C(NOR°)R®; -(CH2)0-4SSR°; —(CH2)0-4S(0)2R °; =(CH2)0_4S(0),0OR°; —(CH2)0-40S(0)2R°; =S(0)2NR°3; -(CH2)0_4S(O)R®; -N(R°)S(0O):NR°2; -N(R°)S(0O):R°; -N(OR®)R®; —C(NH)NR®;; —P(0),R®; -P(O)R°;; -OP(O)R®,; —OP(O)(OR®),; SiR°3; —(C_4 straight or branched alkylene)O—N(R®),; or —(C;_4 straight or branched alkylene)C(O)O —N(R?);, wherein each R° may be substituted as defined below and is independently hydrogen, C, aliphatic, -CH,Ph, —O(CH;)o_1Ph, -CH,~(5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring), or a 5— to 6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0—4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R°, taken together with their intervening atom(s), form a 3— to 12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono— or bicyclic ring having 0—4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, which may be substituted as defined below.
[0055] Suitable monovalent substituents on R° (or the ring formed by taking two independent occurrences of R° together with their intervening atoms), are independently halogen, —(CH);2R®, —(haloR®), —(CH,); 20H, —(CH);20R®, —(CH;);CH(OR®),; -O(haloR®), —-CN, —N;, (CH,)¢ 2C(O)R®, —-(CH,), ,C(O)OH, —(CH;); ,C(O)OR®, -(CH,)o_ »SR*®, —(CH,)¢ 2SH, <(CHy)o 2NH,, -(CH,)o :NHR®, —(CH;)o oNR*®,, -NO,, —SiR*;, ~OSiR*;, -C(O)SR®, —(C;_4 straight or branched alkylene)C(O)OR®, or —SSR® wherein each R® is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently selected from C, 4 aliphatic, -CH,Ph, —O(CH,),_ Ph, or a 5— to 6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of
R° include =O and =S.
[0056] Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an “optionally substituted” group include the following: =O (“0x0”), =S, =NNR',, =NNHC(O)R’, =NNHC(0O)OR", =NNHS(O),R’, =NR", =NOR’, —-O(C(R"})), 30, or —S(C(R"})),3S-, wherein each independent occurrence of R” is selected from hydrogen, Cig aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5— to 6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an “optionally substituted” group include: —~O(CR,),_30—, wherein cach independent occurrence of R” is selected from hydrogen, Cg aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted 5—-6—membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0057] Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R® include halogen, —R®, -(haloR®), -OH, -OR®, —O(haloR®), —-CN, —-C(O)OH, —C(O)OR®, -NH,, -NHR®, -NR®;, or -NO,, wherein each R® is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C, 4 aliphatic, -CH,Ph, —O(CH,),_;Ph, or a 5— to 6— membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0—4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0058] Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an “optionally substituted” group include —R", -NRY,, -C(O)R', —C(0)OR’, -C(0)C(O)R', —C(0)CH,C(O)R’, -S(O),R, -S(0),NR',, —C(S)NR',, -C(NH)NR,, or -N(RH)S(0),R"; wherein each RT is independently hydrogen, C, ¢ aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, unsubstituted —OPh, or an unsubstituted 5— to 6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of R', taken together with their intervening atom(s) form an unsubstituted 3— to 12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono— or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0059] Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R® are independently halogen, —R®, -(haloR®), —-OH, -OR*®, —O(haloR*®), —CN, —-C(O)OH, —-C(O)OR®, -NH,, -NHR®, -NR*,, or -NO,, wherein each R*® is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with one or more halogens, and is independently C,_4 aliphatic, -CH,Ph, —O(CH3)o_Ph, or a 5— to 6—membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0060] As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge et al., describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 66, 1-19 (1977), incorporated herein by reference. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases.
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid,
maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, cthanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2—hydroxy—ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2- naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3—phenylpropionate, phosphate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, p—toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like.
[0061] Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N'(C,_salkyl); salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
[0062] Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, Z and E double bond isomers, and Z and E conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the invention are within the scope of the invention.
Additionally, unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures including the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a "*C- or *C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this invention. Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools, as probes in biological assays, or as therapeutic agents in accordance with the present invention.
[0063] As used herein, the term “irreversible” or “irreversible inhibitor” refers to an inhibitor (i.e., a compound) that is able to covalently binds to an enzyme, or portion thereof in a substantially non-reversible manner. That is, whereas a reversible inhibitor is able to bind to (but is generally unable to form a covalent bond with) an enzyme, and therefore can become dissociated from the enzyme an irreversible inhibitor will remain substantially bound to an enzyme once covalent bond formation has occurred. Irreversible inhibitors usually display time dependency, whereby the degree of inhibition increases with the length of time with which the inhibitor is in contact with the enzyme. In certain embodiments, an irreversible inhibitor will remain substantially bound to an enzyme once covalent bond formation has occurred and will remain bound for a time period that is longer than the life of the enzyme.
[0064] Methods for identifying if a compound is acting as an irreversible inhibitor are known to one of ordinary skill in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to, enzyme kinetic analysis of the inhibition profile of the compound with the enzyme, the use of mass spectrometry of the protein drug target modified in the presence of the inhibitor compound, discontinuous exposure, also known as “washout,” experiments, and the use of labeling, such as radiolabelled inhibitor, to show covalent modification of the enzyme, as well as other methods known to one of skill in the art.
[0065] One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that certain reactive functional groups can act as “warheads.” As used herein, the term “warhead” or “warhead group” refers to a functional group present on a compound of the present invention wherein that functional group is capable of covalently binding to lysine, present in or near the binding pocket of a target protein, thereby irreversibly inhibiting the protein. It will be appreciated that in some embodiments the Tether-Warhead group, as defined and described herein, provides such warhead groups for covalently, and irreversibly, inhibiting the protein.
[0066] As used herein, the term “inhibitor” is defined as a compound that binds to and /or inhibits an enzyme with measurable affinity. In certain embodiments, an inhibitor has an ICs and/or binding constant of less about 10 uM, less than about 1uM, less than about 100 nM, or less than about 10 nM.
[0067] The terms “measurable affinity” and “measurably inhibit,” as used herein, means a measurable change in any lysing-containing protein, such as, e.g., XIAP, PI3Kp/y, PDPK1 and HCV-NS3 protease activity between a sample comprising a compound of the present invention, or composition thereof, and at least one of XIAP, PI3Kf/y, PDPK1 and HCV-NS3 protease, and an equivalent sample comprising at least one of XIAP, PI3Kp/y, PDPK1 and
HCV-NS3 protease, in the absence of said compound, or composition thereof.
[0068] The disclosure of U.S. application Serial No. 12/554,433, filed September 4, 2009, entitled “Design Algorithm”, is hereby incorporated by reference into the subject application in its entirety. As described therein, the incorporated application describes design methods and algorithms for the modification of one or more cysteine residues in a protein target, which design methods and algorithms are equally applicable to the modification of one or more lysine residues in a protein target. Any structural and computational modeling, as well as the software used to generate that modeling described therein, are equally useful in the instant design of covalent inhibitors of lysine and, accordingly are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties into this application.
B. PROTEIN FAMILIES CONTAINING TARGETABLE LYSINE
RESIDUES
[0069] In general, lysine residues located in, or in proximity to, a ligand binding site in any targeted family of proteins can be targeted for ligand-directed lysine modification. For example, lysine residues of protein family members targeted for ligand-directed modification by irreversible inhibitors include, without limitation, those summarized in Table 1, below, where “Family” column refers to a family of proteins of interest; the “UniProtAC” column refers to the accession number identifier of a particular protein in accordance with UniProt
Knowledgebase (UniProtKB) accession numbers (www.uniprot.org); the “Sequence” column refers to an identifying fragment of the Family member protein’s amino acid sequence which includes the lysine of interest; and the “Residue Number” column refers to the lysine residue number as set forth in the sequence. However, antibodies, as a family of proteins, are not contemplated within the present invention and therefore are excluded. (See e.g., Carlos F.
Barbas, III, et al., Science 278, 2085-2092 (1997); Popkov et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 106, 4378-4383, (2009); Doppalapudi et al., Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 17, 501-506, (2007); Li et al., J. Med. Chem., 47, 5630-5640, (2004); Guo et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA, 103, 11009-11014, (2006); Rader et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 100, 5396-5400, (2003).
1. TABLE OF PROTEIN FAMILIES . UniProt . Residue
Bel-21ik rein 13 107-LGEKVSQ-113 K110
TLS er | LISPLHKALQ-124 | KI21
QI9BXKS5 (BCL2L13 aka™* MILI) 118-PLHKALQ-124 K121 149-GWNKILV-155 K152
Bcl-2-related protein Al 043-SVQKEVE-049 K046
BCL-2 Q16548 (BCL2A1 aka BCL2L5 047-EVEKNLK-053 KO050 aka BFL1 aka GRS aka 074-VMEKEFE-080 K077
HBPAT) 144-FVKKFEP-150 | Kl147
Bcl-2-related ovarian
Q9UMX3 | killer protein (BOK aka 119-TWGKVVS-125 K122
BCL2L9
Calpain-3 (CAPN3 aka 217-EALKGGN-223
P20807 CANP3 aka CANPL3 aka
NCL1) 417-HFTKLEI-413 K410
Calpain-5 (ITIH2 aka
Calpains 015484 IGHEP2) 230-ASIKAVT-236
QOY6Q1 Calpain-6 (CAPNS aka 078-LGHKPMV-084 KO081
NCL3) 333-NFHKLNV-339 K336 014815 Calpain-9 (CAPNO aka 185-EALKGGS-191 K188
NCL4) 327-HFDKVEI-333 K330
Caspase-2 (CASP2 aka
P42575 [CHI aka NEDD2) 378-RNTKRGS-384 K381
Caspase-3 (CASP3 aka
P42574 CPP32) 207-RNSKDGS-213
Caspase-6 (CASP6 aka
P55212 MCH2) 262-DFCKDPS-268 250-KVPKLHS-256
Q14790 Caspase-8 (CASP8 aka 450-VSNKDDK-456 K453
MCHS) 453-KDDKKNM-459 K456 454-DDKKNMG-460 K457
Caspases | 355-RDPKSGS-361 | K358
P55211 Caspase-9 (CASP9 aka 355-RDPKSGS-361 K358
MCH6) 391-VSVKGIY-397 K394
Caspase-10 (CASP10 aka
Q92851 MCH4) 295-TSLKDRQ-301
P31944 Caspase-14 (CASP14) 093-GFLKGED-099 K096
Mucosa-associated 355-EHPKLKA-361 K358 lymphoid tissue 357-PKLKAPL-363 K360
Q9UDYS8 | lymphoma translocation 463-MCRKRND-469 K466 protein 1 (MALT aka
MLT 510-IFMKFLK-516 K513
. UniProt . Residue
Cathepsins | QIUBX1 | Cathepsin F (CTSF) 325-DCDKMDK-331 K328 328-KMDKACM-334 | K331 371-EKAKVYI-377 K374 pooseg | Cathepsin H(CTSHaka 7s rppieyNH281 | K278
CPSB)
P56202 | Cathepsin W (CTSW) 264-INMKPLQ-270 ses | Genome polyprotein (NS3 | 533 G5GKSTK-1239 | K1236'
P26663 Protease)
Genome polyprotein 2013-RGYKGVW-
HCV P26663 | (NS5A aka p36) 2019 K2016
Genome polyprotein
P2663 | (NSSB aka RNA-dirccted | 22> Dias ™ | K2560
RNA polymerase aka p68)
Histone deacetylase 1
Q13547 (HDAC aka RPD3L1) 028-HPMKPHR-034 K031
Histone deacetylase 11
Q96DB2 (HDACI 1) 303-GYQKRTA-309 K306
Histone deacetylase 2
Q92769 (HDAC?) 029-HPMKPHR-035 K032
HDAC Histone deacetylase 3 istone deacetylase i i 015379 (HDAC3) 022-HPMKPHR-028 K025
QoupNy | Histone deacetylase 6 350-GDPKGEM-356 | K353 (HDAC6)
Histone deacetylase 8
Q9BY41 (HDACS aka HDACL1) 030-SLAKIPK-036 K033
Heat shock 70 kDa 055-DAAKSQA-061 K058
P17066 protein 6 (HSPAG6 aka 070-FDAKRLI-076 K073
HSP70B") 270-ERAKRTL-276
HSP70 Heat shock cognate 71 058-DAAKNQV-064 | KO061
P11142 kDa protein (HSPAS aka 068-FDAKRLI-074 KO071
HSC70 aka HSP73 aka
HSPA 10 268-ERAKRTL-274
Heat shock protein HSP 90-alpha (HSP90OAAI aka
P07900 HSP90A aka HSPC1 aka 055-ALDKIRY-061 KO058
HSPCA)
HSP90
Heat shock protein HSP 90-beta (HSP90ABI aka
P08238 HSP90B aka HSPC? aka 050-ALDKIRY-056 K053
HSPCB)
. UniProt . Residue
IAP Q13075 Baculoviral IAP repeat- containing protein 1 188-FTGKQDT-194 K191 (NAIP aka BIRC) 216-EHAKWEP-222 | KI199
Baculoviral IAP repeat- containing protein 2
Q13490 | (BIRC2 aka C-IAP1 aka 302-DDVKCFC-308 K305
API1 aka IAP2 aka
MIHB
Baculoviral IAP repeat- containing protein 3
Q13489 | (BIRC3 aka C-IAP2 aka 288-DDVKCFC-294 K291
API2 aka IAP1 aka
MIHC
Baculoviral IAP repeat- 294-EGDKVKC-300 containing protein 4
P98170 (XIAP aka ILP1 aka HILP | 296-DKCKCFH-302 aka API3 aka BIRC4 aka
IAP3) 308-TDWKPSE-314 K311
Baculoviral IAP repeat- 059-FCFKELE-065 K062 containing protein 5 015392 (BIRCS aka Survivin aka
API4 aka IAP4) 076-EKHKKSS-082 K079
Baculoviral IAP repeat- 118-HQDKVRC-124 | KIi21 (BIRCT ak MLIAP aka | SZQSWKRGD-13% | Kis
Q6R308 (BIRC7 aka ML-IAP aka 132-QSWKRGD-138 K135 livin aka K-TAP) 143-EHAKWPF-149 | K146
Baculoviral IAP repeat- 033-QEDKVQC-039 K036
Qo6Poy | Containing protein 8 047-ANWKPKE-053 | KO050 (BIRCS aka ILP2 aka
TsIAP 058-QHAKWYP-064 K061
B-Raf proto-oncogene serine/threonine-protein
P15056 kinase (BRAF aka 480-VAVKMLN-486 K483
BRAF1 aka RAFBI1)
Kinase 221-IMSKTLG-227 K224
Serine/threonine-protein 242-TCKKVAI-248 096017 kinase Chk2 (CHEK? aka 249-VAIKISK-256 | K252
CHK? aka RAD53) 249-VAIKISK-256 K252 346-RDLKPEN-352 K349
P00533 Epidermal growth factor "| an
FRBBD
Hepatocyte growth factor
P08581 receptor (MET aka c- 1113
MET) 3-phosphoinositide- 015530 | dependent protein kinase
I (PDPK1 aka PDK-1) ro [Ee | eon
P11309 | serine/threonine-protein 257-RDIKDEN-263 | K260 kinase Pim-1 (PIM1) factor receptor 1 (FGFR1) receptor 2 (FGFR2) receptor 3 (FGFR3) receptor 4 (FGFR4)
Serine/threonine-protein mee [FE Dnt h
P04049 serine/threonine-protein kinase (RAFI aka ¢-RAF)
P43405 §Jrosine-protein kinase ligase Mdm2 (MDM2) aka MDMX) - REE
Q96GMS5 | SWI/SNF-related matrix-
. UniProt . Residue associated actin- dependent regulator of 324-KTHKLQD-330 K327 chromatin subfamily D member 1 (SMARCDI aka BAF60A)
SWI/SNF-related matrix- associated actin- dependent regulator of
Q92925 chromatin subfamily D 298-IPMKLAG-304 K301 member 2 (SMARCD2 aka BAF60B
SWI/SNF-related matrix- associated actin-
Q6STEs | dependent regulator of 299-SHDKEYI-305 | K302 chromatin subfamily D - - member 3 (SMARCD3 aka BAF60C
Macrophage 230-SDPKAVM-236 P233
P39900 metalloelastase (MMP12 aka HME 238-PTYKYVD-244 P241 147-AFKKAFK-153 K150
P45452 11 MMPI colugenae SOM) [Toa6-YTGKSHF-252
Matrix metalloproteinase-
MMP P50281 | 14 (MMP14 aka MMP- 143-AIRKAFR-149 | K146
Xl
Matrix metalloproteinase-
P51511 15 (MMP15 aka SMCP-2) 281-YQWKDVD-287
Matrix metalloproteinase- 060882 20 (MMP20) 248-YKYKNPY-254
Estrogen receptor (ESR1
P03372 aka ESR aka NR3A1) 526-YSMKCKN-532 K529
Estrogen receptor beta
Q92731 (ESR2 aka ESTRB aka 311-SWAKKIP-317 K314
NR3A2)
NHR Peroxisome proliferator- 249-MAEKTLV-264 activated receptor alpha
QO7869 (PPARA aka NRICI aka
PPAR) 355-MEPKFDF-361 K358
Progesterone receptor
P06401 (PGR aka NR3C3) 916-QLPKILA-922 K919
Phosphatidylinositol-4,5- bisphosphate 3-kinase 773-SSAKRPL-779 K776
PI3K P42336 catalytic subunit alpha isoform (PI3K-alpha aka 799-IIFKNGD-805 K802
PIK3CA)
. UniProt . Residue
Phosphatidylinositol-4,5- 774 EKCKYMD-780 K777 bisphosphate 3-kinase
P42338 catalytic subunit beta isoform (PI3K-beta aka
PIK3CB aka PIK3C1) 802-VIFKNGD-808 K805
Phosphatidylinositol-4,5- 799-EKCKVMA-805 K802 bisphosphate 3-kinase 804-MASKKKP-810 K807
P48736 catalytic subunit gamma 830-IIFKHGD-836 K&33 isoform (PI3K gamma aka | 880-EIVKDAT-886 K883
PIK3CG) 887-TIAKIQQ-893 | K890
Leukocyte common 620-DDEKQLM-626 K623
P ti PTPRC ak 08575 | antigen (PTPRC aka 756-NRNKCAE-762 | K759
CD45
Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor i _
P18031 type 1 (PTPN1 aka 117-GSLKCAQ-123 K120
PTP1B
Tyrosine-protein 257-QECKLLY-263 006124 phosphatase non-receptor 277-NRYKNIL-283 type 11 (PTPN11 aka 361-ERGKSKC-367 K364
PTP2C aka SHPTP2) 363-GKSKCVK-369 | K366
Tyrosine-protein 2221-QELKPLD-2227 | K2224 012923 De EN see | 2241-NRYKNIL-2247 | K2244 type aka 2313-EGEKIKC-231
PNP1 aka PTP1E aka 313-EG €-2319 316
PTPL1 2315-EKIKCQR-2321 | K2318
Tyrosine-protein 1015-GRTKSHR- K1018
Phosph- 15678 phosphatase non-receptor 1021 atase Q type 14 (PTPN14 aka 915-QIPKKKA-921 K918
PEZ) 916-IPKKKAN-922 K919
Tyrosine-protein 038-AAWKADG-044 | K041 099952 phosphatase non-receptor type 18 (PTPNIS aka 060-NRYKDVL-066 | K063
BDP1
Tyrosine-protein
P17706 phosphatase non-receptor 035-RVAKFPE-041 KO038 type 2 (PTPN2 aka PTPT)
Tyrosine-protein 029-LKLKRQS-035 K032
QIY2R2 phosphatase non-receptor | 036-TKYKADK-042 | KO039 type 22 (PTPN22 aka 133-EMGKKKC-139 K136
PTPNS) 135-GKKKCER-141 | KI38
P26045 653-LYRKKPG-659 K656
. UniProt . Residue phosphatase non-receptor 663-TFAKLPQ-669 K666 type 3 (PTPN3 aka 674-NRYKDVL-680 | K677
PTPHI) 750-GRTKCHQ-756 | K753
Tyrosine-protein 662-LYRKKPG-668 L665
P29074 phosphatase non-receptor type 4 (PTPN4 aka MEG) | 759-GRVKCHQ-765 K762
Tyrosine-protein 326-NRYKTIL-332 K329
P54829 phosphatase non-receptor tvne 5 (PTPN5 404-MNEKCTE-410 K407
Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor i i
P29350 type 6 (PTPN6 aka HCP 274-NRYKNIL-2280 K277 aka PTP1C)
Tyrosine-protein
P35236 phosphatase non-receptor 123-DRYKTIL-129 K126 type 7 (PTPN7)
Tyrosine-protein
P43378 phosphatase non-receptor | 408-GRRKCGQ-414 K411 type 9 (PTPN9)
Receptor-type tyrosine- 1808-GRVKCDH-
P23467 protein phosphatase beta 1814 KI1811 (PTPRB aka PTPB)
Transthy- Transthyretin (Prealbumin retin Y= | P02766 aka TBPA aka TTR aka 032-LMVKVLD-038 KO035
ATTR aka PALB)
Poly [ADP-ribose] polymerase 1 (PARP1 aka i i
P09874 ADPRT aka PPOL aka 900-MVSKSAN-906 K903
ADPRT)
Poly [ADP-ribose] polymerase 3 (PARP3 aka
QI9Y6F1 ADPRT3 aka ADPRTL3 418-ENSKSAG-424 K421 aka IRTI)
PARP Poly [ADP-ribose] i ]
Q53GL7 polymerase 10 (PARP10) 938-DGHKAVF-944 K941
Poly [ADP-ribose]
Q9HO0J9 | polymerase 12 (PARP12 606-HYSKSDT-612 K609 aka ZC3HDC1)
Poly [ADP-ribose] 563-SYGKGTY-569 k566
Q460N3 | polymerase 15 (PARP15 576-YSAKDTY-582 K579 aka BAL3) 633-RSPKLFV-639 K636 095271 Tankyrase-1 (TNKS aka 1217-NSSKSNQ-1223 | K1220
I Ee
TIN1 aka TINF1 aka 1264-STIKMAH-1270 | K1269
TNKSI1
HIV Gag-Pol polyprotein (HIV aka PR)
In Protein Databank (PDB; www.pdb.org): alternatively numbered as K136.
[0070] In some embodiments, the family of proteins having targetable lysine residues according to the present invention is BCL-2. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is
Calpains. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is Caspases. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is Cathepsins. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is HCV.
In other embodiments, the family of proteins is HDAC. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is HSP70. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is HSP90. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is IAP. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is
Kinase. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is MDM2. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is MMP. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is NHR. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is PI3K. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is
Phosphatase. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is Transthyretin. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is PARP. In other embodiments, the family of proteins is HIV Protease.
[0071] In some embodiments, the members of the BCL-2 family of proteins comprise
Bcl-2-like protein 13, Bel-2-related protein Al, and Bcl-2-related ovarian killer protein. In these embodiments, the target lysines are K110, K121, and K152 in Bcl-2-like protein 13;
K046, K050, KO77, and K147 in Bcl-2-related protein Al; and K122 in Bel-2-related ovarian killer protein.
[0072] In other embodiments, the members of the Calpains family of proteins comprise
Calpain-3, Calpain-5, Calpain-6, and Calpain-9. In these embodiments, the target lysines are
K220, and K410 in Calpain 3; K233 in Calpain-5; K081 and K336 in Calpain-6; and K188 and K330 in Calpain-9.
[0073] In some embodiments, the members of the Caspases family of proteins comprises
Caspase-2, Caspase-3, Caspase-6, Caspase-8, Caspase-9, Caspase-10, Caspase-14, and
Mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma translocation protein 1. In these embodiments, the target lysines are K381 in Caspase-2; K210 in Caspase-3; K265 in
Caspase-6; K253, K453, K456, and K457 in Caspase-8; K358 and K394 in Caspase-9; K298 in Caspase-10; K096 in Caspase-14, and K358, K360, K466, and K513 in Mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma translocation protein 1.
[0074] In some embodiments, the members of the Cathepsin family of proteins comprise
Cathepsin F, Cathepsin H, and Cathepsin W. In these embodiments, the target lysines are
K238, K331, and K374 in Cathepsin F; K278 in Cathepsin H; and K267 in Cathepsin W.
[0075] In some embodiments, the members of the HCV family of proteins comprises
Genome polyprotein (NS3), Genome polyprotein (NS5A), and Genome polyprotein (NS5B).
In these embodiments, the target lysines are K1236 in Genome polyprotein (NS3); K2016 in
Genome polyprotein (NS5A); and K2560 in Genome polyprotein (NS5B).
[0076] In some embodiments, the members of the HCV family of proteins comprises
HCV-NS3, HCV-NS5A, and HCV-NSS5B.
[0077] In some embodiments, the members of the HDAC family of proteins comprise
Histone deacetylase 1, Histone deacetylase 11, Histone deacetylase 2, Histone deacetylase 3,
Histone deacetylase 6, and Histone deacetylase 8. In these embodiments, the target lysines are KO31 in Histone deacetylase 1; K306 in Histone deacetylase 11; K032 in Histone deacetylase 2; K025 in Histone deacetylase 3; K353 in Histone deacetylase 6; and K033 in
Histone deacetylase 8.
[0078] In some embodiments, the members of the HSP70 family of proteins comprise
Heat shock 70 kDa protein 6, and Heat shock cognate 71 kDa protein. In these embodiments, the target lysines are K058, K073, and K273 in Heat shock 70 kDa protein 6; and K061,
KO071, and K271 in Heat shock cognate 71 kDa protein.
[0079] In some embodiments, the members of the HSP90 family of proteins comprise
Heat shock protein HSP 90-alpha, and Heat shock protein HSP 90-beta. In these embodiments, the target lysines are K058 in Heat shock protein HSP 90-alpha; and K053 in
Heat shock protein HSP 90-beta.
[0080] In some embodiments, the members of the IAP family of proteins comprise
Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 1 (NAIP aka BIRC1), Baculoviral IAP repeat- containing protein 2 (BIRC2 aka C-IAP1 aka API1 aka IAP2 aka MIHB), Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 3 (BIRC3 aka C-IAP2 aka API2 aka IAP1 aka MIHC), Baculoviral
IAP repeat-containing protein 4 (XIAP aka ILP1 aka HILP aka API3 aka BIRC4 aka IAP3),
Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 5 (BIRCS aka Survivin aka API4 aka 1AP4),
Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 7 (BIRC7 aka ML-IAP aka livin aka K-IAP), and
Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 8 (BIRCS aka ILP2 aka TsIAP). In these embodiments, the target lysines are K191 and K199 in Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 1; K305 in Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 2; K291 in Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 3; K297, K299, and K311 in Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 4; K062 and K079 in Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 5; K121, K135, and
K146 in Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 7; and K036, K050, and K061 in
Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 8.
[0081] In some embodiments, the members of the IAP family of proteins comprises
XIAP, clAP1, cIAP2, and ML-IAP.
[0082] In some embodiments, the members of the Kinases family of proteins comprise B-
Raf proto-oncogene serine/threonine-protein kinase, Serine/threonine-protein kinase Chk2,
Epidermal growth factor receptor, Hepatocyte growth factor receptor, 3-phosphoinositide- dependent protein kinase 1 (PDPKI1), Proto-oncogene serine/threonine-protein kinase Pim- 1.Basic fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 (FGFR1), Fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 (FGFR2), Fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 (FGFR3), Fibroblast growth factor receptor 4 (FGFR4), 3-phosphoinositide-dependent protein kinase 1 (PDPK1), Serine/threonine-protein kinase B-raf (b-RAF), RAF proto-oncogene serine/threonine-protein kinase (RAF1 aka c-
RAF), and Tyrosine-protein kinase SYK. In these embodiments, the target lysines are K483 in B-Raf proto-oncogene serine/threonine-protein kinase; K224, K245, K252, and K349 in
Serine/threonine-protein kinase Chk2; K716, K728, and K745 in Epidermal growth factor receptor; K1110 and K1161 in Hepatocyte growth factor receptor; K086, K163, K169, and
K207 in PDPK1; K260 in Proto-oncogene serine/threonine-protein kinase Pim-1; K514,
K566 in basic fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 (FGFR1), K517, K569 in basic fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 (FGFR2); K560, K508 in basic fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 (FGFR3); K503, K555 in basic fibroblast growth factor receptor 4 (FGFR4); K173 in 3- phosphoinositide-dependent protein kinase 1 (PDPK1); K473 in Serine/threonine-protein kinase B-raf (b-RAF); K365 in RAF proto-oncogene serine/threonine-protein kinase (RAF1 aka c-RAF); K375 and K431 in RAF proto-oncogene serine/threonine-protein kinase (RAFI aka c-RAF); and K375, K387, and K458 in Tyrosine-protein kinase SYK.
[0083] In some embodiments, the members of the PDK family of proteins comprises
PDPKI.
[0084] In some embodiments, the members of the MDM2 family of proteins comprise E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm?2, Protein Mdm4, SWI/SNF-related matrix-associated actin- dependent regulator of chromatin subfamily D member 1, SWI/SNF-related matrix- associated actin-dependent regulator of chromatin subfamily D member 2, and SWI/SNF- related matrix-associated actin-dependent regulator of chromatin subfamily D member 3. In these embodiments, the target lysines are K051 and K094 in E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase
Mdm?2; K050 and K093 in Protein Mdm4; K327 in SWI/SNF-related matrix-associated actin- dependent regulator of chromatin subfamily D member 1; K301 in SWI/SNF-related matrix- associated actin-dependent regulator of chromatin subfamily D member 2; and K302 in
SWI/SNF-related matrix-associated actin-dependent regulator of chromatin subfamily D member 3.
[0085] In some embodiments, the members of the MMP family of proteins comprise
Macrophage metalloelastase, Collagenase 3, Matrix metalloproteinase-14, Matrix metalloproteinase-15, and Matrix metalloproteinase-20. In these embodiments, the target lysines are K233 and K241 in Macrophage metalloelastase; K150 and K249 in Collagenase 3; K146 in Matrix metalloproteinase-14; K284 in Matrix metalloproteinase-15; and K251 in
Matrix metalloproteinase-20.
[0086] In some embodiments, the members of the NHR family of proteins comprise
Estrogen receptor, Estrogen receptor beta, Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor alpha, and Progesterone receptor. In these embodiments, the target lysines are K529 in Estrogen receptor; K314 in Estrogen receptor beta; K252 and K358 in Peroxisome proliferator- activated receptor alpha; and K919 in Progesterone receptor.
[0087] In some embodiments, the members of the PI3K protein family comprise
Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit alpha isoform (PI3K-alpha aka PIK3CA), Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit beta isoform (PI3K-beta aka PIK3CB aka PIK3C1), and Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit gamma isoform (PI3K gamma aka PIK3CG). In these embodiments, the target lysines are K776 and K802 in Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit alpha isoform; K777 and K805 in Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit beta isoform; and K&802, K807, K&833, K&883, and K&890 in
Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit gamma isoform.
[0088] In some embodiments, the members of the PI3K family of proteins comprises
PI3Ka, PI3KP and PI3Ky. The term P13K, as used herein, refers to PI3Kf and PI3Ky interchangeably as the ligand-directed warhead of the present invention, directed to P13K will modify both PI3Kf} as well as PI3Ky.
[0089] In some embodiments, the members of the Phosphatase family of proteins comprise Leukocyte common antigen, Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 1,
Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 11, Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non- receptor type 13, Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 14, Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 18, Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 2,
Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 22, Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non- receptor type 3, Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 4, Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 5, Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 6,
Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 7, Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non- receptor type 9, and Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase beta. In these embodiments, the target lysines are K623 and K759 in Leukocyte common antigen; K120 in Tyrosine- protein phosphatase non-receptor type 1; K260, K280, K364, K366 in Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 11; K2224, K2244, K2316, and K2318 in Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 13; K918, K919, and K1018 in Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 14; K041 and K063 in Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 18;
KO038 in Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 2; K032, K039, K136, and K138 in
Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 22, K656, K666, K677, and K753 in
Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 3; K665 and K762 in Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 4; K329 and K407 in Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-
receptor type 5; K277 in Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 6; K126 in
Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 7; K411 in Tyrosine-protein phosphatase non-receptor type 9; and K1811 in Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase beta.
[0090] In some embodiments, the member of the Transthyretin family of proteins comprises Transthyretin (Prealbumin aka TBPA aka TTR aka ATTR aka PALB). In these embodiments, the target lysine is KO35 in Transthyretin.
[0091] In some embodiments, the members of the PARP family of proteins comprise
Poly [ADP-ribose] polymerase 1 (PARP1 aka ADPRT aka PPOL aka ADPRT), Poly [ADP- ribose] polymerase 3 (PARP3 aka ADPRT3 aka ADPRTL3 aka IRT1), Poly [ADP-ribose] polymerase 10 (PARP10), Poly [ADP-ribose] polymerase 12 (PARP12 aka ZC3HDC1), Poly [ADP-ribose] polymerase 15 (PARP15 aka BAL3), and Tankyrase-1 (TNKS aka PARPSA,
PARPL aka TINI aka TINF1 aka TNKSI). In these embodiments, the target lysines are
K903 in Poly [ADP-ribose] polymerase 1; K421 in Poly [ADP-ribose] polymerase 3; K941 in
Poly [ADP-ribose] polymerase 10; K609 in Poly [ADP-ribose] polymerase 12; K566, K579 and K636 in Poly [ADP-ribose] polymerase 15; and K1220 and K1269 in Tankyrase-1.
[0092] In some embodiments, the member of the HIV Protease family of proteins comprises Gag-Pol polyprotein (HIV protease aka Retropepsin aka PR). In these embodiments, the target lysine is K535 in Gag-Pol polyprotein.
IV. METHODS FOR DESIGNING A LIGAND THAT COVALENTLY BINDS A
TARGET PROTEIN.
[0093] One aspect of the present disclosure is a method for designing a ligand that covalently binds a target protein. The method comprises (a) providing a structural model of a reversible ligand docked within, or in proximity to, a ligand-binding site in a target protein, (b) identifying a lysine residue of the target protein in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site that is less than about 15A from the reversible ligand when the reversible ligand is docked in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site, (¢) producing at least a structural model of at least one ligand-warhead compound docked within, or in proximity to, the ligand- binding site wherein the ligand-warhead compound comprises the reversible ligand in step (b) or a portion thereof, a warhead comprising a reactive chemical moiety, and optionally a
Tether, and (d) identifying a ligand-warhead compound whose structural model allows the lysine residue in step (b) to readily assume a conformation that brings the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue within bond-forming proximity of the warhead electrophile.
[0094] A non-limiting example of steps (a) and (b) of the method described above is depicted in Figure 1. Figure 1 shows X-ray co-crystal structure (2JK7) showing key lysines in XIAP proximal to bound Smac-mimetic ligand. Review of the space occupied by Smac- mimetic ligand in relation to protein XIAP, allowed lysines 299 and 297 to be identified that were about 5.2 A and 4.5 A, respectively, from portions of the Smac-mimetic ligand. Figure 2 depicts non-limiting lysine-targeted warheads installed on scaffolds such that they are directed toward the targeted lysines positioned strategically at portions of compounds based on the pharmacophore of the Smac-mimetic ligand which are in proximity to the identified lysines, above. The reactive warheads (along with a Tether when required) are positioned in silico such that docking of a modified pharmacophore of the ligand in the structural model of the protein binding site (provided in step (a) above), as described in step (c) above, allows for determination of the spatial arrangement of the reactive warhead vis a vis the idenitified lysine of step (b).
[0095] The disclosure of U.S. application Serial No. 12/554,433, filed September 4, 2009, entitled “Design Algorithm”, is hereby incorporated by reference into the subject application in its entirety. As described therein, the incorporated application describes design methods and algorithms for the modification of one or more cysteine residues in a protein target, which design methods and algorithms are equally applicable to the modification of one or more lysine residues in a protein target. Any structural and computational modeling, as well as the software used to generate that modeling described therein, are equally useful in the instant design of covalent inhibitors of lysine and, accordingly are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties into this application.
[0096] In certain embodiments, the method further comprises step (¢): forming, for the ligand-warhead compound identified in step (d), a ligand-protein, covalent adduct by forming a covalent bond between the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue identified in step (b) and the warhead electrophile in ligand-warhead compound identified in step (d) while maintaining the binding elements of the pharmacophore required for non-covalent binding to the ligand’s target protein.
[0097] In some embodiments, the method further comprises step (f): evaluating the conformation of the resulting ligand-protein covalent adduct formed in step (¢) by analyzing the global energy of the resulting conformation, or by analyzing the energy of the conformation of the Tether. In other embodiments, the method comprises alternate step (f):
determining whether the ligand-binding site is occluded when the covalent bond is formed between the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site and the warhead electrophile.
[0098] In other embodiments, the method comprising steps (a)-(f) is iterated with changes to the Tether and the global energy of the resulting conformation is less than the previous iteration.
[0099] In certain embodiments, the covalent bond formed in step (e) is formed using a computational method in which the warhead and the side chain of the lysine residue are flexible and the remainder of the structures of the ligand-warhead compound and the ligand-binding site are fixed.
[0100] In some embodiments, in step (b) of the method, each of the lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of the target protein, which is less than about 15A from the reversible ligand, when the reversible ligand is docked in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site, is identified.
[0101] In other embodiments, step (c¢) of the method further comprises providing a plurality of models of the ligand-warhead compound, wherein the warhead is bonded to a different substitutable position of the ligand or a portion of the ligand in each model of the ligand-warhead compound, optionally with the Tether in between the warhead and the substitutable position.
[0102] In certain embodiments of the method disclosed, the target protein, is an identified member of an identified protein family and the lysine residue is not conserved across the identified members of the protein family.
[0103] In other embodiments of the method, the target protein is an identified member of an identified protein family and the lysine residue is conserved among more than one identified member of the identified protein family.
[0104] In some embodiments, the lysine residue is conserved across identified members of the protein family.
[0105] In some embodiments of the method disclosed herein, the target protein has catalytic activity.
[0106] In other embodiments, the target protein family is selected from the group consisting of BCL-2, Calpains, Caspases, Cathepsins, HCV, HDAC, HSP70, HSP90, IAP,
Kinase, MDM2, MMP, NHR, PI3Kp/y, Phosphatase, Transthyretin, PARP, and HIV
Protease.
[0107] In some embodiments, the target family of proteins is selected from the group consisting of IAP, PI3K, PDPK1, and HCV.
[0108] In other embodiments, the target protein is selected from the group consisting of
XIAP, PI3Kp/y, PDPK1, and HCV.
[0109] In certain embodiments of the method disclosed, the ligand-binding site is a ligand-binding site for a substrate or cofactor.
[0110] In other embodiments of the methods, the lysine residue for covalent modification is not a catalytic residue.
[0111] In another aspect, the disclosure provides a method for designing a ligand that covalently binds a lysine residue of a target protein. The method comprises (a) providing a structural model of a reversible ligand docked in, or in proximity to, a ligand-binding site in a target protein, wherein the reversible ligand makes at least one non-covalent contact with the ligand-binding site, (b) identifying a lysine residue in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of the target protein that is adjacent to the reversible ligand when the reversible ligand is docked in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site, (¢) producing one or more structural models of a plurality of ligand-warhead compounds docked in, or in proximity to, the ligand- binding site wherein each ligand-warhead compound comprises a warhead covalently attached to a substitutable position of the reversible ligand in step, (b) the warhead comprising a reactive chemical moiety and optionally a linker; (d) identifying among the structural models in step (c) at least one ligand-warhead compound whose structural model allows the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue in step (b) to be within bonding distance of the warhead electrophile, and (e) further identifying among the structural models identified in step (d) a hydrogen-bond-donor-containing amino acid residue in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site, wherein the hydrogen-bond donor group is within hydrogen-bonding distance of the warhead.
[0112] In some embodiments, the hydrogen-bond donor amino acid can participate in the chemical reaction between the warhead of the ligand-warhead and the targeted lysine of the protein. For example, when the hydrogen bond donating amino acid is either lysine or arginine, the interaction between lysine and lysine or lysine and arginine are repulsive interactions that lower the pKa of the targeted lysine, thus enhancing its nucleophilicity. In other examples, hydrogen bond donation, either by a sidechain, or even a mainchain amide can, in many cases, enhance the electrophilicity of a warhead. When such a hydrogen bond donor is also positively charged, Coulombic attraction can accelerate the reaction, for example, by stabilizing the formation of an enolate. In a specific embodiment, when the warhead of the ligand-warhead comprises an acrylamide, the warhead requires a hydrogen bond donor amino acid residue in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site, wherein the hydrogen-bond donor group is within hydrogen-bonding distance of the warhead comprising acrylamide.
[0113] In certain embodiments, the method further comprises step (f) forming, for the ligand-warhead compound identified in step (e), a ligand-protein covalent adduct by forming a covalent bond between the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue identified in step (b) and the warhead electrophile; and also forming a hydrogen bond between the hydrogen-bond donor moiety and the warhead electrophile; or a hydrogen bond between the hydrogen-bond donor moiety and the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue identified in step (d) while substantially maintaining the non-covalent interactions between the pharmacophore of the ligand and the ligand-binding site.
[0114] In certain embodiments of the method of designing a ligand, the method further comprises step (g) evaluating a resulting conformation of the ligand-protein covalent adduct by analyzing the global energy of the resulting conformation.
[0115] In some embodiments of the method, steps (a) through (g) are iterated with changes to the linker and the global energy of the resulting conformation is less than the previous iteration.
[0116] In other embodiments of the method, the hydrogen-bond donor-containing amino acid residue is any amino acid residue that is capable of acting as a hydrogen bond donor. In yet other embodiments of the method, the hydrogen-bond donor-containing amino acid residue is selected from the group consisting of arginine, lysine, threonine, serine, histidine, and tyrosine.
[0117] In certain embodiments of the method, the target protein is selected from the group consisting of XIAP, PDPK1, PI3Kf/y, and HCV. In other embodiments, when the warhead comprises an acrylamide moiety, the warhead requires a hydrogen-bond donor- containing amino acid residue in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site, wherein the hydrogen-bond donor group is within hydrogen-bonding distance of the warhead comprising acrylamide in order for the warhead to covalently bind to the target lysine. In some embodiments, the hydrogen-bond donor-containing amino acid residue is lysine. methods for identifying at least one lysine residue within at least one protein that can be modified
[0118] In yet another aspect, a method for identifying at least one lysine residue within at least one protein that can be modified covalently is disclosed. The method comprises (a) identifying at least one protein having a ligand-binding site, (b) providing a three- dimensional structural model for the identified protein, (c) docking a reversible ligand in, or in proximity to, the identified protein’s ligand-binding site in the structural model, wherein the reversible ligand makes at least one non-covalent contact with the ligand-binding site, thereby creating a structural model of a reversible ligand bound to, or in proximity to, an identified protein’s ligand-binding site; and (d) identifying in the structural model of the reversible ligand bound to, or in proximity to, an identified protein’s ligand-binding site one or more lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of the identified protein which is less than about 15A from the reversible ligand.
[0119] In certain embodiments, the method further comprises identifying a plurality of proteins having ligand-binding sites that are structurally homologous. Herein, the method further comprises (a) providing a three-dimensional structural model for at least one of the identified proteins, (b) docking a reversible ligand in, or in proximity to, the structural model of the ligand-binding site of at least one of the identified proteins, wherein the reversible ligand makes at least one non-covalent interaction with the ligand-binding site, thereby creating a structural model of a reversible ligand bound to, or in proximity to, the identified protein’s ligand-binding site; and (c) identifying in the structural model of a reversible ligand bound to, or in proximity to, the identified protein’s ligand-binding site one or more lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of the identified protein which is less than about 15A from the reversible ligand.
[0120] In some embodiments of the method, the method comprises comparing the three- dimensionally equivalent amino acid positions of the homologous ligand-binding sites of more than one of the plurality of identified proteins and determining the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins.
[0121] In other embodiments of the method, the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins is in only one of the identified proteins.
[0122] In certain embodiments, the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins are in more than one of the identified proteins.
[0123] In some of these embodiments, the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins, is in less than 10% of the identified proteins of a family at the ligand binding site position. In other embodiments, the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins is in less than or greater than 50% of the identified proteins. More than 50%, in some embodiments, the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins is in more than 75% of the identified proteins, while in other embodiments, the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins is in all of the identified proteins.
[0124] In certain embodiments of the method, the protein is selected from the group consisting of BCL-2, Calpains, Caspases, Cathepsins, HCV, HDAC, HSP70, HSP90, IAP,
Kinase, MDM2, MMP, NHR, PI3Kp/y, Phosphatase, Transthyretin, PARP, and HIV
Protease.
[0125] In other embodiments, the protein is selected from the group consisting of XIAP,
PI3Kp/y, PDPK1, and HCV.
V. METHODS FOR DESIGNING WARHEADS THAT BIND TO A TARGET
LYSINE WITHIN A LIGAND BINDING SITE OF A PROTEIN
[0126] In yet another aspect of the disclosure, a method for selecting a warhead that binds to a target lysine within a ligand binding site of a protein is disclosed. The method comprises (a) identifying at least one protein having a ligand-binding site, (b) providing a three- dimensional structural model for the identified protein, (c) identifying the location of at least one lysine in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of step (a); (d) providing at least one warhead in proximity to the at least one identified lysine; (e) aligning the electrophilic atom of the warhead within bonding distance of the primary amine of the at least one identified lysine; (f) forming a covalent bond between the electrophilic atom of the warhead and the primary amine of the at least one lysine; (g) docking a reversible ligand in the identified protein’s ligand-binding site within 15 A of the covalently attached warhead of step (f), wherein the reversible ligand maintains noncovalent interactions with the ligand binding site; and (h) aligning the closest atom of the ligand with the covalently bound warhead of step (f) and providing the spatial requirements necessary for designing a tether between the ligand and the covalently bound warhead of step (f). In step (h), it is advantageous when the area between the tether and the ligand is complementary with the protein surface in the region between the warhead and the ligand.
VI. METHODS OF COVALENTLY MODIFYING LYSINE
[0127] In another aspect, the method comprises contacting a compound of Formula I with a protein containing a lysine residue in, or in proximity to, a ligand-binding site of a protein and forming a covalent bond between the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue and Warhead of the compound. The method encompasses compounds of Formula I:
Cer
X I y wherein
Scaffold is a) a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a ligand capable of binding to, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site; or b) a portion of a pharmacophore of a ligand resulting from truncation of the pharmacophore, such that the Scaffold is capable of binding to, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site;
Warhead is an organic moiety optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S, and has a molecular weight of about 14 daltons to about 200 daltons, the
Warhead is capable of reacting with a side chain primary amine group of a lysine residue and attaches to the Scaffold through the Tether;
Tether is null, a bond, or a bivalent C,-C;s saturated, unsaturated, straight, branched, cyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl; bridged bicyclic, heterocycle, heteroaryl, or aryl moiety; wherein optionally one or more methylene units of the hydrocarbon chain are independently replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, -C(=S)-, or C(=NR;)-; optionally, one or more hydrogens are independently replaced by heteroatoms, and optionally, one or more methine groups of the C;-C;s alkyl, when present, are independently
Mee replaced by NE x1s0, 1,0r2; yis 1,2, or 3; and
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl.
[0128] In some enbodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula I’,
I'
[0129] It is to be understood that naturally occurring compounds that exert their biological effects through an inherent ability to covalently modify lysine are not contemplated or claimed in this disclosure, nor are synthetically modified analogues of the same, where the inherent lysine covalent modifying mechanism has not been substantially altered. Furthermore, compounds which are based primarily on single amino acids, nucleoside/nucleotide derived drugs, anhydrides, compounds comprising an yne-one, are also not contemplated in the present invention. Further, compounds that are mechanism-based irreversible inhibitors, i.e. suicide inhibitors, such as, for example Vigabatrin, or carbaglucose-6-phosphate (pseudo-DL-glucose, C-6-P) are not contemplated in the present invention. (See Structure and Mechanism in Protein Science: A Guide to Enzyme Catalysis and Protein Folding, Alan Fersht, W. H. Freeman, 1998, 1st Edition; Enzymatic Reaction
Mechanisms, Perry A. Frey and Adrian D. Hegeman, Perry A. Frey (Author), Oxford
University Press, 2007, 1st Edition, for a definition of the term mechanism-based irreversible inhibitors.) Antibodies, as a family of proteins, are not contemplated within the present invention and therefore are excluded. (See e.g., Carlos F. Barbas, III, et al., Science 278, 2085-2092 (1997); Popkov et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 106, 4378-4383, (2009);
Doppalapudi et al., Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 17, 501-506, (2007); Li et al.,
J. Med. Chem., 47, 5630-5640, (2004); Guo et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 103, 11009- 11014, (2006); Rader et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 100, 5396-5400, (2003).
[0130] For example, the natural product wortmannin is known to covalently modify lysine in the protein phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K). Thus, wortmannin is a naturally occurring compound known to covalently modify lysine and exert its biological effects through its inherent ability to covalently bind to lysine. Known analogues of wortmannin that covalently modify lysine through substantially the same mechanism as wortmannin, are also excluded from the present invention. Examples of such wortmannin analogues include, without limitation:
AcO ?
MeO. AcO,,
OD 2 SOC 8 SOT pC QO) CIC 0” 7 To 0 0 0 ; OH Oo ; O 0 ; 0 0 0 OH OH
MeO MeO
CI CIC o 0” Nae HO™ 7 To 0 0 ; 0 ; 0 ; 0 0 0
OH OH o, :
Om 7 0 HOT) 0 HOT YO
O ; o ; Oo ; 0 Oo
CS 5
Oo Oo .
[0131] Another example of a naturally occurring compound that is believed to covalently modify lysine and is not encompassed within the present invention is Liphagal:
OH
HO
CHO
O° all “H lyphagal
[0132] Other compounds not encompassed within the present invention are the following compounds disclosed in Choi et al., Nature Chemical Biology, advance online publication,
December 20, (2009): $e $e (J (J
ZZ =
Br CC Br C
OH ; OH ; (J J
Ns
O +0 = =
OH ; OH .
[0133] Additional compounds not encompassed within the present invention are the following compounds disclosed in Lawate et al., J. Med. Chem. 33, 2319, (1990):
HO 0 oH
HO ; HO ;
OH
AS H
CFs
HO ; HO .
[0134] Other compound not encompassed within the present invention is the following compound disclosed in Nango et al., J. Org. Chem. 69, 593-600, (2004):
Wok 0-P<
OK oT on
OH .
[0135] Compounds based primarily on amino acids such as tyrosine derived DpaTyr-Ni (II) complex that binds to FLAG (Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 19, 6696, (2009) and Vigabatrin (also known as 4-aminohex-5-enoate or vinylGABA (Daniela De
Biase, D., et al., J. Biol. Chem., 266, 20056, 1991)) are also not contemplated in the present invention.
[0136] Nucleoside/nucleotide derived drugs, such as, for example, those disclosed in
Statsuk, A. V., et al., JACS, 130, 17568, (2008) and Guillerm, G., et al., J. Med. Chem., 49, 1223, (2006), and the like, are also not contemplated in the present invention.
[0137] Another example of a natural product and analogues thereof that are not encompassed in the present invention is manolide and its analogues which are believed to covalently modify lysine, such as manoalogue (Reynolds, L.J., et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1988, 110, 5172-5177):
CHO
Oo
A
HO manoalogue
[0138] A further example of a compound and analogues thereof that are not encompassed in the present invention is neratinib (aka HKI-272) which covalently modify lysine in intact proteins (Wang, J., et al., Drug Metabolism and Disposition, 2010, 38, 1083-1093):
Cl N = or ~
HN
H
~~, NYT A CN
Jo neratinib
[0139] Another example of a natural product and analogues thereof that are not encompassed in the present invention is azaphilone and its analogues which are believed to covalently modify lysine. Non limiting illustrative examples of azaphilone cores are described below:
C(O)alkyl
OH
AN o | | . 0 IS o : x. O oO :
Oo EN alkene o x alkene
NN Tr alkyl 0 sand OMe .
A4-
[0140] In certain embodiments, the Warhead of Formula I is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, I-f, I-g, I-h, I-i, I-j,
I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t:
Oo 1 n ROS Rs ROS “Re x NN R, NR, Ry AN
X Rz Rs R Rs Ra Ry Ra
I-a I-b Ic I-d I-e I-f _R
AFA ’ © J n Xg Nig Q Oo
A—R, OR, R A 8) 9 3 6 X N13
R, R 1 Ry Rs ‘ RR na Din Ri Rs
Rg 11 o 12
I-g I-h I-i Ij 9 I
I-k
R, R
R; R> Rs R, Rs 0 2 3 Rs Rs O
Re™N, J ox Xn OM no Xn, R, 0
Si N n N Rs N—4 00 Rs or N Xg=X4 A O~{-R, A
Rs R A
I-m “ In Io Ip lq Ir 0
OO O
R, © aN i R4 A Rs 0 R,R3 Rs
Is I-t wherein cach X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NRg-; cach X; is independently -Rg, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; aoe BM cach Xp is independently § N or Re, each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N%-.
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein optionally when proper any two of R,, R3, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X, and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group;
A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; nz is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ng, nyo, n11, and nj, is an integer from 0-1; and nj; is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond.
[0141] In some embodiments, at least one of R, and Rj of the compounds of Formula I-b and I-c is hydrogen.
[0142] In other embodiments, the compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-e, I-j, I-k, or I-l is a compound of Formula II-a, 1I-b, II-¢, 1I-d, II-e, II-f, II-g, II-h, II-i, II-j, II-k, 11-1, I1-m,
II-n, II-o, 1I-p, II-q, II-r, II-s, II-t, II-u, II-v, II-w, 1I-x, II-y, II-z, II-aa, II-bb, II-cc, 1I- dd, II-ee, II-ff, II-gg, 11-hh, II-ii, II-jj, II-kk, 11-11, II-mm, II-nn, II-o00, or II-pp: 0, R, © R, R R: o o R2 Rs R,
Rs Rs © 2 0 3 o Rs
N N 1 Ro Ra N Re Ye,
RS RP ¢ re Og, © Ry [o~0f R Rs RS N~g' Rs
Rs Rs R7 Re 7 Rg
M-a Lb Ic Id Ie If
Ry R,
R R _ R
Ne, © (Re 0 Q o ) Og Re x S
Of RE Rs [ Iw | Ra) MT Ran ~N Rs 0 (Rom 0 = Z/m oO
Re NZ 0
Re Rr R7 Ry rR} (Rz)m
Ig 8 Ai IL Ry
I-h Ik I = on Rs R, Ra Ry
OA Ram 0 | XN o Rs 0 Rs 0 Rg oR,
JT (Rm Re Rs ANS SZ
Ou Ann 0 Z ON Re Ri oy Ry Remy Pg,
Rg Rs 3 Rs Rs a (Rom Rs Re 4 F Rs Rs Ry
H-m -n I-o II-p Iq er 0 0 0, 0 lo} 1 0. 0 0 2 22 R re Rs re Re, rRe—4 Rs
Rs~N 0X ® Rs~p R, NR: R N— Ra
Re © dre Red Re Ref AR CR SRe
Is R, Re 0 © Sr,’
It Mu © Iv 0 0 0 0 o II-w II-x
Re 17 Rs R R7R R
Ra ’ . Ry Re Re Re 0. = O, Re Rs ~ (Roms
Ra Rs Ro Ra Ry R3 \ Roms © N
Oo Rg 0 o~¢ \ 0.
O Oo 0 R7 =" (Rms Rs 0 o Rs R, N Ré Rs
I-y Iz II-aa II-bb II-cc ILdd
Rs R N= R z R
Rs Rr, o Rs O C2 OJ Ra YI Rs (Re 0. x Rs 7" (Roms Oxy Xy O. x —Rams ON ° o~¢Z \ > J J Rams o ZN ~ I Rams Rs Ry N= Rams Rs; N
Rg R N Re Rs Rs Rs
I-hh
Ice -ff I-gg ii Lj
R
R., R 10R
Rs Ry Ria? Rio R Re “Ri Rs Ry © Rs ole Ro og_¥Fe R; Riz Ra: © Rs
Rs Re Rg R13 Oo. Ris Oo. 2 13 Rg
OZ ; 0 RY 0 R12 R,R1s5 Riz 0 R; (Roms Rs Ne Ry o R 0 Ri Re
NN Rs R, Rs, Rio RR Ry ° RZ R, Rio Rn Ro
I-kk 0 RER, Rg © 5 ®Rs R,Re wl \ R,R10
II II-nn Ri31? -mm I-00
I-pp wherein cach m is independently an integer from 0-4; cach ms is independently an integer from 0-3; cach my, is independently an integer from 0-5; each n;, is independently an integer from 0-2; each Ry, Rs, Rs, Rs, Rs, Ry, Rg, Ro, Rig, R11, Riz, Ris, Rig, and Rs is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl and R; is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, CFs, or nitro, wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cg alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-, one or more methine groups of the C;-Cg alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by +N +.
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and, optionally, when proper any two of R,, Rs, Rs, Rs, Rg, R7, Rs, Ro, Rig, R11, Riz, Ris,
Ris, and R;s, when taken together, form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
[0143] In yet another embodiment, the compound of Formula I-d, or I-h is a compound of Formula IIl-a, III-b, IIl-¢, III-d, Ill-e, IIIf, III-g, III-h, or III-i:
PEN § fh q LAL oo Ls
Ri PSPS, Ros PN, oN ns © Rg R, R n3 ©
Rs R, 7 Rg Ro Re Ro» 7 2
II-a II-b Hl-c Hid
Rz1 O Rs
Wo Ry WY Re 85 ! Ra Bs , Ry Rus ® 2 2 2 Rus
II-e ITI-f II-g II-h IMI-i wherein nz is an integer from 0-2; each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; cach Bj, B,, B4, and Bs is independently CRy or N; each B; is NR;, O, or S;
each Rzi, Rs, Ry, Ru, and Rys is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, CFs, or nitro, wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-, one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by HN
R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; and, optionally, when proper any two of R,, Ri, Rs, Rs, Rs, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
[0144] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula I-h is a compound of Formula
IV-a, IV-b, IV-¢, IV-d, IV-e, IV-f, IV-g, IV-h, or IV-i: oN Rs 7) Rs HNN Rs LL @ Rs
ANA NR, SAA, Ry NR,
R, Ry R, Rz Ry
IV-a IV-b IV vd IV-e
NTN Rs ZN Rs a Ry N7 | Re
R, R, R, R,
IV-f IV-g IV-h IVA wherein
Ri, Ry, and Rj; are as defined above for Formula I-h; and any of the substitutable hydrogens on the nitrogen heterocycle of the compound can be substituted with alkyl, alkoxy, amido, acyl, acyloxy, oxoacyl, or halogen.
[0145] In other embodiments, the radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-k, or I-m is a radical of Formula V-a, V-b, V-¢, V-d, V-e,
V-f, V-g, V-h, Vi, or V-j:
Rio
Re te Re Te R 0 Ri £N Rs +N R, 0° 0 Rs 0 f my + PN 0 3 0 N 0...0 oO > Ry 0 Re 0 ) R © R R
Rs R3 Ry Rs Ry Ry R2 5 i 2 n Rg
Rs ReR7 Rg R7 8 “Rs oR;
V-a Vb Ve V-d V-e
R 0 M4 iN, © Rg $4 Rg Rs I Corfe 0 ps NR, R 5 Rs R 5 Rg R 00 X Ry R2 Rs 5 NTR: ; oR ="
Rs o o m2 0 0 R: Rs
V-f V-g V-h VA Vj wherein m; and my, are each independently an integer from 0 to 2; each R,, Rs, Ry, Rs, Rg, Ry, Rg, Rg, Rig, and Ry; is independently hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl, wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ;
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally when proper any two of R;, Rs, Rs, Rs, Rg, R7, Rs, Rg, Ryg, and Ry, when taken together, form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
[0146] In some illustrative embodiments, the compounds of Formulae I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I- e, I-f, I-g, I-h, Ii, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t are described below:
R N R N R yo Tye yet 0
O aa © bb © cc 0 I 0
N
SNC, ee) dd O 0"~0 ee / —N —NH —O, HO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ff gg hh ii 0 7 300 30 7 Wh, 7 NH, a NH, ii kk In 0 0 in S 2 0
N
S J
NH, X © 070 NH, mm 0 nn 00 pp
Q 0.0 O O Q 2 1 6.0 Ap, XT 870 aq xX rr ss Ro tt 0 0 ° 0 HN ~
N X \ 0 25m
HoN R, RS 0 Xy R, 0 (0) 0 uu vv ww XX yy
N. 0
AL) > ° MN 9 oy ° 0 0g yt (Soo zz NH aaa bbb ccc ddd 0 NH; ; 0 J eee fff 0 hhh gg99 = 0 0 0 0 rr
Lh - Hi kkk
NH, Ju
Hi ) 1,2 12 7 o ! In 0 N\ oO Ne
No NS mmm nnn 000
[0147] In the foregoing compounds aa-ooo, any substitutable hydrogen may be substituted with the substituents as those defined by R,-Rs.
[0148] In certain embodiments, the radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-k, or I-m is a radical of Formula VI-a, VI-b, VI-¢, VI-d,
Vl-e, VI, VI-g, VI-h, VI-i, VI-j, VI-k, VI-l, VI-m, VI-n, VI-o, VI-p, VI-q, VI-r, VI-s, or
VI-t:
R Re 0 ; % / 0 +N 0 3-N 0 - \ oO —
He IN Hy HN og” INO BE
N O 00 J J
IN oO 0 0
VI-a VI-b VI-¢ VI-d VI-e VI-f VI-g pH HH + Mr $NH O N N Nye N, N N
OO Fret YY 6 I 26 62R 0 6 A NV
Oo Oo JO o— oO oO
VI-h VI VI-j VI-k VI VI-m VI-n +L My 0 0 3 0
N N iN S S { oO
OO Ay :
J—0 51 °° NH HN 0 0 0 :
VEo VI-p VIq Vir Vi-s VI-t wherein, R,; is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -CH,OCH3;, or -CH,CH,0OCHs.
[0149] In some embodiments, Tether is null, a bond, or a bivalent C;-Cis saturated, unsaturated, straight, branched, cyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl; bridged bicyclic, heterocycle, heteroaryl, or aryl moiety; wherein optionally one or more methylene units of the hydrocarbon chain are independently replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -
SO;,-, -C(=S)-, or C(=NR))-; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally one or more hydrogens are independently replaced by heteroatoms; and optionally one or more methine pe groups of the C;-C;s alkyl, when present, are independently replaced by £N +
[0150] In certain embodiments, the Scaffold is selected from the group consisting of
Formulas VII, VIII, IX-a, IX-b, XI, XII, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIII,
XXXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII, XXIX, XXXVi, and XXXVIL
VII. COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION
[0151] The present disclosure provides compounds capable of covalently binding to lysine residues of a protein thereby inhibiting the function of the protein. Described herein are compounds of the Formula I:
X y
I wherein Scaffold, Warhead, Tether, x, y are as defined above for Formula I, with the proviso that the compound of Fomula I is not: wortmannin: 0
MeO ACO, 0 z
H
0” 7 To
O ; known analogues of wortmannin that covalently modify lysine through substantially the same mechanism as wortmannin:
SOU 2 SO
QI CIC
Oo Oo
OH 0 , O 0 , 0 0 0 () OH OH
MeO MeO
OCC
O 0” 7 0 HO™ 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OH OH . :
OT 7 0 HOT YT oO HOT YY TO
Oo 2 Oo 2 Oo 2
0 0
N
C C2
NA 0
H
0 0 ;
OH
HO
CHO
0 antl i i i i (J (J (Je
Ns 0 +0 = = =
IL ® ®
OH ; OH ; OH ; (J
HO 0 7 oH
O S AN AS
OH ; HO ; HO ;
OH
[ H CHO o aN
CF, N N Nv 0
HO ; HO 5 HO
Cl N = or ~
HN
H
SS A CN
P
Jo azaphilone core analogues such as
C(O)alkyl
OH
(
Oo
Oo o ISS o . A o © .
Oo AN alkene o SN alkene
N N
0 sand OMe ; and any mechanism-based irreversible inhibitors.
[0152] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula I’,
I wherein Scaffold, Warhead and Tether are as defined above in the embodiments of
Formula I.
[0153] In certain embodiments, the Warhead is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, I-f, I-g, I-h, I-i, I-j, I-k, I-1, I-m,
I-n, I-o, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t:
Oo 1 n ROS Rs ROS “Re x NN R, NR, Ry AN
X R; Rs Rj Rs R, R, Rs
I-a I-b Ic I-d I-e I-f _R
AFA ’ © J n Xg Nig Q Oo
A—R, OR, R A 8) 9 3 6 X N13
R, R 1 Ry Rs * M2 I Re. Re
Rs Rg Nyy o Ni
I-g I-h I-i Ij 9 Ll
I-k
R, R
R; R> Rs R, Rs 0 2 3 Rs Rs 0
Re™N, J ox Xn OM no Xn, R, 0
Si N n N Rs N—4 00 Rs or N Xg=X4 A O~{-R, A
Rs R A
I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0
Oo O
R, © aN i R4 A Rs 0 R,R3 Rs
Is I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NR-; cach X; is independently -Rg, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; aoe BM cach Xp is independently § N or Re, each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be 2 independently replaced by iN +.
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl;
wherein optionally when proper any two of R,, R3, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X;, and any one of Ry, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group;
A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; nz is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ng, ny, ny1, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and nj; is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond.
[0154] In some embodiments, at least one of R, and Rj of the compounds of Formula I-b and I-c is hydrogen.
[0155] In other embodiments, the compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-e, I-j, I-k, or I-l is a compound of Formula II-a, I1-b, Il-¢c, 1I-d, II-e, II-f, I1-g, I1-h, II-i, 1I-j, II-k, 11-1, I1-m, II- n, II-o, II-p, II-q, II-r, II-s, II-t, II-u, II-v, II-w, 1I-x, II-y, II-Z, 1I-aa, II-bb, II-cc, II-dd,
II-ee, 1I-ff, II-gg, I1-hh, 1I-ii, II-jj, I1-kk, II-1l, II-mm, II-nn, 11-00, or II-pp.
R, oO R R R2 o R ° Ro Re Oy AR Ng O ® og _iRe
Hr ee vo
R
RN Re og WRy O To eo N~g 6 Rs Yq Rs REY 4 R7 R ° R7 Rg Re ° 6
Ia Ib Ic 1d Ie 1-f
R, R, R 0 Rs Rs o = 4 Rr 0 bY © re . > | Dg ) © \ 7 (Ron ’
ON Rs o n—L J Ram 0 JT 0 °
Re / R
Re RS) R7 Ry R (Rz)m
Ig ° Re IL IL 3 R,
I-h I-k 1-1 ~ Ary) “Re Rs R, o ay Nam oO | XN o. Rs oO Rj oO Rs o Rs
JT (Rm Re Rs ANS SZ o R © # ONAN Rel & Re RE A Ra Rey NP, 3 _ 4
Rg Rs Res Rs a) (Rz)m 5 2 5 Rs Rj
H-m -n I-o II-p Iq er 0 o 0 0 0
Oo. 0 0 R P
HA fl ro lg lp
N °" Rs™N Re Rs~ R NT\ Re Ry Rs N R
Re ! Rs RRs °°0 R Ry Re 0 0 Rs
R
Ils Im-t I ‘ 0 co 7° u IL-v oO 0 o -w IIx
R ro ’ x AY R2 Ree “X = oO. Rr < Ry) 4 O, / 3 2/)m5
Re > Rs Re Rs R; Rs potas J NN 0 © 0 RY? © “PRs Rs 0 0 o Rs R, N Ré Rs
I-y Iz II-aa II-bb II-cc ILdd
Rs o N==
Rs r Og XK Rs oA 2 OER: 3 Ros "Ra o AN Re \ 7" Roms Osx 0 N 1 ° o~¢Z \ > J J Rams
R Z hh Rs Ry N= Rams Re 1 Re RS N 6 R, 5 5
Mee IL-f gg [-hh Iii IL
R
R Ry; Rn Rg OR 3 Ry R Ria {Ryo R Re~y Riz RR Ry R. 0. 5 o Ry Ro o 2 Ry R; Rys Rs Regd “ o. Rs
Re Rg Rg R13 O. Ria oO 13 Rg
ON i 0 Ry 0 R12 RoR1s Riz o R;
Ng J Rehm R Rs Te Rit © Rs; © Riu gp Rs > Re RZD Ro R&R, RIOR RRO Ry Co kk 1-1 RER7Rg > Rs Rg © BEL RRo “RR
II-mm Il-nn I-00 IL-pp -50_
wherein cach m is independently an integer from 0-4; cach ms is independently an integer from 0-3; cach my, is independently an integer from 0-5; each n;, is independently an integer from 0-2; each Ry, Rs, Rs, Rs, Rs, Ry, Rg, Ro, Rig, R11, Riz, Ris, Rig, and Rs is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; R, is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, CFs, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cg alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -
SO;,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by HN optionally when proper any two of Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Re, R7,
Rs, Ro, Rig, Ri1, Riz, Riz, Ris, and Rs when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and
R; is hydrogen or C,-Cg alkyl.
[0156] In yet another embodiment, the compound of Formula I-d or I-h is a compound of
Formula I11-a, I1I-b, I11-¢, I11-d, I1I-e, ITI-f, IT1-g, I11-h, or I11-i: 0 Rs Rs 0 Rs Rs . 0 fo OR, es LAK
Ri Pg, Ros PN, NH R¢ ! ! ns 0
Rs R, 7 Rg Ry Rs Ro 7 2
II-a 11-b Hl-c Hid
Rz1 Ra
R, R, R; Ro Rou
Il-¢ 11 1l-g 1I-h IIH wherein nz is an integer from 0-2; each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; each By, B,, B4, and Bs is independently CR; or N and each B; is NR, O, or S; each R,1, Rp, Ruz, Rua, and Rs is hydrogen, C-Cs alkyl, halogen, CFs, or nitro;
one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(0O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ;
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally when proper any two of R;, Rj, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
[0157] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula I-h is a compound of Formula
IV-a, IV-b, IV-¢, IV-d, IV-e, IV-f, IV-g, IV-h, or IV-i: /=N Rg IY Rs WN Rj Z N Rj @ Rj
HN = NN = aN =
ANA, Ne, SAA Ry NR,
R, R; R, Ra R;
IV-a IV-b IV-c vd IV-e ~ N< N
NN Rs ZN Rs “TN Re NY Rs
Xx | Z Na | = Xx | = Xx =
R4 R4 Ra R4
R2 R2 Roz R2
Iv-f IV-g IV-h IV-i wherein R;, R3 and Ry are defined above for Formula I-d or I-h; and the hydrogen on the nitrogen heterocycle of the compound of Formula I'V-a, IV-b, and IV-¢ can be substituted with alkyl, alkoxy, amido, acyl, acyloxy, oxoacyl, and halogen.
[0158] In other embodiments, the radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-k, or I-m is a radical of Formula V-a, V-b, V-¢, V-d, V-e,
V-f, V-g, V-h, Vi, or V-j:
Rio ne R, 4h re 0 O Lh - o Tr, a | Ri
N N Rs 0.0 my 1
TN, <1 Sy o_, Sy 3 00
Rs Rj R, Rs 6 Rs Ry Ro Rs "5 Ra nl Rg
Rs RgR7 RgR7 8 “Re AR
V-a Vb Vc V-d V-e
R 0 my
AN, ’ Rs +4 { Rs Rs re Rs re o ~ N"$¥"Rs Ry 5 Rg R, 5 Rg R 00 NR, R; Rs 4 aN 5 N, The Re —!
Rs 0 m2 0=P o 0 Ry Rs oO
V-f V-g V-h Vii Vj wherein m; and m, are each independently an integer from 0 to 2; each Ry, Rs, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, Rs, Ro, Rig, and Ry; is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl, wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ;
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally when proper any two of Ry, Rs, Rs, Rs, Rg, R7, Rs, Ro, Ryo, and Ry, when taken together, form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
[0159] In certain embodiments, the radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-k, or I-m is a radical of Formula VI-a, VI-b, VI-¢, VI-d,
Vl-e, VI-f, VI-g, VI-h, VI-i, VI-j, VI-k, VI-1, VI-m, VI-n, VI-o0, VI-p, or VI-q:
R R.. 0 / zz / 0 4N 0 AN, o
N © 00 ba J)
IN 0 © o
VI-a VI-b Vic VI-d VI-e VI-f VI-g
Oo Oo 0 0 pH I + Hr
NH P N N NG 5 Ng N
OO Td YY © /—0 O\ © 0 NE 0 0 JO 0 oO oO
VI-h VI VI VI-k VI VI-m VI-n
HC 3
OD
CA
= z : = Oo oO /—0o EN oO oO
VI-o VI-p VIq wherein
R,, is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -CH,OCHs, or -CH,CH,0OCHs.
[0160] In some embodiments of the compound of Formula I, the Tether is null, a bond, or a bivalent C,-C,s saturated, unsaturated, straight, branched, cyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl; bridged bicyclic, heterocycle, heteroaryl, or aryl moiety; wherein optionally one or more methylene units of the hydrocarbon chain are independently replaced by -NR;-, -
O-, -C(0)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, -C(=S)-, or C(=NR,)-; optionally, one or more hydrogens are independently replaced by heteroatoms, and optionally, one or more methine groups of the
C,-C;s alkyl, when present, are independently replaced by N : ; and
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl.
[0161] In certain embodiments, the Tether is null, a bond, or a bivalent C;-C;s saturated, unsaturated, straight, branched, cyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl; wherein optionally one or more methylene units of the hydrocarbon chain are independently replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, -C(=S)-, or C(=NR,)-; optionally, one or more hydrogens are independently replaced by heteroatoms, and optionally, one or more methine groups of the C;-C;s alkyl, when present, are independently replaced by N § ; and
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl.
[0162] In certain embodiments, the Scaffold is selected from the group consisting of
Formulas VII, VIII, IX-a, IX-b, XI, XII, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIII,
XXXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII, XXIX, XXXVi, and XXXVII.
A. IAP PROTEIN SCAFFOLDS 1. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA 1 BASED ON COMPOUNDS OF
FORMULA VII
[0163] In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula I are described wherein
Scaffold is a radical resulting from the removal of one or more hydrogens of a compound of
Formula VII:
R
12 ‘
HN Ne
Riz © Ww 0 7
O N—Rx
RY vii wherein
V and W are each independently -(CR14R5)¢X3(CRisR17); q and r are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
X3 is -CR1sR9-, or —NRyo-;
Rs, Ry, Ri», Ris, Ria, Ris, Ris, Ry, Ris, Ryo, and Ryo are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -
NR;-, -O-, -C(0O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, -C(=S)-, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl groups; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced wie by TNE
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and
Tether and Warhead are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
[0164] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula VII is a compound of Formula
Vll-a:
R
12 y
HN “Ne
Riz © Ww 0 N
J Rot 0 R22
N
[Res] p
VII-a wherein
V and W are each independently -(CR14R5)¢X3(CRisR17); q and r are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
X3 18 -CR5R9-, or —NRy-; pis 0, 1,2, 3, or4;
Ri», Ris, Ria, Ris, Ris, Ri, Ris, Ryo, and Ryo are each independently hydrogen or Ci-
Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-C¢ alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(0)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O;-, -C(=S)-, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl groups; one or more methine groups of the C;-C¢ alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by i,
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and;
Rj; is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cg alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; and optionally R;; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
[0165] In other embodiments, the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula
VII-b.
R
12 :
HN Ne
Ri 0 w 0 N 7 Ro 0 R22
N
0S Run /= [Res] p
VII-b wherein Ry,, Riz, Roi, Roo, Ros, V, W, p, are as defined above for Formula VII-a and
T and R..4 are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
[0166] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula VII-b is a compound of
Formula VII-h.
R
2UN
HN N
Ri; 0 © 0
HN
TT)
N (=I>~17 wh [Ras] p
VII-h wherein T, Ry, p, Riz, Riz, Ry3 and p are as described above for Formula VII-b.
[0167] In other embodiments, the compound of Formula VII-h is a compound of
Formula VII-j, VII-k, VII-1, VII-m, VII-n, or VII-o:
R12
Rio HN
HN HN N
HN N Riz; 0 © 0 0
R Oo 3 0 HN Ra °
NN fe
TY = : = Tr, [RZ] © Ri R Rs
Ras | Ry P 4
P VIIk
VII
R
R12 HN 12 HN wn N HN N
I 0 | 0
R43 0 Ris Oo 0 O rR
HN oO HN R278 _R,
NA DL
_ J PR
A Rs 0 0 Rs
R R
Ras] 2 23 p p
VII VII-m
R
PHN Teg
HN N wn N 0 | o
Ris Oo R13 0 © 0
HN O HN 0
TH Re INA Re = N R4 j= N R,4 2], Pp ra] Fp p O p 0 0
VII-n VII-o Oo wherein, R; Rs Rs Rs Rg, Ry are as described above for embodiments of Formula I, and Ri, Ris Rus and p are as described above for Formulas VII and VII-h.
[0168] Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula VII are as set forth below.
A { i
N
HN H N Ty N Yo \ 0 Boe” 0 HN H 0 0 A oN AN HN
N 0 NO Dh 0° 0
C C J
VII-1 VII-2 VII-3
Q
Yo N ang AI NH °
HN H 0 \ 0 0 5 0 HN 5
NHN 7 TI
To oN WH
VII-4 VII-§ VII-6 0
H
N N a \
N N HN H 0 0 0 0
Oo Oo Oo Oo HN
HN Oo HN Oo
Ni NH Iyer, 0
VII-7 VII-8 VII-9
A
HN Ads A A
N N oO N N
HN HN H A HN H 2 0
Dr 0 “Tin HN
NH
¢ Dw, Or _ £ \
N
VII-10 VII-11 VII-12 = A,
NN A, N N
HN Ad HN. Ads IN Ad 0 0
HN © HN HN
H
Cys Cpt Cpr 0 0 0 oF © oF © o ©
VII-13 VII-14 VII-15 ol A 1
N
HN H N N N Nat ~N 0 HN, H N o N ° HN H :
HN HN 0
NH HN
0 y 0
DTN b oA up
D 0 /
VIiI-16 VII-17 VII-18 7 A 0
NA N N
ANG 4 0 HN a 0 HN 0 0 HN 04 : Dry py
NH O
/ iM rf 0 0
VII-19 VII-20 VII-21
A, 0
N 0 0.0
HN. Ah NA { ) Ie
N oO N N H
HN o HN 0 NH 0 Voy
NH HN 0 2 Oru b TN
VII-22 VII-23 VII-24
A 3 A
N N N oO NH 0 0
HN N HN
0 0
DH 0 > A 0) 0 0
VII-25 VII-26 VII-27 0 2
INE
Hl ee A
N = HN H N
N NH ~ 0 © N © HN 0 0 o
HN._.O 5 0 xX O HN O NN
NH xX © NH 0 0
VII-29 VII-30 VII-31
A,
A, noun 0 0
HN HN
A AL
N “Io 0 0 0 0 0
VII-32 VII-33
A NA y
HNP 0 " A I 0 Oo
HN HN
0
NH " Co 7" So 0 oO
VII-34 VII-38
A
N
HN As 0 "WL o N ©
VII-39
A, A,
N N
HN Ad HN Ads 0 0
HN HN
0 0 Sat 0 0 0 0
VII-41 VII-42
A,
N
HN H A, 0 0
HN 0
HN
TO kt 0
N\ 0 0 © 0
VII-43 VII-44
A,
N
HN Ard
A °
N HN
N
HN H 2 0
HN " : 0
VII-45 VII-46
A,
H N +A,
NS To LNA © 0
HN O on o 0= N 0 0 N < 0
VI1I-47 VI1I-48
0
NA
N
H
HN N o 0
HN
23 ch 7a and 0 © }
VII1-49 _73-
2. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA 1 BASED ON COMPOUNDS OF
FORMULA VIII
[0169] In other embodiments, compounds of Formula I are described wherein Scaffold is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula VIII:
R:
RaouxixcR26 R
Ris s R29 R30
HN X Ry
HN NG fe R
Riz O © Ret. 0 Ras Ro Ry»
N
[Ra]
VIII P wherein
X4 18 -CR33- or -N-; p and s are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
Riz, Riz, Rai, Raa, Ras, Ros, Ras, Raz, Rag, Rao, Rig, Rap, Rag, and Rs; are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl;
R,3 is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ;
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally R;; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; and
Tether and Warhead are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
[0170] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula
VIII-a or VIII-b.
R Run Ros
Roarie 77 ! R Res; R26
R S 12 2uN ~~. Ro HN yRa
HN NC Je HI N Ras
Ris Oo © R Rio Riz O O J 2 0 28 Raq Ry 0 N 21 Ro»
N
H / N H / YN Run - =o
Ras Raa]
VII-a P VII-b wherein X4, p, s, Riz, Riz, Roi, Rao, R23,Ra4, Ros, Ras, R27, Ras, Roo, R3g, R31, Rag, Ras, arc as defined above for Formula VIII, and T and Ry; are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
[0171] Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula VIII are as set forth below. 0 xr 0 xr
SA ~N
N N
H H
Boe N\ o HN o 0 0
HN HN
0 N 0 N
VIII-1 VIII-2
Oo
AR
A NH
0 I A
N \ Boc” '\ 0
HN, H O > 0 be HN 0 0 0
HN A Dw oF 3
NH
\
VIII-3 VIiIii-4
Oo
TN
A NH lo
HN H a be
Oo
HN
Ory
C
\
VIII-5 0 r
NS
N
HN H & © oN
HN Yoon {0
NH
VIII-7 3. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA 1 BASED ON COMPOUNDS OF
FORMULAS IX-A AND IX-B
[0172] In other embodiments, compounds of Formula I are described wherein Scaffold is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula IX-a or IX-b:
R R
Rag Xs R37 Rag Xs R37
Rao Rae, Rao Ra
R 30 R 30
Riz 4 Roo/ “Roz R12 “ Rag/ Ry
HN—Ra Rss R HN—Ra4 Ras R
N 33 N 33
HN Ra HN Rs
Ris 0 © R34 Ris Oo 0 R31 0 Rog Rog
NH ©
IX-a IX-b wherein
Xs 18 -O-, -CR4R43- or -NR4;-;
R12, Riz, Ry7, Ras, Roo, R30, Rai, Rag, Ras, Rag, Ras, Rag, R37, Rag, Rio, Rag, Rai, Rag, and Ry; are each independently hydrogen or C;-C¢ alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO»-, or -
C(=S)-;
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by FN
D, E, F, G, and H are each independently optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; wherein F and G are fused together to form a bicyclic optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; and
Tether and Warhead are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
[0173] In yet another embodiment, the compound of Formula I is a compound of
Formula IX-c or IX-d: 0,
Riz Riz a J Ne J
Riz O © Raq Riz O © R31
I Eo
NH
0) Run oT
Xe XX oT IX-d ot wherein Ryz, Ris, Ra, F, G, and H are as defined above for Formulas IX-a and IX-b, and T and Ry; are Tether and Warhead, respectively, and are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
4. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XVII
[0174] In some embodiments, compounds of Formula I are described by compounds of the Formula XVII: 0
NEY Se
HN, H ~ © N 70 ~X
T—Run
XVII wherein T is Tether and Ry, is Warhead and are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
[0175] Nonlimiting examples of the compounds of Formula XVII are set forth below. oO
A N A, “3 NEY oe
N H H dd HN HN
N © N XVII-3 \
N XVII-2 H
XVI N = o Q.0 7 2G
Nz SZ 0
N
N H
H oO
N N NA “3
HN H N N N
~ Oo H
NHN, HO N HN J N
XVIi-4 XVII-5 xvii-e
Q q Io ~<A
N Oo 0 NH H Oo 0
J
0 A
N
Ty Se HN Ni 9 ~ Oo © N
N
XVII-8 o
XVIl-7 jug
Oo
Oo (OF N 0
H H —
5. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XVIII
[0176] In some embodiments, compounds of Formula I are described by compounds of the Formula XVIII:
La,
HN H o \
HN,
Oo =
LX
T—Run
XVIII wherein T is Tether and Ry; is Warhead and are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
[0177] Nonlimiting examples of the compounds of Formula XVIII are set forth below. 0 0 A
N
Ty os Th oe i O)
H N
HN 0 2 h O 3 © mn
XVIii-1 HN - 0,0
S Js 9 W/O
NH XVIIl-2 NH
XVIII-3 / 0 o 0 os DE os
H H
HN. o HN. o
HN, on NP HN,
XVIil-4 0 0.0 0 o 0 CT
NH PR NH
XVIil-5 0 0 ri ri,
HN Oo . HN H 0 \
HN, HN
H
Oo
N o PM =0 o 0
NH
N
XVIi-6 XVIII-7 FN © Oo
6. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XIX COMPOUNDS OF
FORMULA XIX
[0178] In some embodiments, compounds of Formula I are described by compounds of
Formula XIX: 0
SN N
HN Hf
S =~N =
LF
Oo
XIX wherein T is Tether and Ry is Warhead and are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
[0179] Nonlimiting examples of the compounds of Formula XIX are set forth below. oO 0 NA
NA / 0 N
N
N N H
HN H 0 HIN A= NS Oo =N 1 <Q SLO —
XT xix-1 © XIX-2 © 0 0
NA N 0 NE 0 NA . 0
HN H 0 ee ’ - ’ ho
S =N = S —
XIX y © ” XIX-4 0 0 0 NA
N N HN N N
H NH HN
HN N 0 Cy ~N 0 SN 0 = © LQ Lr ©
N
XIX-5 XIX-6 ~~
7. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XX-a AND XX-b
[0180] In some embodiments, compounds of Formula I are described by compounds of
Formula XX-a and Formula XX-b:
HN Ho _ HN 0 _
NH
_ NH ~ J
R
\ | 1000 \
T Rwn
XX-a “Run XX-b wherein
Riooo 1s C(H) or N, wherein —T- Ry; can be attached to any carbon or the NH of the heteroaryl moiety of Formula XX-a and Formula XX-b; and
T and Run are Tether and Warhead, respectively, and are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
[0181] Nonlimiting examples of the compounds of Formula XX-a and Formula XX-b are g p p set forth below.
OH
0 0 OH 0 0) OH A Oo oy N NE N i» N N
HN 0 HN N 0 _ = = NH
NA NH —
ES J \ \ N NH \
XX-1 XX-2 XX-3 0 0 OH o 0 OH A
N
N N i N
HN 0 ANS 0 ° “NH “NH Z “NH Ss — == ~—N 7 LA 7 Soo 4 7 0 7 0
XX-4 XX-5 XX-6
OH
OH 0 © 0 Oo
NA X SN N
N N HN H
~
HN H a 0 0 = = NH
N O — = pC \N 0 7 0
XX-7 XX-8
8. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XXI-a, XXI-b, AND XXI-¢
[0182] In some embodiments, compounds of Formula I are described by compounds of
Formula XXI-a, Formula XXI-b, and Formula XXI-c:
O Ph [ EN Z 3 T
HN H S 0 wh
XXI-a 0 Ph
NA | HINT
N NA SV N
HN H 3 0 Rwh
XXI-b
Xy-Ph _N
A LT lr
N !
HN, H N NTT en
N Oo
Oo
XXI-¢ wherein T and Ry are Tether and Warhead, respectively, and are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
[0183] Nonlimiting examples of the compounds of Formula XXI-a, Formula XXI-b, and
Formula XXI-¢ are set forth below.
N
NA N | TX SA N S | 0
HN H 0 HN H > © > © N NH
XXI-1 © XX12 H
Oo
A LI 0 1 Yen
N N A 0 NA N | 0
N XN
HN 0 As NG Hf \ o 0 H o H 0)
XXI-3 XXI-4
H 0 NG Ph N
Ph NN [Ty rs
NA DE N NA le)
N NA 0 HN H 0
HN H 0 > 0 © 0
XXI-6
XXI-5 N H oO
HN—zO 0 Ph N 0 Ny Ph H NA Tr HN
I Hy N NA 0
N NA 0 HN H 0 0
HN H a 0
XXI-8
XXI-7 O 0 Ho
HN 0 N Ph N 0 Ng,—Ph N [HN
NA / ~ HN N NA O
N NA 0 HN H 0
HN H 0 0
N 0
XXI-9 XXI1-10
B. PDPK1 PROTEIN SCAFFOLDS 1. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XI
[0184] In some embodiments, compounds of Formula I are described by compounds of
Formula XI:
R73
R72 mod KC
R7R75R74 NH _
YC 2) Ruh
R71 7 hd p
XI wherein
Bs and B7 are each independently CR; or N;
Reo is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, nitro, or -NH(CO)NR7sR 79;
R79 is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, nitro;
R7, R71, R72, R73, R74, Rys, R76, R77, R7s, and R49 are each independently hydrogen or
C,-Cs alkyl;
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cg alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by FN optionally R;s, and Ryo taken together form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; p is an integer from 0 to 4, u is an integer from 1 to 4; and
T and Ry, are Tether and Warhead respectively, and are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I;
[0185] In other embodiments, the compound of Formula XI is a compound of Formula
XI-a, XI-b, or XI-c. 0 0 0 0
EEN R77 ! R7sRpM i N
R 75174 76 NH R;g R75R74 NH Rh
Rro~S N = R7o~ xX
A A | R \ I
NEON 7 Run Zo -R7s
N N N N
H H H i
Reo] R79
Xl-a P Xl-b 0 0
R77~ mh
R-5R
R7g N75M74 NH
R T~ "C1 Ir Run z N
N N \
H
Res)
Xl-c p wherein, Ro, Ro, Ra, Rs, Ros, R77, Ros, Ro, T, Rh, and Pp arc as defined above for
Formula XI.
[0186] In yet another embodiment, the compound of Formula XI-a, XI-b or XI-c is a compound of Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g, XI-h, XI-i, or XI-j. oO oO 0 0
WH, SCH
NH NH
CY g R, Cy 2 Rs 1 R oN 77 N~p© oN X, Rg
H R/~1-0O o H 5 0
XI-d Re ; R )
R, A Re Xl-e 0 oO 0 0 0
WH 2.8
H O HN N
NH 0 NL RsRa Ry M3
Ro Ty Nn Re NH
LA ar SLR ne NINES = Ro RsRy | ir
N N 3 g A 0 Ry \
XI R H
° Q Re Xl-g o 0 Ra, oO Oo
R
HaN IL Ry ’ NS 0 Re P
AN H J
NH T° "R, NH N 5
R70 xX ne Jo! ny
N o Re N Rs Ry Rs
Tr je! J Ren on NH A
N N N N Rga H A $0 Rg1
H Res Xi 0” °N Reo
Xl-h R67 Reg ERs Rg7 Res 85 Res Rea 0 0 85
WOE
NH
Ro ® 2 R, oN 7°
H Rs . Rg
Xl4 Rs wherein R7q and T are as defined above for Formula XI;
Ri, Ra, R3, Ry, Rs, Rg, Rso, Rsi, Rez, Rss, Rss, Rss, Rss, and Rg are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl, wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-, R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl, and one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently pe replaced by SNE
[0187] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g, XI-h,
XI-i, or XI-j is a compound of Formula XI-k, XI-1, XI-m, XI-n, XI-o0, XI-p, or XI-q. 0 0 0 0
WOR WORN
NH o NH 5
Br 0 Br x (= R3R
N N 0 2 Ry 4
N” °N N R NEN N Re
H HR2 5 H Ho/R. 0°
RsRe Rgg M89 5
Xl-k Xk oo 0 0
Ww CH
NH NH
~ O Br SN 0 O
N Res Reo © 0 0X Rr 2 fe Re on N R,
H ° J VR; Rs : " * Re ns Re RRs * Ry Rs
XI-m
Xl-n o © 0 0
KH Ww
NH ns Oy ReR; NH
R Br
INGEN of Rg § '® 2 Reo Rey © 4°
N 0 5 | 89 Rag 0
Tt 2 N R A PR Rs
N~ TN N RRs H ° \ rs R7
H ResReg O ng Re Ry R, RS e 9 Xl-o Xl-p wR
NH
C1 2),
NTN NR2
H
DE
Xl-q R4 Rs wherein Ri-Rg, R70, Rss, and Ryo are as defined above for Formula XI-a, XI-b or
XlI-¢;
Xe 1s CH,, NH, O, or S; and ns is an integer from 0 to 3.
[0188] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula XI-e or XI-j is a compound of
Formula XI-r, XI-s, XI-t, XI-u, XI-v, XI-w, or XI-x: oO 0 LA oO o
CN HzN N CN
ML , mL : ~C r ~N Br XN Rs 0
COL Oe TC
Z Oo = N
Re N Rs Ro Ra 0 Rs
LL: Rs
Xl-r 0 Rs 0 0
XI-t
Xl-s o © 0 0 0 0 KH KL a KH NH NH
H B XN
NH r Re Cy 0 Rs, Or 2 0 Rs
Bry Ra~y PS J R NTN NS “Ry
CLL WW Og TE
NTN x o rS YC Rg 0 0 Rp J 0
Xl-u Xl-v Xl-w a 9
WH
NH
“Cr QL ou NA
De
Ri Rs
Xl-x wherein Ry Rs Ry Rs and Rg are as defined above for Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g,
XI-h, XI-i, and XI-j.
[0189] In other embodiments, the compound of Formula XI-e, XI-h, XI-i, or XI-j is a compound of Formula XI-y, XI-z, XI-aa, or XI-bb. 0 0 {J x
HoN N
NY NL
H NH ly or rp CLOT r AN 6 Rs R
Cr. SSO
N" ON oN H R °
H 0 2
Rs Rs Rs Xl-z
Xl-y © o. fe Q 0
Rs 5
HoN NL SNR, NL
NH © R Rs NH Ro
Bra Xo N-~_ Br SN Xo N~O
N Ro R
LL A »yo
N N N N Ra 0
H rR Re
Xl-aa XI-bb RsRg R7 wherein
R,-Ry are as defined above for Formula II-a above; and
X18 as defined above for Formula XI-t above.
[0190] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XI-h or XI-i is a compound of
Formula XI-ce, XI-dd, XI-ee, or XI-ff.
Re Rs
Ry oO 0 o
LL Toh 5K ALF 0 HoN N R7
HoN N , 1 7%, ML _ "
NH NR NH RY R, Rs ae o ae 0
A A Py PS
H H
SOD O
Xl-cc Xl-dd
Re 0 Rs Re
HoN NL Lo Ha 1 0 3 nH ON Ry nH ON
R
~C} 5 0 Br | BN N Ro 0 0
A A A A
N N N N N N N N
H Ho \ / H Ho \ J
Xl-ee XI-ff wherein R,-R7, Rg Rg are as defined above for Formula I1-a.
[0191] Nonlimiting examples of compounds of the Formula XI are set forth below. 0 0 0 0 ry AK HE
Hime Me Hm Me Hime Me
HN HN HN
~ NS 0 Bre Sy 0
MOL, TOLD x
N
Pu NT YN Pu NY ONo NN 0
H H H H H 5
Xi-1 X1-2 XI-3 0 9 0 0 0 0
I NH, N NH,
Home Me N NH; Hime Me
HN Hime Me HN
CC HN Br
Q SN 0 Me
SPSL srs CLI O=
N M . 0
AAI co oy eo CA IUEG
H H Z N H H [ fo N_ ON N 0 l
XI-4 N N I
XI-5 XI-6 0 0 o o ek Ld 1d
H N NH N NH; ph Mé Me Ju AV Iu Mé Me
HN HN
Br Xn
N oO Br oN Br XN
N 0 N 0
H H 0 N” °N NR o N~ °N 0
X17 H H H fo
X18 X19 0 0 oO Oo oO oO
JH Me Me ? J Me Me H
HN HN HN
Bra A, ° “Cy 0 ~ 0
Zo N A sYN 0 Pn PN
NON i © H 5 H H
XI-10 XI-11 ; oo o o x2
Ju AY J Md Me H Me Me
HN H HN H o HN oO ~ ore C1 ORs o Ct oy
PN © NTN © NON ©
N H H
XI1-13 XI-14 X15 0 0 o © 0 9 > Me Me Ox -N
J Me Me HN Me Me 0 NH 0
Hi Ho § Bre A s 0 Br “CLorr RO Tr (AA
LL lr Or on © NTN NON
NN H H H
H
XI-16 X17 _
0 0 0 0 whe why Y
Me Me H ~ HN™ "0 NH HN” SO r AN
N 0 Br XD
N 0
LA 2 A Or 7 1
N~ °N N~ ON Zz
N N N~ ON N 7
H H
X1-19 X1.20 0 0 0 oO
HN 7 0
Br Br
AN 0 | AY 0 Ss
H
A S A JK
N N N o N N N
H H H H
0
XI-21 XI-22 0 0 oO 0 or HN
Br Br 0,
XN 0 NN 0 S ’ == SF N
N N N NZ ON N
H H H H g 0 0
XI-23 XI-24 oOo 0 oO 0
B
1 JQ I “CJ QL I 0 0
Ng N A A \ Jn A
H H o 0
XI1-25 XI1-26 0 0 oO ©
ASA WM
Bs I
B B
CLO LQ
A HF N
N N NO) A A
H H H H
S 0 ©
X1-27 X1-28
0 0 0 0
AS AS
7
B B
®. 21 I ® QL I
A o A o 0 0
X1-29 X1-30 0 0 oO 0
HN HN 0
B B
LL Ji LA JK ;
N N N yy NTN N
H H
0 0 ©
XI-31 X1-32 oO 0 oO Oo
HN 7
Br B ® iF
H
A \ o PY N
H H NOR N S
0 ,
XI-33 XI-34 0 0 0 0 x OR
N NH, H
H
I HN
HN 0 0 | Ny 0
Br.
N
O A
10) AR,
Va H
A
0 0 0 0
XI-35 XI-36 0 0 0 oO
HN
BN NSN 0
LL le =~ LL Ji 0
NZ SN Ao NG So N" ON N 0
H H
H H hi 0
XI1-37 XI-38
0 0 0 0
OR YR
HN HN 0 8 N 0 r
LOTT Cr C3
A © A (Ss
N N NT N
H H
XI-39 XI1-40 0 0 Oo Oo
ER RK
HN 0 HN o
H
Br O Br H—o
Nn N | AN Z
A © PY 7
N N N N o
XI-41 XI1-42 0 0 0 0
HN ° HN
Br EN i Br aN To (JLT (A SL
A Lo > = N N 0
N N H
H 0 O
X1-43 XI1-44
0 Oo 0 0
N NH
HN HN
Br x Br
L DLC JN 1 = N
N N 0 A N
H H
0 0
XI-45 XI-46 oO 0 0 0
YR RS
HN HN i
SZ N/s. N >
Nod AY do A PN 0 H H 0
XI-47 XI-48 0 0 0 0
Re areas
HN HN
Br Br pi JQ I — | Pi JON J
N
Pa A S A hu, 0
H H H H C= 0
X1-49 XI-50
0 0 0 0
YR rR
HN HN
B Br
XO) 1 O l
PY . 0 PY 0
XI-51 XI-52 0 0
YORK
HN
Br.
O QL
PY J
N N N Z
H H
XI-53 0 0 0 0 ae
IA NH HiC CHs
HN
HN
Br
A Br
J 2 I 1 x Ql 1
N
HF Z 0
N N N 7
H Ay 0 NOR Ay 0 Oo
F xX
F
XI-55 XI-57
Oo 0 0] 0
AAS PSA
7 HiC CH; r Hol CH,
HN HN
Br XN Br ® 0 0 Oi 0
A N A
N~ °N N Yn N" ON NH 0
H Hol H CH
NH 0
CH
XI-58 XI-59 2. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XII
[0192] In some embodiments, compounds of Formula I are described by compounds of
Formula XII:
NH,
N™ XX” SN
NF Me
T X NH
/ Ry
Ruwh
Xi wherein T and Ry are Tether and Warhead, respectively, and are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I; and
R; and R; are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § .
1. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XXXVI VERNALIS
[0193] In some embodiments, compounds of Formula I are described by compounds of
Formula XXXVI:
Rv
OQ
NH
0)
T
~~ N
Rwh N = \
N N— NH
H
XXXVI wherein
Rv is H, optionally substituted C;-C; branched or straight chain alkyl, or optionally substituted C;-C; branched or straight chain acyl; and
T and Run are Tether and Warhead, respectively, and are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
[0194] Nonlimiting examples of compounds of the Formula XXXVI are set forth below:
H
NH NH
0 0 0 0 0 ~ TL \ CS 0 { ~ TL \ <
NH —~NH 7—NH —NH 0 © N N J 0 N N
XXXVI-1 XXXVI-2
C. HCV PROTEASE 1. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA 1 BASED ON COMPOUNDS OF
FORMULA XVI-a, XVI-b, AND XVI-¢
[0195] In other embodiments, compounds of Formula I are described wherein Scaffold is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula XVI-a, XVI-b, or XVlI-c: — N
Rog R100 = A
Roz N Res ret I Jhon Ng oO R111
R114 Ros © R12 0.0 R 0 R \ // R
Ros 12 0. 0n - Res Ria 5 106/107
Ros R113 H 5 106,74107 H Roy | N H Rios
N R R
H Ros H X 108 Rog” OY 0 O x 105 Rh R100
ON 0 R105 n Rios 104
Rog 3 0 R104 Rq1d}100 0 7 Rios 0 ny Rioz R Ro! Ros 103
Rg1 Ros Ro»
Roy XVI-b
XVl-a = AS
Rit, 112
R 0, 0
Re. Ris +S Rios, Rior
N
0 (Roe | Rios No
Rod” o PA R104 R114X109 0 nz 102 R103
Roi | NR
Roz
XVl-c wherein
Roo, Roi, Roz, Roz, Roa, Ros, Ros, Ro7, Ros, Roo, Rigo, R02, Rios, Rios, Rios, R107, Rios,
Rioo, R110, Ri11, R112, Ri13, and Ryy4 are each independently hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of C,-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -
C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-;
Rios is hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, or C,-Cg alkenyl; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently pe replaced by NE
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; each Ryo; is independently hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, C,-Cs alkenyl, halogen, amino, nitro, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; ne and n7 are each independently integer from 0 to 4; ng is an integer from 0 to 2; and
Warhead is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of
Formula I-b, I-¢, I-e, I-i, I-j, I-k, I-1, I-n, or 1-0; - R, Rs rR Rs A I Ry Ra 5 6 : hn, 3 Rs 5 Re
Ib Ie Li Lj 0 re—4 Reps 0.0 R; Rs o Refs
Xg In, = Hh HL
R7Ra 8} Re 14 Io
Oo Ik wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, or -NRe-; each Xj is independently HN or Fro. each R,, Rs, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C,-C alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by AN optionally when proper any two of R;, Rj, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group;
A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; are independently an integer from 0-2; nz is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3;
T is Tether and is null, a bond, or a bivalent C,-C;s saturated, unsaturated, straight, branched, cyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl; bridged bicyclic, heterocycle, heteroaryl, or aryl moiety; wherein optionally one or more methylene units of the hydrocarbon chain are independently replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, -
C(=S)-, or C(=NR))-; optionally, one or more hydrogens are independently replaced by heteroatoms, and optionally, one or more methine groups of the C;-C;s alkyl, when present, are independently replaced by § N ; and
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl.
[0196] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula
XVI-d, XVI-e, or XVI-f: 7 \ Roly, = AN a [ro Fond
N Oo °y Lo 4
N NY
0 0 Q PD Oo N | gr
H .S Ros” J o O
JOY TTC
Oo N
Rog o © Tw % T R103 Rwn
XVl-e
T~
Rwh
XVI-d = ~
Jt IH Ng
Oo
Q Q0
H JS.
N AV
; " N N € \
Red” o O 0 R103
T~
Rwh
XVI-f wherein
Roo, Rio1, Ri14, ng, ng, T and Ryn are as defined above for Formula XV-a; and
Rios is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkenyl.
[0197] In certain embodiments, the the compound of Formulas XVI-d, XVlI-e, or XVI-f is a compound of Formula XVI-g, XVI-h, or XVI-i:
R101
R101 Ny Rita
N _ °y
Oo © o
H 0 Q, 0 x WP
H N N NN 0 H 1 N Av
H 0 0
R, ° ; R, " 0
Co RSS
Rs
Rs R 0 R Ra © Rs 4 3 XVkg XVI-h
Rio SN
Oo
Li 6%
N N N~ /
H oN H
SPO So © 0
Rs, 0 0 N
Rs
R
0 Rs 4
XVI-i wherein, Ry Rs Rs Rs Rigi, R14 are as defined above for Formulas XVI-a.
[0198] Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula XVI-a, Formula XVI-b, and
Formula XVI-¢ are as sct forth below.
MeO ~° x a A" % 9, * Qo. 0 3 ia (Ny \/ ,, nN pe 7 Nd 7 A a K V % 0. N
Ra Y o
Ea ° YT £ >
O
N $ J
J FA
XVI-1 XVI-2
MeO AN
AN N lo) %, T o, ,0 3
N , | - " oO, PY o | PN 8 & hd i ° Bo Y Oo © S i rT 3 ( oO
N
0 \ oO Oo
XVI-3 XVI-4
F
ON MeO NN
N Oo
Y Po %, * oo oo 9, \/ . Ce \ 7 Nn" 7 | \/
A $ | : - V
Io Q % po >No ° A To : he y o ~~, > 3
A
O
J [) oO oO
XVI-5 XVI-6
MeO AN MeO. NN
A 7 2% %,
J V oe MY N " , Ny _L ° & ® A ©
Q. N v 0
TAL 1
A Ni oO 0
XVI-7 XVI-8
F
MeO Xx YY
AN 9, “ 0 ’, A, / (Nd (YY 5 WV
N _S : oN
KE V A
A © Wo wd Y 0 o N :
NY x 5 : [1 3 or 1 ]
N S -, 0 ( o 0
XVI-9 XVI-10
F
F
T
%, .
A / 5, ~~ K 0
N " N \/ A J
A ’ ~ N " , ve \/
Boe Oo X
N &
N N o py
Q —0
SN
XVI-11 XVI-12
F
N 0
Se a, 9 Y % 0 0 o %, \/ ’ 0
A \/
N , N AV, N AS & N +, N \V4 0 N 0 0 N
N > N= 0 —N 0 ~0) 0 on
XVI-13 XVI-14
F r { & ~ lL he
Y \ ., ° %, \ /
Wy ¢ A YET V
N oS
N fo, N Av, 0. PS 0 0 \ z 0 N =
YY > 0 E o 1
N
0 (J)
J——0 0 0
XVI-15 XVI-16
F
F
N 0 a, % he “ oo 0 %, \/ y a
LAN pe \/ \ Pa vv N oS
A ° \ yy WV 0 N A
Y ; 0 0 \ 0 £ soc Y 0
Ta en —0 0 0
XVI-17 XVI-18
F
3
N 0 he
T %, “4, Q 0 0 7 i ] P \/ . 4
N , Ny \ "4, v 7
A boos A ° e
Boe” Y 0 soc z ©
No ~~, 0 aq
SY
XVI-19 XVI-20
F
Y
% f QO o 0 \/ N oO re YY 0 N %, ~N % Q o. 0 = N -S ~N N 2, N /
N J X o R 0 0 2,
Q 7 Q
SN
XVI-21 XVI-22 nS » “oC [ ~~ 0, [SE CN) : Oy \/ 2, N 5 % o o o N , N Av,
N \/ 0 “A 0 ot 0 oN 0 \, o
Q Ay 0 0 o
XVI-23 XVI-24
F
LQ
\
YT ~ 0, 8 oo 0 h
Q
Ov Y V/ " M / N " a es 0 AN 0 o A % WV
Y v 0 0 N ° \ i Y 0 0 = Y :
TY TQ
A J
0 0 .
XVI-25 XVI-26
D. PI3Kp and PI3Ky PROTEIN SCAFFOLDS 1. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XXII-a, FORMULA XXII-b, OR
FORMULA XXII-¢c
[0199] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula
XXII-a, Formula XXII-b, or Formula XXII-c: 0 pd Bm ( Fn a N
S S
N SX N
TL au a MLA
Run Rui N 1, © Re © -
XXII-a XXII-b XXII-¢ wherein n, m, p, and q for Formula XXII-a and Formula XXII-b are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3; provided that n and q are not 0 at the same time, and m and q are not 0 at the same time;
T and Ry, are as defined for Formula I and each T can be the same or different;
A’ is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 5-10 membered saturated or partially unsaturated bridged bicyclic heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen, at least one oxygen, and optionally 1-2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
B’ is an optionally substituted group selected from phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or —T-Rwh; and
C? is hydrogen or an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0200] Nonlimiting examples of compounds for Formula XXII-a and Formula XXII-b are set forth below. 9 s R S Xn
XT OL
XXII-1 XXI1-2
S Xn = \ | N \ HF OH (7 Z OH \ N - /
XXII-3 XXI1-4 0)
N 0 0 S | Xn I S Ny
N \ F OH On Ny \ | % OH \ N ~] | N
XXII-5 XXII-6 ()
N
AAA L
J ~<T () ; uy ry 7 | OY 7
XXII-7 XXII-8
J TY oN TY ee oto AT oH ul | :
XXII-9 XXII-10 @ ALTA
S Ny 0 N=.
XXII-11 XXII-12 0 LN ~~
ANY (© AY
XXII-13 XXII-14
1 CO) ee 3) oN <0 - “He BD 71 o~
XXII-15 XXII-16
A A
() () ® / oo
XXII-17 XXII-18 xX ) 7
XXII-19
0)
N 0
S
\ = OH h
N s
Ny \ | = N 0
O N i@ 0 7
XXI1-20 XXII-21 8
CJ
S | Ny =N S | XN =N \ = NH \ _ N ( N a N H pve To 0 0
XXI1-22 XXII-23 ® ®
N N ety TT 0 0g \— _ 0 0=S
N
0=<X_ ¢
XXI1-24 XXII-25
) ®
N N
\ a \ ae. a NZ | =N 0 Pa, ) Pa,
T( ~
Sl I 0 0 0
XXII-26 XXI11-27 ® i ® haa STC
N Pa N Pp 0 o={
MeO MeO /
JN JN o 0 - o o
XXI1I1-28 XXI11-29
OO) 0)
N N
6 “CL CS TC == wy, ZH, N N NH, o 0 0 s s 0
XXII-30 XXII1-31
) ®
N N
_) Pa, _) Pn 0 0
S
0 o o
XXII1-32 XXII1-33
O)
N
Q S IN —N \ \ yr
L
A
N 0
I
MeO
XXII1-34
2. COMPOUND OF FORMULA XXIII
[0201] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula
XXIII: 0
R
Root N
R202 oe
XXIII wherein:
Ry 1s a warhead group and is as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I;
Ryo: 1s hydrogen or Cs alkyl;
Ryo, 1s hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C, ¢ alkyl, Ci alkoxy, or (C, alkylene)-Ry3; or
Ryo1 and Ry; are taken together with the intervening carbon to form an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered carbocyclic ring or a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
Roos is a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur,a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, a 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; and
Ring A’ is absent or an optionally substituted group selected from a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0202] Non-limiting examples of the compounds of Formula XXIII are listed below: 0 \ S /—\ / N 0
N
0 0 0
XXIII-1 a
N S, / \ )— P 0
N q S /—\
Vi N O
N
N
—s 0
Oo Nps N
CI
0 Olitnagy
XXIII-2 XXIII-3
O
O N S / \
N O
. )
N N
)— %
N
Oo © No J
N
N
0 \
XXIII1-4 XXIII-5 0 0
Ss
S N / \
N / \ N 0 / N O J
N
() \ J {) pa \ OO oO oO
XXIII-6 XXTII1-7 0 \ Ss /\ )— 0
CC)
L$) 0
XXIII-8 3. COMPOUND OF FORMULA XXIV-a OR FORMULA XXIV-b
[0203] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula
XXIV-a or Formula XXIV-b:
Roos 2 (R2o5)n N AN (R205)n N
Ys NYY I~ S NYY
R204/N Q _ J (Raw N x _ J Ravn
Oo Oo (%) (x)
Ruf Rut
XXIV-a XXIV-b or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Ry 1s a warhead group;
Ry04 18 an hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C;_¢ aliphatic, - (CH,)m-(3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring), -(CHz)m-(7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring), -(CH;),-(4- to 7- membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), -(CHz)n~(7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), -(CH,),-phenyl, -(CH;),~(8- to 10- membered bicyclic aryl ring), -(CHz)m-(5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), or -(CH,)n-(8- to 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur); cach Ryps and Rygs is independently —R”, halogen, -NO,, —CN, —OR"”, —SR”, -N(R"),, -C(O)R"”, -CO;R", —-C(O)C(O)R"”, —C(O)CH,C(O)R", —-S(O)R"”, —-S(O),R", —C(O)N(R""),, -SO;N(R""),, —-OC(O)R", -N(R")C(O)R", —N(R")N(R"),, -N(R")C(=NR")N(R"),, -C(=NR")N(R"),, —C=NOR", -N(R"")C(O)N(R"),, —N(R")SO,N(R"")2, -N(R")SO,R", or -OC(O)N(R""),; cach R" is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from
Cis aliphatic, a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur,a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or two R" groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-8 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; m is an integer from 0 to 6, inclusive; cach n for Formula XXIV-a or Formula XXIV-b is independently 0, 1, or 2; and
Ring A’ is an optionally substituted 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having 1-2 nitrogens.
[0204] Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula XXIV-a and XXIV-b are sect forth below: 0 2
HN tl HN \,
N N
I =z — =z i
Xu XX XN XN 0 N 0 N ) () ., 0, 5 0
Oo 0
XXIV-1 XXIV-2 0
N
S =z
NH
XX XN
0 N
PY
XXIV-3
4. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XXV
[0205] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula
XXV:
F Rash, N IN
S HN | _ J Rach
No
F MeO Sn (a5)
Ruwn
XXV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein
Ryn is a warhead group each Rugs and Rye 1s independently —R"”, halogen, —-NO,, -CN, —OR"’, —=SR"’, -N(R""),, -C(O)R"”, —CO,R", -C(O)C(O)R", —C(O)CH,C(O)R", —=S(O)R"’, -S(O);R", —C(O)N(R""),, -SO:N(R'"),, —-OC(O)R”, -NRHC(O)R”, -NR"INR"), -NR")CENR")NR"),, -C(=NR")N(R");, —C=NOR"”, -N(R")C(O)N(R")2, -N(R"")SO,N(R"),, -N(R")SO,R"”, or -OC(ONR"); cach R" is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from
C, ¢ aliphatic, a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur,a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or optionally, two R" groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-8 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; m is an integer from 0 to 6, inclusive; cach n is independently 0, 1, or 2; and
Ring A’ is an optionally substituted 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having 1-2 nitrogens.
[0206] In other nonlimiting illustrative embodiments, compounds of Formula XXV are shown below: =) 0 o ,
LC 0 oO 0 7° ® "
MeO.__N C J C )
F 00 “ N £ MeO _N \ Fo Meo ~ N
SN NX oP J EN \ “HN N HN ~ ~
F XXV-1 N F XXV-2 NF XXV-3 N 0 0 P
YS AIL oA
N NH NH
MeO. __N C )
Foo T | MeO. _N CO g MeO __N ®
Soa A F ooo [ OP ~ _ S uN NY EN “HN x
F XXV-4 N _ Z
F NF XXV-6 N \p XXV-5 ~
NH 3 0 IN 0 worn. (0 0
F 0.0 “I MeO.__N C SN
SNS N Fo, 0 0, 0
F XXV-7 N 2 “ \ 2 F xvas N XXV-9 N $=0 \ oO
NH ? i IR 0 ® or” ° “oN
NL
Oo, .0 | C MeO.__N [op ancelBt Ne OD (NA S. _™
F XXV-10 nN? ym xX CO = o HN C = — ~
F NTF XXV-12 N
XXV-11 : 0 0D
IN NT ASO
Ne_O
O oN ( . 0 \ ® < ON
ON N = Fo oF
Fo 0 T R g=0 XT | No?
F § NT F F ig
XXV-13 XXV-14 XXV-15 5. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XXVI
[0207] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula
XXVI:
N | N §e
R=
XXVI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein:
Ry 1s a warhead group and is as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I;
Ring A’ is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 4- to 8-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 5-10 membered saturated or partially unsaturated bridged bicyclic heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen, at least one oxygen, and optionally 1-2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
R07 is R””’, halogen, -O R’”’, -CN, —-NO,, -SO; R’*’, -SO R’”’, -C(O) R’”’, -CO;,
R’”’, -C(O)N(R’”’)2, -NRC(O) R*”’, -N R*”’C(O)N(R"’’),, -NRSO, R*”’, or -N(R’*"); each R’”’ is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from
Cis aliphatic, aryl, a 4- to 7-membered heterocylic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 5- to 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or: optionally two R’’’ groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a 4- to 7-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
Ring B’ is an optionally substituted group selected from phenyl, an 8- to 10- membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
T is a covalent bond or a bivalent straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated Cs hydrocarbon chain wherein one or more methylene units of T” are optionally replaced by —0-, -S-, -N(R’”’)-, -C(0O)-, -OC(0)-, -C(0)O-, -C(O)N(R’*")-, -N(R**")C(O)-, -NR’”’)C(O)N(R’’’)-, -SO;-, -SO,N(R’*7)-, -N(R”’")SO;-, or -N(R”’")SO,;N(R"*’)-;
Ring C’ is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 12-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bridged bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; and
Ring D’ is absent or an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 12-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bridged bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0208] Nonlimiting examples of the compunds of Formula XXVI are set forth below.
©) ® 0) »
N N N \
A AR Tr > N 2 3 or N oo N
HN O HN OY HN O ™ OQ
HN 0 HN =o HN C° \ XXVI-4 "“{ \ o \ oti XXVI-3 \ ° x
XXVI-1 iol XXVI-2 A) o ( ) 0 0 o ( J (J u ! 0 _ N N N
HN O "™ 0 o Nes XXVI-7 oO N_ O HN ir_ oO o. HN “Zo \ 5 XXVI-6 HN—-§=O o EON
On ee XO Ty
Ss Loy
AE D8 I IN 7 NW 7 NY oo N ™_ MN Mo Q oO
HN XXVI-8 oO HN, ° ™ xo HN ° - N XXVI-9 HY oO o=X > o=\ N 0 A _0 6. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XXVII
[0209] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula
XXVII:
N
P
= N 0 ~) A
T NTN NN
Run R ZZ
XXVIII or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein:
T and Ry, are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula 1.
R is H, alkyl, or alkoxy.
[0210] Nonlimiting examples of the compounds of the Formula XXVII are set forth below.
N
1) 1 5) XI Y g
N._O = : o hl ~~ N OO) PENN, A XN 0 Ow = J 5 Hl _
XXVII-1 ove
N
2 ! Bp 0 I) 0 NO ~"0 NN SN roe Ne A N
Ho | Mr 0 N~ °N N 0 O~ = J 5 Hl _
XXVII-3 ovina
N
Lp i)
N A H Nog
Zo NTN SN oN A x
Hol SS 0 N” ON N 0 ox - &o NT
XXVII-5 Vl o> FZ
N
N
0 [> ! Bp 0 IY i )
N NTN SN ae Py SN 0 Ow I 0) Ho
XXVII-7 ’ xxvii- O~ =
N
N
0 [ ! Bp
Q NO
0
NG Py XN OI Py Sy o Hol & N°]
O< Z 0’ Ow =
XXVI-9 XXVII-10 N 8 B® 0 x N
N
J A x HN 0 oN SN
HN™ 70 N™ °N N H : H O~ Z o= > O~ Z 0
N XXVI-11 S XXVII-12
AO -
N
[ © 0 ED)
A Ne! o O N “ Py 3K - 0 gL a N O =
A > N 0
Oo 0
XXV11-13
XXVII-14
7. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XXVIII
[0211] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula
XXVIII:
ZN=N xn of
Br
N /
N— 0 0
T
\
Rwh
XXVIII and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; wherein
T and R.4, and are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I.
[0212] Non-limiting examples of the compounds of Formula XXVIII are set forth below:
NZ /
A or 2 > _N /
N NE Br + \
N— N— N 4 $0 =O N— o / o _
HN HN %-0 o o— © o—" 0 HN 0° 0) 0
XXVII-1 XXviil-2 Xxvin-3
ANN ANN ZN
=~ _N / =~ _N / x_N /
Br Br Br 4
N N N
N— N— NS $0 Y
N o /\ o
Q N eo} ~ N HN 0 o y— o Ss o o = 0
XXVil-4 XXVII-5 XXVIII-6
8. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XXIX
[0213] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula
XXIX: /—N
N NH, \ /
Cr NGA
N (#0) /
Rwh
XXIX and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; wherein
T and Run are Tether and Warhead, respectively, and are as defined as above for
Formula I; and
A® is an optionally substuted aryl, biaryl, or heteroaryl.
[0214] Non-limiting examples of the compounds of Formula XXIX are set forth below: /=N /=N
N NH N NH
\ J 2 \ J 2 o o
N “uN 0” rr 0” o o
XXIXAA A xxix2 © /=N —N
N NH, /— \_/ N NH, > \_/ 0" ° 0 NN o o NN N o
A °o 0
XXIX-3 XXIX-4 /~N
N NH
\ J 2
N. ~ = Ng-N N ~
Zn o oO 0 5
XXIX-5 -
1. COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA XXXVII
[0215] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula
XXXVI:
Rwh /
T
Cl Oo
Cr = o—
A N==\
S NH ro
N.=N
XXXVII and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; wherein
T and Run are Tether and Warhead, respectively, and are as defined as above for
Formula I.
[0216] Non-limiting examples of the compounds of Formula XXXVII are set forth below: 0 $0 © 0 NEA
O HN 0
Cl 0 cl 0
EN N==\ EN N=\
NH NH
N=N N=N
XXXVII-1 XXXVII-2
0 0 0
NO 2 oy
N
HN 0 So
Cl 0 Cl 0
N N
= o— = o—
N N==\ N N==\
S NH S NH
IS aS
N=N NN
XXXVII-3 XXXVII-4
CL
0) N 0
Cl 0
CC
= o—
An ~N
Be
N ~F N
XXXVII-5
[0217] One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that a variety of warhead groups, as defined herein, are suitable for covalent bonding to lysine. Such Ry; groups include, but are not limited to, those described herein and depicted in Formulas VI-a - VI-t, and aa-ooo, inclusive, supra. That these warheads are suitable for covalent bonding to the primary amine of a lysine residue was determined by performing mass spectrometric experiments using the protocol described in detail in Examples 50-54, 88, 163-164, and 174-175 infra, the results of which are depicted in Figures 3-9, and 12-22. These experiments show that the compounds described herein covalently modify a target lysine residue in HCV-NS3 protease,
XIAP, PI3K, and PDPK-1.
VIII. IN A FURTHER ASPECT, THE INVENTION PROVIDES PROTEIN -
MODIFIER-LIGAND CONJUGATES OF THE FORMULA XIII: vm Cr
X
Y
XIII wherein
Scaffold is a) a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a ligand capable of binding to, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site; or b) a portion of a pharmacophore of a ligand resulting from truncation of the pharmacophore, such that the Scaffold is capable of binding to, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site;
Warhead is an organic moiety optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; the organic moiety having a molecular weight of about 14 daltons to about 200 daltons; Warhead being capable of reaction with a side chain primary amine group of a lysine residue; and Warhead being attached to Scaffold through Tether; and
Tether is null, a bond, or a bivalent C,-C;s saturated, unsaturated, straight, branched, cyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl; bridged bicyclic, heterocycle, heteroaryl, or aryl moiety; wherein optionally one or more methylene units of the hydrocarbon chain are independently replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, -C(=S)-, or C(=NR;)-; optionally, one or more hydrogens are independently replaced by heteroatoms, and optionally, one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, are independently replaced by AN x1s0, 1,0r2; yis 1,2, or 3;
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and
Y, is a bivalent or trivalent moiety resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a radical of Formula XIV-a, XIV-b, XIV-¢, XIV-d, XIV-e, XIV-f, XIV-g, XIV-h, or XIV-i,
Ry; Rs 0 oo oh {0 0 oa
Ae RP Rs YR J he * 0 R2
XIV-a XIV-b XIV-c XIV-d
N° A NL de Q0 = AN Ry R AA Rs R Sn
Ra R2 ‘ R; Re R2Re °
XIV-e XIV-f XIV-g XIV-h
O rel Rr 6
SO
XIv4i wherein cach X; and X; is independently -CR;R3R4, -OR;, or -NR,R3; each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; optionally when proper any two of Ry, Rs, Rs, Rs, Rs, R7, and Rg can be linked together to form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by FN, and n is an integer from 2-4, my is an integer from 1 to 2;
A is an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; ===== 1s a single or a double bond; a hydrogen of a radical of Formula XIV-a, XIV-b, XIV-¢, XIV-d, XIV-e, XIV-f,
XIV-g, XIV-h, or XIV-i, is substituted by Tether-Scaffold; and
M is connected to the position labeled as “*”” and is -NH- or =N-, the nitrogen atom of
M being a nitrogen from the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue of the protein.
[0218] In some embodiments, the conjugate of Formula XIII, is a conjugate of Formula
Xr, (Satta) a {Popeniad]
XI
[0219] In some embodiments, the Scaffold is selected from the group consisting of
Formulas VII, VIII, IX-a, IX-b, XI, XII, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIII,
XXXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII, XXIX, XXXVI, and XXXVII.
[0220] In other embodiments, M(CH;)s-Protein, is selected from the group consisting of
M(CH;)4-K1236-HCV-NS3, M(CH;)s-K2016-HCV-NS3, M(CH,)4-K2560-HCV-NS3,
M(CH;)4-K191-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 1), M(CH;)4-K199-(Baculoviral
IAP repeat-containing protein 1), M(CH;)4-K305-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 2), M(CH;)s-K291-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 3), M(CH;)s-K297- (Baculoviral TAP repeat-containing protein 4), M(CH;)s-K299-(Baculoviral IAP repeat- containing protein 4), M(CH;)s-K311-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 4),
M(CH;)4-K062-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 5), M(CH;)4-K079-(Baculoviral
IAP repeat-containing protein 5), M(CH;)4-K121-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 7), M(CH;)4-K135-(Baculoviral TAP repeat-containing protein 7), M(CH,)4-K146- (Baculoviral TAP repeat-containing protein 7), M(CH;)s-K036-(Baculoviral IAP repeat- containing protein 8), M(CH;)4-K050-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 8),
M(CH;)s-K061-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 8), M(CH;)4-K776- (Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit alpha isoform), M(CH,)4-
K&802-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit alpha isoform),
M(CH;)4-K777-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit beta isoform), M(CH;)4-K805-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit beta isoform), M(CH,;),-K802-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit gamma isoform), M(CH,)4-K807-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit gamma isoform), M(CH;)4-K833-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3- kinase catalytic subunit gamma isoform), M(CH3)4-K890-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5- bisphosphate ~~ 3-kinase catalytic subunit gamma isoform), M(CH;);-K086-(3- phosphoinositide-dependent protein kinase 1), M(CH,)4-K163-(3-phosphoinositide- dependent protein kinase 1), M(CH;)4-K169-(3-phosphoinositide-dependent protein kinase 1), and M(CH;)4-K207-(3-phosphoinositide-dependent protein kinase 1).
[0221] In other embodiments, the bivalent or trivalent moiety resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a radical of Formula XIV-a, XIV-d, XIV-h, or XIV-i is a moiety of
Formula XV-a, XV-b, XV-¢, XV-d, XV-e, XV-f, or XV-g;
R R
0 HAYA R HAYA * --N 3 --N OH R, x RE: Ry. *% $ Ry *% 3 °R, x 4 O x
Rs _ % a,
Req N, ORs er © Ra ) R> 3 RsRg Rs Re R,Rs 0 R3 R4 Rs
My
XV-a Xv Vee ved
R2 ox 5N Rs *% 44 R- O R \ R4 N—(—Rs *o 34 3 00 Xi * 0 5 =
Rs Re "Rj RS 2 Rol oN
XV-e * my *
Xv-f XV-g wherein my is an integer from 1 to 2; each Ry, Ri, R4, Rs and Re is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein optionally when proper any two of R,, Ri, Rs, Rs and Rg can be linked together to form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; and one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be wine independently replaced by £N +.
M is connected to the position of Y; labeled as “*”’; and
Tether 1s connected to the position of Y; labeled as “**7
[0222] In some enbodiments, the bivalent moiety of Formula XV-a, XV-b, XV-¢, XV-d,
XV-e, XV-f, or XV-g is a bivalent moiety of Formula XV-h, XV-i, XV-j, XV-k, XV-1, XV- m, XV-n, XV-0, XV-p, XV-q, XV-r, XV-s, or XV-t;
O 3- OH : * xx $-NH +x $-NH OH xx §"NH
HE aN <A
N O & * 0 7 © 3 * nN
XV-h XV-i xvj © XV-k
O
0 **k +4
Kk HL *% %-NH *% LR OH *% on OH INT
S ye SN 0 SN * 0 3 d Ww = 0 *
XV-l XV-m XV-n XV-0 XV-p
O xx 44 P 0
N Hk $4 i” 5 4 O (J) NY" N wx EL OH
Poon Oh XY * * z OH * %0 *
XV-q XV-r *
XV-s XV-t wherein
M is connected to the position of Y, labeled as “*”; and
Tether is connected to the position of Y, labeled as “**”.
[0223] As defined generally above, Ryy is a warhead group. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that such Ryn groups, i.e. warhead groups, are particularly suitable for covalently binding to a key lysine residue in the binding domain of, for example, but not limited to, XIAP, PDPK-1, HCV protease, and PI3K. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that XIAP, PDPK-1, HCV protease, and PI3K, and mutants thereof, have at least one lysine residue in the binding domain of each protein.
[0224] In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds may target the K297 lysine residue of
XIAP. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K86 lysine residue of PDPK-1. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K169 lysine residue of PDPK-1. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K173 lysine residue of PDPK-1. In other embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K136 lysine residue of HCV protease. In other embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K777 lysine residue of PI3Kp. In other embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K802 lysine residue of PI3Ky. In other embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K890 lysine residue of PI3Ky.
[0225] Thus, in some embodiments, Ry is characterized in that the -T-Ry; moiety is capable of covalently binding to a lysine residue thereby irreversibly inhibiting the enzyme.
[0226] According to another aspect, the present invention provides a conjugate comprising XIAP, or a mutant thereof, covalently bonded to an inhibitor at K297. In some embodiments, the inhibitor moiety is bonded via a linker moiety. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the Formula K297-linker-inhibitor moiety. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the "linker" group corresponds to a -T-Ryy as described herein. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the linker group is as defined for -T-Ryn was defined above and described in classes and subclasses herein. It will be appreciated, however, that the linker group is bivalent and, therefore, the corresponding -T-Rwn group is also intended to be bivalent resulting from the reaction of the warhead with the K297 of XIAP, or a mutant thereof.
[0227] In certain embodiments for XIAP, the inhibitor moiety is a compound of Formula
A:
Riz ‘ nN pe
Riz O Ww oO N
R21 0 R22
N
H J N
4 [R=] p
A wherein
V and W are each independently -(CR14R15)¢X3(CRisR17); p, q and r are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
X3 is -CR1sR9-, or —NRyo-; and
Ry; and Ry; are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl;
R,3 is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cg alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ;
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally R;; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
[0228] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
Riz ‘ nN Ne
Riz O WwW oO N
J Raq 0 R22
N
H J N
Je Linker — Kao? 7 p wherein Ri,, R13, Rai, Raz, R23, V, W, and p are as defined above for formula A.
[0229] In certain embodiments, the inhibitor moiety is a compound of formula B:
Ras
RoadxRos
Ry; S Rog Rao
HN XR
NN Ne R
I 32
Ry O © Ra1
Ros R 0 28 21 Ryy
N ary /= [Res] p
B wherein
X4 18 -CR33- or -N-; p and s are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
Riz, Riz, Rai, Raa, Ras, Ras, Ras, Raz, Ras, Rao, Rao, Rai, Raz, and Ris are each independently hydrogen or C;-C; alkyl;
R,3 is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be pe independently replaced by 4N +.
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally R;; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
[0230] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
Ras
R24: 3x Ras R.. R
Ri S 29 N30
HN X Ry;
HN Ne R l
Ry O © Rt
Ras R 0 21R
N
{ ET — tar [R=] p wherein X4, p, 8, Riz, R13, Rai, R22, Ras, Ras, Ras, R27, Ras, Rao, R30, R31, Raz, Raz, and
Rs are as defined above for Formula B.
PDPK-1
[0231] In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K86 lysine residue of PDPK-1. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K169 lysine residue of PDPK-1. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K173 lysine residue of PDPK-1.
[0232] In some embodiments, Ry; is characterized in that the —T-R,;, moiety is capable of covalently binding to a lysine residue thereby irreversibly inhibiting the enzyme. In certain embodiments, the lysine residue is K86 lysine residue of PDPK-1, or a mutant thereof.
[0233] According to another aspect, the present invention provides a conjugate comprising PDPK-1, or a mutant thereof, covalently bonded to an inhibitor at K86. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is covalently bonded via a linker moiety.
[0234] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula
K86-linker-inhibitor moiety. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula K169-linker-inhibitor moiety. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula K173-linker-inhibitor moiety. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the "linker" group corresponds to a -T-Ry, as described herein. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the linker group is as defined for -T-Ry; was defined above and described in classes and subclasses herein. It will be appreciated,
however, that the linker group is bivalent and, therefore, the corresponding -T-Ryy group is also intended to be bivalent resulting from the reaction of the warhead with the K86, K169, or
K173 of PDPK-1, or a mutant thereof.
[0235] In certain embodiments for PDPK-1, the inhibitor moiety is a compound of
Formula C:
R73 0 O R7, som do LA
R7gR75 R74 NH ul
R7o Ts Jl
R71 7) kel p
C wherein
Bs and B7 are each independently CR; or N;
Reo is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, nitro, or -NH(CO)NR7sR 79;
R79 is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, nitro;
R7, R71, R72, R73, R74, Rys, R76, R77, R7s, and R49 are each independently hydrogen or
C,-Cs alkyl;
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cg alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by FN optionally R;s, and Ryo taken together form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; and p is an integer from 0 to 4, u is an integer from 1 to 4.
[0236] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
NE
0 0 R72 u rp Ay d RR H NH J
Ryi ZN NX
Pp wherein Bg, B7, Reo, R70, R7, R71, R72, R73, R74, Rs, Ry, R77, R7s, R79, Ry and p are as defined above for Formula C and Kxxx is K86, K169, or K173.
[0237] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K&6 of PDPK-1.
[0238] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K169 of PDPK-1.
[0239] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K173 of PDPK-1.
[0240] In certain embodiments for PDPK-1, the inhibitor moiety is a compound of
Formula D:
Rv
CQ
NH
0) + NS
TI
N N— NH
H
D wherein Ry is H, optionally substituted C;-C; branched or straight chain alkyl, or optionally substituted C;-C3 branched or straight chain acyl.
[0241] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
Rv
CQ
NH
0 ag
N =~
N
\ NH
N N—
H wherein R, 1s as defined above for Formula D.
[0242] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
Rv @
NH
Oo
Kies
N ~~
AN
\ NH
N N~
H wherein R, is as defined above for Formula D.
[0243] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
Rv
OQ
NH
0
King "\ ~ \ NH
N N
H wherein R, is as defined above for Formula D.
HCV Protease
[0244] In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K136 lysine residue of HCV protease.
[0245] In some embodiments, Ry is characterized in that the —T-Ry;, moiety is capable of covalently binding to a lysine residue thereby irreversibly inhibiting the enzyme. In certain embodiments, the lysine residue is K136 lysine residue of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof.
[0246] According to another aspect, the present invention provides a conjugate comprising HCV protease, or a mutant thereof, covalently bonded to an inhibitor at K136. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is covalently bonded via a linker moiety.
[0247] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula
K136-linker-inhibitor moiety. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the "linker" group corresponds to a -T-R4 as described herein. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the linker group is as defined for -T-Run was defined above and described in classes and subclasses herein. It will be appreciated, however, that the linker group is bivalent and, therefore, the corresponding -T-Ryy, group is also intended to be bivalent resulting from the reaction of the warhead with the K136 of HCV protease, or a mutant thereof.
[0248] In certain embodiments for HCV protease, the inhibitor moiety is a compound of
E, F, or G:
AR Rio n 6
Ros. /~ \ Rico = Ny
R R
Roz N Roo dl 1011 A 140ng oy 5 Rit
R111 12 0 00 oO Ri12 Res R “Rios Rio7
Roe 0 0 Pr. R Ros 13H NTS
Ros R113 4 NS 106,72107 HRo, N H Rios
N R
0 Ro | Rigs “ ur yo R Rios Rysd100
Rog” hid 0 o R104 Rq143100 0 wana 102 Rios
O Riz pr
F
E
= X
R ot ICH 11alng
Rit 112
R QO 00
Res Rita NY R106 R107
N N N Rios
HRo4 iy
O.__N 105 R
Rog” hl +o Ges Rios RqqgM109
O mndrnn R10
G wherein
Roo, Ros, Ros, Rog, Ro7, Ros, Rog, R100, Ri02, R104, Rios, Rios, R107, Rios, Rigo, R110, Ri11,
Ri12, Ris, and Ryy4 are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-;
Rios is hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, or C,-Cg alkenyl; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently i replaced by N ;
R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; each Ryo; is independently hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, C,-Cs alkenyl, halogen, amino, nitro, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; ne is an integer from 0 to 4; and ng is an integer from 0 to 2.
[0249] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
Ro 7% og —\ Rio
ON Rog oy
Rit
Ros "090. o rR R13 RN R106 R107 95 \ H N R o H Rog 8 108 _ 0 105 R
Rog” © Ris \ Rios Ri107109 0 R103
K136 where Ri, Rog, Ros, Ros, Rog, Ro7, Rog, Roo, Rico, Riot, Rioz, Rios, Rios, Rios, Rios, Rio7,
Rios, Rio, Rio, Ri, Ri, Riis, Ria, ng,and ng arc as defined above for Formula E.
[0250] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
N
A
R dl of I Gin ng 5 Rin
Ros "990-0 o
Reg R13 NF Rog, Rio
N N N Nr
HRg4 H _O_N o Rios RI Rios
Rog hid 0 Roos Rios 110 0 R103
K136 where Ri, Rog, Ros, Ros, Rog, Ro7, Rog, Roo, Rico, Riot, Rioz, Rios, Rios, Rios, Rios, Rio7,
Rios, Rio, Rio, Ri, Ri, Riis, Ria, ng,and ng arc as defined above for Formula F.
[0251] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
Z ~~
R SR 1a]
Ny tC ne
Rin
Res 0 afr
Ros R113 S 106,R107
N N H Rios 0 NA Rios R ~ 0
Rad hig © Rigs Rios R11071%
O Rios
K136 where Ri, Roo, Ros, Ros, Rog, Ro7, Rog, Roo, Rigo, R101, R102, R103, Rios, Rios, Rios, Rio7,
Rios, Rio, Rio, Ri, Ri, Riis, Ria, ng,and ng arc as defined above for Formula QG.
PI3K
[0252] In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K777 lysine residue of PI3Kf. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K802 lysine residue of PI3Ky. In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention have a warhead group characterized in that inventive compounds target the K890 lysine residue of PI3Ky.
[0253] In some embodiments, Ry is characterized in that the —T-R.;, moiety is capable of covalently binding to a lysine residue thereby irreversibly inhibiting the enzyme. In certain embodiments, the lysine residue is K777 lysine residue of PI3Kf3, or a mutant thereof.
[0254] According to another aspect, the present invention provides a conjugate comprising PI3Kf, or a mutant thereof, covalently bonded to an inhibitor at K777. In some embodiments, the inhibitor is covalently bonded via a linker moiety.
[0255] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula
K777-linker-inhibitor moiety. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula K802-linker-inhibitor moiety. In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula K890-linker-inhibitor moiety. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the "linker" group corresponds to a -T-Ryy, as described herein. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, the linker group is as defined for -T-Ry, was defined above and described in classes and subclasses herein. It will be appreciated, however, that the linker group is bivalent and, therefore, the corresponding -T-Rys group is also intended to be bivalent resulting from the reaction of the warhead with the K777 of
PI3K, or from the reaction of the warhead with the K802 or K890 of PI3Ky, or a mutant thereof.
[0256] In certain embodiments for PI3K, the inhibitor moiety is a compound of Formula
H,Jor K: po m ql \ In
S
To re @ Me
H J K wherein n, m, p, and q are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3; provided that n and q are not 0 at the same time, and m and q are not 0 at the same time;
A? is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 5-10 membered saturated or partially unsaturated bridged bicyclic heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen, at least one oxygen, and optionally 1-2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
B' is an optionally substituted group selected from phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or —T-Rwh; and
C? is hydrogen or an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0257] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula: 0 pl Fm
Pn a N
SX
: N of FC "© wherein m, n, o, p and B’ are as defined above for Formula H, and Kxxx is K777 of
PI3K, or K802 or K&90 of PI3Ky.
[0258] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K777 of PI3K.
[0259] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K802 of PI3Ky.
[0260] In other embodiments, Kxxx is K&90 of PI3KY.
[0261] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
Kx SON
XX i op
EO wherein B’ and A; are as defined above for Formula J, and Ky is K777 of PI3K, or
K802 or K890 of PI3Ky.
[0262] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K777 of PI3K.
[0263] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K802 of PI3Ky.
[0264] In other embodiments, Kxxx is K&90 of PI3KY.
[0265] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
S
N ir
N 3
Kxxx wherein A, and C, are as defined above for Formula K, and K,« is K777 of PI3K}, or
K802 or K890 of PI3Ky.
[0266] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K777 of PI3K.
[0267] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K802 of PI3Ky.
[0268] In other embodiments, Kxxx is K&90 of PI3KY.
[0269] In certain embodiments for PI3K, the inhibitor moiety is a compound of Formula
L or M:
Roos < (Rao5)n N HN (Ryo) n — s ANN I~ s NN
R204/N “1 (Raos)n N 1 (Rao6)n
AN PF A NF
(3 ©
L M wherein
Ry04 1s an hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C, ¢ aliphatic, - (CH2)m-(3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring), -(CHz)m-(7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring), -(CH;)p-(4- to 7- membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), -(CHz)n~(7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), -(CH,)m-phenyl, -(CH2)n-(8- to 10- membered bicyclic aryl ring), -(CHz)m-(5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), or -(CH;),~(8- to 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur); cach Ryps and Ryps is independently —R”, halogen, —-NO,, —CN, —OR"”, —SR”, -N(R"),, -C(O)R"”, -CO;R", —-C(O)C(O)R"”, —C(O)CH,C(O)R", —-S(O)R"”, —-S(O),R", —C(O)N(R'"), -SO;N(R""),, —-OC(O)R", -N(R")C(O)R", —N(R")N(R"),, -N(R")C(=NR")N(R"),, -C(=NR")N(R"),, —C=NOR", -N(R"")C(O)N(R"),, —N(R")SO,N(R""),, -N(R")SO,R", or -OC(O)N(R""),; cach R" is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from
C, ¢ aliphatic, a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur,a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or two R" groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-8 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; m is an integer from 0 to 6, inclusive; cach n is independently 0, 1, or 2; and
Ring A’ is an optionally substituted 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having 1-2 nitrogens.
[0270] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula: <{ (R205) N
Ms NS
Ro0s—N _ J) (Raven (
Kxxx wherein Rags, Roos, Rags, n, and A” defined as above for Formula L and Ky is K777 of PI3Kf, or K802 or K890 of PI3Ky.
[0271] In some embodiments, Ky is K777 of PI3K}.
[0272] In some embodiments, Ky is K802 of PI3KYy.
[0273] In other embodiments, Kx is K890 of PI3KYy.
[0274] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula: iN Roo (R2o5)n N so NS
N | (R206)n
A a a (
Kxxx wherein Roo, Roos, Rags, 1, and A° defined as above for Formula M and Ky is K777 of PI3Kf, or K802 or K890 of PI3Ky.
[0275] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K777 of PI3K.
[0276] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K802 of PI3Ky.
[0277] In other embodiments, Kxxx is K&90 of PI3KY.
[0278] In certain embodiments for PI3K, the inhibitor moiety is a compound of Formula
N: 0
Or /\ [ )—N bo
Rao N
R202 529)
N wherein:
Ryo: 1s hydrogen or Cs alkyl;
Ryo, 1s hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C, ¢ alkyl, Ci alkoxy, or (C, alkylene)-Ry3; or
Ryo1 and Ry; are taken together with the intervening carbon to form an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered carbocyclic ring or a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
Roos is a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur,a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, a 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; and
Ring A’ is absent or an optionally substituted group selected from a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0279] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula: 0]
Rais Ss /\ /—N 0
R201 N
D5
Kxxx - wherein Roo1, Rog, Rooz and AS are as defined above for Formula N, and Kxxx is
K777 of PI3Kp, or K802 or K890 of PI3Ky.
[0280] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K777 of PI3K.
[0281] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K802 of PI3Ky.
[0282] In other embodiments, Kxxx is K&90 of PI3KY.
[0283] In certain embodiments for PI3K, the inhibitor moiety is a compound of Formula 0: (R205)n
F \ xX N N
HN ——(R206)n
Ss” FP ANF o” No
F xn
MeO” N (a3)
N. 0 wherein each Rugs and Rye 1s independently —R"”, halogen, —-NO,, -CN, —OR"’, —=SR"’, -N(R""),, -C(O)R", -CO,R"”, —C(O)C(O)R", —C(O)CH,C(O)R", —=S(O)R", -S(O);R"”, —C(O)N(R"),, -SO,N(R""),, —-OC(O)R"”, -NR'HIC(O)R”, -NR"IN(R"), -NR")C(=NR")NR"),, -C(=NR’)N(R"),, -C=NOR", -N(R")C(O)N(R"),, -N(R"")SO,N(R"),, -N(R")SO,R", or -OC(O)N(R"),;
cach R" is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from
C, ¢ aliphatic, a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur,a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or optionally, two R" groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-8 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; m is an integer from 0 to 6, inclusive; cach n is independently 0, 1, or 2; and
Ring A’ is an optionally substituted 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having 1-2 nitrogens.
[0284] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
F (Raosh, N NS
S =
A 1
FO O° I
MeO” N (a3)
Kxxx wherein Roos, Rags, n and A’ are as defined above for formula 0, and Kxxx is K777 of
PI3K, or K802 or K&90 of PI3Ky.
[0285] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K777 of PI3K.
[0286] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K802 of PI3Ky.
[0287] In other embodiments, Kxxx is K&90 of PI3KY.
[0288] In certain embodiments for PI3K, the inhibitor moiety is a compound of Formula
P:
Anne
Cl 0
Cr == o—
A N==\
S NH ro
N ~F N
P
[0289] Thus, in certain embodiments, the present invention provides a conjugate of the formula:
Kx cl 0 CC
N
= o—
N N==\
S NH ro
N ~F N wherein Ky 1s K777 of PI3K, or K802 or K890 of PI3KY.
[0290] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K777 of PI3K.
[0291] In some embodiments, Kxxx is K802 of PI3Ky.
[0292] In other embodiments, Kxxx is K&90 of PI3KY.
[0293] As used herein, the term "inhibitor moiety" refers to a Scaffold group that binds in the active site of a protein. Such Scaffold groups are well known in the art and include those described in, for example, but not limited to, Formulae VII, VIII, IX-a, IX-b, XI, XII, XVI,
XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIII, XXXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII,
XXIX, XXXVI, and XXXVII.
[0294] One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that certain compounds described herein are reversible inhibitors. In certain embodiments, such compounds are useful as assay comparator compounds. In some embodiments, such reversible compounds are useful as inhibitors of the proteins disclosed herein, or a mutants thereof, and are therefore useful for treating one or more disorders as described herein. In some embodiments, provided compounds are reversible counterparts of provided irreversible inhibitors.
A. TRUNCATION OF PHARMACOPHORES
[0295] In some embodiments, when truncating a pharmacophore, the key elements of the pharmacophore required for non-covalent binding to the target protein are retained. Whether the key elements of the pharmacophore are retained for binding is demonstrated when the non-covalent affinity conferred by the Scaffold is sufficient to further confer selective binding of the ligand and also covalent bonding. 1. THE PHARMACOPHORE IS GDC-0941
[0296] Non-limiting examples of Scaffolds derived from the truncation of a pharmacophore, as described in the present disclosure, are set forth below in Formulas XXX,
XXXII, XXXII, XXXII, XXXIV, and XXXYV.
[0297] In Formulas XXX, XXXI, and XXXII, the Scaffolds are based on truncating the pharmacophore GDC-0941: 0)
I
S | ~N =N \ Z NH
A & N
N
Oo
GDC-0941 wherein the arrows indicate the possible sites of truncation.
[0298] One non-limiting example of a truncated form of GDC- 0941 is described by
Formula XXX: 0)
N
S EN
N
"©
Formula XXX wherein
Rao 1s located at the site of truncation and is -Tether-Rywpn, where Tether and Ry, are as defined for Formula I; and
Ring B is an optionally substituted group selected from phenyl, an 8- to 10- membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0299] Non-limiting examples of Scaffold of the Formula XXX above are set forth below: $
Q
\ \ : | Sy 3 N \ © Ny $ \ Z OH o \ | pp OH
A
XXITI-1 XXII-2 0)
N ® 0 S | XX I S | Ny
N \ F OH On Ny \ z OH \ N ~] | N
XXII-5 XXII-6
Oo
J
N oO S 0 Ss Ny N/ Q | XN 0 \ \ _ on © Ny FZ OH o | N
XXII-7 XXII-10
[0300] Another non-limiting example of a Scaffold that has been truncated as described in the present disclosure is set forth below in Formula XXXI: 0)
N
C5 TR
N
R200
XXXI wherein
Ryo 1s located at the site of truncation and is -Tether-Rwy, where Tether and Ry, are as defined in Formula I; and
Ring B is an optionally substituted group selected from phenyl, an 8- to 10- membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0301] Non-limiting examples of Scaffolds of the Formula XXXI above are set forth below:
O.
O C ]
S IAN _—
N TY \ ~ LC | . avy \ $C)
N
O =
N
= ==3 § ~A- \ 5
XXITI-8 XXII-13 0 ) N
S xX ~T Vo CMA (_)
N pa ~~ 0
Oo 0 0 A
XXII-14 XXTI-15 ()
N
S XX oN \ () 4
XXII-16.
[0302] Another non-limiting example of a Scaffold that has been truncated as described in the present disclosure is set forth below in Formula XXXII:
Oo ©)
N
©) R200
XXXII wherein
Rooo 1s at the site of truncation and is -Tether- Rwy, where Tether and Ryn are as defined above in the embodiments of Formula I;
T? is a covalent bond or a bivalent straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated Cs hydrocarbon chain wherein one or more methylene units of T are optionally replaced by -0-, -S, -N(Ry)-, -C(0)-, -0C(0)-, -C(O)O-, -C(ON(R1)-, -NR)C(O)-, -N(R)C(O)NR)-, -SO;-, -SO,N(R))-, -N(R;)SO;-, or -N(R;)SO,N(R})-;
C? is hydrogen or an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; and
B’ is an optionally substituted group selected from phenyl, an 8-to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[0303] Non-limiting examples of Scaffolds of the Formula XXXII above include: 0)
N 0
S
Sy C ] \ = OH
N S
N N
\ | = N Oo 0 N < 0 /
XXII1-20 XXI1-21
2. SCAFFOLDS OF FORMULA XXXII THROUGH THE
TRUNCATION OF DIHYDROIMIDAZOQUINAZOLINE:
[0304] In another embodiment, the Scaffolds described by Formula XXXITII are based on truncating the pharmacophore dihydroimidazoquinazoline:
N
Wy [> // \ A 0=5- >>" NTN Sh
OH Ow H = wherein the arrows indicate the possible sites of truncation.
[0305] Another non-limiting example of a Scaffold that has been truncated as described in the present disclosure is set forth below in Formula XXXIII
N
» ® GC AX 2000 1 \_ ~X NTN Xs
X10 H
XXXII wherein
Rygo 1s at the site of truncation and is -Tether- Rwy, where Tether and R.; are as defined previously;
Xo 18 hydrogen, alkoxy, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkoxy;
Xi: 1s an optionally substituted group selected from phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
3. IAP SCAFFOLDS OF FORMULA XXXIV AND FORMULA
XXXV THROUGH THE TRUNCATION OF SM-337 AND SM- 122
[0306] In another embodiment, the Scaffolds described by Formula XXXIV and Formula
XXXYV are based on truncating the pharmacophore SM-337 and SM-122.
Rn :
N V4 o
Da 0 NH o
HN, LJ ul Me Cy
SM-337
N V4 0
Das ) NH o wl Me (
SM-122 wherein the arrows indicate the possible sites of truncation; and
R** is phenylacetamide.
[0307] Compounds of the truncated form of SM-337 are described by the formula
XXXIV:
REN .
N
0
Das 0 NH; o
LOR wl Me
XXXIV wherein R** is phenylacetamide and the arrow denotes the site of attachment for T-
Rwu, both of which are as described herein.
[0308] Compounds of the truncated form of SM-122 are described by the formula
XXXV:
N
0
Das 0 NH: 0
HN-—"%, \ wl Me
XXXV wherein the arrow denotes the site of attachment of T-Ryp,; where T is Tether; and
Rh is Warhead, both of which are as defined herein.
B. METHODS OF USING
L IAP
[0309] X-linked Inhibitor of Apoptosis Protein (XIAP) is a member of the inhibitor of apoptosis family of proteins (IAP). Other family members of IAP include cIAP1, cIAP2 and
ML-IAP. IAPs were initially identified in baculoviruses, but XIAP is one of the homologous proteins found in mammals. It is so called because it was first discovered by a 273 base pair site on the X chromosome.
[0310] Deregulation of XIAP can result in cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, and autoimmunity. High proportions of XIAP may function as a tumor marker. In the development of lung cancer NCI-H460, the overexpression of XIAP not only inhibits caspase, but also stops the apoptotic activity of cytochrome c¢ (Apoptosis). In developing prostate cancer, XIAP is one of four IAPs overexpressed in the prostatic epithelium, indicating that a molecule that inhibits all IAPs may be necessary for effective treatment.
[0311] Among the diseases and disorders associated with XIAP deregulation include, but are not limited to, acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), Addison's disease, adrenoleukodystrophy (ALD), alcoholism, Alexander's disease, alopecia greata, Alper's disease, Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (Lou Gehrig's Disease), angiitis, ankylosing spondylitis, antiphospholipid syndrome, ataxia telangiectasia, autism, autoimmune haemolytic anaemia, autoimmune hepatitis, Batten disease (also known as
Spielmeyer-Vogt-Sjogren-Batten disease), Behcet's syndrome, Berger's disease, bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), bullous pemphigoid, Canavan disease, cardiomyopathy,
Chagas disease, chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS, CFIDS), chronic inflammatory polyneuropathy, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, Churg-Strauss syndrome, Cockayne syndrome, coeliac disease, corticobasal degeneration, CREST syndrome, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, Crohns Disease (one of two types of idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease or IBD), dermatomyositis, diabetes mellitus type 1, endometriosis, familial fatal insomnia, fibromyalgia, giant cell arteritis, frontotemporal lobar degeneration, Goodpasture's syndrome,
Graves' disease, Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hidradenitis suppurativa, HIV-associated dementia, Huntington's disease, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, idiopathic thrombocytopenia purpura (ITP), idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, IgA nephropathy, interstitial cystitis, Kawasaki disease, Kennedy's disease, Krabbe's disease, lactic acidosis and stroke (MELAS), Lewy body dementia, lichen planus, lung cancer, lupus erythematosus, Machado-Joseph disease (Spinocerebellar ataxia type 3), malignant lymphoma, malignant gliomas, Meniere's disease, mitochondrial encephalopathy, mixed connective tissue disease, morphea, multiple system atrophy, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, narcolepsy, neuroborreliosis, neuromyotonia, Niemann Pick disease, Parkinson's disease, Pelizacus-Merzbacher disease, Pemphigus vulgaris pernicious anaemia, Pick's disease, polyarteritis nodosa, polymyalgia rheumatica, polymyositis, primary biliary cirrhosis, primary lateral sclerosis, prion diseases, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, Raynaud's disease, Refsum's disease, Reiter's syndrome, relapsing polychondritis, progressive supranuclear palsy, rheumatic fever, rheumatoid arthritis (RA), Sandhoff disease, sarcoidosis,
Schilder's disease, schizophrenia, scleroderma, Sjogren's syndrome, Spiclmeyer-Vogt-
Sjogren-Batten disease (also known as Batten disease), spinal muscular atrophy, spinocerebellar ataxia (multiple types with varying characteristics), Steele-Richardson-
Olszewski disease, stiff person syndrome, subacute combined degeneration of spinal cord secondary to pernicious anaemia, Tabes dorsalis, temporal arteritis (also known as giant cell arteritis), toxic encephalopathy and X-linked lymphoproliferative disease (XLP), ulcerative colitis (one of two types of idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease or IBD), uveitis, vasculitis, vitiligo, and Wegener's granulomatosis.
[0312] In some embodiments, the invention provides compositions useful for treating or preventing a proliferative disorder or an autoimmune disease. The compositions are suitable for internal use and comprise an effective amount of a IAP inhibitor and a physiologically acceptable carrier or vehicle, useful for treating or preventing cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, and autoimmunity.
[0313] A XIAP inhibitor can be administered in amounts that are effective to treat or prevent or reduce the severity of a proliferative disorder in a subject. Proliferative disorders include, but are not limited to, solid tumor cancers such as malignant lymphoma, malignant gliomas, X-linked lymphoproliferative disease (XLP), acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, Leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, brain cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, kidney cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, bone cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, oral cancer, nasal cancer, throat cancer, head and neck cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, cervical cancer, uterine cancer, testicular cancer, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, lung cancer, cancer of the central nervous system, epithelial carcinoma, skin cancer, melanoma, neuroblastoma, and retinoblastoma.
[0314] In some embodiments, the invention provides compositions of a IAP inhibitor useful for treating or preventing an autoimmune disease. Autoimmune diseases include, but are not limited to, autoimmune hematological disorders (e.g. hemolytic anemia, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia and idiopathic thrombocytopenia), systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, polychondritis, sclerodoma, Wegener granulamatosis, dermatomyositis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, Steven-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, acute pancreatitis, autoimmune inflammatory bowel disease (e.g. ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease), endocrine opthalmopathy, Grave's disease, sarcoidosis, alveolitis, chronic hypersensitivity pneumonitis, multiple sclerosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis (anterior and posterior), keratoconjunctivitis sicca and vernal keratoconjunctivitis, interstitial lung fibrosis, psoriatic arthritis and glomerulonephritis (with and without nephrotic syndrome, e.g. including idiopathic nephrotic syndrome or minal change nephropathy).
[0315] A XIAP inhibitor can be administered in amounts that are effective to treat or prevent an autoimmune disease in a subject. Neurodegenerative disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington's disease, and cerebral ischemia, and neurodegenerative disease caused by traumatic injury, glutamate neurotoxicity and hypoxia.
[0316] A cIAP inhibitor can be administered in amounts that are effective to treat or prevent or reduce the severity of a proliferative disorder in a subject. Proliferative disorders include, but are not limited to, mucosa associated lymphoid tissue lymphoma (MALT lymphoma) which is a subset of non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, breast cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, colon cancer, malignant gliomas, and acute myelogenous leukemia (AML).
II. PI3Kp/y
[0317] The phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (“PI3KB/y”) pathway is a central signaling pathway that exerts its effect on numerous cellular functions including cell cycle progression, proliferation, motility, metabolism and survival (Marone, et al. Biochim. Biophys. Acta (2008) 1784: 159-185). Activation of receptor tyrosine kinases in the case of Class 1A
PI3Ks, or G-proteins in the case of Class IB PI3Ky, causes phosphorylation of phosphatidylinositol-(4,5)-diphosphate, resulting in membrane-bound phosphatidylinositol-
(3.4,5)-triphosphate. The latter promotes the transfer of a variety of protein kinases from the cytoplasm to the plasma membrane by binding of phosphatidylinositol-(3,4,5)-triphosphate to the pleckstrin-homology (PH) domain of the kinase.
[0318] Kinases that are downstream targets of PI3K include phosphatidylinositide- dependent kinase 1 (PI3K) and Akt (also known as Protein Kinase B or PKB).
Phosphorylation of such kinases then allows for the activation or deactivation of numerous other pathways, involving mediators such as GSK3, mTOR, PRAS40, FKHD, NF-kB, BAD,
Caspase-9, and others. These pathways are involved in many cellular processes, such as cell cycle progression, cell survival and apoptosis, cell growth, transcription, translation, metabolism, degranulation, and cell motility.
[0319] An important negative feedback mechanism for the PI3K pathway is PTEN, a phosphatase that catalyzes the dephosphorylation of phosphatidylinositol-(3,4,5)-triphosphate to phosphatidylinositol-(4,5)-diphosphate. In more than 60% of all solid tumors, PTEN is mutated into an inactive form, permitting a constitutive activation of the PI3K pathway. As many cancers are solid tumors, such an observation provides evidence that a targeting of
PI3K itself or individual downstream kinases in the PI3K pathway provide a promising approach to mitigate or even abolish the disregulation in many cancers and thus restore normal cell function and behavior.
[0320] Diseases and disorders treatable by regulating the function of PI3K include, but are not limited to, cancer, neurofibromatosis, ocular angiogenesis, stroke, diabetes, hepatomegaly, cardiovascular disease, Alzheimer's disease, cystic fibrosis, viral diseases, autoimmune diseases, atherosclerosis, restenosis, psoriasis, allergic disorders, inflammation, neurological disorders, angiogenic disorders, a hormone-related disease, conditions associated with organ transplantation, immunodeficiency disorders, destructive bone disorders, proliferative disorders, infectious diseases, conditions associated with cell death, thrombin-induced platelet aggregation, chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), liver disease, pathologic immune conditions involving T cell activation, and CNS disorders in a patient.
Such proliferative diseases/disorders include, but are not limited to, solid tumor cancers such as fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, Leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, brain cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, kidney cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, bone cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, oral cancer, nasal cancer, throat cancer, head and neck cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, cervical cancer, uterine cancer, testicular cancer, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, lung cancer, cancer of the central nervous system, epithelial carcinoma, skin cancer, melanoma, neuroblastoma, and retinoblastoma.
[0321] A PI3K inhibitor can be administered in amounts that are effective to treat or prevent or reduce the severity of a proliferative disorder in a subject. More specifically, compounds of the current invention are useful in the treatment of a proliferative disease selected from a benign or malignant tumor, carcinoma of the brain, kidney, liver, bile duct, adrenal gland, bladder, breast, esophagus, stomach, gastric tumors, ovaries, colon, rectum, prostate, pancreas, lung (including small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer and bronchioalveolar cancer), stomach, vagina, endometrial, uterus, cervix and vulva, testes, genitourinary tract, larynx, skin, bone or thyroid, sarcoma, glioblastomas, neuroblastomas, multiple myeloma and lymphomas, gastrointestinal cancer, especially colon carcinoma or colorectal adenoma, a tumor of the neck and head, a cancer of the central nervous system, an epidermal hyperproliferation, psoriasis, prostate hyperplasia, a neoplasia, a neoplasia of epithelial character, adenoma, adenocarcinoma, keratoacanthoma, epidermoid carcinoma, large cell carcinoma, non-small-cell lung carcinoma, lymphomas, Hodgkins, a mammary carcinoma, follicular carcinoma, undifferentiated carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, seminoma, melanoma, or leukemias (including ALL and CML). Other diseases include Cowden syndrome, Lhermitte-Dudos disease and Bannayan-Zonana syndrome, or diseases in which the PI3K/PKB pathway is aberrantly activated.
[0322] A PI3K inhibitor can be administered in amounts that are effective to treat or prevent or reduce the severity of a neurodegenerative discase/disorder in a subject.
Neurodegenerative disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington's disease, and cerebral ischemia, and neurodegenerative disease caused by traumatic injury, glutamate neurotoxicity and hypoxia.
[0323] A PI3K inhibitor can be administered in amounts that are effective to treat or prevent an autoimmune disease in a subject. Autoimmune diseases include, but are not limited to, autoimmune hematological disorders (e.g. hemolytic anemia, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia and idiopathic thrombocytopenia), systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, polychondritis, sclerodoma, Wegener granulamatosis, dermatomyositis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, Steven-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, acute pancreatitis, autoimmune inflammatory bowel disease (e.g. ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease), endocrine opthalmopathy, Grave's disease, sarcoidosis, alveolitis, chronic hypersensitivity pneumonitis, multiple sclerosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis (anterior and posterior), keratoconjunctivitis sicca and vernal keratoconjunctivitis, interstitial lung fibrosis, psoriatic arthritis and glomerulonephritis (with and without nephrotic syndrome, e.g. including idiopathic nephrotic syndrome or minal change nephropathy).
[0324] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a method of using the disclosed compounds to prevent, treat, or reduce the severity of neurofibromatosis type 1 (NF1), neurofibromatosis type II (NF2) Schwann cell neoplasms (e.g. MPNST’s), or
Schwannomas.
[0325] Furthermore, compounds disclosed herein are useful to prevent, treat, or reduce the severity of inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases associated with PI3K.
Inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases to which the present invention is applicable include asthma of whatever type or genesis including both intrinsic (non-allergic) asthma and extrinsic (allergic) asthma, mild asthma, moderate asthma, severe asthma, bronchitic asthma, exercise-induced asthma, occupational asthma and asthma induced following bacterial infection. Treatment of asthma is also to be understood as embracing treatment of subjects, c.g. of less than 4 or 5 years of age, exhibiting wheezing symptoms and diagnosed or diagnosable as "wheezy infants", an established patient category of major medical concern and now often identified as incipient or early-phase asthmatics.
[0326] Prophylactic efficacy in the treatment of asthma will be evidenced by reduced frequency or severity of symptomatic attack, e.g. of acute asthmatic or bronchoconstrictor attack, improvement in lung function or improved airways hyperreactivity. It may further be evidenced by reduced requirement for other, symptomatic therapy, such as therapy for or intended to restrict or abort symptomatic attack when it occurs, for example antiinflammatory or bronchodilatory. Prophylactic benefit in asthma may in particular be apparent in subjects prone to “morning dipping.” “Morning dipping” is a recognized asthmatic syndrome,
common to a substantial percentage of asthmatics and characterised by asthma attack, e.g. between the hours of about 4 to 6 am, i.c. at a time normally substantially distant form any previously administered symptomatic asthma therapy.
[0327] In yet another embodiment, compounds of the current invention can be used to prevent, treat, or reduce the severity of other inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases and conditions associated with PI3K including, but not limited to, acute lung injury (ALI), adult/acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), chronic obstructive pulmonary, airways or lung disease (COPD, COAD or COLD), including chronic bronchitis or dyspnea associated therewith, emphysema, as well as exacerbation of airways hyperreactivity consequent to other drug therapy, in particular other inhaled drug therapy. The invention is also applicable to the treatment of bronchitis of whatever type or genesis including, but not limited to, acute, arachidic, catarrhal, croupus, chronic or phthinoid bronchitis. Further inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases to which the present invention is applicable include pneumoconiosis (an inflammatory, commonly occupational, disease of the lungs, frequently accompanied by airways obstruction, whether chronic or acute, and occasioned by repeated inhalation of dusts) of whatever type or genesis, including, for example, aluminosis, anthracosis, asbestosis, chalicosis, ptilosis, siderosis, silicosis, tabacosis and byssinosis.
[0328] With regard to their anti-inflammatory activity, in particular in relation to inhibition of eosinophil activation, the methods disclosed herein may be used to treat eosinophil related disorders associated with PI3K, e.g. eosinsophilia, in particular eosinophil related disorders of the airways (e.g. involving morbid eosinophilic infiltration of pulmonary tissues) including hypereosinophilia as it effects the airways and/or lungs as well as, for example, cosinophil- related disorders of the airways consequential or concomitant to
Loffler's syndrome, eosinophilic pneumonia, parasitic (in particular metazoan) infestation (including tropical eosinophilia), bronchopulmonary aspergillosis, polyarteritis nodosa (including Churg-Strauss syndrome), eosinophilic granuloma and eosinophil-related disorders affecting the airways occasioned by drug-reaction.
[0329] As PI3K has been implicated in inflammatory and allergies, the methods disclosed herein are also useful to prevent, treat, or reduce the severity of psoriasis, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, alopecia areata, erythema multiforma, dermatitis herpetiformis, scleroderma, vitiligo, hypersensitivity angiitis, urticaria, bullous pemphigoid, systemic lupus erythematosus, pemphisus, epidermolysis bullosa acquisita, and other inflammatory or allergic conditions of the skin.
[0330] Furthermore, diseases or conditions having an inflammatory component caused by aberrant PI3K may also be prevented, treated, or used to reduce the severity by the methods disclosed herein. These diseases and disorders include, but are not limited to, diseases and conditions of the eye such as conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis sicca, and vernal conjunctivitis, diseases affecting the nose including allergic rhinitis, and inflammatory disease in which autoimmune reactions are implicated or having an autoimmune component or ctiology, including autoimmune hematological disorders (e.g. hemolytic anemia, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia and idiopathic thrombocytopenia), systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, polychondritis, sclerodoma, Wegener granulamatosis, dermatomyositis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, Steven-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, acute pancreatitis, autoimmune inflammatory bowel disease (e.g. ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease), endocrine opthalmopathy, Grave's disease, sarcoidosis, alveolitis, chronic hypersensitivity pneumonitis, multiple sclerosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis (anterior and posterior), keratoconjunctivitis sicca and vernal keratoconjunctivitis, interstitial lung fibrosis, psoriatic arthritis and glomerulonephritis (with and without nephrotic syndrome, e.g. including idiopathic nephrotic syndrome or minal change nephropathy).
[0331] Cardiovascular diseases which can be prevent, treated, or used to reduce the severity according to the methods of this invention include, but are not limited to, restenosis, cardiomegaly, atherosclerosis, myocardial infarction, ischemic stroke and congestive heart failure.
[0332] In one embodiment, the invention provides compositions useful for treating or preventing cancer, neurofibromatosis, ocular angiogenesis, stroke, diabetes, hepatomegaly, cardiovascular disease, Alzheimer's disease, cystic fibrosis, viral diseases, autoimmune diseases, atherosclerosis, restenosis, psoriasis, allergic disorders, inflammation, neurological disorders, angiogenic disorders, a hormone-related disease, conditions associated with organ transplantation, immunodeficiency disorders, destructive bone disorders, proliferative disorders, infectious diseases, conditions associated with cell death, thrombin-induced platelet aggregation, chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), liver disease, pathologic immune conditions involving T cell activation, and CNS disorders in a patient.
[0333] Because PI3K is pro-angiogenic (Graupera et al. Nature (2008) 453(7195):662-6), the methods of the present invention may be advantageous for inhibiting angiogenesis, for example, to treat eye disease associated with ocular angiogenesis, such as by topical administration of the subject compounds. Compounds according to the invention can be formulated for topical administration. For example, the irreversible inhibitor can be formulated for topical delivery to the lung (e.g., as an aerosol, such as a dry powder or liquid formulation) to treat asthma, as a cream, ointment, lotion or the like for topical application to the skin to treat psoriasis, or as an ocular formulation for topical application to the eye to treat an ocular disease. Such a formulation will contain a subject inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Additional components, such as preservatives, and agents to increase viscosity of the formulation such as natural or synthetic polymers may also be present. The ocular formulation can be in any suitable form, such as a liquid, an ointment, a hydrogel or a powder. Compounds of the current invention can be administered together with another therapeutic agent, such as an anti-VEGF agent, for example ranibizumab a Fab fragment of an antibody that binds VEGFA, or another anti-angiogenic compound as described further below.
III. PDPKI1
[0334] 3-Phosphoinositide-dependent kinase 1 (PDPK1) phosphorylates the activation loop of a number of protein serine/threonine kinases of the AGC kinase superfamily, including protein kinase B (PKB; also called Akt), serum and glucocorticoid-induced kinase, protein kinase C isoforms, and the p70 ribosomal S6 kinase. The phosphoinositide 3- kinase/3-phosphoinositide-dependent kinase 1 (PDPK1)/Akt signaling pathway plays a key role in cancer cell growth, survival, and tumor angiogenesis and represents a promising target for anti-cancer drugs.
[0335] A proliferative disorder can be prevented, treated, or reduce the severity of by administration of an effective amount of a PDPKI1 inhibitor to a subject in need thereof.
Proliferative disorders that can be prevented, treated, or reduce the severity of by administering an effective amount of a PDPK1 inhibitor include, but are not limited to, cancer, uterine fibroids, benign prostatic hyperplasia, familial adenomatosis polyposis, neuro- fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis following angioplasty or vascular surgery, hypertrophic scar formation, an inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, endotoxic shock, a fungal infection, a defective apoptosis-associated condition, or a proliferative disease that is dependent on
PDPKI activity.
[0336] Because PDPK1 is a downstream target of PI3K, diseases and disorders that are regulated by PI3K are also implicated in aberrant PDPK1 function. Accordingly diseases treatable by regulating PDPKI1 activity include, but are not limited to, cancer, neurofibromatosis, ocular angiogenesis, stroke, diabetes, hepatomegaly, cardiovascular disease, Alzheimer's disease, cystic fibrosis, viral diseases, autoimmune diseases, atherosclerosis, restenosis, psoriasis, allergic disorders, inflammation, neurological disorders, angiogenic disorders, a hormone-related disease, conditions associated with organ transplantation, immunodeficiency disorders, destructive bone disorders, proliferative disorders, infectious diseases, conditions associated with cell death, thrombin-induced platelet aggregation, chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), liver disease, pathologic immune conditions involving T cell activation, and CNS disorders in a patient. Such proliferative diseases/disorders include, but are not limited to, solid tumor cancers such as fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, Leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, brain cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, kidney cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, bone cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer, oral cancer, nasal cancer, throat cancer, head and neck cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, cervical cancer, uterine cancer, testicular cancer, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, lung cancer, cancer of the central nervous system, epithelial carcinoma, skin cancer, melanoma, neuroblastoma, and retinoblastoma.
[0337] A PDPKI1 inhibitor can be administered in amounts that are effective to treat or prevent or reduce the severity of a proliferative disorder in a subject. More specifically, compounds of the current invention are useful in the treatment of a proliferative disease selected from a benign or malignant tumor, carcinoma of the brain, kidney, liver, bile duct, adrenal gland, bladder, breast, esophagus, stomach, gastric tumors, ovaries, colon, rectum, prostate, pancreas, lung (including small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer and bronchioalveolar cancer), stomach, vagina, endometrial, uterus, cervix and vulva, testes, genitourinary tract, larynx, skin, bone or thyroid, sarcoma, glioblastomas, neuroblastomas, multiple myeloma and lymphomas, gastrointestinal cancer, especially colon carcinoma or colorectal adenoma, a tumor of the neck and head, a cancer of the central nervous system, an epidermal hyperproliferation, psoriasis, prostate hyperplasia, a neoplasia, a neoplasia of epithelial character, adenoma, adenocarcinoma, keratoacanthoma, epidermoid carcinoma, large cell carcinoma, non-small-cell lung carcinoma, lymphomas, Hodgkins, a mammary carcinoma, follicular carcinoma, undifferentiated carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, seminoma, melanoma, or leukemias (including ALL and CML). Other diseases include Cowden syndrome, Lhermitte-Dudos disease and Bannayan-Zonana syndrome, or diseases in which the PI3K/PKB pathway is aberrantly activated.
[0338] A PDPKI1 inhibitor can be administered in amounts that are effective to treat or prevent or reduce the severity of a neurodegenerative discase/disorder in a subject.
Neurodegenerative disease which can be treated according to the methods of this invention include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington's disease, and cerebral ischemia, and neurodegenerative disease caused by traumatic injury, glutamate neurotoxicity and hypoxia.
[0339] A PDPKI1 inhibitor can be administered in amounts that are effective to treat or prevent an autoimmune disease in a subject. Autoimmune diseases include, but are not limited to, autoimmune hematological disorders (e.g. hemolytic anemia, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia and idiopathic thrombocytopenia), systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, polychondritis, sclerodoma, Wegener granulamatosis, dermatomyositis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, Steven-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, acute pancreatitis, autoimmune inflammatory bowel disease (e.g. ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease), endocrine opthalmopathy, Grave's disease, sarcoidosis, alveolitis, chronic hypersensitivity pneumonitis, multiple sclerosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis (anterior and posterior), keratoconjunctivitis sicca and vernal keratoconjunctivitis, interstitial lung fibrosis, psoriatic arthritis and glomerulonephritis (with and without nephrotic syndrome, e.g. including idiopathic nephrotic syndrome or minal change nephropathy).
[0340] Blood-borne cancers implicated in aberrant PDPK1 expression include, but are not limited to, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic B-cell leukemia, acute lymphoblastic T-cell leukemia, acute myeloblastic leukemia, acute promyelocytic leukemia, acute monoblastic leukemia, acute erythroleukemic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, acute myelomonocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphocyctic leukemia, acute undifferentiated leukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia (“CML”), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (“CLL”), hairy cell leukemia, and myeloma.
[0341] Lymphomas where PDPKI is implicated include, but are not limited to, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphomas, multiple myeloma, Waldenstrém's macroglobulinemia, heavy chain disease, and polycythemia vera.
[0342] CNS and brain cancers where aberrant PDPK1 expression include, but not limited to, glioma, pilocytic astrocytoma, astrocytoma, anaplastic astrocytoma, glioblastoma multiforme, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pincaloma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, vestibular schwannoma, adenoma, metastatic brain tumor, and meningioma.
[0343] Virally-mediated cancers have also been implicated in overexpression of PDPK1.
Such viruses include human papilloma virus, which can lead to cervical cancer (see, ¢.g.,
Hernandez-Avila et al., Archives of Medical Research (1997) 28:265-271); Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), which can lead to lymphoma (see, e.g., Herrmann et al., J Pathol (2003) 199(2):140-5); hepatitis B or C virus, which can lead to liver carcinoma (see, e.g., El-Serag, J
Clin Gastroenterol (2002) 35(5 Suppl 2):S72-8); human T cell leukemia virus (HTLV)-I, which can lead to T-cell leukemia (see e.g., Mortreux et al., Leukemia (2003) 17(1):26-38); human herpesvirus-8 infection, which can lead to Kaposi's sarcoma (see, ¢.g., Kadow et al.,
Curr Opin Investig Drugs (2002) 3(11): 1574-9); and Human Immune deficiency Virus (HIV) infection, which can lead to cancer as a consequence of immunodeficiency (see, e.g., Dal
Maso et al., Lancet Oncol (2003) 4(2):110-9).
[0344] The invention provides methods for treating or preventing these aforementioned cancers, disorders and diseases, comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment or prevention an effective amount of a PDPK1 inhibitor.
IV. HCV
[0345] HCV is a positive-stranded RNA virus whose genome encodes a polyprotein of approximately 3000 amino acids. This precursor protein is processed into at least 10 viral structural and nonstructural proteins: C, El, E2, p7, NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and
NS5B (Blight, K.J., et al., Antiviral Ther. 3, Suppl. 3: 71-81, 1998). HCV nonstructural (NS) proteins are derived by proteolytic cleavage of the polyprotein and are presumed to provide the essential catalytic machinery for viral replication.
[0346] NS3 is an approximately 68 Kda protein, and has both an N-terminal serine protease domain and an RNA-dependent ATPase domain at its C-terminus. It has been shown that the NS4A protein serves as a co-factor for the serine protease activity of NS3.
NS3 functions as a proteolytic enzyme that cleaves sites liberating other nonstructural proteins necessary for HCV replication and is a validated therapeutic target for antiviral chemotherapy.
[0347] No vaccines are available for HCV, and the established therapy of interferon treatment is effective in only 15-20% of patients (Weiland, O., FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 14: 279-88, 1994), and has significant side effects (Walker, M.A., et al., DDT 4: 518-29, 1999;
Moradpour, D., et al., Eur. J. Gastroenterol. Hepatol. 11: 1199-1202, 1999). While the current standard of care, pegylated interferon a in combination with ribavirin, iS more efficacious and appears to decrease hepatocellular carcinoma in patients with HCV-related cirrhosis (Hung, C.H., et al., J Viral Hepatitis 13(6): 409-414, 2006), this treatment has also been shown to produce side effects such as thyroid dysfunction (Huang, J.F., et al., J Viral
Hepatitis 13(6): 396-401, 2006).
[0348] Symptoms of HCV infection can either be acute or chronic. Acute symptoms include decreased appetite, fatigue, abdominal pain, jaundice, itching, and flu-like symptoms.
Most patients diagnosed with HCV infection with acute symptoms eventually develop chronic symptoms, which include fatigue, flu-like symptoms, joint pains, itching, sleep disturbances, appetite changes, nausea, and depression. Chronic HCV infection eventually leads to liver inflammation, fibrosis, and eventually cirrhosis all of which lead to decreased liver function and eventually liver failure. Chronic hepatitis C can also be associated with extrahepatic manifestations associated with the presence of HCV such as porphyria cutanea tarda, cryoglobulinemia (a form of small-vessel vasculitis) and glomerulonephritis (inflammation of the kidney), specifically membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis (MPGN).
[0349] In one embodiment, the invention provides compositions useful for treating or preventing a an HCV infection. The compositions are suitable for internal use and comprise an effective amount of a HCV inhibitor and a physiologically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
[0350] A HCV inhibitor can be administered in amounts that are effective to treat or prevent or reduce the severity of an HCV infection in a subject.
[0351] Depending upon the particular condition, or disease, to be treated, additional therapeutic agents, which are normally administered to treat that condition, may be administered in combination with compounds and compositions of this invention. As used herein, additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat a particular disease, or condition, are known as "appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated".
[0352] In certain embodiments, a provided compound, or composition thereof, is administered in combination with another inhibitor of HCV protease, or a variant thereof. In some embodiments, a provided compound, or composition thereof, is administered in combination with another antiviral agent. Such antiviral agents include, but are not limited to, immunomodulatory agents, such as a-, -, and y-interferons, pegylated derivatized interferon-a compounds, and thymosin; other anti-viral agents, such as ribavirin, amantadine, and telbivudine; other inhibitors of hepatitis C proteases (NS2-NS3 inhibitors and NS3-NS4A inhibitors, e.g. BILN 2061 and VX-950); inhibitors of other targets in the HCV life cycle, including helicase and polymerase inhibitors; inhibitors of internal ribosome entry; broad- spectrum viral inhibitors, such as IMPDH inhibitors (e.g., mycophenolic acid and derivatives thereof); or combinations of any of the above.
[0353] In certain embodiments, a combination of 2 or more antiviral agents may be administered. In certain embodiments, a combination of 3 or more antiviral agents may be administered. In some embodiments, the antiviral agents are selected from ribavirin or interferon. In other embodiments, the antiviral agent is a-interferon.
[0354] Other examples of agents the inhibitors of this invention may also be combined with include, without limitation: treatments for Alzheimer's Disease such as Aricept® and
Excelon®; treatments for HIV such as ritonavir; treatments for Parkinson's Disease such as L-
DOPA/carbidopa, entacapone, ropinrole, pramipexole, bromocriptine, pergolide, trihexephendyl, and amantadine; agents for treating Multiple Sclerosis (MS) such as beta interferon (e.g., Avonex”™ and Rebif®), Copaxone”, and mitoxantrone; treatments for asthma such as albuterol and Singulair™; agents for treating schizophrenia such as zyprexa, risperdal, seroquel, and haloperidol; anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids, TNF blockers,
IL-1 RA, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, and sulfasalazine; immunomodulatory and immunosuppressive agents such as cyclosporin, tacrolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, interferons, corticosteroids, cyclophophamide, azathioprine, and sulfasalazine; neurotrophic factors such as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, MAO inhibitors, interferons, anti-convulsants, ion channel blockers, riluzole, and anti-Parkinsonian agents; agents for treating cardiovascular disease such as beta-blockers, ACE inhibitors, diuretics, nitrates, calcium channel blockers, and statins; agents for treating liver disease such as corticosteroids, cholestyramine, interferons, and anti-viral agents; agents for treating blood disorders such as corticosteroids, anti-leukemic agents, and growth factors; agents that prolong or improve pharmacokinetics such as cytochrome P450 inhibitors (i.e., inhibitors of metabolic breakdown) and CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., ketokenozole and ritonavir), and agents for treating immunodeficiency disorders such as gamma globulin.
[0355] In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof, are administered in combination with a monoclonal antibody or an siRNA therapeutic.
[0356] Those additional agents may be administered separately from an inventive compound-containing composition, as part of a multiple dosage regimen. Alternatively, those agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of this invention in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two active agents may be submitted simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another.
V. Dosage
[0357] The methods of the present invention may be used to prevent, treat, or reduce the severity of cancer, an autoimmune disorder, a neurodegenerative or neurological disorder, schizophrenia, a bone-related disorder, liver disease, or a cardiac disorder. The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, the particular agent, its mode of administration, and the like. The compounds of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for case of administration and uniformity of dosage. The expression “dosage unit form” as used herein refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific effective dose level for any particular patient or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors well known in the medical arts. The term “patient”, as used herein, means an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
[0358] Administration of an inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein can be accomplished via any mode of administration for therapeutic agents. These modes include systemic or local administration such as oral, nasal, parenteral, transdermal, subcutaneous, vaginal, buccal, rectal or topical administration modes. In some instances, administration will result in the release of the inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein into the bloodstream.
[0359] In one embodiment, the inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein is administered orally.
[0360] Depending on the intended mode of administration, the compositions can be in solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage form, such as, for example, injectables, tablets, suppositories, pills, time-release capsules, elixirs, tinctures, emulsions, syrups, powders, liquids, suspensions, or the like, preferably in unit dosages and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices. Likewise, they can also be administered in intravenous (both bolus and infusion), intraperitoneal, subcutaneous or intramuscular form, all using forms well known to those skilled in the pharmaceutical arts.
[0361] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
[0362] Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using dissolution or suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
[0363] The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
[0364] In order to prolong the effect of a compound of the present invention, it is often desirable to slow the absorption of the compound from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the compound then depends upon its rate of dissolution that, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered compound form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the compound in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the compound in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of compound to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of compound release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the compound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with body tissues.
[0365] Compositions of the inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
[0366] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders or diluents such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, cellulose, saccharin, glycine, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, magnesium aluminum silicate, starch paste, tragacanth, carboxymethylcellulose, methyl cellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, magnesium carbonate, natural sugars, corn sweeteners, sucrose, waxes and natural or synthetic gums such as acacia, ¢) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar--agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, ¢) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators or disintegrants such as quaternary ammonium compounds, starches, agar, methyl cellulose, bentonite, xanthangum, algiic acid, and effervescent mixtures, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and 1) lubricants such as talc, silica, stearic acid, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium oleate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents.
[0367] Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polethylene glycols and the like.
[0368] The active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. In such solid dosage forms the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
[0369] The inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, containing cholesterol, stearylamine or phosphatidylcholines. In some embodiments, a film of lipid components is hydrated with an aqueous solution of drug to a form lipid layer encapsulating the drug, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,262,564.
[0370] The inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein can also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein are coupled. The inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein can also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamide-phenol, polyhydroxyethylaspanamidephenol, or polyethylencoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues. Furthermore, the inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein can be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polyepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
[0371] Parenteral injectable administration can be used for subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous injections and infusions. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions or solid forms suitable for dissolving in liquid prior to injection.
[0372] One embodiment, for parenteral administration employs the implantation of a slow-release or sustained-released system, according to U.S. Pat. No. 3,710,795, incorporated herein by reference.
[0373] The compositions can be sterilized or contain non-toxic amounts of adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure, pH buffering agents, and other substances, including, but not limited to, sodium acetate or triethanolamine oleate. In addition, they can also contain other therapeutically valuable substances.
[0374] Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches. The active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required. Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention. Additionally, the present invention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
[0375] Compositions can be prepared according to conventional mixing, granulating or coating methods, respectively, and the present pharmaceutical compositions can contain from about 0.1% to about 99%, preferably from about 1% to about 70% of the inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein by weight or volume.
[0376] The dosage regimen utilizing the inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein can be selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the subject; the severity of the condition to be treated; the route of administration; the renal or hepatic function of the subject; and the particular inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein employed. A person skilled in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug useful for treating or preventing a proliferative disorder.
[0377] Effective dosage amounts of the inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein, when administered to a subject, range from about 0.05 to about 1000 mg of inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein per day. Compositions for in vivo or in vitro use can contain about 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100.0, 250.0, 500.0 or 1000.0 mg of the inhibitor described herein. In one embodiment, the compositions are in the form of a tablet that can be scored. Effective plasma levels of the inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein can range from about 0.002 mg to about 50 mg per kg of body weight per day. The amount of an inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein that is effective in the treatment or prevention of cancer can be determined by clinical techniques that are known to those of skill in the art. In addition, in vitro and in vivo assays can optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges.
The precise dose to be employed can also depend on the route of administration, and the seriousness of the proliferative disorder being treated and can be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each subject's circumstances in view of, e.g., published clinical studies. Suitable effective dosage amounts, however, can range from about 10 micrograms to about 5 grams about every 4 h, although they are typically about 500 mg or less per every 4 hours. In one embodiment the effective dosage is about 0.01 mg, 0.5 mg, about 1 mg, about 50 mg, about 100 mg, about 200 mg, about 300 mg, about 400 mg, about 500 mg, about 600 mg, about 700 mg, about 800 mg, about 900 mg, about 1 g, about 1.2 g, about 1.4 g, about 1.6 g, about 1.8 g, about 2.0 g, about 2.2 g, about 2.4 g, about 2.6 g, about 2.8 g, about 3.0 g, about 3.2 g, about 3.4 g, about 3.6 g, about 3.8 g, about 4.0 g, about 4.2 g, about 4.4 g, about 4.6 g, about 4.8 g, and about 5.0 g, every 4 hours. Equivalent dosages can be administered over various time periods including, but not limited to, about every 2 hours, about every 6 hours, about every 8 hours, about every 12 hours, about every 24 hours, about every 36 hours, about every 48 hours, about every 72 hours, about every week, about every two weeks, about every three weeks, about every month, and about every two months. The effective dosage amounts described herein refer to total amounts administered; that is, if more than one inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein is administered, the effective dosage amounts correspond to the total amount administered.
[0378] The dosage regimen utilizing the inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein can be selected in accordance with a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the subject; the severity of the proliferative disorder to be treated; the route of administration; the renal or hepatic function of the subject; and the particular inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein employed. A person skilled in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required to prevent, counter or arrest the progress of the proliferative disorder.
[0379] The inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein can be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage can be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily. Furthermore, the inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein can be administered in intranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or via transdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches well known to those of ordinary skill in that art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration can be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen. Other illustrative topical preparations include creams, ointments, lotions, aerosol sprays and gels, wherein the concentration of the inhibitor or pharmaceutiacally active agent described herein ranges from about 0.1% to about 15%,
W/W or W/V.
VI. Combination
[0380] Depending upon the particular condition, or disease, to be treated, additional therapeutic agents, which are normally administered to treat that condition, may be administered in combination with compounds and compositions of this invention. As used herein, additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat a particular disease, or condition, are known as "appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated".
In a combination of an inhibitor described herein and additional therapeutic agent, the additional therapeutic agent is not a competitive binder for the active bidning site within the target protein for the inhibitor used in the combination.
[0381] In certain embodiments, an inhibitor or pharmaceutically active agent provided herein, or composition thereof, is administered in combination with another pharmaceutically active agent, or a variant thereof. In some embodiments, a provided compound, or composition thereof, is administered in combination with one or more additional pharmaceutically active agent. Such additional pharmaceutically active agents include, but are not limited to, treatments for Alzheimer's Disease such as Aricept® and Excelon®;
treatments for HIV such as ritonavir; treatments for Parkinson's Disease such as L-
DOPA/carbidopa, entacapone, ropinrole, pramipexole, bromocriptine, pergolide, trihexephendyl, and amantadine; agents for treating Multiple Sclerosis (MS) such as beta interferon (e.g., Avonex”™ and Rebif®), Copaxone”, and mitoxantrone; treatments for asthma such as albuterol and Singulair®; agents for treating schizophrenia such as zyprexa, risperdal, seroquel, and haloperidol; anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids, TNF blockers,
IL-1 RA, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, and sulfasalazine; immunomodulatory and immunosuppressive agents such as cyclosporin, tacrolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, interferons, corticosteroids, cyclophophamide, azathioprine, and sulfasalazine; neurotrophic factors such as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, MAO inhibitors, interferons, anti-convulsants, ion channel blockers, riluzole, and anti-Parkinsonian agents; agents for treating cardiovascular disease such as beta-blockers, ACE inhibitors, diuretics, nitrates, calcium channel blockers, and statins; agents for treating liver disease such as corticosteroids, cholestyramine, interferons, and anti-viral agents; agents for treating blood disorders such as corticosteroids, anti-leukemic agents, and growth factors; agents that prolong or improve pharmacokinetics such as cytochrome P450 inhibitors (i.e., inhibitors of metabolic breakdown) and CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., ketokenozole and ritonavir), and agents for treating immunodeficiency disorders such as gamma globulin.
[0382] In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof, are administered in combination with a monoclonal antibody or an siRNA therapeutic.
[0383] Those additional agents may be administered separately from an inventive compound-containing composition, as part of a multiple dosage regimen. Alternatively, those agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of this invention in a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two active agents may be submitted simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another normally within five hours from one another.
[0384] As used herein, the term “combination,” “combined,” and related terms refers to the simultaneous or sequential administration of therapeutic agents in accordance with this invention. For example, a compound of the present invention may be administered with another therapeutic agent simultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms or together in a single unit dosage form. Accordingly, the present invention provides a single unit dosage form comprising a compound of the invention, an additional therapeutic agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
[0385] The amount of both, an inventive compound and additional therapeutic agent (in those compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent as described above) that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Preferably, compositions of this invention should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight/day of an inventive can be administered.
[0386] In those compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent, that additional therapeutic agent and the compound of this invention may act synergistically.
Therefore, the amount of additional therapeutic agent in such compositions will be less than that required in a monotherapy utilizing only that therapeutic agent. In such compositions a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight/day of the additional therapeutic agent can be administered.
[0387] The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions of this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent. Preferably the amount of additional therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.
[0388] In some embodiments, the compositions comprise an amount of an anticancer inhibitor described herein, e.g., a XIAP inhibitor, and another anticancer agent which together are effective to treat or prevent cancer. In another embodiment, the amount of the anticancer inhibitor described herein and another anticancer agent is at least about 0.01% of the combined combination chemotherapy agents by weight of the composition. When intended for oral administration, this amount can be varied from about 0.1% to about 80% by weight of the composition. Some oral compositions can comprise from about 4% to about 50% of the anticancer inhibitor described herein and another anticancer agent. Other compositions of the present invention are prepared so that a parenteral dosage unit contains from about 0.01% to about 2% by weight of the composition.
[0389] The present methods for treating or preventing cancer in a subject in need thereof can further comprise administering another prophylactic or therapeutic agent to the subject being administered an anticancer inhibitor described herein. In one embodiment the other prophylactic or therapeutic agent is administered in an effective amount. The other prophylactic or therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, an anti-inflammatory agent,
an anti-renal failure agent, an anti-diabetic agent, an anti-cardiovascular disease agent, an antiemetic agent, a hematopoietic colony stimulating factor, an anxiolytic agent, and an opioid or non-opioid analgesic agent.
[0390] In a further embodiment, the anticancer inhibitor described herein can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or after an antiemetic agent, or on the same day, or within 1 hour, 2 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours or 72 hours of cach other.
[0391] In another embodiment, the anticancer inhibitor described herein can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or after a hematopoietic colony stimulating factor, or on the same day, or within 1 hour, 2 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks or 4 weeks of each other.
[0392] In still another embodiment, the anticancer inhibitor described herein can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or after an opioid or non-opioid analgesic agent, or on the same day, or within 1 hour, 2 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours or 72 hours of each other.
[0393] In yet another embodiment, the anticancer inhibitor described herein can be administered prior to, concurrently with, or after an anxiolytic agent, or on the same day, or within 1 hour, 2 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours or 72 hours of cach other.
[0394] Effective amounts of the other therapeutic agents are well known to those skilled in the art. However, it is well within the skilled artisan's purview to determine the other therapeutic agent's optimal effective amount range. In one embodiment of the invention, where, another therapeutic agent is administered to a subject, the effective amount of the anticancer inhibitor described herein is less than its effective amount would be where the other therapeutic agent is not administered. In this case, without being bound by theory, it is believed that the anticancer inhibitor described herein and the other therapeutic agent act synergistically to treat or prevent cancer.
[0395] Antiemetic agents useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, metoclopromide, domperidone, prochlorperazine, promethazine, chlorpromazine, trimethobenzamide, ondansetron, granisetron, hydroxyzine, acetylleucine monocthanolamine, alizapride, azasetron, benzquinamide, bietanautine, bromopride, buclizine, clebopride, cyclizine, dimenhydrinate, diphenidol, dolasetron, meclizine, methallatal, metopimazine, nabilone, oxyperndyl, pipamazine, scopolamine, sulpiride, tetrahydrocannabinol, thiethylperazine, thioproperazine, and tropisetron.
[0396] Hematopoietic colony stimulating factors useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, filgrastim, sargramostim, molgramostim and epoietin alfa.
[0397] Opioid analgesic agents useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, morphine, heroin, hydromorphone, hydrocodone, oxymorphone, oxycodone, metopon, apomorphine, normorphine, etorphine, buprenorphine, meperidine, lopermide, anileridine, ethoheptazine, piminidine, betaprodine, diphenoxylate, fentanil, sufentanil, alfentanil, remifentanil, levorphanol, dextromethorphan, phenazocine, pentazocine, cyclazocine, methadone, isomethadone and propoxyphene.
[0398] Non-opioid analgesic agents useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, aspirin, celecoxib, rofecoxib, diclofinac, diflusinal, etodolac, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, ketoprofen, indomethacin, ketorolac, meclofenamate, mefanamic acid, nabumetone, naproxen, piroxicam and sulindac.
[0399] Anxiolytic agents useful in the methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, buspirone, and benzodiazepines such as diazepam, lorazepam, oxazapam, chlorazepate, clonazepam, chlordiazepoxide and alprazolam.
[0400] The invention encompasses kits that can simplify the administration of a ligand that covalently binds to a target polypeptide having a lysine residue present in the active site to a subject.
[0401] A typical kit of the invention comprises a unit dosage form of a ligand that covalently binds to a target polypeptide having a lysine residue present in the active site. In one embodiment the unit dosage form is a container, which can be sterile, containing an effective amount of a ligand that covalently binds to a target polypeptide having a lysine residue present in the active site and a physiologically acceptable carrier or vehicle. The kit can further comprise a label or printed instructions instructing the use of the ligand that covalently binds to a target polypeptide having a lysine residue present in the active site to treat or prevent cancer. The kit can also further comprise a unit dosage form of another prophylactic or therapeutic agent, for example, a container containing an effective amount of another prophylactic or therapeutic agent or another anticancer agent. In one embodiment the kit comprises a container containing an effective amount of a ligand that covalently binds to a target polypeptide having a lysine residue present in the active site and an effective amount of another prophylactic or therapeutic agent. Examples of other prophylactic or therapeutic agents and other anticancer agents include, but are not limited to, those listed above.
C. PROBE COMPOUNDS
[0402] A compound of the present invention may be tethered to a detectable moiety. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that a detectable moiety may be attached to a provided compound via a suitable substituent. As used herein, the term “suitable substituent” refers to a moiety that is capable of covalent attachment to a detectable moiety. Such moieties are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art and include groups containing, ¢.g., a carboxylate moiety, an amino moiety, a thiol moiety, or a hydroxyl moiety, to name but a few. It will be appreciated that such moieties may be directly attached to a provided compound or via a tethering group, such as a bivalent saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon chain. In some embodiments, such moieties may be attached via click chemistry. In some embodiments, such moieties may be attached via a 1,3-cycloaddition of an azide with an alkyne, optionally in the presence of a copper catalyst. Methods of using click chemistry are known in the art and include those described by Rostovtsev et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2002, 41, 2596-99 and Sun et al., Bioconjugate Chem., 2006, 17, 52-57.
[0403] As used herein, the term “detectable moiety” is used interchangeably with the term “label” and “reporter” and relates to any moiety capable of being detected, ¢.g., primary labels and secondary labels. A presence of a detectable moiety can be measured using methods for quantifying (in absolute, approximate or relative terms) the detectable moiety in a system under study. In some embodiments, such methods are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art and include any methods that quantify a reporter moiety (e.g., a label, a dye, a photocrosslinker, a cytotoxic compound, a drug, an affinity label, a photoaffinity label, a reactive compound, an antibody or antibody fragment, a biomaterial, a nanoparticle, a spin label, a fluorophore, a metal-containing moiety, a radioactive moiety, quantum dot(s), a novel functional group, a group that covalently or noncovalently interacts with other molecules, a photocaged moiety, an actinic radiation excitable moiety, a ligand, a photoisomerizable moiety, biotin, a biotin analog (e.g., biotin sulfoxide), a moiety incorporating a heavy atom, a chemically cleavable group, a photocleavable group, a redox- active agent, an isotopically labeled moiety, a biophysical probe, a phosphorescent group, a chemiluminescent group, an electron dense group, a magnetic group, an intercalating group, a chromophore, an energy transfer agent, a biologically active agent, a detectable label, and any combination of the above).
[0404] Nonlimiting exemplary probe compounds are as set forth below.
A
N
HN Ad 0 Z / —
HN N. Nd ,B« — FF =
A S\= 0
I. 7
VII-28 0
NE N
HN H a 0
HN PN
ZN oN /
A FF =
O —
I. yd
VII-35 oO
N
1 7 N S) N
H 0
N Oo 0 a
HN NH
IS
\
VIII-6
MeO [
GZ N oO
Q 0 0 q \/
N ~~
N H
Oa A © > o z F 0 0 =< o 0
N
0 0
Ss {on A Am o
N
H
H H 3
HN Y NH
0
XVI-27 0 N
INN
0 0 0 0 N A = S
N N N O N
1
N 0 > | x N 0 N
J Ar
N N N
N
Ch
BX PROBE XI-56
[0405] Primary labels, such as radioisotopes (e.g., tritium, 2p 3p, Ig, Me, 12, 1, 1, or 1), mass-tags including, but not limited to, stable isotopes (e.g., Be, H, 0, "0, N,
YF, and 127, positron emitting isotopes (e.g., He, Br, PN, 4, and 20), and fluorescent labels are signal generating reporter groups which can be detected without further modifications. Detectable moities may be analyzed by methods including, but not limited to fluorescence, positron emission tomography, SPECT medical imaging, chemiluminescence, electron-spin resonance, ultraviolet/visible absorbance spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance, magnetic resonance, flow cytometry, autoradiography, scintillation counting, phosphoimaging, and electrochemical methods.
[0406] The term “secondary label” as used herein refers to moieties such as biotin and various protein antigens that require the presence of a second intermediate for production of a detectable signal. For biotin, the secondary intermediate may include streptavidin-enzyme conjugates. For antigen labels, secondary intermediates may include antibody-enzyme conjugates. Some fluorescent groups act as secondary labels because they transfer energy to another group in the process of nonradiative fluorescent resonance energy transfer (FRET), and the second group produces the detected signal.
[0407] The terms “fluorescent label”, “fluorescent dye”, and “fluorophore” as used herein refer to moieties that absorb light energy at a defined excitation wavelength and emit light energy at a different wavelength. Examples of fluorescent labels include, but are not limited to: Alexa Fluor dyes (Alexa Fluor 350, Alexa Fluor 488, Alexa Fluor 532, Alexa Fluor 546,
Alexa Fluor 568, Alexa Fluor 594, Alexa Fluor 633, Alexa Fluor 660 and Alexa Fluor 680),
AMCA, AMCA-S, BODIPY dyes (BODIPY FL, BODIPY R6G, BODIPY TMR, BODIPY
TR, BODIPY 493/503, BODIPY 530/550, BODIPY 558/568, BODIPY 564/570, BODIPY 576/589, BODIPY 581/591, BODIPY 630/650, BODIPY 650/665), Carboxyrhodamine 6G, carboxy-X-rhodamine (ROX), Cascade Blue, Cascade Yellow, Coumarin 343, Cyanine dyes (Cy3, Cy3, Cy3.5, Cy5.5), Dansyl, Dapoxyl, Dialkylaminocoumarin, 4',5'-Dichloro-2',7'- dimethoxy-fluorescein, DM-NERF, Eosin, Erythrosin, Fluorescein, FAM, Hydroxycoumarin,
IRDyes (IRD40, IRD 700, IRD 800), JOE, Lissamine rhodamine B, Marina Blue,
Methoxycoumarin, Naphthofluorescein, Oregon Green 488, Oregon Green 500, Oregon
Green 514, Pacific Blue, PyMPO, Pyrene, Rhodamine B, Rhodamine 6G, Rhodamine
Green, Rhodamine Red, Rhodol Green, 2'4',5'7-Tetra-bromosulfone-fluorescein,
Tetramethyl-rhodamine (TMR), Carboxytetramethylrhodamine (TAMRA), Texas Red,
Texas Red-X, 5(6)-Carboxyfluorescein, 2,7-Dichlorofluorescein, N,N-Bis(2,4,6- trimethylphenyl)-3,4:9,10-perylenebis(dicarboximide, HPTS, Ethyl Eosin, DY-490XL
MegaStokes, DY-485XL MegaStokes, Adirondack Green 520, ATTO 465, ATTO 488,
ATTO 495, YOYO-1,5-FAM, BCECF, dichlorofluorescein, rhodamine 110, rhodamine 123,
YO-PRO-1, SYTOX Green, Sodium Green, SYBR Green 1, Alexa Fluor 500, FITC, Fluo-3,
Fluo-4, fluoro-emerald, YoYo-1 ssDNA, YoYo-1 dsDNA, YoYo-1, SYTO RNASelect,
Diversa Green-FP, Dragon Green, EvaGreen, Surf Green EX, Spectrum Green, NeuroTrace 500525, NBD-X, MitoTracker Green FM, LysoTracker Green DND-26, CBQCA, PA-GFP (post-activation), WEGFP (post-activation), FIASH-CCXXCC, Azami Green monomeric,
Azami Green, green fluorescent protein (GFP), EGFP (Campbell Tsien 2003), EGFP (Patterson 2001), Kaede Green, 7-Benzylamino-4-Nitrobenz-2-Oxa-1,3-Diazole, Bexl,
Doxorubicin, Lumio Green, and SuperGlo GFP.
[0408] The term “mass-tag” as used herein refers to any moiety that is capable of being uniquely detected by virtue of its mass using mass spectrometry (MS) detection techniques.
Examples of mass-tags include eclectrophore release tags such as N-[3-[4’-[(p-
Methoxytetrafluorobenzyl)oxy]phenyl]-3-methylglyceronyl]isonipecotic Acid, 4°-[2,3,5,6-
Tetrafluoro-4-(pentafluorophenoxyl)Jmethyl acetophenone, and their derivatives. The synthesis and utility of these mass-tags is described in United States Patents 4,650,750,
4,709,016, 5,360,8191, 5,516,931, 5,602,273, 5,604,104, 5,610,020, and 5,650,270. Other examples of mass-tags include, but are not limited to, nucleotides, dideoxynucleotides, oligonucleotides of varying length and base composition, oligopeptides, oligosaccharides, and other synthetic polymers of varying length and monomer composition. A large variety of organic molecules, both neutral and charged (biomolecules or synthetic compounds) of an appropriate mass range (100-2000 Daltons) may also be used as mass-tags. Stable isotopes (e.g. Bc, 1, "0, 1*0, and PN) may also be used as mass-tags.
[0409] The term “chemiluminescent group,” as used herein, refers to a group which emits light as a result of a chemical reaction without the addition of heat. By way of example, luminol (5-amino-2,3-dihydro-1,4-phthalazinedione) reacts with oxidants like hydrogen peroxide (H,0,) in the presence of a base and a metal catalyst to produce an excited state product (3-aminophthalate, 3-APA).
[0410] The term “chromophore,” as used herein, refers to a molecule which absorbs light of visible wavelengths, UV wavelengths or IR wavelengths.
[0411] The term “dye,” as used herein, refers to a soluble, coloring substance which contains a chromophore.
[0412] The term “electron dense group,” as used herein, refers to a group which scatters electrons when irradiated with an electron beam. Such groups include, but are not limited to, ammonium molybdate, bismuth subnitrate, cadmium iodide, carbohydrazide, ferric chloride hexahydrate, hexamethylene tetramine, indium trichloride anhydrous, lanthanum nitrate, lead acetate trihydrate, lead citrate trihydrate, lead nitrate, periodic acid, phosphomolybdic acid, phosphotungstic acid, potassium ferricyanide, potassium ferrocyanide, ruthenium red, silver nitrate, silver proteinate (Ag Assay: 8.0-8.5%) “Strong”, silver tetraphenylporphin (S-TPPS), sodium chloroaurate, sodium tungstate, thallium nitrate, thiosemicarbazide (TSC), uranyl acetate, uranyl nitrate, and vanadyl sulfate.
[0413] The term “energy transfer agent,” as used herein, refers to a molecule which either donates or accepts energy from another molecule. By way of example only, fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) is a dipole-dipole coupling process by which the excited- state energy of a fluorescence donor molecule is non-radiatively transferred to an unexcited acceptor molecule which then fluorescently emits the donated energy at a longer wavelength.
[0414] The term “moiety incorporating a heavy atom,” as used herein, refers to a group which incorporates an ion of atom which is usually heavier than carbon. In some embodiments, such ions or atoms include, but are not limited to, silicon, tungsten, gold, lead, and uranium.
[0415] The term “photoaffinity label,” as used herein, refers to a label with a group, which, upon exposure to light, forms a linkage with a molecule for which the label has an affinity.
[0416] The term “photocaged moiety,” as used herein, refers to a group which, upon illumination at certain wavelengths, covalently or non-covalently binds other ions or molecules.
[0417] The term “photoisomerizable moiety,” as used herein, refers to a group wherein upon illumination with light changes from one isomeric form to another.
[0418] The term “radioactive moiety,” as used herein, refers to a group whose nuclei spontaneously give off nuclear radiation, such as alpha, beta, or gamma particles; wherein, alpha particles are helium nuclei, beta particles are electrons, and gamma particles are high energy photons.
[0419] The term “spin label,” as used herein, refers to molecules which contain an atom or a group of atoms exhibiting an unpaired electron spin (i.e. a stable paramagnetic group) that in some embodiments are detected by electron spin resonance spectroscopy and in other embodiments are attached to another molecule. Such spin-label molecules include, but are not limited to, nitryl radicals and nitroxides, and in some embodiments are single spin-labels or double spin-labels.
[0420] The term “quantum dots,” as used herein, refers to colloidal semiconductor nanocrystals that in some embodiments are detected in the near-infrared and have extremely high quantum yields (i.e., very bright upon modest illumination).
[0421] One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that a detectable moiety may be attached to a provided compound via a suitable substituent. As used herein, the term “suitable substituent” refers to a moiety that is capable of covalent attachment to a detectable moiety. Such moieties are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art and include groups containing, ¢.g., a carboxylate moiety, an amino moiety, a thiol moiety, or a hydroxyl moiety, to name but a few. It will be appreciated that such moieties may be directly attached to a provided compound or via a tethering moiety, such as a bivalent saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon chain.
[0422] In some embodiments, detectable moieties are attached to a provided compound via click chemistry. In some embodiments, such moieties are attached via a 1,3- cycloaddition of an azide with an alkyne, optionally in the presence of a copper catalyst.
Methods of using click chemistry are known in the art and include those described by
Rostovtsev et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2002, 41, 2596-99 and Sun ef al., Bioconjugate
Chem., 2006, 17, 52-57. In some embodiments, a click ready inhibitor moiety is provided and reacted with a click ready —T"-RP moiety. As used herein, “click ready” refers to a moiety containing an azide or alkyne for use in a click chemistry reaction. In some embodiments, the click ready inhibitor moiety comprises an azide. In certain embodiments, the click ready —TP-RP moiety comprises a strained cyclooctyne for use in a copper-free click chemistry reaction (for example, using methods described in Baskin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 2007, 104, 16793-16797).
IX. EXEMPLIFICATION
[0423] The disclosure is further illustrated by the following examples, which are not to be construed as limiting this disclosure in scope or spirit to the specific procedures herein described. It is to be understood that the examples are provided to illustrate certain embodiments and that no limitation to the scope of the disclosure is intended thereby. It is to be further understood that resort may be had to various other embodiments, modifications, and equivalents thereof which may suggest themselves to those skilled in the art without departing from the spirit of the present disclosure and/or scope of the appended claims.
A. DESIGN OF AN IRREVERSIBLE INHIBITOR OF XIAP
Example 1
[0424] (38,68S,10aR )-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-oxo-N-((R)-1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-alazocine-3-carboxamide (Compound A) is a reversible inhibitor of XIAP (Ki 26 nM) (Sun et al., J. Med. Chem. 52, 593-596 (2009).
Using the structure-based design algorithm described herein, Compound A was converted from a reversible inhibitor into Compound VII-1, a potent and irreversible inhibitor of XIAP.
The process for the conversion of Compound A to Compound VII-1is described below.
N
0 or 0 NH 0
HN—"%, wl Me
A
A
0
HN
Or 0
C
VII-1
[0425] The X-ray crystal structure of XIAP complexed with Compound B, a related compound to Compound A, has been reported (Sun, H., ef al., J. Med. Chem. 51, 7169-7180 (2008)) and was obtained from the protein databank (pdbcode 2JK7 at www.rcsb.grg). The
X-ray complex of Compound B bound to XIAP was used to
N
0
De 0 NH 0
AHO
Ne
B design covalent inhibitors of XIAP using the design algorithm described herein. The three-dimensional structure of Compound B was docked into the XIAP ligand-binding site using the CDOCKER method in Discovery Studio (www.accelrys.com). The ligand-binding site of XIAP was defined using the sphere that has a 7.5 angstroms radius around the reference ligand. The docking results demonstrated that the inhibitor Compound A, bound to
XIAP in a similar fashion to that seen in the X-ray complex of Compound B bound to XIAP.
After docking Compound B in the ligand-binding site of XIAP, all lysine residues (Lys) of
XIAP within 15 angstroms in the XIAP-Compound B complex were identified: Lys281,
Lys297, Lys299, Lys311, Lys322, Lys328 and Lys334.
[0426] Using the modeled coordinates of Compound A, a library of virtual covalent inhibitors was created by building an acrylamide warhead at each of the A, (ortho-, meta- and para-), A; and As positions shown below in Template X.
A
2 HN
Yr
A, o © oO
HN
©
IA 1
Template X
[0427] To sample the flexibility of the warheads and the side chain positions, a molecular dynamics simulation of the warheads and XIAP side chain positions was performed and analyzed to determine if the warhead was within 6 angstroms of any of the Lys residues in the binding site. Additionally, an analysis of possible steric clashes between the warheads and the residues was performed. Standard settings were used in the Standard Dynamics
Cascade Simulations protocol of Discovery Studio, along with Merck Molecular Force Field, for the molecular dynamics simulations (www.accelrys.com). The coordinates of the non-warhead positions and the Lys main-chain atoms were held fixed during the molecular dynamics simulation. The modeling demonstrated that the VII-1 (A; = meta-substituted acrylamide) was close to Lys297 and also Lys299 in XIAP. To confirm that VII-1 was able to form a bond with either of these Lys residues, a model of the reaction product between
XIAP and Lys297 or Lys299 was built. In both cases, the reaction product could be formed without any significant change in the geometry of the model, thereby supporting bond formation.
[0428] Subsequently, VII-1 was synthesized and inhibited XIAP at a Ki of 161 nM, (see
Table 2 below), while Compound VII-2, an inactive control compound demonstrated a Ki of > 10,000 nM. Mass spectrometric analysis of the reaction product of VII-1 incubated with
XIAP demonstrates that VII-1 covalently modifies XIAP (see Examples 50 and 51, below). 'e
Boe” NN i 5 N © HN \
VII-2
B. XIAP INHIBITORS SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1A 0
L- pI
N
H
NH
N oO
Oo r
NA
VII-1
[0429] (3S,6S5,10aS)-N-(3-acrylamidobenzyl)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5- oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
OH Oo O- oA I~ i) BnBr A ~ A A~
N % ii) (Boc),0 © 1 0 Superhydride HO i b PTSA 0” 0 0” O
AN 1a AN 1b \ O-/ O— es oA BF.Et,0 he i. he
Oo llyltributyltin ~~
Ao allyltributyltin ZN ——+ J HH b
AN 1c AN 1d le
SI C Be L
OH _= 0 0 o N A Grubbs' catalyst N 9° SAS 0 > O 0 Oo
EDC, HOBT HNL 1f HN. 1g
Boc Boc
Be Foor SD Cey o A Boe Bh oy 0 EDC, HOBT HNO i xX
NH; Th Low N- BoC 1 oO £- Su LI
H
NH Co acryloyl aad 2 O orEDC, HOBT IR
EDC, HOBT HN . WITA 0
HN._O
Low 1k Lo
[0430] (S)-2-benzyl 1-tert-butyl S-oxopyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (1a)
Lo :
SN
Po ©
A
[0431] To a stirred solution of L-pyroglutamic acid (75 g, 0.58 mol) and N,N- diisopropyl-ethylamine (87.3 g, 0.676 mol) in dry dichloromethane (1.0 L) at 0 °C was added benzyl bromide (98.84 g, 0.58 mol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 5 h, cooled to RT and washed with aqueous NaH;PO4. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH,Cl,; the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na;SOu, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue obtained was then taken in acetonitrile (1.5 L) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (7.09 g, 58.0 mmol) and Boc-anhydride (150.0 g, 0.688 mol) were added and stirred at RT for 3 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated; the residue obtained was treated with water and extracted with ethyl acetate.
The ethyl acetate layer was washed with aqueous NaH,;PO4 and brine, dried over Na;SOy, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give pale yellow viscous oil. It was crystallized with ethyl acetate-petroleum ether to give 1a (150 g, 80.8%) as a pale yellow solid.
[0432] (2S)-2-benzyl 1-tert-butyl S-hydroxypyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (1b)
OV
HO N
H
Oo
[0433] To a stirred solution of 1a (100.0 g, 313.1 mmol) in THF (1000 mL) at -78 °C under nitrogen was added Super hydride® (IM in THF, 469 mL, 469 mmol) slowly and the mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 2 h. Saturated aq. sodium hydrogen carbonate (300 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated to remove most of THF and the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried over Na,SOy, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to get 1b (100 g, 99.3%) as colorless oil. It was taken for the next step without further purification.
[0434] (2S)-2-benzyl 1-tert-butyl S-methoxypyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (1c)
O
Soy £
H
Oo
[0435] To a stirred solution of 1b (100 g, 311.1 mmol) in methanol (1000 mL) was added p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (5.89 g, 30.96 mmol) and stirred at RT for 16 h. Sat. sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (500 mL) was added and then concentrated under reduced pressure to remove most of methanol. The residue was extracted with MTBE and the combined MTBE extract was washed with brine, dried over Na;SQ,, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to get 1c (88 g, 84.3%) as colorless oil. It was taken for the next step without further purification.
[0436] (2S)-2-benzyl 1-tert-butyl S-allylpyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (1d)
O-
EN
= 0
[0437] To a stirred solution of 1¢ (25 g, 74.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (250 mL) at -78 °C was added borontrifluoride-dicthyletherate (9.2 mL, 74.5 mmol) slowly and the solution was stirred at -78 °C for 1h. Allytributylstannane (28 mL, 90.3 mmol) was added slowly and the reaction mixture was stirred further at -78 °C for 3 h. De-ionized water (300 mL) was added and the solution was allowed to warm to RT. It was filtered through Celite, layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over Na,SO., filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude. The crude product obtained was purified by column chromatography (SiO, ethyl acetate: petroleum ether, 8:92) to get 1d (15 g, 58.3%) as colorless oil.
[0438] (2S)-benzyl S-allylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (1e)
O-/
N
~~ HH 0
[0439] To a stirred solution of 1d (30 g, 86.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (300 mL) at 0 °C was added trifluoroacetic acid (45 mL) slowly and the solution was stirred at RT for 2 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was taken in dichloromethane-water (2:1, 150 mL), stirred vigorously and triethylamine (50 mL, 356.4 mmol) was added. Stirring was continued at RT for 2 h. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried over Na,SOy, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to get le (20 g, 93.9%) as a pale yellow oil and was taken for the next step without further purification.
[0440] (2S)-benzyl 5-allyl-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)pent-4- enoyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (11)
AAI
N
H
Oo
So
AN-goc
[0441] To a stirred solution of 1e (11 g, 44.9 mmol) in DMF (110 mL) were added (S)-2- (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)pent-4-enoic acid (9.65 g, 44.9 mmol), EDC-HCI (12.87 g, 67.35 mmol), HOBt (2.42 g, 17.96 mmol) and DIPEA (11.63 mL, 67.35 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h under nitrogen atmosphere. It was diluted with cold water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over Na,SOy, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to get a residue. The crude product obtained was mixed with the crude obtained from another similar batch and purified by column chromatography (SiO, 15-20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to get 1f (25 g, 62.9%) as a pale yellow oil.
[0442] (3S,6S,10aR,Z)-benzyl 6-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-oxo- 1,2,3,5,6,7,10,10a-octahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxylate (1g)
O-
N
0
Oo
AN-goc
[0443] To a solution of 1f (25 g, 56.49 mmol) in dichloromethane (500 mL) was added bis(tricyclohexylphosphine)benzylideneruthenium(IV) dichloride (Grubbs’catalyst) (9.3 g, 11.29 mmol) and stirred at reflux for 24 h. Cooled to RT, concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was taken in MTBE and filtered through Celite, filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to get 1g (50 g) as dark green residue. It was taken for the next step without further purification.
[0444] (3S,6S,10aR,Z)-benzyl 6-amino-5-o0xo0-1,2,3,5,6,7,10,10a- octahydropyrrolo[1,2-aJazocine-3-carboxylate (1h)
SI
Cx 0
NH,
[0445] To a stirred solution of 1g (~50 g, crude) in dichloromethane (500 mL) at 0 °C was added trifluoroacetic acid (50 mL) slowly and the solution was stirred at RT for 2 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was taken up in water. It was washed with MTBE; the aqueous layer was basified with 10% NaOH solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. Combined ethyl acetate extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over Na,SO,, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to get 1h (9 g, 50.7% yield in two steps) as yellow oil which was found to be sufficiently pure.
[0446] (3S,6S,10aR,Z)-benzyl 6-((S)-2-(tert- butoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino)propanamido)-5-oxo-1,2,3,5,6,7,10,10a- octahydropyrrolo[1,2-aJazocine-3-carboxylate (11)
SI
Ct 0
HN.__O
Loe
[0447] To a stirred solution of 1h (7.3 g, 23.22 mmol) in dichloromethane (150 mL) were added (R)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino)propanoic acid (4.71 g, 23.22 mmol),
EDC-HCI (6.59 g, 34.5 mmol), HOBt (1.55 g, 11.5 mmol) and DIPEA (5.96 mL, 34.5 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 18 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was taken up in water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over Na,SO,, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to get a residue.
It was purified by column chromatography (SiO,, 1-2% methanol in chloroform) to get 1i (10 g, 86.2%) as a pale oil.
[0448] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino)propanamido)-5- oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxylic acid (1j)
OH
N
0) 0
HN 0
Lee
[0449] To a solution of 1i (2.5 g, 5.01 mmol) in ethanol (100 mL) was added 10% palladium on carbon (1.0 g) and stirred at RT for 6 h using a hydrogen balloon. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to get a residue. It was dissolved in dichloromethane and filtered through Celite to remove any undissolved material and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to get 1j (1.8 g, 87.8%) as a white solid. '"H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds): = 1.21 (d, J = 7.16 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.53-1.92 (m, 10H), 1.99-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 4.16-4.24 (m, 2H), 4.33-4.75 (m, 2H), 7.76 (d, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 12.45 (brs, 1H).
[0450] tert-butyl (S)-1-((3S,6S,10aS)-3-(3-aminobenzylcarbamoyl)-5- oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocin-6-ylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (1k) fm
NH
N
0 0 “Y
N- BoC
[0451] A mixture of 1j (488 mg), 3-aminobenzylamine (173 mg), EDC-HCI (272 mg),
HOBt (192 mg), N-methylmorpholine (0.39 mL) in acetonitrile (16 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After concentrating under reduced pressure, the residue was directly purified by column chromatography (SiO;, isopropanol: dichloromethane, 7:93) to afford 420 mg of the desired aniline 1k as white solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl): = 7.08 (m, 2 H), 6.59 (m, 3
H), 4.88 (m, 1 H), 4.55 (t, J=69 Hz, 1 H), 4.34 (ddd, J =2.8, 6.0, 14.7 Hz, 2 H), 4.18 (t, J = 10.0 Hz, 1 H), 2.79 (s, 2 H), 2.5 (m, 1 H), 2.1-1.4 (m), 1.48 (s, 9 H), 1.32 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H);
LCMS : m/e 516.3 (M+1).
[0452] (3S,6S,10aS)-N-(3-acrylamidobenzyl)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)- 5-oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide (VII-1)
Oo
LO JN
N
H
NH
N
0 0
Tr iH
[0453] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (60 mg) and triethylamine (80 pl) in dry dichloromethane (2 mL) was added acryloyl chloride (19 pl) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi- prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid (VII-1) as TFA salt. 'H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-ds): =10.1(s, 1 H), 8.70 (m, 2 H), 8.47 (t, J =5.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.57 (s, 1 H), 7.50 (d, J =92Hz 1H),724(t,J=78Hz 1H),698(d,J=7.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.42 (dd, J = 10.1, 14.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.23 (dd, J=2.3,17.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.72 (dd, J = 2.3 Hz, 10.1 Hz, 1 H), 4.78 (m, 1 H), 4.31 (m, 2 H), 4.17 (m, 2 H), 3.7-1.3 (m), 1.31(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3 H); LCMS : m/e 470.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 2 0
NA
N N
Boe” N~\ 0
Oo
HN
Ors ” \
VII-2
[0454] tert-Butyl (S)-1-((3S,6S,10aS)-3-(3-acrylamidobenzylcarbamoyl)-5- oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocin-6-ylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0455] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (60 mg) and triethylamine (80 pl) in dry dichloromethane (2 mL) was added acryloyl chloride (19 ul) dropwise at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid. LCMS : m/e 470.3 (M+1-'Bu).
EXAMPLE 3 0
SNA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
Or oy ° 0
VII-3
[0456] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((S)-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-aJazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0457] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (19.8 mg), (S)-5-ox0-2-tetrahydrofurancarboxylic acid (6 mg), EDC-HCI (12 mg), HOBt (9 mg), N-methylmorpholine (20 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 528.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 4 0
SNA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
H
3 0
VII-4
[0458] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((S)-4- oxoazetidine-2-carboxamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide:
The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0459] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (24.5 mg), (S)-4-oxo0-2-azetidinecarboxylic acid (6.6 mg), EDC-HCI (12 mg), HOBt (9 mg), N-methylmorpholine (20 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 513.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 5 0
NA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
Ory X %
VII-5
[0460] (3S,6S,10aS)-N-(3-(2-isopropoxy-3,4-dioxocyclobut-1-enylamino)benzyl)-6- ((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-ajazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0461] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (37.7 mg), 3,4-diisopropyl-3-cyclobutene-1,2-dione (16 mg), triethylamine (20 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt.
LCMS : m/e 554.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 6
Oo
FL
H 0
NH
N
Oo
Oo
HN.__O
VII-6
[0462] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-o0xo-N-(3-(3- oxobutanamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-ajazocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0463] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (20 mg), 2,2,4-trimethyl-6-keto-1,3-dioxin (10 pl) in dioxane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at 80 °C. The mixture was concentrated and diluted with dichloromethane (1 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 500.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 7 0
NA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
Ors
Ic,
Oo
VII-9
[0464] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0xo-N-(3-(4,4,4- trifluoro-3-oxobutanamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0465] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (12 mg), ethyl 4,4,4-trifluoroacetoacetate (100 pl) in toluene (1 mL) was stirred for 2 h at 80 °C. The mixture was concentrated and diluted with dichloromethane (1 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 554.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 8 0
SAL
H N
HN_ 43 0
HN
Or 0 \
N— /
VII-10
[0466] (3S,6S,10aS)-N-(3-((E)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enamido)benzyl)-6-((S)-2- (methylamino)propanamido)-5-oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0467] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (12.7 mg) and diisopropylethylamine (100 pl) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added (E)-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enoyl chloride (20 pl) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt.
LCMS : m/e 527.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 9 0)
SA
N N
HN_ 43 0
HN
Or be
VII-11
[0468] (3S,6S,10aS)-N-(3-methacrylamidobenzyl)-6-((S)-2- (methylamino)propanamido)-5-oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0469] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (10 mg) and diisopropylethylamine (50 pl) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added methacryloyl chloride (20 pl) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 484.4 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 10 0
SA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
Or 0 \
VII-12
[0470] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-N-(3-(3-methylbut-2- enamido)benzyl)-5-oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-ajazocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0471] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (10 mg) and diisopropylethylamine (50 pl) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added 3-methylbut-2-enoyl chloride (20 ul) dropwise at 0 °C.
After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 498.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 11 0
NA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
Or 0
D
\ D
D
VII-16
[0472] VII-16 was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0473] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (13.2 mg), acrylic acid-d4 (1.7 ul), EDC-HCI (8 mg), HOBt (6 mg), N-methylmorpholine (13 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt.
LCMS : m/e 473.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 12 0
SNA
N
HN Ho 0
HN
Dr op
J
VII-21
[0474] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((R)-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-aJazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0475] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (8.1 mg), (R)-5-ox0-2-tetrahydrofurancarboxylic acid (24 mg), EDC-HCl (5 mg), HOBt (4 mg), N-methylmorpholine (10 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS: m/e 528.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 13 0
NA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
Or
IN
VII-23
[0476] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3- (vinylsulfonamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0477] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (30 mg) and diisopropylethylamine (50 pl) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added 2-chloro-1-cthanesulfonyl chloride (5 pl) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 30 min at 0 °C to rt, trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt.
LCMS: m/e 506.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 14 £- ies
N
H
NH
N
Oo
Oo i iH
VII-24
[0478] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((4R)-4,7,7- trimethyl-3-0xo0-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-1- carboxamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-ajazocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0479] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (8.0 mg), (1S)-(-)-camphanic acid (6.0 mg),
EDC-HCI (8 mg), HOBt (6 mg), N-methylmorpholine (10 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred 2 days at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as
TFA salt. LCMS: m/e 596.4 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 15 0
Jo J
NH ©
N
0
Oo
Y
NH
VII-26
[0480] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-o0xo-N-(3-((4S)-4,7,7- trimethyl-3-0xo0-2-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-1- carboxamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-ajazocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0481] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (8.1 mg), (IR)-(+)-camphanic acid (12 mg),
EDC-HCI (16 mg), HOBt (12 mg), N-methylmorpholine (10 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred 3 days at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as
TFA salt. LCMS: m/e 596.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 16 0
NA
N
HN H 4 oO
HN
) C
NH
0
VII-34
[0482] (3S,6S,10aS)-N-(3-(1-acetylcyclopropanecarboxamido)benzyl)-6-((S)-2- (methylamino)propanamido)-5-oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0483] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (14.2 mg), 1-acetylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid (10 mg), HATU (20 mg), diisopropylethylamine (10 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt.
LCMS: m/e 526.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 17 0
NA
N
HN H 4
Oo
HN
0 Hed A
J N° ©
VII-38
[0484] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((S)-5- oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide:
The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0485] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (8 mg), (S)-2-pyrrolidine-5-carboxylic acid (5 mg),
EDC-HCI (10 mg), HOBt (7 mg), diisopropylethylamine (10 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS: m/e 527.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 18 0
NA
N
HN H 4
Oo oO “LA o N ©
VII-39
[0486] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((R)-5- oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide:
The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0487] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (8 mg), (R)-2-pyrrlidine-5-carboxylic acid (5 mg),
EDC-HCI (10 mg), HOBt (7 mg), diisopropylethylamine (10 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS: m/e 527.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 19 0
SA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
Or
Oo 0)
Oo
VII-44
[0488] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0xo-N-(3-(2- oxotetrahydrofuran-3-carboxamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-aJazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0489] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (8 mg), 2-oxo-3-tetrahydrofurancarboxylic acid (10 mg), EDC-HCI (10 mg), HOBt (7 mg), diisopropylethylamine (10 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS: m/e 528.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 20
O
NA
N
HN H 4 oO
HN
O CAC
J 0
VII-45
[0490] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0xo-N-(3-(5- oxotetrahydrofuran-3-carboxamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-aJazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0491] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (8 mg), 2-oxo-4-tetrahydrofurancarboxylic acid (10 mg), EDC-HCI (10 mg), HOBt (7 mg), diisopropylethylamine (10 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS: m/e 528.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 21 0
SNA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
J "=o
VII-49
[0492] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((R)-4- oxoazetidine-2-carboxamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide:
The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0493] To a mixture of the aniline 1k (16 mg), (R)-4-oxo0-2-azetidinecarboxylic acid (12 mg), EDC-HCI (20 mg), HOBt (14 mg), disoppropylethylamine (20 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS: m/e 513.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 22
H
N
N
0 0 oO
HN.__O
L ;
N- BoC
VII-7
[0494] tert-butyl (S)-1-((3S,6S,10aS)-3-(3-(2,4-dioxopentan-3-yl)benzylcarbamoyl)-5- oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocin-6-ylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0495] A mixture of 1j (250 mg), 3-iodobenzylamine (97 ul), EDC-HCI (152 mg), HOBt (99 mg), N-methylmorpholine (0.20 mL) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was stirred overnight at RT.
After concentrating under reduced pressure, the residue was directly purified by column chromatography (SiO,, isopropanol: dichloromethane, 7:93) to afford 300 mg of the desired iodide. LCMS : m/e 527.2 (M+1-'Bu).
[0496] To the prepared iodide (32 mg) in DMSO (1 mL) were added copper iodide (1.0 mg), L-proline (1.2 mg), cesium carbonate (66 mg) and acetyl acetone (10 ul) and stirred at 90 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was purified using semi-prep
HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a solid. LCMS : m/e 499.2 (M+1-'Bu).
EXAMPLE 23
H
N
N
] 0 oO
HN.__O
L ;
NH
VII-8
[0497] (3S,6S,10aS)-N-(3-(2,4-dioxopentan-3-yl)benzyl)-6-((S)-2- (methylamino)propanamido)-5-oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0498] To the tert-butyl (S)-1-((3S,68S,10aS)-3-(3-(2,4-dioxopentan-3- yl)benzylcarbamoyl)-5-oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocin-6-ylamino)-1-oxopropan-2- yl(methyl)carbamate (VII-7) (7 mg) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt.
LCMS: m/e 499.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 24 0
NA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
H
°
UJ o 0
VII-13
[0499] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((S)-2- oxotetrahydrofuran-3-ylcarbamoyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-ajazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
NHBoc NHBoc NH»
O
A . ae EDC, HOB TFA, DCM A, o oO — H Of — H
HCI N., N.,,
COOH % CH 2a 0 2b © . AL
N EDC, HOBt HNN o o NMM, DCM o
Oo ii) TFA HN + ig -— -Boc 1j H pl N 0 o Oo
[0500] (S)-tert-butyl 3-(2-oxotetrahydrofuran-3-ylcarbamoyl)benzylcarbamate (2a)
NHBoc
H ©
N.,,. 0 oO
[0501] A mixture of 3-((tert-butoxycarbonylamino)methyl)benzoic acid (100 mg), (S)-3- aminodihydrofuran-2(3H)-one hydrochloride (55 mg), EDC-HCI (92 mg), HOBt (64 mg), N- methylmorpholine (0.13 mL) in acetonitrile (2 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After concentrating under reduced pressure, the residue was directly purified by column chromatography (SiO; heptane:ethyl acetate, 10:90) to afford 120 mg of the desired aniline 2a as white solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCly): =7.7-7.2 (m, 6 H), 5.21 (s, 1 H), 4.96 (m, 1 H), 4.54 (t,J=9.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.32 (m, 3 H), 2.86 (m, 1 H), 2.31 (m, 1 H), 1.47 (s, 9 H). 0
NA
HN i 4 N 0
HN
ALi
VII-13
[0502] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((S)-2- oxotetrahydrofuran-3-ylcarbamoyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-ajazocine-3- carboxamide
[0503] To a lactone 2a (40 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue 2b in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (12 mg), EDC-HCI (5.6 mg), HOBt (4.3 mg), N-methylmorpholine (9.6 ul) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid VII-13 as TFA salt. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d): =18.95(d,J=8.2Hz, 1
H), 8.75 (m, 2 H), 8.70 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.55 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (m, 2 H), 7.44 (m, 2 H), 4.76 (m, 2 H), 4.43-4.15 (m,5 H), 3.80 (q, J =6.4 Hz, 1 H), 2.5-1.4 (m), 1.31 (d,J =6.8
Hz, 3 H); LCMS : m/e 528.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 25 0
SNA
N
HN H 4 0
HN ol
ACY
VII-46
[0504] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-(6- oxotetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxamido)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-ajazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0505] To a tert-butyl 3-(6-oxotetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-carboxamido)benzylcarbamate (20 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt.
After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (12 mg),
EDC-HCI (20 mg), HOBt (14 mg), N-methylmorpholine (20 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS: m/e 542.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 26 0
NA
N
HN H 4 0)
HN
Ty 0)
Go 0
VII-14
[0506] 4,4-dimethyl-2-oxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl 3-(((3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2- (methylamino)propanamido)-5-oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3- carboxamido)methyl)benzoate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0507] To a 4,4-dimethyl-2-oxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl 3-((tert- butoxycarbonylamino)methyl)benzoate (40 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (12 mg), EDC-HCI (5.6 mg), HOBt (4.3 mg), N- methylmorpholine (9.6 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt.
Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 557.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 27 0
NA
N
HN H 4 0)
HN
O.,
U1 o 0
VII-15
[0508] 2-oxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl 3-(((3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2- (methylamino)propanamido)-5-oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3- carboxamido)methyl)benzoate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0509] To a 2-oxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl 3-((tert-butoxycarbonylamino)methyl)benzoate (40 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (12 mg),
EDC-HCI (5.6 mg), HOBt (4.3 mg), N-methylmorpholine (9.6 pul) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 529.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 28 0
A
H N
HN 43 0
HN
A > 0 0
VII-17
[0510] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0xo-N-(3-(2- oxotetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-aJazocine-3-carboxamide:
The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0511] To 3-(3-(aminomethyl)phenoxy)dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one (10 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (12 mg), EDC-HCI (5.6 mg), HOBt (4.3 mg), N- methylmorpholine (9.6 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt.
Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 501.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 29 0
SNA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
Dn a! /
VII-18
[0512] (3S,6S,10aS)-N-(3-(acrylamidomethyl)benzyl)-6-((S)-2- (methylamino)propanamido)-5-oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0513] To 1,3-phenylenedimethanamine (0.1 mL) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (12 mg), EDC-HCI (5.6 mg), HOBt (4.3 mg), N-methylmorpholine (9.6 ul) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. At 0 °C, acryloyl chloride was added and stirred fot 10 imn at 0 °C. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 484.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 30 0
SA
N
HN H & 0
HN a 0
J
VII-19
[0514] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-N-(3-(3-methylbut-2- enoyl)benzyl)-5-oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0515] To a tert-butyl 3-(3-methylbut-2-enoyl)benzylcarbamate (40 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure.
To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (28 mg), EDC-HCI (17.3 mg),
HOBt (12.2 mg), N-methylmorpholine (25 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt.
The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 483.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 31 0
SA
H N
HN_ 43 0
HN
OH
N
0 0
VII-20
[0516] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((1S,45)-3- 0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carbonyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2- alazocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0517] To a tert-butyl 3-((1S,4S)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5- carbonyl)benzylcarbamate (55 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (28 mg), EDC-HCI (17.3 mg), HOBt (12.2 mg), N-methylmorpholine (25 ul) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as
TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 540.3 (M+1). VII-20
EXAMPLE 32 0
SNA
N
HN H 4
Oo oO
NH
0
Oo
VII-22
[0518] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((S)-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-3-ylcarbamoyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-ajazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0519] To a (S)-tert-butyl 3-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-3-ylcarbamoyl)benzylcarbamate (20 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt.
After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (20 mg),
EDC-HCI (17.3 mg), HOBt (12.2 mg), N-methylmorpholine (50 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 528.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 33 0
SA
H N
HN_ 43 0
HN
0 9! pads g
VII-25
[0520] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((1R,4R)-3- 0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carbonyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2- alazocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0521] To a tert-butyl 3-((1R,4R)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5- carbonyl)benzylcarbamate (30 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (11.5 mg), EDC-HCI (17 mg), HOBt (12 mg), N-methylmorpholine (10 ul) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as
TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 540.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 34 0
NA
N
HN H 4 0)
HN
H
An
U2 o 0
VII-27
[0522] (3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((R)-2- oxotetrahydrofuran-3-ylcarbamoyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-ajazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0523] To a (R)-tert-butyl 3-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-3-ylcarbamoyl)benzylcarbamate (37 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt.
After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (10 mg),
EDC-HCI (17.3 mg), HOBt (12.2 mg), N-methylmorpholine (10 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 528.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 35
H
N
N
Oo 0
HN Oo
Xf a)
VII-29
[0524] 3-(((3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5- oxodecahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamido)methyl)benzyl 3-oxobutanoate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0525] To (3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)methanol (10 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (13.7 mg), EDC-HCI (7 mg), HOBt (5.0 mg), N-methylmorpholine (10 pl) and the resulting mixture was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier). To a mixture of the isolated product (5 mg), 2,2,4-trimethyl-6-keto-1,3-dioxin (10 pl) in dimethoxyethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at 80 °C. The mixture was concentrated and diluted with dichloromethane (1 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 515.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 36 0
SNA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
O- 0 a 6)
VII-31
[0526] 3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-oxo-N-(3-(2- oxomorpholine-4-carbonyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0527] To a tert-butyl 3-(2-oxomorpholine-4-carbonyl)benzylcarbamate (20 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure.
To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (10 mg), EDC-HCI (10 mg),
HOBt (7 mg), N-methylmorpholine (10 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt.
The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 528.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 37 0
SA
N
HN H 4
Oo
HN
A
"g 0
Oo
VII-32
[0528] 3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-(((S)-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)methyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-ajazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0529] To a (S)-tert-butyl 3-((5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxamido)methyl)benzylcarbamate (10 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (10 mg), EDC-HCI (10 mg), HOBt (7 mg), N- methylmorpholine (10 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt.
Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 542.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 38 0
NA
HN k 4 N
Oo
HN
Oo
Oo
VII-33
[0530] 3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0xo0-N-(3-(((R)-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)methyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-ajazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0531] To a (R)-tert-butyl 3-((5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxamido)methyl)benzylcarbamate (10 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (10 mg), EDC-HCI (10 mg), HOBt (7 mg), N- methylmorpholine (10 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt.
Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 542.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 39 0
SA
N
HN H 4
Oo
HN
RL = 0 0 0)
VII-41
[0532] 3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0xo0-N-(3-(((R)-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methylcarbamoyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0533] To a (R)-tert-butyl 3-((5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- yl)methylcarbamoyl)benzylcarbamate (20 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (10 mg), EDC-HCI (20 mg), HOBt (14 mg), N- methylmorpholine (20 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt.
Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 542.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 40 0
SA
N
HN H 4
Oo
HN
H
Ai Om 0)
VIi-42
[0534] 3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-(((S)-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methylcarbamoyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0535] To a (S)-tert-butyl 3-((5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- yl)methylcarbamoyl)benzylcarbamate (20 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (10 mg), EDC-HCI (20 mg), HOBt (14 mg), N- methylmorpholine (20 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt.
Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 542.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 41 0
SA
N
HN H 4 0
HN
0
VII-43
[0536] 3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-(3-0x0-2-0xa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane-5-carbonyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-aJazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0537] To a tert-butyl 3-((1S,4S)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane-5- carbonyl)benzylcarbamate (20 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (10 mg), EDC-HCI (20 mg), HOBt (14 mg), N-methylmorpholine (20 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 544.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 42 0
SA
N
HN H 4 0
HN 0
O=X~N 0
VII-47
[0538] 3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-((1S)-7-0x0-6- oxa-2-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2-carbonyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]azocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0539] To a tert-butyl 3-((1R,55)-7-ox0-6-0xa-2-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2- carbonyl)benzylcarbamate (18 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (10 mg), EDC-HCI (20 mg), HOBt (14 mg), N-methylmorpholine (20 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 554.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 43 0
NA
HN N 4 N 0 { 2X oO
VII-48
[0540] 3S,6S,10aS)-6-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)-5-0x0-N-(3-(7-0x0-6-0xa-2- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2-carbonyl)benzyl)decahydropyrrolo[1,2-aJazocine-3- carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0541] To a tert-butyl 3-((1S,5R)-7-ox0-6-0xa-2-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2- carbonyl)benzylcarbamate (9.0 mg) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated under reduced pressure. To this residue in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) were added 1j (10 mg), EDC-HCI (10 mg), HOBt (7 mg), N-methylmorpholine (10 pl) and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 554.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 44
O xr
NA
HN N
HN 4 0
HN
Ors. dN
VIII-2
[0542] (S)-N-(3-acrylamidobenzyl)-1-((S)-3,3-dimethyl-2-((S)-2- (methylamino)propanamido)butanoyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
O
Ta. i) TFA
HN Bo le OH Boo. ii) Boc-N-Me-Ala-OH DEY N = H N EDC, HOBt BocoNN 7 4
Oo Oo —_— 0 0 0 0 ° 3b
Re 0 O iy Pd/C, Hy i) acryloyl chloride NA ii) 3-aminobenzyl amine N or EDC, HOB N N
EDC, HOBt _N. H be ii) TFA HN HJ - = Boc™ 0 _— o
Oo
HN HN
3c Re NH 2
J \
[0543] (S)-benzyl 1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3,3- dimethylbutanoyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (3a)
Boc.
N N
0 0 0
[0544] A mixture of proline benzyl ester (1.0 g), Boc-Tle-OH (1.05 g), HATU (1.73 g), diisopropylethylamine (0.5 mL) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After concentrating under reduced pressure, the residue was partitioned into EtOAc and saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO,, heptane:ethyl acetate, 60:40) to afford the desired 3a as white solid. LCMS : m/e 319.1 (M+1-'Bu).
[0545] (S)-benzyl 1-((S)-2-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino)propanamido)- 3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (3b) 0 be 1
Boe” NN H 0 be 0 0
[0546] To 3a (110 mg) in dry dichloromethane (2 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue in dry dichloromethane (3 mL) was treated with Boc-N-Me-
Ala-OH (59 mg), EDC-HCI (61 mg), HOBt (39 mg), diisopropylethylamine (0.10 mL), and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction mixture was partitioned into
EtOAc and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO, heptane:ethyl acetate, 40:60) to give the desired 3b as colorless oil. 'H NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl3): =7.34(m,5H),519(d, J=11.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.12 (d, J =11.9 Hz, 1 H), 4.7 (m, 1
H), 4.61 (d, J =14.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.57 (m, 1 H), 3.86 (m, 1 H), 3.69 (m, 1 H), 2.79 (s, 3 H), 2.22 (m, 1 H), 1.97 (m, 2 H), 1.48 (s, 9 H), 1.35 (m, 1 H), 0.98 (s, 9 H); LCMS : m/e 404.3 (M+1- ‘Bu).
[0547] tert-butyl (S)-1-((S)-1-((S)-2-(3-aminobenzylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3,3- dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (3c) 0 xX
NA
H N
Boe NN 0 0
HN
[0548] Benzyl ester 3b (100 mg) in dry methanol (10 mL) was hydrogenated in the presence of palladium on carbon (10%, wet type) for 2 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue in dry dichloromethane (3 mL) was treated with 3-aminobenzylamine (30 mg), EDC-HCI (61 mg), HOBt (39 mg), diisopropylethylamine (0.10 mL), and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction mixture was partitioned into EtOAc and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate.
The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The residue was purified by column chromatography (Si0,, dichloromethane:isopropanol, 90:10) to give the desired 3c as colorless oil. "HNMR (400 MHz, CDCls): LCMS: m/e 418.2 (M+1-'Bu). 0 hg
SA
N
HN H 4
Oo
HN
Ors
I
VIII-2
[0549] S)-N-(3-acrylamidobenzyl)-1-((S)-3,3-dimethyl-2-((S)-2- (methylamino)propanamido)butanoyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide
[0550] To a mixture of the aniline 3¢ (14 mg) and triethylamine (20 pl) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added acryloyl chloride (10 ul) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi- prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid 4 as TFA salt. '"H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-
ds): =10.0(s,1H), 8.75 (m,2H),853(d,J=87Hz 1H),837(t,]J=6.0Hz, 1 H), 7.52 (s,1H),7.45(,J=82Hz 1H), 7.17 (t, J=8.2Hz, 1 H), 6.95 (d, J =7.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.38 (dd, J=10.1, 16.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.19 (dd, J = 2.3, 16.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.69 (dd, J = 2.3 Hz, 10.1 Hz, 1
H), 4.46 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1 H), 4.29 (m, 1 H), 4.19 (m, 1 H), 3.87 (m, 1 H), 3.65 (m, 2 H), 2.04 (m, 1 H), 1.93 (m, 1 H), 1.78 (m, 2 H), 1.25(d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3 H), 0.95 (s, 9 H); LCMS : m/e 472.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 45 0 hg
NA
H N
Boc~N~ 0
Oo
HN
Ors dN
VIII-1
[0551] tert-butyl (S)-1-((S)-1-((S)-2-(3-acrylamidobenzylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)- 3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0552] To a mixture of the aniline 3¢ (14 mg) and triethylamine (20 pl) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added acryloyl chloride (10 pul) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid 4. LCMS : m/e 472.2 (M+1-Bu).
EXAMPLE 46 0 r
SNA
H N
HN 3 be
Oo 0 0
My AT
Oph
VIII-3
[0553] (S)-1-((S)-3,3-dimethyl-2-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)butanoyl)-N-(3- ((R)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)benzyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0554] To a mixture of the aniline 3¢ (12 mg), (R)-5-ox0-2-tetrahydrofurancarboxylic acid (6 mg), EDC-HCl (10 mg), HOBt (7 mg), diisopropylethylamine (10 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 530.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 47 0 r
A
H N
HN 3 © oN
HN Wau =O
Or
VII-7
[0555] (S)-1-((S)-3,3-dimethyl-2-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)butanoyl)-N-(3- ((R)-4-oxoazetidine-2-carboxamido)benzyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0556] To a mixture of the aniline 3¢ (12 mg), (R)-4-oxo0-2-azetidinecarboxylic acid (6 mg), EDC-HCI (10 mg), HOBt (7 mg), diisopropylethylamine (10 pl) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred 10 min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 515.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 48 0
NN
0 NH
SA AL
H N
HN A
0
HN
Drs
C
\
VIII-5
[0557] (S)-1-((S)-3-acrylamido-2-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)propanoyl)-N- (3-acrylamidobenzyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
NHCbz ) TFA
HN NHCbz Boc y ~ ii) Boc-N-Me-Ala-OH be Boc. EDC, HOB N N EDC, HOBt oN N" Y—oH ” 0 —
Oo Oo
Oo “0 0 NHCbz 0 NHCbz
NA i) LIOH NA ii) 3-aminobenzyl amine oN N EDC, HOBt oN N Pd/C, Hy
Boc” \ 0 _— Boc” \ 0 -—
Oo Oo
Oo HN “0 “Om 0 NH; 0
NA i) acryloyl chloride Me N ii) TFA H
N NOY PIER es Ais HN ~N N < Oo
Boc™ 0 H z QO py oO © Sw 7
HN N
0 H “yw
[0558] (S)-benzyl 1-((S)-3-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-2-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)propanoyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (4a)
NHCbz
Boc
N N
Oo 0 0
[0559] A mixture of proline benzyl ester (0.66 g), Boc-Dap(Z2)-OH (1.1 g), EDC-HCI (0.58 g), HOBt (370 mg), diisopropylethylamine (1.0 mL), in DCM (10 mL) was stirred overnight at RT. After concentrating under reduced pressure, the residue was partitioned into
EtOAc and saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO, heptane:ethyl acetate, 60:40) to afford the desired 4a as white foam. LCMS : m/e 426.2 (M+1-'Bu).
[0560] (S)-benzyl 1-((S)-3-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-2-((S)-2-(tert- butoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino)propanamido)propanoyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (4b) 0 NHCbz
NA AL
N N
Boe” N~ 0
Oo
[0561] To 4a (1.15 g) in dry dichloromethane (10 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) dropwise at rt. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue in dry dichloromethane (10 mL) was treated with Boc-N-
Me-Ala-OH (489 mg), EDC-HCI (505 mg), HOBt (325 mg), diisopropylethylamine (0.60 mL), and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction mixture was partitioned into EtOAc and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO,, heptane:ethyl acetate, 40:60) to give the desired 4b as white solid.
LCMS : m/e 511.2 (M+1-'Bu).
[0562] tert-butyl (S)-1-((S)-3-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-1-((S)-2-(3- aminobenzylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-1-oxopropan-2- yl(methyl)carbamate (4c) 0 NHCbz
NA
-
Boc~ 0
Oo
HN
Oe
[0563] To 4b (540 mg) in water (3 mL) was added 74 mg of lithium hydroxide in 3 mL of methanol at 0 °C. After 30 min, the mixture was acidified to pH 3.0 using 1 N-HCI and partitioned into ethyl acetate The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue in dry dichloromethane (10 mL) was treated with 3-aminobenzylamine (130 mg), EDC-HCI (204 mg), HOBt (131 mg), diisopropylethylamine (0.60 mL), and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction mixture was partitioned into EtOAc and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO,, dichloromethane:isopropanol, 90:10) to give the desired 4¢ as white solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCls): LCMS: m/e 625.3 (M+1).
[0564] tert-butyl (S)-1-((S)-3-amino-1-((S)-2-(3-aminobenzylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-1- yl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (4d) 0 NH;
NA AL
N N
Boc™N\ 0 0
HN
Or
[0565] To 4b (30 mg) in dry methanol (5 mL) was hydrogenated in the presence of palladium on carbon (10%, wet type) for 2 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 4d. LCMS : m/e 491.3 (M+1).
[0566] (S)-1-((S)-3-acrylamido-2-((S)-2-(methylamino)propanamido)propanoyl)-N- (3-acrylamidobenzyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide (VIII-5) {I~
Me H N
Me. Nr N “No HN : Oo
H : © NH de
H
(o
[0567] To a mixture of the aniline 4d (14 mg) and triethylamine (20 pl) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added acryloyl chloride (10 pul) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred min at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi- prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid VIII-S as TFA salt. LCMS : m/e 499.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 49 0
NE
0 NH
SA AL
N N
Boc™ NN 0 0
HN
Or
C
\
VIIi-4
[0568] tert-butyl (S)-1-((S)-3-acrylamido-1-((S)-2-(3- acrylamidobenzylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-1-oxopropan-2- yl(methyl)carbamate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0569] To a mixture of the aniline 4d (14 mg) and triethylamine (20 pl) in dry dichloromethane (1 mL) was added acryloyl chloride (10 pul) dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 10 min at 0 °C, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified using semi-prep HPLC (TFA modifier) to give a white solid. LCMS : m/e 499.2 (M+1-'Bu).
C. XIAP BIOLOGICAL DATA
EXAMPLE 50
Homogeneous, Fluorescence Polarization, Competition Binding Assay Protocol for
Affinity Assessment of Compound Binding to XIAP, cIAP-1 and ML-IAPB BIR3
Domains
[0570] 1X stocks of recombinant human XIAP; BIR3 domain (895-XB), recombinant human cIAP-1 (818-IA) or recombinant human ML-IAPf (818-IA) from R&D Systems and
Fluorescence Polarization (FP) assay tracer (Atto-647 tagged IAP inhibitor probe compound) were prepared in assay buffer consisting of 25 mM Tris-HCL, pH 7.5 (Sigma), 10 mM NaCl, (Sigma), 1 mM DTT (Fluka) and 0.005% TritonX-100 (Pierce). While IAP protein and tracer equilibrated at ambient temp in the dark (30-60 min), 100X stocks of test compound were prepared in 50% DMSO:H,0, serially diluted and spotted (0.5 L/well) in duplicate wells of a 384-well, flat bottom, polypropylene, black assay plate (Greiner #781209).
Amounts used with respect to each protein were as follows: [XIAP] = 120 nM, [Assay
Tracer] = 20 nM (Tracer:Protein Kg = 83 - 61 nM; 0-3 hr); [cIAP-1] = 30 nM, [Assay Tracer] = 10 nM (Tracer:Protein K4 = 37 - 14 nM; 0-1 hr); and [ML-IAPB] = 100 nM, [Assay Tracer] = 15 nM (Tracer:Protein Ky = 43-55 nM; 0-3 hr). Competition binding between test compounds and assay tracer was initiated by the addition of 50 L/well of pre-equilibrated
IAP protein and assay tracer. Displacement of the assay tracer was measured in a Synergy plate reader from BioTek (Winooski, VT) at Ax620/Aem680 through a 660 nm half-sized dicroich mirror and S/P polarizing filters every 30 min for 3 hr. (See Huang, X., Journal of
Biomolecular Screening 8, 2003). The resulting compound dose response data were fit to a one-site binding Kj model in GraphPad Prism from GraphPad Software (San Diego, CA).
[0571] Table 2 shows the activity of selected compounds of this invention in the Ki (XIAP), Ki (c-IAP-1, 3 h), and Ki (ML-IAP, 2 h) Assays. Compounds having an activity designated as “A” provide an IC50 < 10 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “B” provide an IC50 > 10 nM and < 100 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “C” provide an IC50 > 100 nM and < 1000 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “D” provide an IC50 > 1000 nM and < 10,000 nM; and compounds having an activity designated as “E” provide an IC50 > 10,000 nM.
TABLE 2
Cee eee a —
Cee
Cee
Cee
Cee ee eee em eee ee eee eee ee
Cee
Cee i a —
ewe eee eee ee eee eee rp i A a A i ee eee eee ee a i ee ee
Cee
Cee
Cee
Cee a a —
Enzyme/Ki Inhibition Designation
D. MASS SPECTROMETRIC ANALYSIS OF XIAP CONTACTED WITH
COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION
EXAMPLE 51
[0572] Intact XIAP was incubated for 18hr at a 10- fold excess of VII-1to protein. 3ul aliquots of the samples were diluted with 10ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C4 ZipTipping directly onto the MALDI target using Sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10mg/mL in 0.1%TFA: Acetonitrile 50:50). The top panel of Figure 6 shows mass spectrometric trace of the intact XIAP protein (m/z 13,096 Da). The bottom panel of Figure 6 shows mass spectrometric trace of XIAP incubated with VII-1(mw=469.59) for 18hr (m/z of 13,513), which shows a mass shift of 417 Da, with no m/z of 13,096, which indicates complete modification of XIAP by VII-1within 18h.
EXAMPLE 52
[0573] Intact XIAP was incubated for 18hr at a 10- fold excess of VII-1to protein. After incubation, the protein was cleaned using a low volume ZEBA desalting column and then diluted with an equal volume of 0.2M ammonium bicarbonate with ImM DTT. The protein was then reduced by heating at 56°C for 45 min. After incubation, the sample was allowed to cool to room temperature and a 1.9 pug/uL iodoacetamide solution was added and incubated for 30min at room temperature to alkylate cysteine residues. Sequencing grade trypsin (promega) was added at a 1:20 (protease:protein) ratio and incubated at 37 oC for 16 hours. Peptides are then purified and enriched using C4 packed pipette tips (Millipore) and spotted directly on the MALDI target plate with alpha-cyano-4- hydroxy-cinnamic acid as the matrix (10mg/mL in 0.1%TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50).
[0574] The top panel of Figure 7 shows the mass spectrometric trace of the mass region for the control XIAP digest, and the bottom panel of Figure 7 shows the mass spectrometric trace for the digest of XIAP incubated with VII-1. A peptide with a m/z of 1,826 Da is identified in the XIAP + VII-21 digest, but was not observed in the control XIAP digest, which corresponds to the mass of the peptide amino acids 287-299 (AGFYALGEGDKVK) from XIAP containing a single VII-1 modification. Modification of the peptide occurred at lysine K297 and not at K299, because if the modification had occurred at K299, the trypsin digest would not occur at that site, indicating that VII-1binds to K297 of XIAP.
EXAMPLE 53
[0575] Intact XIAP was incubated for 18hr at a 10- fold excess of VII-21 to protein. 3ul aliquots of the samples were diluted with 10ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C4 ZipTipping directly onto the MALDI target using Sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10mg/mL in 0.1%TFA:Acectonitrile 50:50). Results: The top panel of Figure 8 shows the mass spectrometric trace of intact XIAP protein ( m/z 12,994 Da). The bottom panel of Figure 8 shows the mass spectrometric trace of XIAP incubated with VII-21 (mw=572.62) for 18hr (m/z of 13,516), which shows a mass shift of 522 Da, and no m/z at 12,994 Da, indicating complete modification of XIAP by VII-21 within 18h.
EXAMPLE 54
[0576] Intact XIAP was incubated for 18hr at a 10- fold excess of VII-21 to protein.
After incubation the protein was cleaned using a low volume ZEBA desalting column and then diluted with an equal volume of 100 mM TrisHCI, 10mM CaCl,, with ImM DTT pH 7.8. The protein was then reduced by heating at 56°C for 45min. After incubation, the sample was then allowed to cool to room temperature and then a 1.9 pg/ul iodoacetamide solution was added and incubated for 30min at room temperature to alkylate cysteine residues. Finally, chymotrypsin (Roche) was added at a 1:20 (protease:protein) ratio and incubated at room temperature for 16 hours. Peptides were then purified and enriched using C4 packed pipette tips (Millipore) and spotted directly on the MALDI target plate with alpha-cyano-4-hydroxy-cinnamic acid as the matrix (10mg/mL in 0.1%TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50).
[0577] The top panel of Figure 9 shows the mass spectrometric trace of the mass region of the moleculer weight for the control XIAP digest, and the bottom panel of Figure 9 shows the mass spectrometric trace of the digest of XIAP incubated with VII-21. A peptide with an m/z of 1,750 Da is identified in the XIAP + VII-21 digest that is absent in the control XIAP digest. This peptide corresponds to the mass of the peptide of amino acids 291-301 (ALGEGDKVKCF) from XIAP containing a single VII-21 modification and the cysteine alkylated iodoacetamide.
C. HCV PROTEASE SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 55
N
=o
Q
A 1&2
N oN” J
BocHN,, Oo 5 H . 0
Oo
Q) /—06
Oo
XVI-16
[0578] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-0x0-5-((1R,4R)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)pentanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
Intermediate 1a
N
No
N
Bod NH O
J Z
_ Ot
[0579] To a solution of (1R, 25)-1-amino-2-vinylcyclopropane carboxylic acid ethyl ester toluenesulfonic acid (0.33 g, 1.0 mmol) and (2S,4R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(4- fluoroisoindoline-2-carbonyloxy)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (0.4 g, 1.0 mmol) in 10 mL of acetonitrile was added HATU (0.44 g, 1.2 mmol) and then DIEA (0.46 mL, 2.5 mmol) under stirring. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for two hours. After the complete consumption of starting materials, the reaction mixture was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in 30 mL ethyl acetate and washed with water and brine twice and dried over Na,SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subjected to chromatography on silica gel (hexane:EtOAc = 1:1). 0.35 g of the title compound was obtained: MS m/z: 532.0 (ES+).
Intermediate 1b oo
N
Bod’ NH O
J
_ OH
[0580] To a solution of the product of step 1a (0.35 g, 0.66 mmol) in 5 mL of THF/
MeOH (1:1) was added 1N LiOH aqueous solution (2 mL, 2.0 mmol). After stirring at r.t. for hours, the reaction mixture was neutralized with 1.0 N HCI. The organic solvents were evaporated under vacuum, and the remaining aqueous phase was acidified to pH~3 using 1.0
N HCI and was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvent, 0.3 g of the title compound was obtained: MS m/z: 526.2 (M+Na").
Intermediate 1c
N
A
N
Bod” NH O _ H—s—<]
Oo
[0581] To a solution of the product of steplb (0.30 g, 0.6 mmol) in 10 mL of DCM was added CDI (0.16 g, 1.0 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at 40°C for 1 hour. cyclopropylsulfonamide (0.18 g, 1.5 mmol) and DBU (0.16 g, 1.0 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture. The mixture was stirred at 40°C for additional 10 hours. The solvent was then removed and the residue was diluted with EtOAc and was washed with aqueous NaOAc buffer (pH~5, 2x10 mL), NaHCO; solution and brine. After drying over Na,SOs and removal of solvent, the residue was subjected to chromatography on silica gel using hexane/EtOAc (1:1~1:2). A total of 0.30 g of the title compound was obtained: Rs 0.1 (EtOAc:hexane = 1:1), MS m/z: 605.0 (ES-).
Intermediate 1d
N
No
HN
NH © _ H—s—<] oO
[0582] The product from step lc (0.25 g, 0.41 mmol) was dissolved in 4 N HCI in dioxane. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 hour. After removal of solvents, a 10-mL portion of DCM was poured in followed by evaporation to dryness. This process of DCM addition followed by evaporation was repeated four times to give a residue solid which was used directly for the next step: MS m/z: 507.0 (M+H").
Intermediate le
O
N
H HCI
[0583] To a stirring solution of 213 mg (IR, 4R)-3-Oxo-2-oxa-5-aza- bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (213 mg, Immol) in 1 mL of DCM , was added 2.0 mL of 4 M HCl in dioxane. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min, and evaporated to dryness, giving desired HCI salt used directly for the following step.
Intermediate 11:
BocHN,, _CO,Bn
Cs
CO)
Pas
Oo
[0584] To a stirring mixture of 1-benzyl-N-Boc-L-glutamate (170 mg, 0.5 mmol), 0.5 mmol of intermediate le, and 250 pl of Hunig’s base in 2 mL of DCM, was added 1.5 mL of 0.5 M 2-chloro-1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinium chlorides solution in DCM. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min, and concentrate. The residue was subject to routine workup with EtOAc, 1N aqueous HCI, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the product was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel with heptane/EtOAc Yi, giving 146 mg of color less oil (67%). LC-MS: 333.2 (ES+, M -
Boc)
Intermediate 1g:
BocHN,, CO.H !
CO)
Pas
Oo
[0585] 140 mg of benzyl ester from previous step was subject to hydrogenationi with 20 mg of Pd(OH), as catalyst in anhydrous MeOH. After 1 hr at rt, LC-MS showed completion of the removal of benzyl group. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and concentrated to give desired acid as foamy solid. LC-MS: 243.2 (ES+, M-Boc).
Intermediate 1h:
BocHN,,, CO,H
C5
M g Oo
[0586] Intermediate 1h was synthesized in the same way as for preparing intermediate
Ig while using enantiomeric bicyclic lactone as starting material in the step for making intermediate le.
Intermediate 1i:
BocHN,, CO,H ¥
O od ©
[0587] Intermediate 1i was synthesized in the same way for preparing intermediate 1g using 1-benzyl-N-Boc-aspartate for making intermediate 1f instead of 1-benzyl-N-boc-L- glutamate.
Intermediate 1j:
BocHN,,, CO,H ¥
M g 0
[0588] Intermediate 1j was synthesized in the same way for preparing intermediate 1h using 1-benzyl-N-Boc-L-aspartate for making intermediate 1f instead of 1-benzyl-N-boc-L- glutamate.
N
=o
Oo
LA 1 RY QO
N .S
N oN
BocHN,, 0 5 J . O oO
Q
7 g
XVI-16
[0589] (55)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-oxo-5-((1R ,4R )-3-0x0-2-0xa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)pentanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonyl- carbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-16): To a mixture of 15 mg of intermediate 1d, 8 mg of intermediate 1g, and 20 ul of Hunig’s base in 1 mL of DMA, was added 20 mg of HATU. After stirring at rt for 20 min, the resulting mixture was purified by Prep-HPLC, giving XVI-16. LC-MS: 829.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 56
N
=o
Q
LA L&2
N N”
BocHN,, 0 x J . [0] oO
MM
0 oO
XVI-17
[0590] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-0x0-5-((1S,4S)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)pentanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0591] (55)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-ox0-5-((1S,4S)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)pentanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonyl ~~ carbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-17): The title compound was prepared in the same manner as for XVI-16, using intermediate 1h for the final step instead of intermediate 1g. LC-MS: 829.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 57
N
=0
Q
LA 1&2
N oN J
BocHN,, Oo 5 H . 0
Oo
I~ oO Oo
XVI-15
[0592] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-0x0-4-((1S,4S)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5S-yl)butanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0593] (55)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-oxo-4-((1S,4S)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)butanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonyl carbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-15): The title compound was prepared in the same manner as for XVI-16, using intermediate 1i for the final step instead of intermediate 1g. LC-MS: 815.3 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 58
N
=0
Q
LA 1&2
N oN” J
BocHN,, Oo 5 H . 0
Oo
QO) 6
XVI-14
[0594] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-0x0-4-((1R,4R)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5S-yl)butanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
[0595] (55)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-oxo-4-((1R ,4R )-3-0x0-2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)butanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonyl carbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-14): The title compound was prepared in the same manner as for XVI-16, using intermediate 1j for the final step instead of intermediate 1g. LC-MS: 815.3 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 59 {
N
=o
Oo
Li TP
N 7 N° x 8
Oo jon
Oo
Oo
XVI-23
[0596] (5S)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-1-((S)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carbonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4- fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-23): The title compound was synthesized in the same chemistry as preparation for XVI-16 using intermediate 1d to couple with (25)- 5-oxo- tetrahydro-furan-2-carboxylic acid. LC-MS: 617.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 60 {
N
)=o0
Oo {8 LX
N 7 N° J 0 = H
WRN
0
Je
Oo
XVI-22
[0597] (5S)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-1-((R)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carbonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4- fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-22): The title compound was synthesized in the same chemistry as preparation for XVI-16 using intermediate 1d to couple with (2R)- 5-oxo- tetrahydro-furan-2-carboxylic acid. LC-MS: 617.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 61 {
N
=0
Oo oN: 1&2
N 7 N”
YEN
No
NH
Jo 0
XVI-13
[0598] (5S)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylceyclopropylcarbamoyl)-1-(2-((S)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxamido)acetyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl ~~ 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate: = The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
Intermediate 2a oo
N
— NH ©
HN, © ° TR 9
Boe __fN HN-5—=<] 0
[0599] To a solution of intermediate 1d (0.12 g, 0.22 mmol) and N-Boc-glycine (0.054g, 0.31 mmol) in 4.0 mL of acetonitrile was added HATU (133 mg, 0.35 mmol) and DIEA (0.12 mL, 0.66 mmol) at r.t. under stirring. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h. LC-MS and
TLC analysis indicated completion of the coupling reaction. A 20-mL of EtOAc was poured in and the mixture was washed with a buffer (pH~4, AcONa/AcOH), NaHCOs and brine, and was dried over Na ,SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subjected to chromatography on silica gel (cluents: EtOAc/hexane). A total of 0.10 g of the title compound was obtained: Rf 0.2 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 664.0 (M+H").
Intermediate 2b oo
N
— NH ©
HoN lo} ya Q _ HN=-$—<] 0
[0600] The intermediate 2a (0.10 g, 0.15 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of 4 N HCI in dixoxane and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at RT. After removal of solvents, a 3-mL portion of DCM was poured in followed by evaporation to dryness. This process of DCM addition followed by evaporation was repeated three times to give the title compound
Intermediate 2b as its HCl salt (0.10 g). MS m/z: 564.0 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 62
N
=0
Oo
A I 4&2
N 7 N°
EN
So
NH
Jo 0 0
XVI-13
[0601] (5S)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylceyclopropylcarbamoyl)-1-(2-((S)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxamido)acetyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-13): The title compound was synthesized in the same chemistry as preparation for XVI-23 using intermediate 2b to couple with (2S)- 5-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-2-carboxylic acid. LC-MS: 676.2 (ES+), 674.1 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 63 {
N
=o
Oo {A SY
N 7 N°
VL
No ol a 0
Oo
XVI-12
[0602] (5S)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylceyclopropylcarbamoyl)-1-(2-((R)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxamido)acetyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-12): The title compound was synthesized in the same chemistry as preparation for XVI-13 using intermediate 2b to couple with (2R)- 5-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-2-carboxylic acid. LC-MS: 676.2 (ES+), 674.1 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 64
N
)=0
Oo
H 0 Q LO
N -S
BocHN 4
So ©
NH
Je
Oo
XVI-21
[0603] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-((S)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
Intermediate 3a .
N
~~
Fmoc, \
HN N
HN 0 Ca i oO HN—S—=<
[0604] To a solution of intermediate 1d (0.16 g, 0.28 mmol) and N-Boc-3- (Fmoc)amino-L-alanine (0.15 g, 0.35 mmol) in 5.0 mL of DMF was added HATU (125 mg, 0.33 mmol) and DIEA (130 mg, 1.0 mmol) at r.t. under stirring. TLC analysis indicated completion of the coupling reaction had occurred after one hour. A 20-mL portion of EtOAc was poured in and the mixture was washed with a buffer (pH~4, AcONa/AcOH), NaHCO; and brine, and was dried over MgSQOj4. After removal of solvent, the crude oil product was subjected to chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane). A total of 0.14 g of the title compound was obtained. LC-MS: 915.9 (ES+)
Intermediate 3b r
N
A
HN N
DE NH 0
HN 0 Cc i oO HN—=¢&
[0605] A solution of 0.10 g of the product of intermediate 3a in 1 mL of DMF with 12% piperidine was stirred for 1.5 hours at r.t. and then was evaporated to dryness under high vacuum. The residue was trituated with hexane/ether (4:1) to yield 70 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: 693.2 (ES+), 691.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 65
N
)=0
Oo
H 0 Q LO
N -S
BocHN 4
N 0 0 “NH or
Oo
XVI-21
[0606] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-((S)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-21):
The title compound was synthesized in the same chemistry as preparation for XVI-23 using intermediate 3b to couple with (2S)- 5-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-2-carboxylic acid. LC-MS: 803.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 66
N
=o
Oo {8 L&2
N 7 ON’ J
BocHN z+ H ~o 0 5
Ng 2% 0
Oo
XVI-20
[0607] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-((R)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-20):
The title compound was synthesized in the same chemistry as preparation for XVI-21 using intermediate 3b to couple with (2R)- 5-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-2-carboxylic acid. LC-MS: 803.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 67
N
)=0 0
H 0 AP
N 7, N° J
BocHN._L, 0 > H : 0
Lo
Lo 0 oO
XVI-19
[0608] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-((S)-N-methyl-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,25)-1- (cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4- fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
Intermediate 4a
Ly OH
SO
Cow
S=q
Cre
[0609] To a solution of (S)-3-amino-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid (2.04 g, mmol), TEA (4.5 mL, 30 mmol) in 50 mL CH,Cl, was added nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride (2.9 g, 13.0 mmol) at RT. The mixture was stirred for 10 hours at RT. The solvent was removed under vacuum followed by the addition of 100 mL EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with 1 N HCI (to pH 3), water and brine. The organic layer was dried over
NaySOy, filtered and the solvent was removed to afford the crude Intermediate 4a (4.0 g).
Intermediate 4b
OMe
SO
Tod
[0610] The crude Intermediate 4a (2.0 g), K,COs; (1.5, 4 equiv.) were dissolved in 10 mL
DMEF. Mel (0.8 mL, 4 eqiv.) was added to the reaction at RT. The resulting mixture was stirred for 20 hours. The DMF was mostly removed under vacuum and 100 mL EtOAc was added and the mixture was washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over
Na,S0O4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subject to a short silica gel column (cluents: EtOAc/hexane) to produce 1.62 g of the Intermediate 4b. MS m/z: 439.9 (M+Na").
Intermediate 4¢ yo oH
Soyo ’ od”
[0611] To a solution of Intermediate 4b (1.6 g, 3.8 mmol) in 10 mL of THF/MeOH (1:1) was added 1 N LiOH aqueous solution (5.8 mL, 5.8 mmol). After stirring at r.t. for 10 hours, the reaction mixture was neutralized with 1.0 N HCL. The organic solvent was evaporated under vacuum, and the remaining aqueous phase was acidified to pH~3 using 1.0 N HCI and was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, and was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, 1.5 g of Intermediate 4c was obtained.
MS m/z: 402.0 (ES-).
Intermediate 4d
F
Ao NP
Q 7
Ou, { Lr
Or Ae
N H
H
NN SS
0 XN
Sz ore
[0612] To a solution of Intermediate 1d (0.12 g, 0.20 mmol) and Intermediate 4c (0.12 g, 0.3 mmol) in 5.0 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile was added HATU (0.11 g, 0.3 mmol) and
DIEA (0.14 mL, 0.9 mmol) at r.t. under stirring. TLC analysis and LC-MS indicated completion of the coupling reaction after one hour. A 20-mL portion of EtOAc was poured in and the mixture was washed with a buffer (pH~4, AcONa/AcOH), NaHCO; and brine.
The organic layer was dried over Na,SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subjected to chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane). A total of 0.10 g of
Intermediate 4d was obtained: Rr 0.1 (EtOAc); MS m/z: 891.8 (M+H").
Intermediate 4e
F
Ao NP
QQ 7
O.,, [ Lr
A
N H
H
NN ~ 0 Sy
H
[0613] To a solution of Intermediate 4d (0.10 g, 0.11 mmol) in 3 mL DMF was added phenylthiol (30 mg, 0.26 mmol) and K,CO; (40 mg, 0.3 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred for 20 hours at RT. 30 mL EtOAc was added and the mixture was washed with water and brine and water. The organic layer was dried over Na,SO,4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subjected to chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane) to produce 0.1 g of crude Intermediate 4e. MS m/z: 706.9 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 68 tH
N
=0
Oo oN: LAP
BocHN.__L go WV : 0 ©
Se
J
J Oo
XVI-19
[0614] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-((S)-N-methyl-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,25)-1- (cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4- fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-19): The title compound was synthesized in the same chemistry as preparation for XVI-21 using intermediate 4e instead of intermediate 3b to couple with (2R)- 5-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-2-carboxylic acid. LC-MS: 817.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 69 {
N
=o
Oo
H 0 Q LO
N -S
BocHN - ~N 0 Oo
Se ot
Oo 0)
XVI-18
[0615] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-((R)-N-methyl-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)propanoyl)-5-((1R,25)-1- (cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4- fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-18): The title compound was synthesized in the same chemistry as preparation for XVI-20 using intermediate 4e instead of intermediate 3b to couple with (2§)- 5-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-2-carboxylic acid. LC-MS: 817.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 70 {
N
=o
Oo
H 0 Q LO
N -S
BocHN 4
ER 0 0
NH
Je
Oo
XVI-11
[0616] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-((S)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxamido)butanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
Intermediate Sa {
N
)=0
Oo
H Q AP
YY NY
BocHN “
ER 0 0
NH.
[0617] Intermediate 5a was prepared in the same way as for intermediate 3b using (S)-4- (((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonylamino)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid instead of N-Boc-3-(Fmoc)amino-L-alanine. LC-MS: 707.2 (ES+)
EXAMPLE 71 {
N
=0
Oo oN: IL 4&2
N 7 N” J
BocHN > H
ER 0 0 =
NH
Jo 0)
XVI-11
[0618] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-((S)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxamido)butanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-11):
The title compound was synthesized in the same chemistry as preparation for XVI-19 using intermediate 5a instead of intermediate 4e to couple with (25)- 5-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-2- carboxylic acid. LC-MS: 817.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 72 {
N
=0
Oo oN: IL 4&2
N 7 N” J
BocHN > H
ER 0 0 =
Ll 0)
XVI-10
[0619] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-((R)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxamido)butanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-10):
The title compound was synthesized in the same chemistry as preparation for XVI-18 using intermediate 5a instead of intermediate 4e to couple with (25)- 5-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-2- carboxylic acid. LC-MS: 817.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 73
MeO XN .N 0 oN: IL &2
N ZN” J
BocHN,, 0 5 H . O
Oo
IM
0 0
XVI-9
[0620] tert-butyl (2S5)-1-((25)-2-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxyisoquinolin-1-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,5- dioxo-5-((1S,4S5)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)pentan-2-ylcarbamate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
Intermediate 6a
MeO XN
ZN
0 oN: IL &2
N 7 °N~ ; go v 0
[0621] Intermediate 6a was prepared following the procedure published in WO 2006086381.
Intermediate 6b:
BocHN,, COzH
C5 9 3 Oo
[0622] Intermediate 6b was synthesized in the same way for preparing intermediate 1g using (1S,4S)-tert-butyl 3-oxo0-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane-5-carboxylate as starting material in preparing intermediate le instead of (/R, 4R)-3-Oxo-2-oxa-5-aza- bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. LC-MS: 355.1 (ES-).
Intermediate 6c:
BocHN,, COzH
Cs
D
0
[0623] Intermediate 6¢ was synthesized in the same way for preparing intermediate 1g using (1S, 55)-6-oxa-2-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-7-one in preparing intermediate le instead of (IR, 4R)-3-Ox0-2-oxa-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. LC-
MS: 355.1 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 74
MeO XN .N
Oo oN: IAP
N 7 ON” J
BocHN,, 0 5 H . O
Oo
IM
0 0
XVI-9
[0624] tert-butyl (2S5)-1-((25)-2-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxyisoquinolin-1-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,5- dioxo-5-((1S,4S)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)pentan-2-ylcarbamate (XVI-9): The title compound was synthesized in the same way as for XVI-17 using intermediate 6a as starting material instead of intermediate 1d. LC-MS: 825.3 (ES+), 823.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 75
MeO XN
PAN
Oo
H 2 A © \ pag 2 NV
BocHN., 0
Oo
Oo ) 6
XVI-8
[0625] tert-butyl (2S5)-1-((25)-2-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinyleyclo propylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxyisoquinolin-1-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,5- dioxo-5-((1R,4R)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)pentan-2-ylcarbamate (XVI-8): The title compound was synthesized in the same way as for XVI-16 using intermediate 6a as starting material instead of intermediate 1d. LC-MS: 825.3 (ES+), 823.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 76
MeO NN ~N
Oo oN: LAE
N 7 N° J
BocHN,, Oo 5 H . O 0
IM
0 0
XVI-7
[0626] tert-butyl (2S5)-1-((25)-2-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclo propylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxyisoquinolin-1-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,4- dioxo-4-((1S,4S5)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)butan-2-ylcarbamate (XVI- 7): The title compound was synthesized in the same way as for XVI-15 using intermediate 6a as starting material instead of intermediate 1d. LC-MS: 811.2 (ES+), 809.1 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 77
MeO 9 = N 0 oO o 0 ; \/
NT
N H a A © y 0 z ZF 0 0 < 0 o
N
0 0 {~ A ° ,,, 0
N
H
SL 3 ~N 0
XVI-27
[0627] N1-((2S)-1-((25)-2-((1S,2R)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxyisoquinolin-1-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,5- dioxo-5-((1S,4S)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)pentan-2-yl)-N5-(15-0x0- 19-((3aS,4S,6aR)-2-oxohexahydro-1H-thieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl)-4,7,10-trioxa-14- azanonadecyl)glutaramide (XVI-27): To a solution of 2 mg of XVI-7 in 100 ul of anhydrous DCM, was added 50 ul of TFA. After stirring at rt for 1 hr, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was dried in vacuum for 2 hr. 0.5 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile was then added, followed by 50 ul of Hunig’s base, 5 mg of 5,21- diox0-25-((3aS,4S,6aR)-2-oxohexahydro-1H-thieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl)-10,13,16-trioxa- 6,20-diazapentacosan-1-oic acid and 6 mg of HATU. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr, then purified by prep-HPLC, giving desired tool compound XVI-27 as white powder after lyophilization. LC-MS: 1267.5 (ES+), 1265.6 (ES-)
EXAMPLE 78
MeO XN
ZN
Oo
LA 1&2
N 7 N”
Sh 8
BocHN,,. 0
Oo oO
QO) a
XVI-6
[0628] tert-butyl (2S5)-1-((25)-2-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinyleyclo propylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxyisoquinolin-1-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,4- dioxo-4-((1R,4R)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)butan-2-ylcarbamate (XVI-6): The title compound was synthesized in the same way as for XVI-14 using intermediate 6a as starting material instead of intermediate 1d. LC-MS: 811.2 (ES+), 809.1 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 79
MeO NX — N
Oo
DA LAP
N oN” J
BocHN,, Oo x H ’ Oo ol
Jar dS Oo
XVI-3
[0629] tert-butyl (2S5)-1-((25)-2-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinyleyclo propylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxyisoquinolin-1-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,5- dioxo-5-((1S,4S5)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octan-5-yl)pentan-2-ylcarbamate ( XVI- 3): The title compound was synthesized in the same way as for XVI-9 using intermediate 6b as coupling acid of intermediate 1h. LC-MS: 839.3 (ES+), 837.3 (ES).
EXAMPLE 80
MeO NX — N 0
A RY
N oN” XJ
BocHN,, Oo x H ’ 0 o
DQ oO
XVI-2
[0630] tert-butyl (2S)-1-((2S)-2-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinyleyclo propylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxyisoquinolin-1-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,5- dioxo-5-((1R,5S)-7-0x0-6-0xa-2-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-yl)pentan-2-ylcarbamate (XVI- 2): The title compound was synthesized in the same way as for XVI-3 using intermediate 6¢ as coupling acid of intermediate 6b. LC-MS: 839.3 (ES+), 837.3 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 81 oi
CC
0
DN SY
N ZN”
H ZV, oi, ¢ >r° ° od 2 0
XVI-26
[0631] tert-butyl (2S)-1-((2S)-2-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(7-methoxy-2-phenylquinolin-4-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)- 1,5-dioxo-5-(2-oxo0azetidin-1-yl)pentan-2-ylcarbamate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
Intermediate 7a:
Ne
F
0,
N 2 ON”
H 8 gr
[0632] Intermediate 7a was prepared following the published procedure as in
WO02006086381.
Intermediate 7b: ’ !
ON
>r° od
J
0
[0633] To a stirring solution of azetidin-2-one (36 mg, 0.5 mmol) in 5 mL anhydrous
THF was added n-BuLi (1.6 M, 0.31 mL) at -78°C. The solution was stirred for 0.5 h at - 78°C and warmed up to RT. This solution was then transferred into a stirred solution of (S)- 5-(benzyloxy)-4-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-oxopentanoic acid (0.25g, 0.75 mmol) and
DCC (0.16g, 0.75 mmol) in 5 mL dichloromethane (pre stirred for 10 minutes). To the mixture was then added DIEA (0.55 mmol) and DMAP (0.2 mmol) and the solution was stirred at RT for 10 hours. The solvent was removed and the crude was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel with heptane/EtOAc (1:1) to afford 30 mg of white solid (20 %) as intermediate 7b. LC-MS: 291.1 (ES+, M - Boc).
Intermediate 7¢ , OH >° od
J
0
[0634] Intermediate 7b (30 mg) was hydrogenated in ethyl acetate (H,, Pd/C, 1h) to give the de-protected carboxylic acid 30 mg (100%). LC-MS: 299.1 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 82 coi 99 0
DN IY
N ZN”
H ZV, oi, ¢ >r° ° - 2 0
XVI-26
[0635] tert-butyl (2S)-1-((2S)-2-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(7-methoxy-2-phenylquinolin-4-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)- 1,5-dioxo-5-(2-oxoazetidin-1-yl)pentan-2-ylcarbamate (XVI-26): The title compound was synthesized using intermediate 7a and intermediate 7¢ via the chemistry as described for
XVI-16. LC-MS: 859.3 (ES+).
EXAMPLE 83 ~~ O N
LN
C
’, 0
H XP
N _S «NV oO NN Oo \
NY Y 0 > od
J
0
XVI-1
[0636] tert-butyl (S)-1-((2S,4R)-2-((1R,2S5)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxyisoquinolin-1-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,5- dioxo-5-(2-oxoazetidin-1-yl)pentan-2-ylcarbamate (XVI-1): The title compound was synthesized in a similar way as for XVI-26 using intermediate 6a and intermediate 7c as reactants. LC-MS: 783.3 (ES+).
EXAMPLE 84
F dpe 0, 0
DAY
N 7 N° 0 NA 0 SA
Yh 0 =5 °
I NH
NN
0)
XVI-25
[0637] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-((2R,3S)-2-methyl-4-oxooxetan-3- ylcarbamoyloxy)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
Intermediate 8a
F
Ape 0, 0
DN BY
N ) N” oO NA oO SH hd > 0 >r° OH
[0638] Intermediate 8a was prepared through HATU coupling reaction using intermediate 1d with N-Boc-L-serine. LC-MS: 692.2 (ES-).
EXAMPLE 85
F dpe 0, oO o 0
H \ 4
H x HV
ON 0
Yes 0 0 °
I NH
NN
0)
XVI-25
[0639] (5S)-1-((S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-((2R,3S)-2-methyl-4-oxooxetan-3- ylcarbamoyloxy)propanoyl)-5-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl 4-fluoroisoindoline-2-carboxylate (XVI-25):
Intermediate 8a was treated with 2 equivalent of phosgene in DCM at 0 °C for 1 hr. The resulting mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure. 1 equivalent (3S,4R)-3-amino-4- methyloxetan-2-one and 2 equiv of Hunig’s base in acetonitrile was added in, the resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 1 hr. After concentration, the resulting residue was subject to prep-HPLC purification, giving desired XVI-25. LC-MS: 843.1 (ES+, M+Na)
EXAMPLE 86 ~o™
A
Oy MY nd 0, A 0 | ’ t .
XVI-24
[0640] tert-butyl (25)-1-((2S)-2-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinylcyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(7-methoxy-2-phenylquinolin-4-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1- 0x0-3-((S)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)propan-2-ylcarbamate: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
Intermediate 9a “ors
ZF
0 9 0 0
H \ /
N od
Hoo x NW 0 NA 0 \ yy 0 =
Yt “SNH,
[0641] Intermediate 9a was prepared in the same way as for intermediate 3b starting from intermediate 7a instead of intermediate 1d. LC-MS: 763.3 (ES+).
EXAMPLE 87 “ps $
HF
Oo
QO o 0
H \ /
DN 5 "YY kW Vv
H
Oo NA Oo & yy oO _-
Yt Nu
AN
XVI-24
[0642] tert-butyl (2S5)-1-((25)-2-((1R,2S)-1-(cyclopropylsulfonylcarbamoyl)-2- vinyleyclo propylcarbamoyl)-4-(7-methoxy-2-phenylquinolin-4-yloxy)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1- 0x0-3-((S)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)propan-2-ylcarbamate (XVI-24): The title compound was made in the same way as for XVI-21 using intermediate 9a instead of intermediate 3b. LC-MS: 875.3. (ES+).
HCV-NS3 BIOLOGICAL DATA
[0643] Table 3 shows the activity of selected compounds of this invention in the
NS3/4A_ App (nM), MS _HCVNS3 INTACT _NS3 WT 1b IHR,
MS _HCVNS3 INTACT C139S 3HR, MS HCVNS3 INTACT K136A 3HR Assays.
Compounds having an activity designated as “A” provide an IC50 < 1 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “B” provide an IC50 > 1 nM and < 10 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “C” provide an IC50 > 10 nM and < 100 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “D” provide an IC50 > 100 nM and < 1000 nM; and compounds having an activity designated as “E” provide an IC50 > 1000 nM.
[0644] Compounds having an activity designated as “F” provide complete modification; compounds having an activity designated as “G” provide > 70% modifcation; compounds having an activity designated as “H” provide > 50% and < 70% modification; compounds having an activity designated as “I” provide > 30% and < 50% modification; and compounds having an activity designated as “K” provide < 30% modification.
Table 3
Compound Enzyme/Assay Inhibition/Modification = —
Bn —
TT ees ese
TY ems es
Be — ees mes fe or [wmwew pb ene een p wwe pp
Compound Enzyme/Assay Inhibition/Modification pf Joe
Ws ewww [5 wes ere fe wen 5
NE mawen [sp wen 0
CT ems mers
Bn —
[0645] Some of the HCV Protease inhibitors, such as compounds XVI-1, XVI-8, XVI- 17, XVI-16, and XVI-26, provide > 70% modification of HCV Protease, or mutants thereof.
Some of the HCV Protease inhibitors, such as compounds XVI-6, XVI-7, XVI-9, XVI-14,
XVI-15, XV-16, and XVI-26 provide > 50 % up to < 70% modification of HCV Protease, or mutants thereof. Some of the HCV Protease inhibitors, such as compound XVI-14 provide > 30% and < 50% modification of HCV Protease, or mutants thereof. Some of the HCV
Protease inhibitors, such as compounds XVI-1, XVI-2, XVI-3, XVI-4, XVI-5, XVI-9, XVI- 19, XVI-24, and XVI-25 provide < 30% modification of HCV Protease, or mutants thereof.
E. MASS SPECTROMETRIC ANALYSIS OF HCV PROTEASE
CONTACTED WITH COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION
EXAMPLE 88
[0646] Intact HCV (protease) 1bWT was incubated for 1 hr at a 10X fold excess of XVI- 26 to protein. 3ul aliquots of the samples were diluted with 10ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro
C4 ZipTipping directly onto the MALDI target using Sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10 mg/mL in 0.1%TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50). The top panel in Figure 3 shows the mass spectrometric trace of the intact HCV 1bWT protein (m/z 24,529 Da). The middle panel in
Figure 3 shows the mass spectrometric trace when HCV 1bWT was incubated with XVI-26 (mw==858.9). The centroid mass (m/z= 25,340 Da) shows a positive shift of about 811 Da, indicating modification of HCV 1bWT by XVI-26. Due to likely protein misfolding during protein purification, a small portion of the misfolded proptein was not modified.
[0647] In order to determine whether the modification of the protein occurred at lysine, the pH from the above experiment was increased from 7.4 to 10.0. Because the compound lysine adduct would be an amide any increase in pH would have minimal effect on the modified protein. If however, the modification occurred at cysteine the resultant thioester bond would be unstable and the compound would hydrolyze off the protein. The bottom panel of Figure 3 shows a mass spectrometric trace of HCV 1bWT reaction with XVI1-26 for 1 hour at pH 7.4 followed by 2 hours at pH 10, and XVI-26 did not come off of the protein implying the adduct was occurring on a lysine.
[0648] Intact HCV (protease) 1bWT, C159S, and C159S/K136A were incubated for 1 hr at a 10X fold excess of XVI-26 to protein. 3 pl aliquots of the samples were diluted with 10 ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C4 ZipTipping directly onto the MALDI target using
Sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10mg/mL in 0.1%TFA Acetonitrile 50:50). The first panel of Figure 4 shows the mass spectrometric trace of the intact HCV 1bWT protein (m/z 24,460 Da). The second panel of Figure 4 shows the mass spectrometric trace when HCV
IbWT was incubated with XVI-26 (mw=858.9), the centroid mass (m/z= 25,320 Da) shows a positive shift of about 860 Da, indicating modification of HCV 1bWT by XVI-26.
The third panel of Figure 4 shows the mass spectrometric trace when HCV C159S mutant was incubated with XVI-26 and the centroid mass (m/z= 25,237 Da) shows a positive shift of 770 Da, indicating modification of HCV C159S by XVI-26. The fourth panel of Figure 4 shows the mass spectrometric trace when HCV C159S/K136A double mutant was incubated with XVI-26, the centroid mass (m/z= 24,412 Da) is consistent with the mass of unmodified
HCV C159S/K136A, indicating no modification of HCV C159S/K136A by XVI-26. This data shows that K136 is the amino acid modified by XVI-26.
[0649] Intact HCV (protease) WT 1b was incubated for 1hr at a 10X fold excess of XVI- 1 (mw=782.87) to protein. 3 pl aliquots of the samples were diluted with 10 ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C4 ZipTipping directly onto the MALDI target using Sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10mg/mL in 0.1%TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50). The top panel of Figure § shows the mass spectrometric trace of HCV NS3 protein (m/z 24,550 Da) and the bottom panel of Figure 5 shows the 1hr time point (m/z of 24,611 & 25,372), which shows a mass shift of +755 (~72% conversion) showing that XVI-1 modified HCV NS3 WTI1b. Due to some protein misfolding during the purification of the protein, the unfolded portion of the protein can not react with XVI-1.
EXAMPLE 89
Single chain HCV protease (wt) peptide expression and purification
[0650] The single-chain proteolytic domain (NS4A;; 3,-GSGS-NSs3.631) was cloned into pET-14b (Novagen, Madison, WI) and transformed into DH10B cells (Invitrogen). The resulting plasmid was transferred into Escherichia coli BL21 (Novagen) for protein expression and purification. Briefly, the cultures were grown at 37°C in LB medium containing 100 pg/ml of ampicillin until the optical density at 600 nm (OD600) reached 1.0 and were induced by addition of isopropyl-pf-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG) to 1 mM.
After an additional incubation at 18°C for 20 h, bacteria were harvested by centrifugation at 6,000 xg for 10 minutes and resuspended in a lysis buffer containing 50 mM Na3zPQO,, pH 8.0, 300 mM NaCl, 5 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 10% glycerol, 0.5% Igepal CA630, and a protease inhibitor cocktail consisting of 1 mM phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 0.5 pg/ml leupeptin, pepstatin A, and 2 mM benzamidine. Cells were lysed by freezing and thawing, followed by sonication. Cell debris was removed by centrifugation at 12,000 x g for 30 min. The supernatant was further clarified by passing through a 0.45-um filter (Corning) and then loaded onto a HiTrap chelating column charged with NiSO4 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
The bound protein was eluted with an imidazole solution in a 100-to-500mM linear gradient.
Selected fractions were run through Ni*” column chromatography and were analyzed on a 10% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)-polyacrylamide gel. The purified protein was resolved by electrophoresis in a 12% SDS-PAGE gel and then transferred onto a nitrocellulose membrane. The protein was analyzed by Western blot analysis using monoclonal antibodies against NS3. Proteins were visualized by using a chemiluminescence kit (Roche) with horseradish peroxidase-conjugated goat anti-mouse antibodies (Pierce) as secondary antibodies. The protein was aliquoted and stored at -80°C.
EXAMPLE 90
CLONING AND EXPRESSION OF HCV PROTEASE A156S, A156T, D168A, D168V
DRUG-RESISTANCE MUTANTS AND C159S VARIANT
[0651] The mutant DNA fragments of NS4A/NS3 were generated by PCR and cloned into pET expression vector. After transformation into BL21 competent cells, the expression was induced with IPTG for 2 hours. The His-tagged fusion proteins were purified using affinity column followed by size exclusion chromatography.
EXAMPLE 91
Plasmids Used for Lys Washout and Covalent Probe:
[0652] Figure 10 depicts lysine covalent probe compound XVI-27 modifying NS3/4A
C159S. The pCI-Neo-FLAG-NS3/4a-WT plasmid was constructed by amplifying the NS3 and 4a sequence from the pFK-I389-luc-ubi-neo-NS3-3’ET vector using Accuprime Pfx (Invitrogen) according to manufacturer’s instructions and with primers that added an Nhel site and FLAG epitope tag to the 5° end and an Xbal site to the 3” end.
[0653] (FTAATAAGCTAGCACCATGGACTACAAAGATGATGACGATAAAGGAGCGCCTAT
TACGGCCTACTCCCAACAG,
R-TTATTATCTAGACTAGCACTCTTCCATCTCATCGAACTCCCGGTAAAG).
[0654] The resulting PCR product was then digested with Nhel and Xbal and ligated into the same sites of the pCI-Neo vector (Invitrogen). The WT construct was then used as a template for site-directed mutagenesis using the Quickchange II Site-Directed Mutagenesis kit (Qiagen) and primers containing the K136R or C159S mutations (below).
NS3-C159S-F ATCTTTCGGGCTGCCGTGAGCACCCGAGGGGTTGCGAAG
NS3-C159S-R CTTCGCAACCCCTCGGGTGCTCACGGCAGCCCGAAAGAT
NS3-K136R-F GTCTCCTACTTGAGGGGCTCTTCGGGCGGT
NS3-K136R-R ACCGCCCGAAGAGCCCCTCAAGTAGGAGAC
EXAMPLE 92
Demonstration of Prolonged Duration of Action ( Washout)
[0655] Figure 11 depicts the prolonged duration of action with XVI-26. Parental Huh-7 cells were plated at a density of 1.75 x 10° cells per 100 mm dish in media with 10% FBS.
The following day, cells were transfected in OptiMEM using 28 ug of plasmid and 112 ul of
Lipfectamine 2000 (Invitrogen), according to manufacturer’s instructions. After 4 hours incubation with the transfection complex, the media was changed to Replicon Assay Medium (RPMI supplemented with 5% FBS, 1X non-essential amino acids and pen/strep). The next morning, the cells were trypsinized, counted and replated in Replicon Media at a density of 20,000 cells/well of a 12 well plate (4 wells per genotype). Cells were allowed to adhere to the plate, then the media was removed and replaced with 1 ml media containing XVI-26, (3 wells per compound) and 0.02% DMSO and returned to the incubator overnight. Sixteen hours later 1 treated well from each genotype (0 hr sample) and 1 untreated well were washed with PBS, then lysed and scraped into 30ul of Cell Extraction Buffer (Biosource,
Camarillo, CA) plus Complete Protease Inhibitor (Roche, Indianapolis, IN). The remaining wells were rinsed 2 X with PBS then fed with Replicon Media and returned to the incubator.
Cells were washed once every hour by removing the old media and replacing it with fresh media and were lysed and collected at 1 and 6 hours following the first collection. Lysates were resolved using standard immunoblotting methods and NS3 self-cleavage activity was assessed and quantified relative to untreated samples.
EXAMPLE 93
Demonstration of Lysine Modification Using Covalent Probe
[0656] As illustrated in Figure 11, 200 ug of total cell lysate was used for either NS3/4A
WT, C1598 or K136R respectively. Lysates were treated with 1 uM of biotinylated covalent probe, XVI-27, for lh and immunopercipitated with anti-NS3 antibody ( mouse).
Immunoblots were probed with streptavidin and anti-NS3 antibody (goat). Successful modification by the covalent probe was assessed and quantified relative to WT NS3.
EXAMPLE 94
[0657] Assay buffer: 2% CHAPS, 50mM Tris pH 7.5, 50% glycerol, 2uM M-2235 (Bachem) substrate. In a 50 ul reaction, add 49 ul assay buffer, 1ul (1U) HCV serine protease (Bioenza). Incubate 20 minutes at room temperature. The plate was read at either 350/460 nm (excitation/ emission) on a fluorescent micro-plate reader or monitored at one-minute intervals to achieve the kinetic curve.
[0658] The enzyme tolerated 1% DMSO and 2% methanol. In the experiments of testing compounds, the compounds in pure DMSO were diluted 10 times with 20% methanol (10%
DMSO and 20% methanol). This compound solution was added to the reaction (not exceeding 10% of the final reaction volume). The final concentration of the organic solvents was: 1% DMSO and 2% methanol.
EXAMPLE 95
HCYV Protease FRET Assay for WT and Mutated NS3/4A 1b Enzymes (ICsy app).
[0659] The following protocol was used to generate “apparent” ICsq (ICs app) values as depicted in Table 6, below. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that ICsy app, contrasted with ICsy values, may provide a more useful indication of time-dependent inhibition, and are thus more representative of binding affinity. The protocol is a modified FRET-based assay (v_03) developed to evaluate compound potency, rank-order and resistance profiles against wild type and C1595, A156S, A156T, D168A, D168V, R155K mutants of the HCV NS3/4A 1b protease enzyme as follows: 10X stocks of NS3/4A protease enzyme from Bioenza (Mountain View, CA) and 1.13X 5-FAM/QXL™520 FRET peptide substrate from Anaspec (San Jose, CA) were prepared in 50 mM Tris-HCI, pH 7.5, 5 mM
DTT, 2% CHAPS and 20% glycerol. 5 uL of each enzyme were added to Corning (#3575) 384-well, black, microtiter plates (Corning, NY) after spotting a 0.5 ul volume of 50%
DMSO and serially diluted compounds prepared in 50% DMSO. Protease reactions were immediately started after enzyme addition with the addition of 45 pL of the FRET substrate and monitored for 60-90 minutes at A.x485/A.m520 in a Synergy plate reader from BioTek (Winooski, VT). At the conclusion of each assay, progress curves from each well were examined for linear reaction kinetics and fit statistics (R?, 95% confidence intervals, absolute sum of squares). Initial velocity (0 minutes to 15+ minutes) from each reaction was determined from the slope of a plot of relative fluorescence units vs time (minutes) and then plotted against inhibitor concentration as a percent of the no inhibitor and no enzyme controls to estimate apparent ICsy from log[Inhibitor] vs Response. (Variable Slope model in
GraphPad Prism from GraphPad Software (San Diego, CA).)
F. PI3 KINASE INHIBITORS (LYS) SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 96 0)
N
~C X 5 a \ nN” NH wv 7a"
XXII-17
[0660] 1-(4-((2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-4-morpholinothieno(3,2-d]|pyrimidin-6- yl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below. 0 0 0) ( J C J Boc—N, NH
N oc
N 1) LHMDS N /
SC SC “vow SCL ome 7 \ 2) DMF HOAc,
N~ CI nN” Cl H \ Na NaBH(OAc); a 0 NH 0)
C J ~sh. 05.0
Lo Oped !
N or °N XN a nN” cl [Pd] CN N 2) 1c N 1d 0
N Oo Boc
Boc C J C J
N N x Acrylic acid XN =N aN HCl EY No HATU, DIEA A \H (hv ; J $
Ny 1e ~
HCI 7
Step 1a: 4-(2-chlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (Intermediate 1a) 0)
N
\
Pe
[0661] To a solution of 2,4-dichlorothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidine (2.0 g, 9.7 mmol) in 30 mL
MeOH was added 1.9 mL morpholine. After stirring at room temperature for one hour, the reaction mixture was filtered; the solid was washed with water and methanol to provide 2.0 g of the title compound. MS m/z: 256.0, 258.1 (M+1). IH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): :7.78 (1H, d, J=5.48 Hz), 7.38 (1H, d, J=5.48 Hz), 4.02 (4H, t, J=4.80 Hz), 3.85 (4H, t, J=4.82 Hz).
Step 1b: 2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno|[3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carbaldehyde (Intermediate 1b) 0)
N
H NZ cl
[0662] To a suspension of Intermediate 1a (1.02 g, 4.0 mmol) in 30 mL THF at -78 °C was added LIHMDS (1.0 N, 6.0 mL, 6.0 mmol) slowly. The reaction mixture was stirred at — 78 °C for 1 h, DMF (0.5 mL) was added and reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature over 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with NH4Cl aqueous solution and the THF was removed under vacuum. A 50-mL portion of EtOAc was added in and the mixture was washed with aqueous NaHCO; and brine. The organic layer was separated and was dried over Na,SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subjected to chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane). A total of 0.6 g of the title compound was obtained (60%). MS m/z: 284.2 (ES+, M+1).
Step 1c: tert-butyl 4-((2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno|[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yDmethyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (Intermediate 1c) ®
N
<1 I \ a Pe —/
Bod
[0663] Intermediate 1b (0.40 g, 1.5 mmol), tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate and 0.2 mL acetic acid were dissolved in 12 mL dichloroethane. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. NaBH(OAc¢); (0.54g, 2.5 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. A 20-mL of NaHCO; aqueous solution and 10 mL of DCM were added. The organic layer was separated and dried over Na;SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subjected to chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane 3:7). A total of 0.30 g of the title compound was obtained. MS m/z: 454.2 (ES+, M+1).
Step 1d: tert-butyl 4-((2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-6- yD)methyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (Intermediate 1d) )
N
~T LC
NH
NG
\/
Boc
[0664] Intermediate 1¢ (0.14 g, 0.31 mmol), 4-(trimethylstannyl)-1H-indazole (0.10g, 0.37 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (35 mg, 0.03 mmol) were dissolved in mL toluene. The solution was degassed and flushed with N,. The reaction mixture was heated to 135°C for 40 hours in a sealed vial. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane 5:5). A total of 0.10 g of the title compound was obtained. MS m/z: 536.1 (M+1).
[0665] Alternatively, Intermediate 1d can be prepared by the following Suzuki coupling procedures: Intermediate 1¢ (70 mg, 0.15 mmol), 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan- 2-yl)-1H-indazole (56 mg, 0.23 mmol), Pd(PPh;),Cl, (10 mg, 0.015 mmol) and sodium carbonate (60 mg, 0.56 mmoL) were dissolved in toluene/ethanol/water (2.5mL/1.5 mL/0.7mL). The solution was degassed and flushed with argon. The reaction mixture was heated to 125°C for 10 hours in a sealed vial. The reaction was then worked up by adding ethyl acetate 10 mL and washed with water and brine. The organic layer was separated and was dried over Na,SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subjected to chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane 1:1 to 4:1) to give the title compound.
MS m/z: 536.1 (M+1)..
Step le: 4-(2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-6-(piperazin-1-ylmethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yDmorpholine (Intermediate 1e) 0 ©)
VAR | > NH ( O
HN
[0666] Intermediate 1d (100 mg, 0.18 mmol) was dissolved in 3 mL of 4N HCI in dixoxane and the reaction was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. After removal of solvents, a 3-mL portion of DCM was poured in followed by evaporation to dryness. This process of DCM addition followed by evaporation was repeated three times to give a white solid and was used directly for the next step. MS m/z: 436.2 (M+H").
Step 1f: 1-(4-((2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yDmethyl)piperazin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one o (J
S SN —N
L2G (
I
XXII-17
[0667] To a solution of Intermediate 1e (10 mg, 0.02 mmol) and acrylic acid (2.0 mg, 0.025 mmol) in 1.0 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile was added HATU (9.1 mg, 0.024 mmol) and DIEA (15 mg, 0.1 mmol) at -40 °C while stirring. The reaction mixture was stirred for min at ~-10 °C. A 10-mL portion of EtOAc and 5 mL of NaHCO; aqueous solution were added. The organic layer was separated and was dried over Na,SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subjected to chromatography on silica gel (eluents:
EtOAc/hexane 9:1). A total of 6 mg of the title compound was obtained. MS m/z: 490.2 (M+H"). "HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl): :9.01 (1H d, J=0.88 Hz), 8.27 (1H d, ]=7.32 Hz), 7.58 (1H d, J=7.0 Hz), 7.51 (1H t, J=6.84 Hz), 7.39 (1H, s), 6.56 (1H dd, J=10.56, 16.96 Hz), 6.32 (1H d, 16.96 Hz), 5.70 (1H d, 10.52 Hz), 4.09 (4H, m), 3.93 (6H, m), 3.79 (2H, s), 3.62 (2H, 8), 2.60 (4H, s).
[0668] In similar fashion, using Intermediate le and coupling with (R)-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid, the following compound was prepared:
OO
N
\ NH ~ AY / 0
Oo 0
[0669] In similar fashion, using Intermediate le and coupling with (S)-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid, the following compound was prepared:
O
N
\ NH ~ AY / a.) 0
EXAMPLE 97
OO)
N
S IN —N \ | ~ NH (ho
Ww
Hp
XXII-14
[0670] 1-(4-((2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-4-morpholinothieno(3,2-d]|pyrimidin-6- y)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)butane-1,3-dione: In similar fashion, using Intermediate le and suitable carboxylic acids, the title compound was prepared: MS m/z: 520.1 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 98 ®
N
\ Z oN \ ye wv o=<
NH
0
XXII-13
[0671] 4-((2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]|pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)-N- ((2R,3S)-2-methyl-4-oxooxetan-3-yl)piperazine-1-carboxamide. In similar fashion, using
Intermediate le and suitable carboxylic acids, the title compound was prepared: MS m/z: 563.3 (M+H").
Example 99 ®
N
\ = NH ho ry oO
XXI1-22
[0672] (R)-5-(4-((2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-4-morpholinothieno|3,2-d]|pyrimidin-6- y)methyl)piperazine-1-carbonyl)dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one: In similar fashion, using
Intermediate le and suitable carboxylic acids, the titled compounds was prepared: MS m/z: 548.1 (M+H").
Example 100 ®
N
AL NH
Ho" oO
XXII-23
[0673] (S)-5-(4-((2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-6- y)methyl)piperazine-1-carbonyl)dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one: In similar fashion, using
Intermediate le and suitable carboxylic acids, the titled compounds was prepared: MS m/z: 548.1 (M+H").
Example 101
O
N oN ae / NP NH, 0
MeOS—n 0 0
XXII-28
[0674] (R)-methyl 2-(4-((2-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-4-morpholinothieno|3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperazine-1-carbonyl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate. In similar fashion, using Intermediate le and suitable carboxylic acids, the titled compounds was prepared: MS m/z: 582.2 (M+H").
Example 102 ®
N
C5 / NZ “NH, o={
MON
0 0
XXII-29
[0675] (S)-methyl 2-(4-((2-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperazine-1-carbonyl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (XXII- 29). In similar fashion, using Intermediate le and suitable carboxylic acids, the titled compounds was prepared: MS m/z: 582.2 (M+H").
Example 103 ®
N
O50 / NP NH, 0 0
S
XXII-30
[0676] 3-(4-((2-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-6- y)methyl)piperazine-1-carbonyl)dihydrothiophen-2(3H)-one (XXII-30). In similar fashion, using Intermediate le and suitable carboxylic acids, the titled compounds was prepared: MS m/z: 541.1 (M+H").
Example 104 0
N a \ NC ) NN, oO
S oO
XXII-31
[0677] 4-(4-((2-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-6- y)methyl)piperazine-1-carbonyl)dihydrothiophen-2(3H)-one (XXII-31). In similar fashion, using Intermediate le and suitable carboxylic acids, the titled compounds was prepared: MS m/z: 541.1 (M+H").
Example 105 ®
N a \ NC ) NP NH, oO
S oO
XXI1-32
[0678] 5-(4-((2-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-6- y)methyl)piperazine-1-carbonyl)dihydrothiophen-2(3H)-one (XXII-32). In similar fashion, using Intermediate le and suitable carboxylic acids, the titled compounds was prepared: MS m/z: 541.1 (M+H").
Example 106 ®
N a \ NY ) NPN, oO oO oO
XXII-33
[0679] 5-(4-((2-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-6- y)methyl)piperazine-1-carbonyl)cyclohexane-1,3-dione (XXII-33). In similar fashion, using Intermediate 1e and suitable carboxylic acids, the titled compounds was prepared: MS m/z: 551.2 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 107 ®
N
~1 ) § ® \ NZ NH = N © nN
Nv
XXII-16
[0680] (4-((2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-4-morpholinothieno|[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- ymethyl)piperazin-1-yl)(1H-imidazol-1-yl)methanone: In similar fashion, using
Intermediate 1e and coupling with CDI at the presence of TEA in dichloromethane, (4-((2- (1H-indazol-4-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)(1H- imidazol-1-yl)methanone (XXII-16) was prepared: MS m/z: 530.2 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 108 0
N
EL NH or w,
SS
J To
XXII-12
[0681] 4-(2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-6-((4-(vinylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine: In similar fashion, using Intermediate 1e and coupling with 2-chloroethanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of TEA, 4-(2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-6-((4- (vinylsulfonyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)thieno[3,2-d]|pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (XXII-8) was prepared: MS m/z: 526.2 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 109 ®
N
C5 TOC o} wv NN, 0=S ¢
XXII-25
[0682] (E)-5-(4-morpholino-6-((4-(prop-1-enylsulfonyl)piperazin-1- ymethyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine (XXII-25). In similar fashion, using Intermediate le and (E)-prop-1-ene-1-sulfonyl chloride, the titled compounds was prepared: MS m/z: 517.2 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 110 0
N
\ | NH
NT oS $s
J bo 0
XXII-8
[0683] 2-(2-(4-((2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d] pyrimidin-6- yl)methyl)piperazin-1-ylsulfonyl)ethyl)isoindoline-1,3-dione: In similar fashion, using
Intermediate le and coupling with 2-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)ethanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of TEA, the following compound was prepared: MS m/z: 673.2 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 111 ®
N
\ ~ a N yr ww ’ ) Oo © A
XXII-15
[0684] 3-(4-((2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-6- y)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-4-isopropoxycyclobut-3-ene-1,2-dione: In similar fashion, treating Intermediate le with 3,4-diisopropoxycyclobut-3-ene-1,2-dione in the presence of
TEA in acetonitrile, the following compound was prepared: MS m/z: 574.2 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 112 ®
N a NC 0 / NP NH, ° PY
XXII-26
[0685] 3-(4-((2-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-6- y)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-4-isopropoxycyclobut-3-ene-1,2-dione (XXII-26). In a similar way, the title compound was prepared. MS m/z: 551.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 113
O
N a \ NC ._/ NP NH, "
HN eg oO oO
XXI1-27
[0686] 3-(2-(4-((2-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]|pyrimidin-6- yDmethyl)piperazin-1-yl)-2-oxoethylamino)-4-isopropoxycyclobut-3-ene-1,2-dione (XXII-27). In a similar way, the title compound was prepared. MS m/z: 608.3 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 114 0)
N
50 v/ 7
XXII-19
[0687] 1-(4-((4-morpholino-2-phenylthieno[3,2-d]|pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)piperazin-1- yl)prop-2-en-1-one: In similar fashion as described above, when using phenylboronic acid in step 1d instead of 4-(trimethylstannyl)-1H-indazole under a standard Suzuki coupling condition, the following compounds were prepared: MS m/z: 450.2 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 115 0)
N
N
Nn
N=/ 0
XXII-18
[0688] (1H-imidazol-1-yl)(4-((4-morpholino-2-phenylthieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)methanone: MS m/z: 490.2 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 116 0)
N
\
A h NZ OH
XXII-5
[0689] N-((2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno|[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)-
N-methylacrylamide: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below. ©) 0) (J N N oN TEA \
OHC—4 , A, YARN Pe Med oe DIEA, THF 0 oe i CO) (J 0)
XN 2! N OH BOC—N = OH ~ TEA ~ PdCl,(PPh \ N
HN Nel BOC—N nN” ci 2(PPh3)2, \ \ Na,CO; 0 ’c C 2d O) 2e ) N
N
A 0, 4N HCI N - \ OH — ow | N” OH x YY
HCl 2f
Step 2a: (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno|3,2-d|pyrimidin-6-yl)methanol (Intermediate 2a) 0
N
HO Nal
[0690] To a solution of compound 1b (5 g, 17.6 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) was added
NaBH, (0.98 g, 26.4 mmol) portion wise at 0 °C and stirred for 5 h at RT. After the completion of reaction (monitored by TLC), the volatiles were removed under reduced presure, residue dissolved in water and extracted with DCM (3 x 75 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with water, dried over anhydrous Na,SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford intermediate 6a (3 g, 60%) as a light yellow solid. TLC: 80% EtOAc/Hexane (Rs: 0.3); "H-NMR (CDCl; 200 MHz): 8 7.21 (s, 1H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 4.0 (t, J = 4.2 Hz, 4H), 3.83 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H); Mass: 286 [M +1]
Step 2b: (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl methanesulfonate (Intermediate 2b) 0)
N
1 I sg a
[0691] To a solution of Intermediate 2a (1 g, 3.5 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added
TEA (1.06 g, 10.5 mmol) over a period of 10 minutes and followed by addition of mesyl chloride (0.48 g, 4.2 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at RT. After the completion of reaction (monitored by TLC), water (25 mL) was added, extracted with DCM (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic phases were dried over anhydrous Na,SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by silicagel column chromatography (50% EtOAc/ hexane) to afford intermediate 2b (0.8 g, 62%) as a yellow solid. TLC: 80% EtOAc/Hexane (Rs: 0.6); "H-NMR (CDCls, 500 MHz) (SAV-A9008-009): 5 7.39 (s, 1H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 4.0 (t, J = 4.5 Hz, 4H), 3.84 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 4H), 3.05 (s, 3H);
Mass: 364 [M'+1]; Mp: 151.4 °C
Step 2c: 1-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno(3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-N- methylmethanamine (Intermediate 2c) 0)
N
\
HN al
[0692] A solution of Intermediate 2b (0.24 g, 0.67 mmol), 2M methylamine in THF (2.0 mL, 4.0 mmol) and DIEA (0.35 mL, 2.0 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was stirred at RT for 2 hours.
LC-MS showed the complete conversion to the product. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude was used directly for the next step. MS m/z: 299.1 (M+1).
Step 2d: tert-butyl (2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno|[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yDmethyl(methyl)carbamate (Intermediate 2d) ®
N
BOC=N \ oe
[0693] The crude Intermediate 2¢, Boc,O (0.22 g, 1.0 mmol), and TEA (0.2 mL) were dissolved in 10 mL dichloromethane and the solution was stirred for 10 hours. LC-MS showed the complete conversion to the product. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude was used directly for the next step. MS m/z: 399.1 (M+1).
Step 2e: tert-butyl (2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno(3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yDmethyl(methyl)carbamate (Intermediate 2e) 0)
N
BOC—N \ OY \
[0694] Intermediate 2d (0.20 g, 0.50 mmol), 3-hydroxyphenylboronic acid (139mg, 1.0 mmol), Pd(PPhs),Cl, (50 mg, 0.067 mmol) and sodium carbonate (0.5 g, 4.ImmoL) were dissolved in toluene/ethanol/water (SmL/3 mL/1.5mL). The solution was degassed and flushed with N,. The reaction mixture was heated to 120°C for 3 hours in a sealed vial. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane 1:1). A total of 190 mg (66%) of the title compound was obtained.
MS m/z: 457.1 (M+1).
Step 2f: 3-(6-((methylamino)methyl)-4-morpholinothieno(3,2-d]pyrimidin-2- yl)phenol (Intermediate 2f)
)
N
HN \ 7 OH
HC
[0695] Intermediate 2e was treated with 4N HCI following the procedure described in
Example 102, step 1e to afford the title compound. MS m/z: 357.1 (M+1). 0)
N
S x
N
— \ N
XXII-5
Step 2g: N-((2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yD)methyl)-N-methylacrylamide (XXII-5)
[0696] The title compound was prepared by coupling acrylic acid with Intermediate 2f using HATU following the procedure described in Step 1f. MS m/z: 411.1 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 117 0)
N
S
XXII-10
[0697] N-((2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]|pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)-
N-methylethenesulfonamide: In similar fashion, using Intermediate 2f, the following compounds were prepared: MS m/z: 447.1 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 118 (J
N
0 SX
Og ee. 0
Ml N NZ 0-4=0 \w
XXII-9
[0698] 3-(6-((N-methylvinylsulfonamido)methyl)-4-morpholinothieno|3,2- d|pyrimidin-2-yl)phenyl ethenesulfonate: MS m/z: 537.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 119 ()
N
~ ~
N N OH
A 0 0
Oo
XXII-11
[0699] 3-(((2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-6- y)methyl)(methyl)amino)-4-isopropoxycyclobut-3-ene-1,2-dione: MS m/z: 495.1 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 120 ()
N oO z OH
I y
XXII-7
[0700] (R)-N-((2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]|pyrimidin-6- y)methyl)-N-methyl-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamide: MS m/z: 469.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 121 (0)
N
0 SN
ST oo \ — OH
LI Ay
XXI1-6
[0701] (S)-N-((2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]| pyrimidin-6- y)methyl)-N-methyl-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamide: MS m/z: 469.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 122 ®
N
N NZ OH
0 7
XXI1-4
[0702] (E)-N-((2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-6- yl)methyl)-N-methyl-4-oxohept-5-enamide:MS m/z: 481.2 (M+1). 0)
N
H
NN 7 0 oO o
N
=>
XXI1-24
[0703] N-((2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)methyl)-
N-methyl-4-0x0-4-(2-oxo0azetidin-1-yl)butanamide (XXII-24). In similar fashion, using
Intermediate 2f, the titled compounds was prepared: MS m/z: 510.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 123 (J
N
Oo S x 0
XXII-2
[0704] (R)-5-(4-(2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno|[3,2-d] pyrimidin-6-yl)- 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine-1-carbonyl)dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below. 0 0 ©
C J C J 0 (
N N a0cN Mf - i X S ery _ rea TY oN soc CTL
NL Nis NL PACIly(PPha), Nel
Nc WNC Nao, 3b 1a o o
OH
_B OH C J 1) 4N HCI J
HO N 2) acid, HATU, ¢ s
NSN DIEA NN | SN
BOC-N A OH —_— \ _ OH 0 N
PdCly(PPhs), N
Na,CO5 0 3c
Step 3a: 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno(3,2-d|pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (Intermediate 3a)
[0705] To a stirred solution of Intermediate 1a (5 g, 0.019 mol) in THF (100 mL) was added n-BuLi (2.5 g, 0.03 mol) at -78 °C over a period of 30 minutes, stirred for 2 h at -40 °C followed by addition of iodine (9.9 g, 0.03 mol) in THF (5 mL) at -78 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 8 h at RT. After the completion of reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride (100 mL) and extracted with
EtOAc (4 x 200 mL). The organic layer was washed with sodium thiosulphate solution, dried over anhydrous Na,SO,4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was washed with diethyl ether to afford intermediate 3a (7 g, 94%) as off white solid. TLC: 30% Ethyl acetate/hexane (Rg: 0.3); "H-NMR (CDCls, 500 MHz): § 7.57 (s, 1H), 3.94 - 3.91 (m, 4H), 3.85 - 3.80 (m, 4H); Mass: 382 [M'+1], MP: 173.5°C.
Step 3b: tert-butyl 4-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-5,6- dihydropyridine-1(2H)-carboxylate (Intermediate 3b) 0)
N
S SN
Ne
[0706] To a stirred solution of 4-(2-chloro-6-iodothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine (Intermediate 3a) (0.57 g, 1.5 mmol) in toluene (10 mL), EtOH (6.0 mL), H,O (3.0 mL) was added tert-butyl 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-1(2H)- carboxylate (0.5g, 1.6 mmol), Na,CO; (0.7 g) and Pd(PPh3),Cl, (56 mg, 0.08 mmol) at RT.
The reaction mixture was degassed with argon and stirred at 40 °C for 3 h. LC-MS showed the completion of the conversion: MS m/z: 437.1 (M+1). The reaction mixture was used directly for the next step.
Step 3c: tert-butyl 4-(2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno(3,2-d]pyrimidin-6- yD)-5,6-dihydropyridine-1(2H)-carboxylate (Intermediate 3c) 0)
N
S
Bos
[0707] To the reaction mixture from step 3b was added 3-hydroxyphenylboronic acid (0.35 g, 2.5 mmol), Na,CO;3 (1.0 g) and Pd(PPh3),Cl; (30 mg, 0.04 mmol) at RT. The reaction mixture was degassed with argon and stirred at 130 °C for 3 h. The reaction was then worked up by adding ethyl acetate 50 mL and washed with water and brine. The organic layer was separated and was dried over Na,SO4. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subjected to chromatography on silica gel (eluents: EtOAc/hexane 1:1 to 4:1) to give the title compound. MS m/z: 495.1 (M+1).
()
N
Oo
XXI1-2
Step 3d: (R)-5-(4-(2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)- 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine-1-carbonyl)dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one
[0708] The title compound was prepared by following the de-boc and the coupling procedures described in example 1. MS m/z: 507.1 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 124 ()
N
0 5 \ N” OH
A J
XXII-1
[0709] In similar fashion, (S)-5-(4-(2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno|3,2- d]pyrimidin-6-yl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine-1-carbonyl)dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one,
XXII-1, was prepared: MS m/z: 507.1 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 125 0)
N
S
¢N Or / " 0 N 3
XXII-3
[0710] 1-(4-(3-(2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]| pyrimidin-6-yl)prop- 2-ynyl)piperazin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below. 0 : ) (J ! r
N IS — oN oY 0 N Pec N “Ag 2
I —_—
SP cd { ) PACI(Ph3P),,
PdCI,(PhsP),, N
CJ
Sx
S \ TN SI pi OH —— 1 J OH OY 3 OY ( ! =
Bod 4b
Step 4a: tert-butyl 4-(3-(2-chloro-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2- ynyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (Intermediate 4a) ()
N
_ O 1 SN — \ = [ N N a
J
/
Boc
[0711] To a stirred solution of Intermediate 3a (1.0 g, 2.6 mmol), tert-butyl 4-(prop-2- ynyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (880 mg, 3.8 mmol) in THF (40 mL) were added TEA (16 mL) followed by Pd(PPhs),Cl, (184 mg, 0.26 mmol) at RT, degassed with argon for 30 minutes and Cul (496 mg, 2.6 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was again degassed with argon for 30 minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was refluxed for 3h. After the completion of reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with water and dried over anhydrous
Na,SO, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography (20% EtOAc/Hexane) to afford intermediate 4a (0.60 g). Mass: 478 [M'+1].
Step 4b: tert-butyl 4-(3-(2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 6-yDprop-2-ynyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (Intermediate 4b)
J
N
S N
0 OH ct ae
N
Boc
[0712] The title compound was prepared by coupling intermediate 4a and 3- hydroxyphenylboronic acid following the procedures described in step 3¢ of Example 123.
MS m/z: 536.2 (M+H"). 0
N
S
Cf ym 0 N 3
XXII-3
Step 4c: 1-(4-(3-(2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-6-yl)prop-2- ynyl)piperazin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one
[0713] The title compound was prepared by following the procedures described in
Example 96, step 1e and 1f. MS m/z: 490.1 (M+H).
EXAMPLE 126 0)
N
S oo N ofA ye 0 N oO
XXI1-22
[0714] (R)-5-(4-(3-(2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d] pyrimidin-6- yl)prop-2-ynyl)piperazine-1-carbonyl)dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one: In similar fashion, starting from intermediate 4b, using a suitable carboxylic acid, the following compounds are made.
EXAMPLE 127 (
N
S
¢N\ Or” ~ "
O~ N 4 0
XXII-23
[0715] (S)-5-(4-(3-(2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]|pyrimidin-6- yDprop-2-ynyl)piperazine-1-carbonyl)dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one: In similar fashion, starting from intermediate 4b, using a suitable carboxylic acid, the following compounds are made.
EXAMPLE 128 0
HN 50 /\ [>
N oO 1G \
XXIII-5
[0716] 2-(6-(1-acryloyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-4(3H)-yl)-6,6- dimethyl-6,7-dihydrothiazolo[5,4-c|pyridin-4(SH)-one: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
Synthesis of Intermediate 5-1: 0 oO 0 0 0 COOEt
COEt NHy M2 COE oA OEt eo? NaOEt 2X >= . Ho CouEt © 5-l-a 5-1-b 5-1-c 0 1 CuBr, tBUONO 1
Bry, THF s uBr, tBu HN s
N
© HN ONH, 5.1-d DIPEA, THF, 5.l-e 5-1 80 °C,
Step 5-1-a: Ethyl 3-amino-3-methylbutanoate hydrochloride salt (5-1-a):
[0717] To a solution of ethyl 3-methylbut-2-enoate (15 g, 117 mmol) in EtOH (40 mL) was added liquid ammonia (80 mL) at -70 °C and the reaction mixture stirred in a autoclave (200
Psi) at 45 °C for 16 h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), excess ammonia was removed by flashing N,, cooled to 0 °C and HCI in dioxane (pH-2) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0°C, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the obtained solid was washed with diethyl ether to afford 5-I-a-HCI salt (10 g, 58.8%) as white solid; TLC: 10% MeOH/DCM (Ry: 0.1); "H-NMR (DMSO ds, 200 MHz): & 8.33 (bs, 1H), 4.09 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.70 (s, 2H), 1.33 (s, 6H), 1.20 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H);
Mass: 146 [M'+1].
Step S-I-b: Ethyl 3-(ethyl 2-carbamoylacetyl)-3-methylbutanoate (5-1-b):
[0718] To a solution of compound 5-I-a (11 g, 68.9 mmol) in DCM (150 mL) was added
TEA (38.1 mL, 275 mmol) and ethyl malonoyl chloride (8.8 mL, 68.9 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by
TLC), the reaction was quenched water and extracted with DCM (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with IN HCI (100 mL), saturated NaHCO; (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na,SO, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 5-I-b (11 g, 62%) as brown syrup. TLC: 30% EtOAc/Hexane (Rg: 0.3); "H-NMR (CDCl, 200 MHz): 3 4.28 - 4.07 (m, 4H), 3.24 (s, 2H), 2.74 (s, 2H), 1.45 (s, 6H), 1.35 - 1.20 (m, 6H); Mass: 260 [M +1].
Steps 5-1-c and 5-1-d: 6,6-Dimethylpiperidine-2,4-dione (5-1-d):
[0719] To a stirred solution of compound 5-I-b (11 g, 42.6 mmol) in toluene (120 mL) was added NaOEt (4.34 g, 63.9 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 4 h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction was quenched water, and the aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (100 mL). The organic layer was separated; aqueous layer was acidified with 1N HCI and extracted with
DCM (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na,SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The obtained crude 5-1-¢ was dissolved in 1% H,O/ACN (80 mL) and refluxed for 3 h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the obtained residue was washed with diethyl ether to afford 5-1-d (3.2 g, 53.3%) as off white solid. TLC: 10% MeOH/DCM (Ry: 0.3); "H-NMR (CDCl; + DMSO- ds.200 MHz): & 7.28 (bs, NH), 3.21 (s, 2H), 2.56 (s, 2H), 1.34 (s, 6H); Mass: 142 [M +1].
Step 5-I-e: 2-Amino-6,7-dihydro-6,6-dimethylthiazolo[5,4-c|pyridin-4(SH)-one (5-1-e):
[0720] To a stirred solution of compound 5-1-d (3.2 g, 22.7 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added Br; (1.13 mL, 22.7 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at RT followed by addition of thiourea (1.72 g, 22.7 mmol) and DIPEA (12 mL, 68.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 2 h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by
TLC), the reaction was quenched water and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 150 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na,SQOj, concentrated in vacuo and the crude residue was washed with diethyl ether to afford 5-I-e (2.5 g, 56%) as yellow solid. TLC: 10%
MeOH/DCM (Rg: 0.2); "H-NMR (DMSO ds, 200 MHz): 3 7.63 (bs, 2H), 7.17 (bs, 1H), 2.61 (s, 2H), 1.22 (s, 6H); Mass: 198 [M +1].
Intermediate 5-1: 2-bromo-6,7-dihydro-6,6-dimethylthiazolo[S,4-c]pyridin-4(SH)-one
[0721] To a solution of compound S-I-e (2.5 g, 12.7 mmol) in acetonitrile (70 mL) was added CuBr; (2.26 g, 10.15 mmol) and tert-butyl nitrite (1.3 g, 12.8 mmol) at RT. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at RT. After completion of reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction was quenched with IN HCI and extracted with DCM (2 x 150 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na,SO,, concentrated in vacuo and the crude residue was washed with diethyl ether to afford 5-1 (2 g, 60%) as brown solid; TLC: 10%
MeOH/DCM (Ry: 0.5); "H-NMR (CDCl, 500 MHz): § 5.48 (bs, NH), 3.02 (s, 2H), 1.4 (s, 6H); Mass: 283 [M'+Nal.
Synthesis of Intermediate 5-11: ethyl vinyl is Di Hc or Spr tiese 5 =\ HO, = Pd(dppfiCl, = ip N- 7 N. #
S hs ho N 5-ll-a 5-1 4-Bromo-1-(1-ethoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazole (5-11-a):
[0722] To a solution of 4-bromo-1H-pyrazole (3 g, 20.4 mmol), ethyl vinyl ether (1.76 g, 24.5 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) was added HCI (4M in dioxane, 0.16 mL), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h at RT. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction was neutralized with saturated NaHCO; solution and extracted with DCM (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na,SO4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford 5-II-a (4.46 g, 89%) as colorless liquid; TLC: 30% EtOAc/Hexane (Rg: 0.7); "H-NMR (CDCl; 200 MHz): 3 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 5.46 (q, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.55 — 3.25 (m, 2H), 1.63 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.15 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); MS: 221 [M +2]. 1-(1-ethoxyethyl)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (5-11):
[0723] To a solution of compound 5-1I-a (600 mg, 2.73 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL) was added KOAc (800 mg, 82 mmol), bis (pinacolato)diboran (1.39 g, 54 mmol) and
Pd(dppf)Cl, (0.06 g, 0.08 mmol) at RT. The reaction mixture was degassed by purging with argon for 30 minutes and stirred at 50 °C for 16 h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction was quenched with H,O and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na,SO,4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (15% EtOAc/Hexane) to afford 5-IT (500 mg, 68.5%) as off white solid. TLC: 30% EtOAc/Hexane (Ry: 0.4); 'H-
NMR (CDCl;,200 MHz): 8 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 5.56 (q, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.55 — 3.25 (m, 2H), 1.63 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (s, 12H), 1.15 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); Mass: 267 [M'+1].
Synthesis of XXIII-5:
[0724] 2-(6-(1-acryloyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-2H-benzo[b][1,4] oxazin-4(3H)-yl)-6,6- dimethyl-6,7-dihydrothiazolo[5,4-c|pyridin-4(SH)-one:
[0725] The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below:
S/T 0 COL s 2x >
Ng HN {Ys N
Ae HT 0 & 5
N
51 54 = 511-2 7
HN XN
HN S /~\ ’— »>N po N
HCI N Acryloyl chloride
DIEA = = oO N. Z
HN. 2 5-3 T N
N xX
[0726] 2-(6-bromo-2,3-dihydrobenzo|[b][1,4]oxazin-4-yl)-6,7-dihydro-6,6- dimethylthiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4(SH)-one (5-111-1):
[0727] To a solution of compound 5-1 (2.7 g, 10.3 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 mL) were added Cs,COs (6.71 g, 20.6 mmol), Xanthophos (476 mg, 0.82 mmol) and Pd(OAc), (139 mg, 0.61 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was degassed by purging with argon and 6-bromo-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine (2.31 g, 10.3 mmol) in acetonitrile was added. The reaction mixture was degassed for 45 minutes at RT and at 85 °C for 16 h.
After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite, washed with 5% MeOH/DCM and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by washing with diethyl ether to afford compound 5-111-1 (3.24 g, 80%) as brown solid. TLC: EtOAc (Rg: 0.4); "H-NMR (CDCl; 200 MHz): 3 8.24 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (bs,
NH), 4.38 — 4.30 (m, 2H), 4.10 -4.02 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s, 2H), 1.40 (s, 6H); Mass: 394.5 [M'+1]; MP: 154.7°C.
[0728] 2-(6-(1-(1-ethoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-2H-benzo[b] [1,4] oxazin-4(3H)-yl)- 6,6-dimethyl-6,7-dihydrothiazolo[5,4-¢|pyridin-4(SH)-one (5-111-2):
[0729] To a solution of compound S5-I1I-1 (2.0 g, 5.0 mmol) in THF (70 mL) were added boronate ester 5-11 (3.37 g, 12.7 mmol), Na,COs (1.6 g, 15.2 mmol), TBAB (653 mg, 20.3 mmol) and Pd(PPhs)s (470 mg, 0.4 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was degassed by purging with argon for 45 minutes and stirred at 100°C for 36 h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and water was added. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 100 mL), the combined organic layers was dried over anhydrous Na,SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (3% MecOH/DCM) to afford S-111- 2 (850 mg, 37%) as brown solid. TLC: 5% MeOH/DCM (Ry: 0.4); "H-NMR (CDCl; 200
MHz): $ 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, / = 8.4
Hz, 1H), 5.55 (q, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (bs, 1H), 4.40 — 4.30 (m, 2H), 4.25 — 4.15 (m, 2H), 3.55 - 3.35 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s, 2H), 1.73 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.43 (s, 6H), 1.15 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); Mass: 476 [M'+Na] and 382 [M-71].
[0730] 2-(6-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-4(3H)-yl)-6,6-dimethyl-6,7- dihydrothiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4(SH)-one (5-111-3):
[0731] To a solution of compound 5-1II-2 (0.85 g, 1.87 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added HCl/dioxane (2 mL) at 0°C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at RT. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was washed with diisopropyl ether followed by 20% EtOAc/hexane to afford 5-1-3 (600 mg, 84%) as off white solid. TLC: 10% MeOH/DCM (Rg: 0.3); 'H-
NMR (DMSO dg, 200 MHz): 6 8.28 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.3 (dd, J =2.2,84 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.35 — 4.25 (m, 2H), 4.14 — 4.05 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 2H), 1.28 (s, 6H). Mass: 382 [M'+1].
[0732] 2-(6-(1-acryloyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-2H-benzo[b] [1,4] oxazin-4(3H)-yl)-6,6- dimethyl-6,7-dihydrothiazolo[5,4-c|pyridin-4(SH)-one (XXIII-5):
[0733] To a stirred solution of the above compound 5-111-3 (0.01g, 0.024 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL) was added TEA (0.008 g, 0.08 mmol) followed by acryloyl chloride (0.0025 g, 0.029 mmol) at RT. The reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by prep. HPLC (25% to 90% CH3CN aqueous containing 0.1% TFA) to give 7.0 mg of the title compound. MS m/z: 436.0 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 129 0
S
LY
L$
Oh 0
XXIII-8
[0734] (15,4S5)-5-(4-(4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo[S,4-c]pyridin- 2-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]0xazin-6-yl)benzoyl)-2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one:
[0735] The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
KF
B-O 0 0
Q S
© rh by. HO
S /\ HO N — NH.HCI
NTN op TN § ) -- (2)
N $7 cS EDC, HOB, DIEA ®
Br HO 2 5-11I-1 o 6a 0
Step 6a: 4-(4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo[S,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)-3.4- dihydro-2H-benzo|b][1,4]0xazin-6-yl)benzoic acid 0
Tr [L>N_0 0
[0736] 2-(6-bromo-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-4(3H)-yl)-6,6-dimethyl-6,7- dihydrothiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4(5H)-one (compound 5-11I-1) and 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid were coupled following the Suzuki coupling procedure described in step 3c to afford the title compound (30 mg). MS m/z: 436.2 (M+1).
Step 6b: (1S,4S)-5-(4-(4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo[5,4- ¢|pyridin-2-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b] [1,4] 0xazin-6-yl)benzoyl)-2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one (XXIII-8)
[0737] To a solution of intermediate 6a (22 mg, 0.05 mmol) and (1S,4S)-2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one HCI salt (10 mg, 0.06 mmol) in 2 mL dichloromethane was added EDCI.HCI (15 mg, 0.08 mmol), HOBT (11 mg, 0.08 mmol) and DIEA (0.05 mL). The reaction mixture was stired at RT for 1 hour. After removal of solvent, the crude product was subject to prep. HPLC (40% to 90% CH;CN aqueous containing 0.1% TFA) to give 15 mg of the title compound. MS m/z: 531.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 130 oO
HN SES 7 [ »>N_ © 3... J 5.
Sn
Oo
XXIII-7
[0738] (1R,4R)-5-(4-(4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo[S,4-c]pyridin- 2-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]0xazin-6-yl)benzoyl)-2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one. In similar fashion, when using (1R,4R)-2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one HCI salt in step 6b, the following compound was prepared:
MS m/z: 531.2 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 131 oO
S
HN
"x ge
HN
=0
P
0
XXIII-2
[0739] (R)-N-(4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo|[5,4-c| pyridin-2- yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b] [1,4] oxazin-6-yl)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamide.
The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below. 0
Q HN YS 0
Chloro — /\ NT >—Br
N
HN OH ZW iN. © reduction 5 5-1 I
OzN 0 $7
OaN oN “on s. Te ON 0 HT) ©
N
Ss. /\
Reduction wx )—N O _ 9;
N 0
TO yh 7d HoN Ce 0
Step 7a: 6-nitro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-3(4H)-one (Intermediate 7a)
[0740] To a stirred solution of 2-amino-4-nitrophenol (3 g, 19.4 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) was added pyridine (1.6 mL, 19.4 mmol) and chloroacetyl chloride (1.53 mL, 19.4 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was strirred for 1 h at RT followed by addition of 60% NaH (780 mg, 19.4 mmol) and continued stirring for another 2 h at RT. After the completion of reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction was quenched with ice cold water (150 mL), precipitated solid was filtered and dried to afford 7a (2 g, 54%) as off white solid. TLC: 60%
Ethyl acetate/ hexane (Rg: 0.4); "H NMR (500 MHz, CDCls): & 8.05 (bs, 1H), 7.93 (d, J =9.0
Hz, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (s, 2H).
Step 7b: 3,4-dihydro-6-nitro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine (Intermediate 7b)
[0741] To a stirred solution of 7a (1.7 g, 8.85 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added BF; ctharate (2.8 mL, 22.13 mmol) at 0 °C, the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at RT and followed by addition of NaHB, (836 mg, 22.13 mmol) at 0°C under inert atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16h at RT. After the completion of reaction (monitored by
TLC), the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc/H,O and aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na,SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The obtained solid was purified by ether washing to afford 7b (1 g, 63%) as off white solid. TLC: 50% Ethyl acetate/hexane (Ry: 0.3); '"H NMR (500 MHz,
CDCl): 6 7.56 (dd, J = 2.5, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 6.8 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (t,J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 3.48 — 3.44 (m, 2H); Mass: 178 [M +1].
Step 7c: 6,7-Dihydro-2-(2,3-dihydro-6-nitrobenzo[b][1,4]0xazin-4-yl)-6,6- dimethylthiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4(SH)-one (Intermediate 7c)
[0742] To a stirred solution of 5-1 (1 g, 3.8 mmol, from Example 128) in acetonitrile (25 mL) was added compound 7b (680 mg, 3.8 mmol), Xanthophos (176 mg, 0.3 mmol),
Pd(OAc), (52 mg, 0.2 mmol) and Cs,CO; (2.5 g, 7.6 mmol) at RT. The reaction mixture was degassed with argon for 45 minutes and stirred for 6 h at 80 °C. After the completion of reaction (monitored by TLC), the volatiles were removed in vacuo, diluted with water and extracted with DCM (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous
Na,SO, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was washed with diethyl ether to afford 7c (1 g, 73%) as light brown solid. TLC: Ethyl acetate (Rs: 0.3); 'H NMR (200 MHz,
CDCl3): 6 9.32 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J = 2.6, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (bs, 1H), 4.46 (t,J = 4.4 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (t, J =4.6 Hz, 2H), 2.95 (s, 2H) and 1.41 (s, 6H).
Step 7d: 2-(6-amino-2,3-dihydrobenzo|b][1,4]oxazin-4-yl)-6,7-dihydro-6,6- dimethylthiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4(5SH)-one (Intermediate 7d)
[0743] To a stirred solution of 7¢ (1 g, 2.7 mmol) in EtOAc/MeOH (1:1, 40 mL) was added Pd/C (100 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere (60 Psi) for 36 h at RT. After the completion of reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was recrystallised from DCM/hexane to afford 7d (520 mg, 57%) as off white solid. TLC: 10% MeOH/DCM (Rg: 0.4); 'H NMR (500 MHz, CDCls): 8 7.34 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d,
J=8.5Hz, 1H), 6.42 (dd, /=2.5, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (bs, 2H), 4.25 (t,/=4.0 Hz, 2H), 4.11 (t,
J=5.5Hz, 2H), 3.5 (bs, 2H), 2.87 (s, 2H), 1.39 (s, 6H); Mass: 331 [M'+1]; MP: 244.8°C.
Step 7e: (R)-N-(4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo|5,4-c|pyridin-2-yl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]0xazin-6-yl)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamide:
[0744] The title compound was prepared by coupling intermediate 7d and (R)-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid using HATU as described in step 1f, example 1. MS m/z: 443.2 (M+H).
EXAMPLE 132 0
S
HN )—N 0
HN
0
Oo 0
XXIII-1
[0745] (S)-N-(4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)- 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]0xazin-6-yl)-S-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamide.
The following compound was prepared by starting with Intermediate 7d and (S)-5- oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid:MS m/z: 443.2 (M+H).
EXAMPLE 133 0)
MTS
N —
XXIII-4
[0746] (1S,4S)-5-(4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2- yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine-6-carbonyl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3- one. The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
No ° 0 0 $ 2 Cg ene: AX rp
Se MeO,C N 5 N oa o o
N JON 0 5 Mere "Oo
Step 8a: methyl 4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo[5,4-¢|pyridin-2- yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine-6-carboxylate (Intermediate 8a):
[0747] To a stirred solution of compound 5-1 (1 g, 3.8 mmol) in acetonitrile (40 mL) was added methyl 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine-6-carboxylate (0.73 g, 3.8 mmol),
Cs,CO; (2.5 g, 7.6 mmol), Pd(OAc), (51 mg, 0.2 mmol) and Xanthophos (176 mg, 0.3 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was degassed with argon for 45 minutes and stirred for 16 h at 80 °C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and washed with DCM (100 mL) and the filtrate was washed with water (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na,SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by washings with diethyl ether to afford compound 8a (880 mg, 62%) as brown solid. TLC: EtOAc (Rg: 0.3). "H-NMR (CDCl, 200
MHz): 6 8.64 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J = 2.0, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.21 (bs, 1H), 4.43 - 4.38 (m, 2H), 4.20 - 4.14 (m, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 2.89 (s, 2H), 1.4 (s, 6H).
MS: 374 [M +1].
Step 8b: 4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo[S,4-c|pyridin-2-yl)-3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]o0xazine-6-carboxylic acid (Intermediate 8b):
[0748] To a stirred solution of compound 8a (0.87 g, 2.3 mmol) in THF (7 mL) and H,0O (4.6 mL) was added LiOH.H,O (195 mg, 4.6 mmol) at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at RT. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 30 mL) and organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was acidified with 10% aqueous KHSO, (pH-2), stirred for 15 minutes and the obtained solid was filtered and dried to afford intermediate 8b (520 mg, 62%) as an off white solid. TLC: EtOAc (Rg: 0.1). "H-NMR (DMSO-ds, 500 MHz): & 12.80 (bs, 1H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J =9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 4.1 (t,J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (s, 2H), 1.28 (s, 6H). MS: 360 [M'+1]. IR: 3402, 3193, 2973, 2529, 1892, 1677, 1646, 1525, 1373, 1251, 1104, 751 ecm™. MP: 300.5 °C.
Step 8c: (1S,4S)-5-(4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo|5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)- 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b] [1,4] 0xazine-6-carbonyl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one (XXIII-4):
The title compound was prepared by coupling intermediate 8b and (1S,4S)-2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one TFA salt using HATU as described in step 1f, example 1. MS m/z: 455.1 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 134 0
S., /M™\
Lg ese:
N —
Oo
Yo + dL No
XXIII-3
[0749] (1R,4R)-5-(4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo[5,4-¢]pyridin-2- yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine-6-carbonyl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3- one. The following compound was prepared by starting with intermediate 8b and (1R,4R)-2- oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one TFA salt:MS m/z: 455.1 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 135 0
S., /\
HN >—N 0
N —
Oo
XXII-24
[0750] 6,6-dimethyl-2-(6-(2-oxopyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-2H-benzo[b][1,4]0xazin- 4(3H)-yl)-6,7-dihydrothiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4(SH)-one. The title compounds are prepared by starting with intermediate 8b and coupling with a suitable amine or amide.
EXAMPLE 136 oO
S.
WN ©
N —
Q :
Oo
XXII-25
[0751] 6,6-dimethyl-2-(6-(2-0x0azetidine-1-carbonyl)-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-4(3H)- y)-6,7-dihydrothiazolo[5,4-c|pyridin-4(SH)-one. The title compounds are prepared by starting with intermediate 8b and coupling with a suitable amine or amide.
EXAMPLE 137 oO
Ss. /M\
HN >—N 0
N =
A ’
N Oo
MeO
XXII-26
[0752] (R)-4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo[5,4-¢|pyridin-2-yl)-N-(1- methoxy-2-oxoazetidin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b] [1,4] 0xazine-6-carboxamide.
The title compounds are prepared by starting with intermediate 8b and coupling with a suitable amine or amide.
EXAMPLE 138 oO
S.
WN T>N ©
N =
HN" “o
MeO
XXII-27
[0753] (S)-4-(6,6-dimethyl-4-0x0-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothiazolo[5,4-c| pyridin-2-yl)-N-(1- methoxy-2-oxoazetidin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine-6-carboxamide. The title compounds are prepared by starting with intermediate 8b and coupling with a suitable amine or amide.
EXAMPLE 139 0
S. /M™\
Ig Cb
NS
\ 0
XXIII-6
[0754] 6,6-dimethyl-2-(6-(4-0x0-4H-chromen-6-yl)-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-4(3H)- yl)-6,7-dihydrothiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4(SH)-one: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below. 0 0 S
HN S.C. I
HN Sy [ >No — 2% 5 ‘ 5 Q 5-1 0-8 () 0 \_g >> 9a
Step 9a: 6,6-dimethyl-2-(6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2H- benzo|[b][1,4]oxazin-4(3H)-yl)-6,7-dihydrothiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4(SH)-one (9a):
[0755] To a stirred solution of compound 5-1II-1 from eample 5 (1.5 g, 3.8 mmol) in dioxane (30 mL) was added KOAc (1.16 g, 4.5 mmol), bis (pinacolato) diboran (1.12 g, 11.4 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl, (556 mg, 0.7 mmol) at RT. The reaction mixture was degassed by purging with argon for 30 minutes and stirred at 90 °C for 2h. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction was quenched with H,O and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na,SO,; and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (40%
EtOAc/Hexane) to afford compound 9a (900 mg, 53%) as off white solid. TLC: EtOAc (Rg: 0.5). "H-NMR (CDCl, 200 MHz): § 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 8.0
Hz, 1H), 5.19 (bs, NH), 4.40 - 4.31 (m, 2H), 4.24 — 4.14 (m, 2H), 2.86 (s, 2H), 1.39 (s, 6H), 1.27 (s, 12H).
MS: 442 [M +1]
Step 9b: 6,6-dimethyl-2-(6-(4-0x0-4H-chromen-6-yl)-2H-benzo|b][1,4]oxazin-4(3H)-yl)- 6,7-dihydrothiazolo[S,4-c]pyridin-4(SH)-one:
The title compound was prepared by treating compound 9a with 6-bromo-4H-chromen-4-one under the stamndard Suzuki coupling conditions described in step 3c in example 3. MS m/z: 460.1 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 140 (Oo
Cl NH i 0 S )
ON x
LALA
0)
XXIV-2
[0756] (S,Z)-2-(2,6-dichlorophenylamino)-5-((4-(4-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)quinolin-6-yl)methylene)thiazol-4(SH)-one: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
Step 10a: Methyl 4-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)quinoline-6-carboxylate
[0757] To methyl 4-chloroquinoline-6-carboxylate (synthesized according to WO 2007099326) (1.5 g, 6.8 mmol) in isopropanol (30 mL) was added n-Boc-piperazine (1.3 g, 7.0 mmol), and the solution was heated to 90 °C for three days. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The product was purified by silica chromatography (DCM/EtOAc) to give the title compound (0.51g, 1.4 mmol). '"H NMR (dsDMSO) & ppm: 8.78 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.66 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (dd, /=18.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.64-3.58 (m, 4H), 3.20-3.14 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H); m/z 372 (M+1).
Step 10b: Tert-butyl 4-(6-(hydroxymethyl)quinolin-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate
[0758] To methyl 4-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)quinoline-6-carboxylate (0.51 g, 1.4 mmol) in THF (10 mL) cooled to 0 °C was added lithium aluminum hydride (0.10 g, 2.7 mmol) and the reaction stirred for 30 min. The reaction was quenched by addition of excess water and the product extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined organics were dried (MgSO,), filtered, and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation to give the title compound as a yellow oil (0.45 g, 1.3 mmol). 'H NMR (dgDMSO) & ppm: 8.64 (d, J = 5.0
Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (dd, J = 6.0, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.63-3.57 (m, 4H), 3.14-3.08 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H). m/z 344 (M+1).
Step 10c: Tert-butyl 4-(6-formylquinolin-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate
[0759] To tert-butyl 4-(6-(hydroxymethyl)quinolin-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (0.45 g, 1.3 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (0.62 g, 1.5 mmol). The solution was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The solution was filtered and the volatiles removed by rotary evaporation. The product was purified by silica chromatography (DCM/EtOAc) to provide the title compound as a yellow foam (0.31 g, 0.91 mmol). 'H
NMR (d¢DMSO) 6 ppm: 10.20 (s, 1H), 8.80 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (dd, J = 1.4, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 3.67-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.24-3.21 (m, 4H), 1.44 (s, 9H). m/z 342 (M+1).
Step 10d: (Z)-tert-butyl 4-(6-((2-(2,6-dichlorophenylamino)-4-oxothiazol-5(4H)- vlidene)methyl)quinolin-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate
[0760] Tert-butyl 4-(6-formylquinolin-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (0.17 g, 0.50 mmol), 2-(2,6-dichlorophenylamino)thiazol-4(5H)-one (see WO 2006132739) (0.13 g, 0.50 mmol), and piperidine (0.040 g, 0.50 mmol) were combined in a microwave vial and ethanol (2 mL) added. The solution was heated at 150 °C for 30 min. in the microwave. The volatiles were removed on a rotary evaporator and the residue purified by silica chromatography (EtOAc/MeOH).
Step 10e: (S,Z)-2-(2,6-dichlorophenylamino)-5-((4-(4-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)quinolin-6-yl)methylene)thiazol-4(SH)-one
[0761] The purified material from above was dissolved in MeOH and treated with 4 N
HCl in dioxane. After stirring for 1 h, the volatiles were removed by rotary evaporation. The residue was taken up in EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO; solution. The solution was dried (MgSO04), filtered and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The residue was coupled with (S)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid with HATU following the procedure described in step 1f in Example 96. MS m/z: 597.2 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 141 (Oo
Cl NH = 0 S ) 7 0 .. N or 0)
XXIV-1
[0762] (R,Z)-2-(2,6-dichlorophenylamino)-5-((4-(4-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)quinolin-6-yl)methylene)thiazol-4(SH)-one. In similar fashion, the following compound was prepared when using (R)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid in step 10e: MS m/z: 597.2 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 142
Oo
HN Z
0
FN Xx ooh
Oo
XXII-28
[0763] (S,Z)-5-((4-(4-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)quinolin-6- y)methylene)thiazolidine-2,4-dione. In similar fashion, when using thiazolidine-2,4-dione to couple with tert-butyl 4-(6-formylquinolin-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate in step 10d, followed by step 10e, the title compound can be prepared.
EXAMPLE 143
Oo
HN Z
0 £3. 407 0A, AN
Oo
XXII-29
[0764] (R,Z)-5-((4-(4-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)quinolin-6- y)methylene)thiazolidine-2,4-dione. In similar fashion, when using thiazolidine-2,4-dione to couple with tert-butyl 4-(6-formylquinolin-4-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate in step 10d, followed by step 10e, but using acrylic acid instead, the the title compound can be prepared.
EXAMPLE 144 0
HN Z
7° Cy
ON NN hd N A
Oo
XXIV-3
[0765] (Z)-5-((4-(4-acryloylpiperazin-1-yl)quinolin-6-yl)methylene)thiazolidine-2,4- dione.
EXAMPLE 145 0)
N
N — 0
XXII-21
[0766] N-(3-(4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)phenyl)acrylamide. = The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
N- Oo O oa) 0 (J AL Boc N N ox iq N ET Boc 1) 4N HCl ST
N [Pd] NA 2 NH 2) Acrylic acid N° NH \ er N HATU, DIEA 1a 11a
Step 11a: tert-butyl 3-(4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-2-yl)phenylcarbamate (Intermediate 11a) 0)
N
S NN Bog
A ~"
N
[0767] Intermediate 11a was prepared by coupling Intermediate la and tert-butyl 3- (4.,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenylcarbamate following the standard Suzuki coupling conditions described in step 3c, Example 3. MS m/z: 413.3 (M+1).
Step 11b: N-(3-(4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]|pyrimidin-2-yl)phenyl)acrylamide:
[0768] The title compound was prepared by following the procedures described in
Example 96, step 1e and 1f. MS m/z: 367.2 (M+H).
EXAMPLE 146 0
N
S XN
UP
N N
2
HO A
XXII-20
[0769] (1S,4S)-5-(3-hydroxy-5-(4-morpholinothieno|[3,2-d] pyrimidin-2-yl)benzyl)-2- oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one: The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below. 0 0 Oo o (J (] (J (J
N N N N
S AS
S ~N — SN —_— S N N —_— ST
AL 2 ST SC oH YA =z
Ne \ N OO" N N N
Oo
HO 0
CHO
1a 12a CHO 12b
Step 12a: 3-(4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)-S-propoxybenzaldehyde (Intermediate 12a) ()
N
\ 2 or
CHO
[0770] Intermediate 12a was prepared by coupling Intermediate la and 3-formyl-5- propoxyphenylboronic acid following the standard Suzuki coupling conditions described in step 3c, Example 3. MS m/z: 384.1 (M+1).
Step 12b: 3-hydroxy-5-(4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)benzaldehyde (Intermediate 12b): ()
N
\ 2
CHO
[0771] The title compound was prepared by treating intermediate 12a with 2 equivalents
BB13 in dichloromethane at -78°C to RT for lhour. MS m/z: 342.1 (M+H").
Step 12¢: (1S5,4S)-5-(3-hydroxy-5-(4-morpholinothieno(3,2-d]|pyrimidin-2- vD)benzyl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one:
[0772] The title compound was prepared by treating intermediate 12b with (1S,4S)-2- oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one TFA salt (2 equivalents), NaBH3CN (4 equivalent) in acetonitrile/acetic acid (3:1). MS m/z: 439.2 (M+H").
EXAMPLE 147 ®
N
S XN
A
D
70
HO Ir
XXII-30
[0773] (1R,4R)-5-(3-hydroxy-5-(4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]| pyrimidin-2-yl)benzyl)-2- oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one. In similar fashion, when using (1R,4R)-2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one TFA salt, the following compound can be prepared:
EXAMPLE 148 ®
N
S | XN o
N\A 2
N N
Oo
HO 0
XXII-31
[0774] (1S,4S)-5-(3-hydroxy-5-(4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d]| pyrimidin-2- yl)benzoyl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one. The title compound can be prepared from compound 12b by a two-step sequence: 1) oxidation to the carboxylic acid by a suitable oxidant, 2) coupling of the resulting acid with an appropriate amine.
EXAMPLE 149 ®
N
S
SU
N\A 2 7
HO 0
XXII-32
[0775] (1R,4R)-5-(3-hydroxy-5-(4-morpholinothieno[3,2-d|pyrimidin-2- yl)benzoyl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one. The title compound can be prepared from compound 12b by a two-step sequence: 1) oxidation to the carboxylic acid by a suitable oxidant, 2) coupling of the resulting acid with an appropriate amine.
EXAMPLE 150 ®
N
LAC
NH
A -
N Oo /
MeO
XXII-33
[0776] 2-(1H-indazol-4-yl)-N-(1-methoxy-2-oxoazetidin-3-yl)-4- morpholinothieno(3,2-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxamide. Using the intermediates described in the above examples and the chemistry outlined in the procedures, the title compound can be prepared accordingly.
EXAMPLE 151
[0777] 2, 4-difluoro-N-(2-methoxy-5-(4-(4-((1S,4S)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carbonyl)phenyl)quinolin-6-yl)pyridin-3- yl)benzenesulfonamide (XXV-13). The title compound was prepared through the following intermediate as described below.
HO.__O \ (J oO _N
Fo, 0
OCC
H
~
F N
[0778] 4-(6-(5-(2,4-difluorophenylsulfonamido)-6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)quinolin-4- yl)benzoic acid: The title acid was prepared by following the similar chemistry as published in patents W0O2008144463 and W0O20081444464. iQ) 0 N° won
PF o,,0 [
OC
H
7
F N
XXV-13
[0779] 2,4-difluoro-N-(2-methoxy-5-(4-(4-((1S,4S)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carbonyl)phenyl)quinolin-6-yl)pyridin-3- yl)benzenesulfonamide (XXV-13). The title compound was prepared through standard
HATU coupling of the benzoic acid above and (18S,4S5)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3- one. "H-NMR (CDCl; 500 MHz): & 8.99 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.98-7.88 (m, 5H), 7.78-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.66 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.25 (m, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 5.26 (bs, 1H), 4.95-4.91 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.93 (m, 4H), 2.36 (d, J= 10 Hz, 1H), 2.17 (d, J = 10.5 Hz, 1H), 2.05-2.03 (m, 1H).
MS: m/z= 643.1 [M + H]
EXAMPLE 152 072
AEN wore
Fo. 0
OCC
H
ZZ
F N
XXV-15
[0780] 2, 4-difluoro-N-(2-methoxy-5-(4-(4-((1R,4R)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carbonyl)phenyl)quinolin-6-yl)pyridin-3- yl)benzenesulfonamide ( XXV-15): The title compound was prepared in the same way as for XXV-13 using enantiomeric amine in the final coupling step.
[0781] "H-NMR (CDCl; 500 MHz): & 8.99 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.98-7.88 (m, 5H), 7.78-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.66 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 3.5
Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.25 (m, 1H), 6.91 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 5.26 (bs, 1H), 4.95-4.91 (m, 1H), 3.96- 3.93 (m, 4H), 2.36 (d, /= 10 Hz, 1H), 2.17 (d, J= 10.5 Hz, 1H), 2.05-2.03 (m, 1H).
[0782] MS: m/z 643.1 [M + HJ.
EXAMPLE 153
[0783] N-(4-(6-(5-(2,4-difluorophenylsulfonamido)-6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)quinolin- 4-yl)phenyl) acrylamide (XXV-14). The title compound was prepared through the following intermediate as described below.
NH, % N ®
Foo
OC
H oo
F N
[0784] N-(5-(4-(4-aminophenyl)quinolin-6-yl)-2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)-2,4- difluorobenzene- sulfonamide: The title acid was prepared by following the similar chemistry as published in patents W0O2008144463 and W020081444464. 0
IN om ©
HN OS Zz
F q=0
SS SN
"
F
XXV-14
[0785] N-(4-(6-(5-(2,4-difluorophenylsulfonamido)-6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)quinolin- 4-yl)phenyl) acrylamide. The title compound was prepared through the standard HATU coupling of the aniline above and acrylic acid.
[0786] "H-NMR (CDCls+ CD;0D, 500 MHz): & 8.88 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, J = 9.0
Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.91-7.88 (m, 3H), 7.78-7.73 (m, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 6.95-6.84 (m, 2H), 6.48-6.40 (m, 2H), 5.79 (d, J= 9.5 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H).
[0787] LCMS: 595 [M + Na], 573 [M + H]
EXAMPLE 154 (se
Oo N 0 cl O
CC
VN oO N=
NH
~Y
NN
XXXVII-§
[0788] (1R,4R)-5-(3-(2-((9H-purin-6-ylthio)methyl)-5-chloro-4-oxoquinazolin-3(4H)- yl)-4-methoxybenzoyl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one (XXXVII-5): The title compound was prepared according to the steps and intermediates as described below.
COOC,Hs COOC,H; cl coon cl 0 clo Q
K,COs, DMF
CLF == (OX, 0 CO . COOC Hs & NAS N $ 8b > 8c 8a ls z N
NTN LY
OCH; H / suo Water,
Ethanol
O~_N 0 cl oO cl O -—
N oe HATU, DIPEA OLX I.
N 3
Nm, WL
Ss NH HN 0 8d N
NTS
N.__N SN
H
Step 8b: Ethyl 3-(5-chloro-2-(chloromethyl)-4-oxoquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)-4- methoxybenzoate
COOC,Hs cl O
CC
Cl
[0789] To a mixture of 2-chloro-6-(2-chloroacetamido)benzoic acid (5.7 g, 22.97 mmol), ethyl 3-amino-4-methoxybenzoate (4.0 g, 20.67 mmol) in THF (24 mL) at 0°C, was added
PCl; (4.7 mL, 34.45 mmol). The reaction mixture was then refluxed at 65 °C for 1-2 h. After completion of reaction, reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc.
Organic layer was washed with dilute HCl (2x25 mL) and saturated NaHCO; (2x25mL), brine solution and dried over anhydrous Na,SO,. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified by column chromatography using 17% EtOAc in Hexane, giving compound 8b as a white solid (5.4 g, 65% yield). "H NMR: (DMSO, 400 MHz): § 1.280 (t, 3H), 3.831 (s, 3H), 4.254 (m, 4H), 7.359-8.145 (m, 6H).
Mass: 407.0 (M+1)
Step 8c: ethyl 3-(2-((9H-purin-6-ylthio)methyl)-5-chloro-4-oxoquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)-4- methoxybenzoate
COOC,Hs cl O
CC
S
N ~ N
I
N° H
[0790] To a solution of 6-mercaptopurine (0.459 g, 2.70 mmol) in DMF (10 mL), was added anhydrous K,COs (0.397 g. 2.94 mmol). After stirring for 15-20 min, compound 8b (1.0 g, 2.45 mmol) was added and the reaction was continued under for 1-1.5 hr. The reaction mixture was then poured in water (150 mL), and the precipitated was filtered out, giving white solid (1.1 g, 86% yield).
[0791]'"H NMR: (DMSO, 400 MHz): & 1.233 (t, 3H), 3.801 (s, 3H), 4.182 (m, 2H), 4.227 (q, 2H), 7.143-8.392 (m, 8H).
Mass: 523.0 (M'+1).
Step 8d: 3-(2-((9H-purin-6-ylthio)methyl)-5-chloro-4-oxoquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)-4- methoxybenzoic acid
OL OH cl O
CC
S
N ’d N o
N° OH
[0792] Compound 8c (1.4 g, 2.67 mmol) and NaOH (0.214g, 5.35 mmol) was stirred in a mixed solvent of in ethanol (5 mL) and water (15 mL). Reaction was monitored by
TLC/mass periodically, and stopped at ~50% conversion. Reaction mixture was worked up by removing ethanol-water then, water (15 mL) was added and then HCI was added at 0-5 °C up to acidic pH. The white solid was filtered out, giving 560 mg of desired acid (41% yield).
Mass: 495.0 (M+1).
Step 8e: (1R,4R)-5-(3-(2-((9H-purin-6-ylthio)methyl)-5S-chloro-4-oxoquinazolin-3(4H)- vl)-4-methoxybenzoyl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one (Bs
Os _N 0 cl O
CC
VN 0 N= ses
N._N
[0793] To a mixture of Compound 8d (0.4 g, 0.81mmol), (1R,4R)-2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one (0.179 g, 1.21 mmol), DIPEA (0.628 g, 4.86 mmol) in 5 mL of acetonitrile was HATU (0.456 g, 1.21 mmol). After 10 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and purified by prep-HPLC.
'"H NMR: (DMSO, 400 MHz): § 2.143 (t, 2H), 2.287 (t, 2H), 3.769 (s, 3H), 4.482 (dd, 2H), 5.303 (s, 1H), 7.137-8.480 (m, 8H), 13.508 (s, 1H).
Mass: 590.1 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 155 (£0 0 NEA,
Cl oO
CC
VN 0 N= rN
NN
XXXVII-1
[0794] (1S,4S)-5-(3-(2-((9H-purin-6-ylthio)methyl)-5-chloro-4-oxoquinazolin-3(4H)- yl)-4-methoxybenzoyl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one (XXXVII-1). The title compound was made in the same way as for using enantiomeric amine in the final step. '"H NMR: (DMSO, 400 MHz): § 2.143 (t, 2H), 2.287 (t, 2H), 3.769 (s, 3H), 4.482 (dd, 2H), 5.303 (s, 1H), 7.137-8.480 (m, 8H), 13.508 (s, 1H).
Mass: 590.1 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 156 oO
HN™ ~O cl O
CC
S
N rd N “I
N" H
XXXVII-3
[0795] (S)-N-(3-(2-((9H-purin-6-ylthio)methyl)-5-chloro-4-oxoquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)-4- methoxyphenyl)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamide (XXXVII-3). The title compound was made through the intermediates as described below.
NO, cl O
CC
Cl
[0796] 5-chloro-2-(chloromethyl)-3-(2-methoxy-5-nitrophenyl)quinazolin-4(3H)-one:
The title intermediate was made in a similar way as describe in step 8b using 2-methoxy-5- nitroaniline as aniline counterpart. "H NMR: (DMSO, 400 MHz): § 3.336 (s, 3H), 4.366 (dd, 2H), 7.460-8.575 (m, 6H).
Mass: 380 (M").
NO, cl O
CC
VN OCH;
S
N ‘ed N
I
N° OH
[0797] 2-((9H-purin-6-ylthio)methyl)-5-chloro-3-(2-methoxy-5- nitrophenyl)quinazolin-4(3H)-one: The title intermediate was made in the same way as describe in step 8c. Mass: 496 (M+1), 498 (M+2).
NH, cl oO
CC
N S
CC
Na
A
HN—Z
[0798] 2-((9H-purin-6-ylthio)methyl)-3-(5-amino-2-methoxyphenyl)-5- chloroquinazolin-4(3H)-one: The nitro group was reduced by Fe powder in the presence of catalytic amount of HCI, giving the desired aniline as brownish solid. '"H NMR: (DMSO, 400 MHz): § 3.596 (s, 3H), 4.420 (dd, 2H), 4.892 (s, 2H), 6.624-8.552 (m, 8H).
Mass: 466 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 157 0
HN™ ~O cl O
CC
S
N re N “I
NN" H
XXXVII-3
[0799] (S)-N-(3-(2-((9H-purin-6-ylthio)methyl)-5-chloro-4-oxoquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)-4- methoxyphenyl)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamide (XXXVII-3). The title compound was made through standard HATU coupling of the aniline above with (R)-5-Oxo-2- tetrahydrofuran carboxylic acid. '"H NMR: (DMSO, 400 MHz): § 2.309 (m, 2H), 2.474 (m, 2H), 3.582 (s, 3H), 4.430 (dd, 2H), 4.976 (t, 1H), 7.059-8.425 (m, 8H), 10.100 (s, 1H).
Mass: 578.1 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 158
P
’
HN™ ~O cl O
CC
S
N ’d N “I
N" H
XXXVII-2
[0800] (R)-N-(3-(2-((9H-purin-6-ylthio)methyl)-5-chloro-4-oxoquinazolin-3(4H)-yl)-4- methoxyphenyl)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamide (XXXVII-2). The title compound was made in the same way as for XXXVII-3 using (S)-5-Oxo-2-tetrahydrofuran carboxylic acid in the final step. '"H NMR: (DMSO, 400 MHz): § 2.309 (m, 2H), 2.474 (m, 2H), 3.582 (s, 3H), 4.430 (dd, 2H), 4.976 (t, 1H), 7.059-8.425 (m, 8H), 10.100 (s, 1H).
Mass: 578.1 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 159 0.0
Cf
N ino cl O
CC
VN 0 N= aed
NN
XXXVII-4
[0801] (1S,4S)-N-(3-(2-((9H-purin-6-ylthio)methyl)-5-chloro-4-oxoquinazolin-3(4H)- yl)-4-methoxyphenyl)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carboxamide (XXXVII- 4). The title compound was made using the aniline as for XXXVII-3, triphosgene, (15,4S)-2- oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one in the presence of triethylamine. "H NMR: (DMSO, 400 MHz): § 2.044 (t, 2H), 2.219 (t, 2H), 3.678 (s, 3H), 4.492 (dd, 2H), 4.784 (s, 1H), 4.875 (s, 1H), 7.003-8.746 (m, 8H).
Mass: 605.1 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 160
[0802] N-(7-methoxy-8-(4-0x0-4-((1R,4R)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5- yl)butoxy)-2,3-dihydroimidazo[1,2-¢]quinazolin-5-yl)nicotinamide (XXVII-13). The title compound was prepared through the following intermediate as described below.
N
\
LJ o 0 Nn” 0)
J a " nN”
HO
[0803] 4-(7-methoxy-5-(nicotinamido)-2,3-dihydroimidazo[1,2-c]quinazolin-8- yloxy)butanoic acid. The title acid was prepared by following the similar chemistry as published in patents W0O2009091550.
N
[
N O
0 NN X 0 H aN N ~ ou) 0
XXVII-13
[0804] N-(7-methoxy-8-(4-0x0-4-((1R,4R)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5- y)butoxy)-2,3-dihydroimidazo[1,2-¢]quinazolin-S-yl)nicotinamide (XXVII-13). The title compound was prepared by standard HATU coupling of the carboxylic acid above and (1R,4R)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one. "H-NMR (CDCl; 500 MHz): & 12.82 (bs, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.70 (d, J =4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (d,
J=17.5Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 5.11- 5.15 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.17 (m, 5H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.70-3.50 (m, 4H), 2.65-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.50- 2.45 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.20 (m, 2H).
MS: m/z 519.1 (M +1)
EXAMPLE 161
N
\
N O
0 oN 0 H aN N°
N
0 0
XXVII-14
[0805] N-(7-methoxy-8-(4-0x0-4-((1S,4S5)-3-0x0-2-0xa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]|heptan-5- yl)butoxy)-2,3-dihydroimidazo[1,2-¢]quinazolin-5-yl)nicotinamide (XXVII-14). The title compound was prepared in the same way as for XXVII-13 using (1R,4R)-2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one in the final coupling step. "H-NMR (CDCl; 500 MHz): § 12.82 (bs, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.70 (d, J =4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (d,
J=75Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 5.11- 5.15 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.17 (m, 5H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.70-3.50 (m, 4H), 2.65-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.50- 2.45 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.20 (m, 2H).
MS: m/z 519.1 (M+H)
G. PI3K BIOLOGICAL DATA
[0806] Compounds of the present invention are assayed as inhibitors of PI3 kinases using the following general protocol.
EXAMPLE 162
HTREF Assay Protocol for Potency Assessment Against the Active Form of p110 /p85 :
[0807] The protocol below describes an end-point, competition-binding HTRF assay used to measure inherent potency of test compounds against active pl10o/p85a pl110B/p85a, pl20y enzymes. The mechanics of the assay platform are best described by the vendor (Millipore, Billerica, MA) on their website at the following URL: http://www .millipore.com/coa/tech1/74jt4z.
[0808] Briefly, Stop solution (Stop A, #33-007 and Stop B, #33-009; 3:1 ratio) and
Detection Mix (DMC, #33-015 with DMA, #33-011 and DMB, #33-013; 18:1:1 ratio) were prepared as recommended by the manufacturer ~2 hrs prior to use. Additionally, 1X reaction buffer (4X buffer stock # 33-003), a 1.4X stock of enzyme from BPS Bioscience (San Diego,
Ca) or Millipore (Billerica, MA) with di-C8-PIP2 lipid substrate (#33-005), and a 4X ATP solution (#A7699) Sigma/Aldrich (St. Louis, MO) were prepared in 1X reaction buffer. 15 uL of enzyme and lipid substrate mix were pre-incubated in a Corning (#3573) 384-well, black, non-treated microtiter plate (Corning, NY) for 30 min at 25 °C with a 0.5 pL volume of 50% DMSO and serially diluted compounds prepared in 50% - 75% DMSO. Lipid kinase reactions were started with the addition of 5 pL. of ATP solution, mixed for 15 sec on a rotary plate shaker and incubated for 15-30 minutes at 25 °C. Next, reactions were stopped with a 5 uL addition of Stop solution followed by a 5 pL volume of Detection Mix. Stopped reactions were equilibrated for 1 and 18 hrs at room temperature and then read in a Synergy4 plate reader from BioTek (Winooski, VT) at Aex330-80/Aem620-35 and Aem665-7.5. At the conclusion of each assay, the HTRF ratio from fluorescence emission values for each well was calculated and %lInhibition determined from averaged controls wells. % Inhibition values for each compound re then plotted against inhibitor concentration to estimate IC50 from log[Inhibitor] vs Response, Variable Slope model in GraphPad Prism from GraphPad
Software (San Diego, CA).
[0809] Reagents used in optimized protocol: [p1100/p85a] = 500 - 750 pM, [ATP] = 50 uM, [di-C8-PIP2] = 10 uM (40620; BPS Bioscience or 14-602; Millipore)
[0810] Reference Inhibitor 1Css:
LY294002 = 1.3 uM (published IC50’s = 0.7 — 3 uM)
[0811] Wortmannin = 2.9 nM (published IC50’s = 1 — 5 nM)
[0812] Reagents used in optimized protocol: [p110B/p85a] = 750 pM — 1.25 nM, [ATP] = 50 uM, [di-C8-PIP2] = 10 uM (14-603; Millipore)
[0813] Reference Inhibitor IC50s:
PIK75 = 249 nM (published IC50’s = 343 nM)
[0814] AZ-REF =21 nM
[0815] Reagents used in optimized protocol: [p120y] = 1-4 nM, [ATP] =50 uM, [di-C8-PIP2] = 10 uM (40625; BPS Bioscience)
[0816] Reference Inhibitor IC50s:
PIK75 = 55 nM
[0817] AZ-REF = 14 nM [ATP] and [PIP,] were kept static at or below Kapp for each.
[0818] Table 4 shows the activity of selected compounds of this invention in the PI3Ka-
HTRF-IC50nM, PI3KBg-HTRF-IC50nM, and HCT116-WB Assays. Compounds having an activity designated as “A” provide an IC50 < 10 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “B” provide an IC50 > 10 nM and < 100 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “C” provide an IC50 > 100 nM and < 1000 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “D” provide an IC50 > 1000 nM and < 10,000 nM; and compounds having an activity designated as “E” provide an IC50 < 10,000 nM.
Table 4
Compound Designation | Enzyme/Assay Inhibition Designation fee je
I — me
I — —
I — we
FL LA
FL LA me we we memes 5
Fees pp me wom we [5
EE — — ware we [5 wae 5 wm ep wars wep
EE — | — tm mw pp wm ws mw eee wm ooois fe
H. MASS SPECTROMETRIC ANALYSIS OF PI3K CONTACTED WITH
COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION
EXAMPLE 163
[0819] Intact PI3K[3 was incubated for 3 hr at a 10X fold access of compound to protein.
Sul aliquots of the samples were diluted with 15ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C4
ZipTipping directly onto the MALDI target using Sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10mg/mL in 0.1%TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50). Spots were then analyzed via MALDI-MS.
XXII-10 modified PI3KB 100% by 3h. XXII-8, XXII-6, XXIII-4, and XXIII-3 each provided between about 35 % to about 55 % modification.
EXAMPLE 164
[0820] Intact PI3Ky was incubated for 1 hr at a 10-fold excess of compound XXII-33 to protein at 37°C. 5 uL aliquots of the samples were diluted with 10 ul of 0.1% TFA prior to micro C4 Ziptipping directly onto the MALDI target plate using sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10 mg/mL in 0.1%TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50). The top panel of Figure 22 shows the mass spectral trace of the intact PI3Ky protein (m/z = 131,963 Da). The bottom panel of Figure 22 shows the mass spectral trace when PI3Ky was incubated with compound
XXII-33 (mw = 550.64). The centroid mass (m/z = 132,455 Da) shows a mass shift of 492
Da (90%), indicating complete modification of PI3Ky by compound XXII-33.
B. PDPK-1 Inhibitors Synthetic Examples
Example 165
Synthetic scheme for Intermediate A
Boc
Cl Ty
Br H ®. HN a Br
Step-1 ,Boc N Step-3
HNN ONH, 228 HNN - - Ao = 1 2 0 oO Oo O
NH, 0 O VP oe: Nor
H H
HN HO OEt HN HN
Br: Br HoN NO, Br ee QL, Tee LOL ~ - — Step-5 ~
NEY Step-4 Nc P N"N NO
H 2 3 oO O 4 o 0 5
NO OEt AA
Ia Ja NH,
HN HN
Step-6 pr Step-7
LA, To
ZN
N” ON NH, EN NH,
H H
6 A
Step-1: Boc-anhydride, CHCI3, 0°C-RT, 16 h. Step-2: Et3N, CH3CN, 0°C-RT, 16 h. Step-3: 4M HCI in dioxane, h. Step-4: (i) 3-ethoxy-2,2-dimethyl-3-oxopropanoic acid, Oxalyl chloride, DMF, CH2CI2, 2h; (ii) DIPEA, CH3CP
RT, 16 h. Step-5: Ethanol, HCI, 60°C, 16 h. Step-6: Ethyl acetate, SnCI2.2H20, 90°C, 3 h. Step-7: Ammonia, methanol, 80°C, 4 days.
Step-1: Compound 1
Boc
HNN
H
[0821] To a stirred solution of propane-1,3-diamine (10 g, 134.9 mmol) in chloroform (250 ml) at 0°C was added boc-anhydride (6.2 ml, 26.9 mmol) in chloroform (250 ml) dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. (5 parallel reactions were carried out). Then the reaction mixtures were mixed together, concentrated to ~50% of its total volume and filtered. The filtrate was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated. The residue was taken in petroleum ether and the undissolved portion was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to obtain compound 1 (19 g, 80.8%) as colorless liquid.
Step-2: Compound 2 _Boc
N
J
HN
“CL
N Cl
[0822] To a stirred solution of 1 (19 g, 109 mmol) in acetonitrile (120 mL) at 0°C was added triethylamine (23 ml, 165 mmol) followed by 5-bromo-2,4-dichloropyrimidine (35 g, 153.5 mmol). Stirring continued at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated completely and the residue obtained was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine solution, dried over anhydrous Na,SQO,, filtered and concentrated. The crude was then purified using column chromatography (SiO,, petroleum ether : ethyl acetate, 9:1) to obtain compound 2 as pale brown solid (26.5 g, 66.5%).
Step-3: Compound 3
J
HN
Br
CI
N Cl
[0823] A cooled solution of HCI in dioxane (4M, 150 mL) was added to compound 2 (30 g, 82 mmol) and then stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The solid obtained was collected by filtration, washed with petroleum ether and dried (25 g, quantitative).
Step-4: Compound 4 oO 0 yk OEt
HN
Re
N Cl
[0824] To a stirred solution of 3-ethoxy-2,2-dimethyl-3-oxopropanoic acid (10 g, 62.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 ml) at 0°C was added oxalyl chloride (6.4 g, 75.6 mmol) followed by two drops DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and then concentrated under vacuum to obtain brown oil. This was then added dropwise into a solution of 3 (15.5 g, 51.3 mmol) and DIPEA (36 ml, 206.7 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 ml) at 0°C and stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was completely concentrated under vacuum to obtain a residue. One more similar batch of reaction was carried out in parallel and both the residues were taken together in ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with 1.5 N HCI, 10% NaHCO; solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na,SQO., filtered and concentrated. The crude was purified using column chromatography (Si0,, 15-20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to yield compound 4 as white solid (25 g, 59.7%).
Step-5: Compound 5 oO O
Ia > or
HN
“xO
N"N NO,
[0825] To a stirred solution of 4 (10 g, 24.5 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL) were added 3- nitroaniline (4.4 g, 31.85 mmol) and conc. HCI (0.2 ml). The reaction mixture then stirred at 60°C in a sealed tube for 16 h during which time pale yellow solid separated out. The solid obtained (compound 5) was collected by filtration, washed with petroleum ether and dried (11.7 g, 93.6%).
Step-6: Compound 6 oO oO
NCS
I N OEt
HN
“C1 2
NN NH,
H
[0826] To a stirred solution of § (11.7 g, 23 mmol) in ethyl acetate (120 mL) was added stannous chloride (26 g, 115 mmol) in portions. Then the reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 h. It was cooled to r.t., diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with sodium bicarbonate solution. Filtered to remove the insolubles; the filtrate was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na,SO4 and concentrated to obtain compound 6 as pale brown viscous oil (9.98 g, 90.6%).
Step-7: Intermediate A oO O oS
IR
HN
“CL
N7 N NH,
H
[0827] To a solution of 6 (9.98 g, 20.8 mmol) in dry methanol (50 mL) at 0°C was added saturated methanolic ammonia (50 mL) in a sealed tube. Then the reaction mixture was heated at 80°C for 4 days. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the crude product obtained was purified by column chromatography (SiO,, 4% methanol in chloroform) to obtain Intermediate A as white solid (6.2 g, 66%). MS m/z: 450.1, 452.0 (M+H").
Preparation of Intermediate B
O O
NSC
Joos
HN
LO
N7 N
H
B
[0828] Intermediate B was prepared similarly following the synthetic procedures described for Intermediate A, except using 4-nitroaniline in step 5. MS m/z: 450.1, 452.0 (M+H)).
[0829] In similar fashion, Intermediate C and Intermediate D were prepared:
OO 0 O 0
Se
SOK [ER
HN HN 0
Br
NZ N OH En
H 0 H
Cc D
EXAMPLE 166 0 0
N NH
Ieee ?
HN
B
=
N N NO
H H
XI-52
[0001] To a solution of intermediate A (0.5 g, 1.11 mmol), (S)-5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxylic acid (0.29 g, 2.23 mmol) and DIPEA (0.3 ml, 1.72 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.5 ml) at 0°C was added T3P (2-Propanephosphonic acid anhydride, 50% solution in ethyl acetate, 1.8 ml, 2.83 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16h.
The reaction mixture was directly adsorbed on basic alumina and subjected to column chromatography (eluted with dichloromethane). The residue obtained after evaporating the column fractions was treated with sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated to obtain pale yellow solid. The product was further washed with diethyl ether and dried under vacuum to obtain the title compound as pale yellow solid (0.13 g, 20.8%).
[0002] 'H NMR (DMSO-d): 8 = 1.28 (s, 6H), 1.65 (m, 2H), 2.22 (m, 1H), 2.54 (m, 3H), 3.11 (m, 2H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 5.06 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.21 (m, 5H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.64 (t, J = 6 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 10.18 (s, 1H); LCMS: m/e: 562.0, 564.0 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 167
Oo O
Kw
HN
“COS
A
0
XI-26
Step-1: tert-butyl 2-(3-(4-(3-(3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-3-oxopropanamido)propylamino)-5- bromopyrimidin-2-ylamino)phenylamino)-2-oxoethylcarbamate 0 O nS
J
C t 21 0 } 7 \ ot 0
[0830] Intermediate A (102mg, 0.23mmoL), Boc-glycine (44mg, 0.25mmol) was dissolved in DMF (1mL). Hydroxybenzotriazole (38mg, 0.25mmoL) was added followed by
N-ethyl-N'-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride salt (48mg, 0.25mmoL) and
N-methyl morpholine (75ul, 0.68mmoL). Stir at room temperature for 1h, partition with saturated Sodium bicarbonate solution (2mL) and ethyl acetate (SmL). The layers were separated and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate; filtration and the solvent was removed via rotary evaporation gave a yellow oil 164mg. LC/MS: RT = 2.27 min, m/e 607.0/609.2 (M+1).
Step-2: N1-(3-(2-(3-(2-aminoacetamido)phenylamino)-5-bromopyrimidin-4- ylamino)propyl)-2,2-dimethylmalonamide (HCI salt)
Oo O a
J
“Ci QL
Ay NANNH,
H : HCI
[0831] To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(3-(4-(3-(3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-3- oxopropanamido)propylamino)-5-bromopyrimidin-2-ylamino)phenylamino)-2- oxocthylcarbamate (164mg, 0.27mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added HCI (4N in dioxane 1 mL). Stir overnight at rt; remove solvent via rotary evaporation to give a white solid 170mg.
LC/MS: RT = 2.13 min, m/e: 507.1/509.1 (M+1).
Step-3: XI-26 oO O
Jo
HN
“Cr DS
Py ANN 0
H H
S
0
[0832] N1-(3-(2-(3-(2-aminoacetamido)phenylamino)-5-bromopyrimidin-4- ylamino)propyl)-2,2-dimethylmalonamide (HCI salt from step 2) (31mg, 0.06 mmol) was charged in DMF (500ul). To this was added 5-oxotetrahydrothiophene-3-carboxylic acid (8mg, 0.06mmoL), DIPEA (40uL, 0.23mmoL), and HATU (22mg, 0.06mmoL) and stirred for 30min at room temperature. The mixture was purified directly using prep HPLC to give a white solid 9mg as the TFA salt LC/MS: RT =2.02 m/e 635.1/637.0 (M+1).
EXAMPLE 168 0 0
N NH
ER z
HN 0
B
0 ~Z
N N
H
XI-41
[0003] To a solution of intermediate D (125mg, 0.25 mmol), HATU (0.50 mmol) and
DIPEA (excess) in DMF was added (1S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one (TFA salt, 0.50 mmol) at room temperature for 16h. After work-up, the crude product was obtained as a gummy material (125mg, LCMS purity ~58%). The title compound was obtained after purification over preparative HPLC (20mg). LCMS: m/e: 599.6, 601.6 (M-1).
[0004] In similar fashion, the compounds in the following table were made according to the procedures described above and from an appropriate intermediate A, B, C, or D.
Compound MS (M+1) From
Structures Intermediate
XI-21 578.1/580.0
XI1-22 635.1/637.0
XI-23 578.1/580.0
X1-24 635.1/637.0
XI-25 626.1/628.0
XI-26 635.1/637.0
X1-27 578.1/580.0
XI-28 617.1/619.0
X1-29 588.2/590.1
XI-30 602.1/604.0
XI-31 561.0/563.1
XI-32 691.0/693.2
XI-33 660.2/662.1
XI1-34 649.0/651.0
XI-35 624.1/626.1 B
XI-36 623.6/625.6 (M-1
X1-37 0-1 0A 0
XI-38 619.2/621.2
X1-39 504.1/506.1 B
XI-40 602.1/604.1 DD
XI-41 5996/6016 (M-1) | D
XI-42 562.1/564.1 B
X1-43 562.1/564.1 B
EXAMPLE 169
H
3
NH
Oo H 0 0 N N =~
NH { N N-NH
Oo H
XXXVI-1
Example 170 nthetic scheme for Intermdiate E:
Synthetic sch for Int diate E
O'Bu
CH,COCI Oo oO Hydrazine N oO 0 NaH / t-BuOH oO © Pyridi t Ethanol ~ yridine / DCM BuO Nt —_— - OEt ~~ = Eo. A oI Tee A, A fa x
E-1 E-2° E-3°
NaOH
Step-4 0 0 O'Bu
OH o 0/8" soy" 1.Cs,CO3, BnBr
NH, =N, MnO, _N 2.TFA, DCM =N,
EtO N NC Lol Is NHe——— ~ <A - I NE
N-NH NaHSO, n Step-6 BNO Step-5
N MeCN 5 2 5
E-7 Step-7 E-6 E-5 E-4
Boc
PdiC Boc \ Boc
Step-8 \ N
NH, N »
OH AT ) 0 NH co Wr EDC, HOBt oO ox" LioH 0 0 oN \ \-NH Step-9 = ~ Step-10 OT RN CS HoN ym
H NNN N N-NH nN N-NH
H H N
E-8 E9 E-10 E
Step-1: Preparation of Ethyl 4-tert-butoxy-3-oxobutanoate (E-1) 0 0 t
BuO
[0833] To a suspension of NaH (39 g, 1.61 mmol) in DMF (200 mL) was added Ethyl 4- chloro-3-oxobutanoate(50 g, 0.303 mmol) slowly drop wise at 0 °C, followed by t-BuOH(58 mL, 0.607 mmol) and stirred for 14 h at ambient temperature. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was acidified up to pH=4 to 5 and diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and brine solution, dried over Na,SO4 and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography [silica gel (60-120 mesh), 7% ethyl acetate in hexane] to afford compound E-1 as a yellow oily liquid (27g, 45.7%). TLC
System: 5% Ethyl acetate in hexane, (Ry): 0.4. 'H NMR (CDCI3): = 1.20 (s, 9H), 1.29 (t, 3H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 4.20 (q, 2H).
Step-2: Preparation of Ethyl 2-acetyl-4-tert-butoxy-3-oxobutanoate (E-2) 0 Oo
Po os
Oo
[0005] To a solution of Ethyl 4-tert-butoxy-3-oxobutanoate (75g, 0.37mmol) in DCM (300 mL) was added pyridine(292 mL, 4.455 mmol) followed by acetyl chloride(30 mL, 0.44 mmol) and MgCl, (17.5 g, 0.185 mmol) at 0°C and stirred for 16h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into ethyl acetate, washed with water, dilute HCI and brine solution to afford compound E-2 (40 g, 44%) as a pale yellow liquid. (Ry):0.5, TLC System: 10% Ethyl acetate in hexane.
Step-3: Preparation of Ethyl 3-(tert-butoxymethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4- carboxylate (E-3)
O'Bu =N,
Oo
[0834] To a solution of Ethyl-2-acetyl-4-tert-butoxy-3-oxobutanoate(26g, 0.106 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (100 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate(6.1g, 0.12 mmol) drop wise at 5-10 °C and stirred for 30 min. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was neutralized with saturated NaHCOs, extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with NaHCOs, brine solution, dried over Na,SO4 and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Silica gel (60-120), 27% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford compound E-3 (8 g, 32%) as a pale yellow solid. (Ry): 0.2, TLC System: 10% Ethyl acetate in hexane. 'H
NMR (CDCI13): =1.28 (s, 9H), 1.35 (t, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 4.30 (q, 2H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 7.60 (br, 1H).
Step-4: Preparation of 3-(Tert-butoxymethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid (E-4)
O'Bu =N,
Oo
[0006] To a solution of Ethyl 3-(tert-butoxymethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (19g, 0.07mmol) in ethanol (130 mL) was added 10% NaoH (31g, 0.79mmol) solution and reflux for 16h at 82 °C. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was acidified, adjusted to pH<I and filtered the solid to afford compound E-4 (14g, 87%) as a colorless solid. (Rp: 0.5, TLC System: 10% Methanol in chloroform. 'H NMR (DMSO-ds): = 1.20 (s, 9H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 12.6 (br, 2H).
Step-5: Preparation of Benzyl 3-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (E-5)
OH
BnO a oO
[0007] To a 3-(Tert-butoxymethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid (5g, 0.0235 mmol) in methanol(30mL) was added Cs,CO; (7.66g, 0.23 mmol) and stirred for 1h at ambient temperature, then methanol was removed completely and to this DMF(25 mL) was added followed by benzyl bromide (4.03g, 0.023mmol) under N, atmosphere and stirred for 4h at room temperature. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, IN HCI, NaHCO; and brine solution, dried over Na,SO, and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography (silica gel (60-120), 3% Methanol in chloroform). The obtained crude compound was treated with TFA at ambient temperature for 24h. Then the reaction mixture was concentrated and triturated with pentane to afford compound E-5 (1.8 g, 37%) as a colorless solid. (Rp): 0.6, TLC System: 10% Methanol in chloroform.
Step-6: Preparation of Benzyl 3-formyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (E-6) 1 =N, oO
[0008] To a stirred solution of Benzyl3-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4- carboxylate (8.5g, 0.034 mmol) in Dimethoxy ethane (200 mL) was added MnO»(29.7g) and heated to 80 °C for 2h. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was filtered through celite bed and concentrated. The obtained crude compound was triturated with pentane to afford compound E-6 ( 7g, 83%) as a gray solid. (Rp: 0.6, TLC System: 40% ethyl acetate in hexane.
Step-7: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(4-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1H- benzo|d]imidazole-5-carboxylate (E-7) o o OBn “(YX WE
N, N-NH
H
[0009] To a stirred solution of Ethyl 3,4-diaminobenzoate(3.8g, 0.022 mmol) In
Acetonitrile(100mL) was added NaHSO4(3.61g, 0.43mmol) and heated to reflux, then Benzyl 3-formyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylate (7g, 0.0286 mmol) was added slowly and maintained the same temperature for 3h. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was concentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, dried over Na,SO4 and concentrated. The obtained crude compound was triturated with diethyl ether to afford compound E-7 (5.5 g, 43.5%) as a white solid. (Ry): 0.7, TLC System: 10% Ethyl acetate in hexane. LCMS: m/e: 405.0 (M+1).
Step-8: Preparation of 3-(5-(Ethoxycarbonyl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-5-methyl-1H- pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid (E-8) on
Oo oO cry or
N, N-NH
H
[0010] To a solution of Ethyl 2-(4-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-5-carboxylate (5.5 g, 13.6 mmol ) in THF:MeOH(1:1, 100mL) was added 10% Pd/C (1g) and stirred for 16h at 100psi pressure of hydrogen at rt. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was filtered through celite bed and concentrated. The obtained crude compound was purified by triturating with diethyl ether to afford compound E-8 (3 g, 71%) as a brownish solid. (Ry): 0.1, TLC System: 10% Methanol in chloroform. LCMS: m/e: 315.0 (M+1).
Step-9: Preparation of Ethyl 2-(4-(1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-ylcarbamoyl)-5- methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1H-benzo|d]imidazole-5-carboxylate (E-9)
Boc
OQ o 0 NH cr
N N-NH
H
[0011] To a solution of 3-(5-(Ethoxycarbonyl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-5-methyl-1H- pyrazole-4-carboxylicacid (500 mg, 0.00159 mol) in DMF(2mL) was added tert-butyl 4- aminopiperidine-1-carboxylate (637 mg, 0.00318 mol) followed by EDC.HCIl (606 mg, 0.00318 mol), HOBT(434 mg, 0.00138 mol), DIPEA (404g, 0.00318mol) and stirred for 2h at room temperature. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was poured into water and stirred for 1 hour, the solid precipitated was filtered off and dried over Na,SO,.
The obtained crude compound was purifired by column chromatography(silica gel(60-120 mesh), 3% methanol in chloroform) to afford compound E-9 (600 mg, 76%) as white solid. (Rp: 0.4, TLC System: 10% Methanol in chloroform. LCMS: m/e: 497.1 (M+1).
Step-10: Preparation of 2-(4-(1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-ylcarbamoyl)-5- methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d|imidazole-5-carboxylic acid (E-10)
Bog "
Oo o NH
N
H
[0012] To a solution of Ethyl 2-(4-(1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-ylcarbamoyl)-5- methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carboxylate(600 mg, 1.909 mmol) in
THF(15mL) was added NaOH(484 mg, 12.9 mmol) and heated reflux for 16h. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was concentrated and diluted with water and acidified with dil HCI to pH=4-5, the solid precipitated was filtered off and dried under vaccume to afford compound E-10 (480 mg, 42.5%) as a white solid. (Ry): 0.2, TLC System: 10% Methanol in chloroform with NHz;. LCMS: m/e: 469.1 (M+1).
Step-11: Preparation of Tert-butyl 4-(5-methyl-3-(5-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)- 1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamido)piperidine-1-carboxylate (E)
Boc " 0 NH
HN Ns
H
[0013] To a solution of 2-(4-(1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-ylcarbamoyl)-5-methyl- 1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carboxylic acid(450 mg, 0.9615 mol) in toluene(8mL) was added DPPA(0.318 g, 1.44 mmol) followed by DIPEA(183 mg, 1.44 mmol) and stirred for 2h at ambient temperature, then benzyl alcohol was added and heated to reflux for 16h. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was concentrated. The obtained crude compound was purified by column chromatography (silica gel (60-120 mesh), 3% methanol in chloroform with NHs) to afford the cbz-protected compound E (270 mg, 49%) as an off white solid. (Ry): 0.4, TLC System: 10% Methanol in chloroform with NH3.
LCMS: m/e: 574.1 (M+1).
[0014] The above compound was added to a mixture of THF:MeOH (1:1, 20mL) followed by 10% Pd/C (27 mg) and stirred for 16h at 100PSI pressure of hydrogen. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was filtered through celite bed and concentrated.
The obtained crude compound was triturated with diethyl ether to afford compound E (130 mg, 63%) as a black solid. (Rp: 0.1, TLC System: 10% Methanol in chloroform with NH.
LCMS: m/e: 440.1 (M+1).
Example 171
Gly-Ot-Bu
HOB, EDC o TEA H Oo oA" 2B LIM -— a oA Ion - o Step-13 o 0 Step-12 > Pe ep 5
E-12 E-13
H
E N
0 1) HOBt, EDC @
Jom op H oH CNX-2039 XXXVI-1
N
2) TFA 07 NY Crh 0 N N-NH
Step-14 H
Step-12: Preparation of (S)-tert-butyl 2-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)acetate (E-12)
Oo
H
AIS oO
SS
[0015] To a solution of (S)-5-Oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid (300 mg, 00230 mol) in DMF(4ml) was added HATU(2.622 g, 0.0069 mol), DIPEA(584 mg, 0.0046 mol), followed by Glycine tert butyl ester(578 mg, 0.0034 mol) and stirred for 20min at ambient temperature. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was poured into water, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried and concentrated to afford compound E-12 (120 mg, 21%) as a pale yellow liquid. (Rp: 0.8, System: 10% acetone in chloroform. LCMS: m/e: 242.1 (M-1).
Step-13: Preparation of (S)-2-(S-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)acetic acid (E-13) 0 . Lon 0
[0016] To a solution of (S)-Tert-butyl 2-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)acetate (120 mg, 0.493 mmol) was treated with TFA (7eq) in DCM(5ml) for 3h at ambient temperature. After completion of the reaction, DCM was evaporated along with excess of
TFA. The obtained crude compound was purified by triturating with diethyl ether to afford compound E-13 (107 mg, 90%) as a pale yellow liquid. (Rp: 0.1, TLC System: 10% acetone in chloroform. LCMS: m/e: 186.1 (M-1).
Step-14: Preparation of (S)-5-methyl-3-(5-(2-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2- carboxamido)acetamido)-1H-benzo[d]|imidazol-2-yl)-N-(piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4- carboxamide (XXXVI-1)
N
& ~ H 0 NH
N
Cre
H
[0017] To a solution of (S)-2-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)acetic acid(30 mg, 0.16 mmol) in DMF(2ml) was added tert-butyl 4-(3-(5-amino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-5- methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamido)piperidine-1-carboxylate(70mg, 0.11 mmol) followed by
EDC.HCI(44 mg, 0.23 mmol), HOBt(31 mg, 0.23 mmol) and DIPEA (30mg, 0.23 mmol), then stirred for 3h at ambient temperature. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was poured into water; solid precipitated was filtered off and dried under vacuum. The crude compound was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the Boc-title compound as a solid.
The solid was treated with triflouro acetic acid in DCM at RT for 2h to remove the Boc group. The reaction solution was concentrated and the residue was triturated with diethyl ether to afford the title compound as a solid (40 mg, HPLC purity: 93%). LCMS: m/e: 509.0 (M+1).
Example 172
[0835] In similar fashion, starting from intermediate E, the following compound was prepared:
N ow 0 3 H 0 NH
ZN N
“Cn
H
[0018] (R)-5-methyl-3-(5-(2-(5-oxotetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamido)acetamido)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-N-(piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide: 5.0 mg, HPLC purity: 95%. LCMS: m/e: 509.1 (M+1).
C. PDPK-1 Biological Data
Example 173
[0836] Briefly, a 10X stock of PDPK1 enzyme from Invitrogen (P3001) or BPS (40080) or SignalChem (P14-10H), 1.13X ATP (AS001A) and ST28-Sox peptide substrate (KNZ1281C) were prepared in 1X kinase reaction buffer consisting of 20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 5 mM MgCl2, 1 mM EGTA, 5 mM B-glycerophosphate, 5% glycerol (10X stock, KB002A) and 0.2 mM DTT (DS001A). 5 uL of enzyme were pre-incubated in a Corning (#3574) 384- well, white, non-binding surface microtiter plate (Corning, NY) for 30 min at 250C with a 0.5 uL volume of 50% DMSO and serially diluted compounds prepared in 50% DMSO. Kinase reactions were started with the addition of 45 AL of the ST28-Sox peptide substrate and monitored every 71 seconds for 30-60 minutes at Aex360/Aem485 in a Synergy4 plate reader from BioTek (Winooski, VT). At the conclusion of each assay, progress curves from each well were examined for linear reaction kinetics and fit statistics (R?, 95% confidence interval, absolute sum of squares). Post-lag velocity (+10 minutes to 20+ minutes) from each reaction was estimated from the slope of a plot of relative fluorescence units vs time (minutes) and normalized to the no enzyme and no inhibitor control groups for %Inhibition. The resulting inhibition values were then plotted against inhibitor concentration to estimate IC50 from log[Inhibitor] vs Response, Variable Slope model in GraphPad Prism from GraphPad
Software (San Diego, CA).
[Reagent] used in provisional protocol(s): Invitrogen - [PDPK1] = 5-10 nM, [ATP] = 5 uM and [ST28-Sox] = 5 uM or 10 uM (ATP KMapp = 4-6 uM); BPS - [PDPK1] = 10-15 nM, [ATP] = 5 uM and [ST28-Sox] = 10 uM (ATP KMapp = 3-5 uM); SignalChem - [PDPK1] = 5-10 nM, [ATP] = 5 uM and [ST28-Sox] = 5 uM or 10 uM (ATP KMapp ND)
[0837] Table 5 shows the activity of selected compounds in the PDK1-OMNIA Assays.
Compounds having an activity designated as “A” provide an IC50 < 10 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “B” provide an IC50 > 10 nM and < 100 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “C” provide an IC50 > 100 nM and < 1000 nM; compounds having an activity designated as “D” provide an IC50 > 1000 nM and < 10,000 nM; and compounds having an activity designated as “E” provide an IC50 < 10,000 nM.
Table 5
Compound Designation | Enzyme/Assay Inhibition/Modification pr
Nm eeown po
Ea Lc SS L
EE Lc SS oo ekown
Ea Lc SS L
Sm maows
Sw eeows 5
Sw eeown 5
EI Li SS L
Sw weowa 5 om fonts _[oRIOWNA [5
So wcowa 5
Ww eeown
Sm maows 5
Compound Designation | Enzyme/Assay Inhibition/Modification rE To [or
Ww meow 5 mE (meee lg mw (meee [lg
Ww meow 5 mE (meee [g [om
Ww meow 5 meee [op ww [om
D. MASS SPECTROMETRIC Analysis of PDPK-1 Contacted with
Compounds of the Invention
EXAMPLE 174
[0838] Intact PDPK1 was incubated for 3 hr at a 10-fold excess of compound XI-27 to protein. 3 uL aliquots of the samples were diluted with 10 uL of 0.1% TFA prior to micro
C4 Ziptipping directly onto the MALDI target plate using sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10 mg/mL in 0.1%TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50). The top panel of Figure 12 shows mass spectrometric trace of the intact PDPK-1 protein (m/z 59,255 Da). The bottom panel of
Figure 12 shows mass spectrometric trace of PDPK-1 incubated with XI-27 (mw=578.5) for 3hr (m/z of 59,823), which shows a mass shift of 568 Da, with no m/z of 59255 Da, which indicates complete modification of PDPK1 by XI-27 within 3h.
[0839] Compound XI-27 modifies the peptide '“‘NGELLKYIR'? on PDPKI, as confirmed by peptide MS analysis after trypsin digestion in solution. Intact PDPKI (Millipore, 14-452) was incubated for 3 hr at a 10-fold excess of compound D to protein.
Following the reaction, approximately 5 pgs of protein was subjected to a standard trypsin solution digestion by reducing the protein with DTT, alkylating thiols with iodoacetamide, adding trypsin (1:20, protease: protein), and incubation at 370C for 1.5 hr. After digestion, the peptides were purified using C18 ziptips, spotted on the MALDI target plate with alpha cyano 4-hydroxycinnamic acid as the desorption matrix (10 mg/mL in 0.1% TFA: acetonitrile 50:50), and analyzed in reflectron mode. The top panel of Figure 13 shows the trypsin digest profile for the control PDPK1 digest. Panel B shows the trypsin digest profile for PDPK1 treated with compound XI-27 prior to digestion. The arrows in Figure 13 are pointing to a peak at 1,741 Da that corresponds to the mass of 164NGELLKYIR172 (1,106Da) , compound XI-27 (mw 578.50), and an iodoacetamide (+57) that alkylates the compound at the thiol. The peptide was selected for MSMS analysis to confirm the exact amino acid being modified.
[0840] Compound XI-27 modifies K169 on PDPKI1, as confirmed by MSMS analysis.
The peptide of interest, 1,741 Da, was selected for MSMS analysis from the compound XI-27 treated PDPKI1 trypsin digest. Figure 14 shows the MSMS spectrum of the peptide 164NGELLKYIR172 modified by compound XI-27. The alignment of b and y ions confirms that K169 is the amino acid modified by compound XI-27.
EXAMPLE 175
[0841] Intact PDPK1 was incubated for 3 hr at a 10-fold excess of compound XI-21 to protein. 3 uL aliquots of the samples were diluted with 10 uL of 0.1% TFA prior to micro
C4 Ziptipping directly onto the MALDI target plate using sinapinic acid as the desorption matrix (10 mg/mL in 0.1%TFA:Acetonitrile 50:50). The top panel of Figure 15 shows the mass spec trace of the intact PDPK1 protein ( m/z 59,275 Da). The bottom panel Figure 15 shows the mass spec trace when PDPKI1 was incubated with compound XI-21 (mw = 578.50). The centroid mass (m/z= 60,284 Da) shows a mass shift of 1,009 Da (175%), indicating complete multiple modification of PDPK1 by compound XI-21.
[0842] Compound XI-21 modifies three peptides, I'NGELLKYIR', "KIGSFDETC(IAA)TR'®, **FGKILGEGSFSTVVLAR'® on PDPKI, as confirmed by peptide MS analysis after trypsin digestion in solution. Intact PDPK1 (Millipore, 14-452) was incubated for 3 hr at a 10-fold excess of compound XI-21 to protein. Following the reaction, approximately 5 pgs of protein was subjected to a standard trypsin solution digestion by reducing the protein with DTT, alkylating thiols with iodoacetamide, adding trypsin (1:20, protease: protein), and incubation at 37°C for 1.5 hr. After digestion, the peptides were purified using C18 ziptips, spotted on the MALDI target plate with alpha cyano 4-hydroxycinnamic acid as the desorption matrix (10 mg/mL in 0.1% TFA: acetonitrile 50:50), and analyzed in reflectron mode. The top panel of Figure 16 shows the trypsin digest profile for the control PDPK1 digest. The bottom panel of Figure 16 shows the trypsin digest profile for PDPK1 treated with compound XI-21 prior to digestion. The arrows in the top panel of Figure 16 are pointing to a peak at 1,740 Da that corresponds to the mass of ''NGELLKYIR'” (1,106Da) and compound XI-21 (mw 578.50), a peak at 1,950 Da that corresponds to the mass of ' ’KIGSFDETC(IAA)TR'® (1,313Da) and compound XI-21 with 2 iodoacetamides, and a peak at 2,417 Da corresponding to the mass of
FGKILGEGSFSTVVLAR'” (1,780 Da) with compound XI-21 and iodacetamide. All three peptides were selected for MSMS analysis to confirm the exact amino acid being modified.
[0843] Compound XI-21 modifies K169 on PDPKI1, as confirmed by MSMS analysis.
The peptide of interest, 1,740 Da, was selected for MSMS analysis from the compound XI-21 treated PDPKI1 trypsin digest. Figure 17 shows the MSMS spectrum of the peptide ''’NGELLKYIR'”* modified by compound XI-21. The alignment of b and y ions confirms that K169 is the amino acid modified by compound XI-21.
[0844] Compound XI-21 modifies K173 on PDPKI, as confirmed by MSMS analysis.
The peptide of interest, 1,950 Da, was selected for MSMS analysis from the compound B treated PDPKI1 trypsin digest. Figure 18 shows the MSMS spectrum of the peptide "PKIGSFDETCTR'* modified by compound XI-21. The alignment of b and y ions confirms that K173 is the amino acid modified by compound XI-21.
[0845] Compound XI-21 modifies K86 on PDPKI, as confirmed by MSMS analysis.
The peptide of interest, 2,417 Da, was selected for MSMS analysis from the compound B treated PDPKI1 trypsin digest. Figure 19 shows the MSMS spectrum of the peptide
FGKILGEGSFSTVVLAR'"” modified by compound XI-21. The alignment of b and y ions confirms that K86 is the amino acid modified by compound XI-21.
[0846] Other examples of PDPKI1 inhibitors disclosed herein demonstrate covalent modifcation of PDPK1 similar to the mass shift and digestion results described above. For example, Table 6 lists non-limiting examples of compounds that modify PDPK1 whole protein, the number of modifications per protein and the lysines modified within the protein.
Compounds XI-27, XI-26, XI-22, and XI-21 cach have a thiolactone warhead, yet demonstrate different modification profiles on the protein. Also, the lysine modified in
PDPK-1 by XI-27, X1-26, XI-22, and XI-21 are not the same for each compound. Without wishing to be bound to any particular theory, the position of the warhead, as presented by the scaffold and tether to the lysines in the binding site, effects different results on the modification of the different lysines in the binding site of PDPK-1.
Table 6
Number of
Modifications | Lys Lys Lys
Compound Structure on Whole 86 169 173
Protein 0 O
NK,
X1-49 ary 1 X
H H 0° 0 0
PNK
X1-53 aro 1 X X
LA
NN Na
H H
Number of
Modifications | Lys Lys Lys
Compound Structure on Whole 86 169 173
Protein 0 O
JH ’
X1-39 Bro H 1 X X
OT
NN ©
H
OO O
HN? SC NH,
XI1-27 5 nd 1 X "NSN 0 -,
TELE
H H S
0 O
HNC NH,
XI-26 J 1 X X
Br
SN O H rS
L
Tu N JQ NAN A=o0
H H o) 0 O
HN SNH,
XI-22 HN J 0 2 X X X
Br
SN O H S
TL N 0
H H 0
OO O
HN” SNH,
XI-21 HN Js 2 X X X
Br A
TL, 2 smo
H H
EQUIVALENTS
[0847] Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain, using no more than routine experimentation, numerous equivalents to the specific embodiments described specifically herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed in the scope of the following claims.

Claims (184)

  1. I. A method for designing a ligand that covalently binds a target protein, the method comprising: A) providing a structural model of a reversible ligand docked within, or in proximity to, a ligand-binding site in a target protein; B) identifying a lysine residue of the target protein in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site that is less than about 15A from the reversible ligand when the reversible ligand is docked in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site; C) producing at least a structural model of at least one ligand-warhead compound docked within, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site wherein the ligand-warhead compound comprises the reversible ligand in step B) or a portion thereof, a warhead comprising a reactive chemical moiety, and optionally a Tether; and D) identifying a ligand-warhead compound whose structural model allows the lysine residue in step B) to readily assume a conformation that brings the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue within bond-forming proximity of the warhead electrophile.
  2. 2. The method of claim 1, further comprising: E) forming, for the ligand-warhead compound identified in step D), a ligand- protein covalent adduct by forming a covalent bond between the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue identified in step B) and the warhead electrophile in ligand- warhead compound identified in step D) while substantially maintaining the non-covalent interactions between the pharmacophore of the ligand and the ligand-binding site.
  3. 3. The method of claim 2, further comprising: F) evaluating the conformation of the resulting ligand-protein covalent adduct formed in step E) by analyzing the global energy of the resulting conformation, or by analyzing the energy of the conformation of the Tether.
  4. 4. The method of claim 3, wherein steps A)-F) are iterated with changes to the Tether and the global energy of the resulting conformation is less than the previous iteration.
  5. 5. The method of claim 2, further comprising: F) determining whether the ligand-binding site is occluded when the covalent bond is formed between the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site and the warhead electrophile.
  6. 6. The method of claim 2, wherein the covalent bond formed in step E) is formed using a computational method in which the warhead and the side chain of the lysine residue are flexible and the remainder of the structures of the ligand-warhead compound and the ligand-binding site are fixed.
  7. 7. The method of claim 1, wherein in step B) each of the lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of the target protein, which is less than about 15A from the reversible ligand when the reversible ligand is docked in, or in proximity to, the ligand- binding site, is identified.
  8. 8. The method of claim 1, wherein step C) comprises providing a plurality of models of the ligand-warhead compound, wherein the warhead is bonded to a different substitutable position of the ligand or a portion of the ligand in each model of the ligand-warhead compound, optionally with the Tether in between the warhead and the substitutable position.
  9. 9. The method of claim 1, wherein the target protein is an identified member of an identified protein family and the lysine residue is not conserved across the identified members of the protein family.
  10. 10. The method of claim 1, wherein the target protein is an identified member of an identified protein family and the lysine residue is conserved among more than one identified member of the identified protein family.
  11. 11. The method of claim 10, wherein the lysine residue is conserved across the identified members of the protein family.
  12. 12. The method of claim 1, wherein the target protein has catalytic activity.
  13. 13. The method of claim 1, wherein the protein family is selected from the group consisting of BCL-2, Calpains, Caspases, Cathepsins, HCV, HDAC, HSP70, HSP90, IAP, Kinase, MDM2, MMP, NHR, PI3K, Phosphatase, PARP, and HIV Protease.
  14. 14. The method of claim 13, wherein the target protein is selected from the group consisting of XIAP, cIAP1 and cIAP2, PI3Kp/y, PDPK1, and HCV-NS3.
  15. 15. The method of claim 1, wherein the ligand-binding site is a ligand-binding site for a substrate or cofactor.
  16. 16. The method of claim 1, wherein the lysine residue is not a catalytic residue.
  17. 17. The method of claim 1, wherein the ligand-warhead compound has a structure of Formula I: X y I wherein Scaffold is a) a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a ligand capable of binding to, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site; or b) a portion of a pharmacophore of a ligand resulting from truncation of the pharmacophore, such that the Scaffold is capable of binding to, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site;
    Warhead is an organic moiety optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; the organic moiety having a molecular weight of about 14 daltons to about 200 daltons; Warhead being capable of reaction with a side chain primary amine group of a lysine residue; and Warhead being attached to Scaffold through Tether; and Tether is null, a bond, or a bivalent C,-C;s saturated, unsaturated, straight, branched, cyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl; bridged bicyclic, heterocycle, heteroaryl, or aryl moiety; wherein optionally one or more methylene units of the hydrocarbon chain are independently replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, -C(=S)-, or C(=NR,)-; optionally one or more hydrogens are independently replaced by heteroatoms; and optionally one or more methine groups of the C;-C;s alkyl, when present, are independently replaced by x1s0, 1,0r2; yis 1,2, or 3; and R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; with the proviso that the compound of Fomula I is not wortmannin: 0
    MeO. ACO, 0 = H 0” 7 To O ; or known analogues of wortmannin that covalently modify lysine through substantially the same mechanism as wortmannin: SC SCC CICILY CIC Oo Oo OH 0 , O 0
    0 0 0 OH OH MeO MeO C0 0 0 \ 0 HO LO 0 0 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 0 0 OH OH 0, a o \ 0 HO LS 0 HO \ 0 0 2 Oo 2 Oo 2 0 Oo ® (3 -N N 0 0 0 ; OH HO CHO O° ang) Pa ; or i J i J i (J (J (J Nas O +0 ZZ ZZ ZZ Io ® ® OH ; OH ; OH ; F i OT (Je H 0 7 «H O S AS AN OH ; HO ; HO ;
    OH 0 CF, HO ; HO ; CHO oO x N he J Oo HO 5 Cl N = or HN H SSA A CN P Jo C(O)alkyl ’ OH IA o | . O AS 0 : x. O oO : © x alkene A alkene N N fo : OMe ; Or any mechanism-based irreversible inhibitors.
  18. 18. The method of claim 17, wherein the ligand-warhead compound has a structure of Formula I": I'
  19. 19. The method of claim 18, wherein Warhead is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, I-f, I-g, I-h, I-i, I-j, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t: Oo i n ROC Rs RSC “Rs x NP R4 WANS Ra Rs AN X R2 Rs Ry Rs R, R, Rs I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If Rs Ron R R, Rj ZZ Rg A= | : 0 § n Xg Nig 0 O A—R, OR, R AR 8) 9 3 6 X N13 R, R 1 Ry R3 4 LW) 14 Rj; Rs Rg Rg Nyy 5 Ing, I-g I-h I-i Ij 0 I-1 I-k R, R Ro R, R, R, Rs 0 2 3 R> Rs 0 Re—N, Rs 0 I NH n 0 na R2 0 AA n N Rs N— 0 0 R4 oN Xg—X4 A 0 R, A Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 0 O R, © aN i R4 A Rs 0 R, Rs Rs I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NRg-; cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; 3s 3 cach Xj is independently § N or Re, each R,, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N g ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl;
    wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ny, ny, n1;, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond.
  20. 20. The method of claim 19, wherein as least one of R, and Rj; of the compounds of Formulas I-b and I-c¢ is hydrogen.
  21. 21. The method of claim 19, wherein the compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-e, I-j, I-k, or I- 11s a compound of Formula II-a, 1I-b, II-¢, II-d, II-e, II-f, II-g, II-h, II-i, II-j, II-k, 11-1, 1I- m, II-n, II-o, II-p, II-q, II-r, II-s, II-t, II-u, II-v, II-w, 1I-x, II-y, I1-Z, II-aa, II-bb, II-cc, 1I-dd, I-ee, II-ff, I1I-gg, II-hh, I1-ii, I1-jj, II-kk, II-1l, II-mm, II-nn, 11-00, or II-pp; 0, R, © R> R Ro: o R2 Rs R, Rs Rs QO 2 O. 3 QO. Rj N N Rs Ry N Re ZR, / R / R 1 0 R. Re~y Rs N~ Re Re' © Rs* Re RI R. iA RO Re Rs Rg 6 Ia Ib Ic 1d Ie If R, R, R R i = 0 Ry Rs N R | —T(R,) \ 7 (Ron “N Rs 0 N— JR LL JT 0 Re RARE RS . Ro) Ig ° Rg i 8 3 Ry I-h I-k LS = on Rs R, Ra Ry OA Ram 0 | XN i. o Rs . 0 Rs 0 Rg oR, I 6 p Zz 0 O = zm O ~ Ne R yr = Ry Rony Pr Rs; R{ TF (R,) Rs Ro mz Z Rs I 4 Re Rs Rs SN 2m Rs Ra o-m on Ho I-p Iq Ir Q 0 o 0 0 Q, O Oo R R o H Wk pe Sn RAR Rs~N 0, ® Rs~p R, NR: ¢ R N 4 Re + Re RRs "570 Re R, Rs 2 °° R Rs R, Rs 0 0 RS Ils Im-t 0 co 0 "7 II-u IL Oo -v 0 0 II-w II-x R R7 Rs P 6 Re R7 Ra Rs Ro Rs N R N Rs 4 Ry = Ox LR Ry) fe) D 3 o a 2/)m5 Ry Rs Ro Rs R, Rs NTR ,)ms 0 Re 0 o~¢ \ 0 © © o Ry 7 Roms Rs oO 0 Rs Rs N Rs Re 4 I-y Iz II-aa II-bb II-cc ILdd Rs; R N= R NZ R Re R 0 °R og A 2 ou LR Ip SR,
    O. * XN Ro \ T(Ry)ms : O x J Rahn o x Rams ON ° o~¢Z \ > J J Rams o ZN ~ I Rams Rs Ry N= (Rams R Rs; N eRe II-hh RoRs RoR, Lee If Il-gg - Li wii R R Ry; Rn Re 1OR11 3 Ry R Ria {Ryo R Re~y R12 RR Rs R. © > ole Rg oye R7 Ria Rs Rag \ * oO. Rs Re Rg Rg, R13 0. Ria 0. 2 13 Rg OF 0 - RT 0 R12 o RRs Riz 0 R; (Roms 5 6 R11 R Oo Ri4 Rg Ny Rs R, Rs, Rio RS R Ry ° RZ. R7[N, Rio 2 Ro kk Il RoR; Rg 5 8Rs R,Mo wl R,R10 II-mm Il-nn I-00 Ri312 II-pp wherein cach m is independently an integer from 0-4;
    cach ms is independently an integer from 0-3; cach my is independently an integer from 0-5; each n;, is independently an integer from 0-2; each Ry, Rs, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, Rs, Ro, Rig, Ri, Riz, Ris, Ris, and Ris 1s independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; R; is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, CFs, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; and optionally when proper any two of Ry, Rs, Rs, Rs, Rs, R7, Rs, Ro, Rig, Ri1, Riz, Ris, Ris, and R;s when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  22. 22. The method of claim 19, wherein the compound of Formula I-d, or I-h is a compound of Formula IlI-a, I11-b, Ill-¢, ITI-d, I1I-e, ITI-f, I11-g, I11-h, or III-i; OR Rs Rs 0 Rs Rs 0 Rj ORy n 0 Ra 4 re LAN. Ry Ph Re INANE SANA N R4 R R4 | Ny Rs R R ng Rs Ro 7 Rg Rs Re Ro 7 2 II-a I1-b HI-c fd R oO R B 10 _N ~ z1 3 SY PY FR FRE ey rw 2 = A rb B43 APS By= 20 a NR, Bs ! Ra Bs \ RR Ra? 2 Ro Rs 2 R,4 IMl-e If Ig II-h IML wherein nz is an integer from 0-2; each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; cach Bj, B;, B4, and Bs is independently CR5 or N and each Bs is NR, O, or S; each R,, Ry, Ry3, Rus, and Rs is hydrogen, C,-Cg alkyl, halogen, CF3, or nitro;
    one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cg alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-C; alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally when proper any two of R;, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  23. 23. The method of claim 19, wherein the compound of Formula I-h is a compound of Formula IV-a, IV-b, IV-¢, IV-d, IV-e, IV-f, IV-g, IV-h, or IV-i: = = = N R HN- N R N R HN) PN 7 PI I ° A PIN C NX Rs N Rs R, Rs N Ra R, R> Rs, Ry Ro IV-a IV-b IV-¢ Iv-d IV-¢ 2 Z N. -N NTN Rs ZN Re “TN Re NT) Re x = N = Xn» Xx = SAA, SA, % os R2 R2 R2 Raz IV-f IV-g IV-h IVA wherein any of the substitutable hydrogens on the nitrogen heterocycle of the compound can be substituted with alkyl, alkoxy, amido, acyl, acyloxy, oxoacyl, halogen.
  24. 24. The method of claim 19, wherein the radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-k, or I-m is a radical of Formula V-a, V-b, V-¢, V-d, V-e, V-1, V-g, V-h, V-i, or V-j;
    R ne Ry a 0 PO |e 0 \'Ri 0 | Ri m 1 + +N 3.0.0 2 1 o oy 0.0 Oo > Ra lo} Re 0 ) R © R R Rs R3 Ry Rs Ry Ry R2 5 "5 2 nl Rg Rs RoR Re R78 ‘Rs hi ° V-a Vb Vc V-d V-e R oO My nN, © Rs +L CRs Rs If orf 0 oa N"4 Rs R 5 Rg R 5 Rg R O O N R4 Rs, Rs 5 aN ; N, Th Re —_— 4 Rs oO Mm 0=P R 0 0 0 R»> 3 V-f V-g V-h Vii Vj wherein m; and my, are each independently an integer from 0 to 2; cach Ry, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, Ry, Rg, Ro, Ry, and Ry; is independently hydrogen or C;- Ce alkyl; one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cg alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cg alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally when proper any two of Ry, Rs, Ra, Rs, Rs, R7, Rs, Ro, Rig, and Ry; when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  25. 25. The method of claim 19, wherein the compounds of Formulae I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, I- f, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t are selected from the group consisting of: R N R N R Ye Ty Ye ye! 0 O aa © bb © cc 0 i 0 N mn, me) dd O 0""0 ee / —N —NH —0 HO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ff gg hh ii 0 7 Feo 30 7 NH, J WH, J WH, Ji kk 1] 0 0 G'S S 2 0 N S Jon NH, X © #0 WH, mm 0 nn 00 pp
    Q 0._.0 O 0 Q X H>N 05’ ZN, X7 870 aq rr ss Ro tt 0 0 o 0 HN ~ crf pa a N Xx N, 0 25m HN R> RS 0 X; Ry 0 0) 0 uu vv ww XX yy
    N 0 AL) > ° MN Q N° Oo AD Or ors TO NH 22 aaa bbb ccc ddd O NH, ! 0 J ta “ 8) © eee fff 0 hhh 999 = 0 0 0 0 rr IA N 0 - in kkk NH, Ju Hi ) 1,2 12 7 0 ! In 0 N\ oO Ne Ne NS mmm nnn 000 wherein any substitutable hydrogen may be substituted with the substituents as those defined by Ro-Rs in formulas I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, I-f, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t.
  26. 26. The method of claim 19, wherein the radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-k, or I-m is a radical of Formula VI-a, VI-b, VI-¢, VI- d, VI-e, VI, VI-g, VI-h, VI-i, VI-j, VI-K, VI-l, VI-m, VI-n, VI-o0, VI-p, or VI-q: R Rzz 0 Zz / o 4N 0 AN, o He ) \ 4 _ AN\ NH 0 Oo oy 4-N da 0 N © 00 pa Vi IN 0 0° O VI-a VI-b Vic VI-d VI-e VI-f VI-g Oo Oo 0 0 oH H+ + Sr NH PQ N N J _ I _ N N OO Td yO) © J—0 0—\ © 0 N/ N_/: oO Oo J © o—\ oO VI-h VI VI VI-k VI VI-m VI-n O Q + + OOF z fl N c= TE oF Tov 70 0 oO oO VI-o VI-p VI-q ; wherein Ry, is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -CH,OCH3, and -CH,CH,OCHs.
  27. 27. The method of claim 19, wherein Scaffold is selected from the group consisting of Formulas VII, VIII, IX-a, IX-b, XI, XII, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIII, XXXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII, XXIX, XXXVI, and XXXVII.
  28. 28. The method of claim 18, wherein Scaffold is a radical resulting from the removal of one or more hydrogens of a compound of Formula VII: R 12 y HN “Ne Riz 0 Ww 0 7 O N-Rx RY vii wherein V and W are each independently -(CR14R5)¢X3(CRisR17); q and r are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; X3 18 -CR5R9-, or —NRy-; and Rs, Ry, Ri», Ris, Ria, Ris, Ris, Ri7, Ris, Ryo, and Rog are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cg alkyl can be replaced by - NRj-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, -C(=S)-, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl groups; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cg alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N ; and R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl.
  29. 29. The method of claim 28, wherein the compound of Formula VII is a compound of Formula VII-a: R 12 y HN “Ne Riz 0 Ww 0 N J Ro 0 R22 N [Re] p VII-a wherein V and W are each independently -(CR14R5)¢X3(CRisR17); q and r are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
    X3 is -CR1sR9-, or —NR0-; pis 0, 1,2, 3, or4; Ri», Ris, Ria, Ris, Ris, Ry, Ris, Rio, and Rog are each independently hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by - NR;-, -O-, -C(0O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, -C(=S)-, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl groups; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced pe by TNE R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and; Ry; 1s hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N g ; and optionally Ry; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  30. 30. The method of claim 19, wherein the compound of Formula I” is a compound of Formula VII-b: R 12 ‘ HN “Ne Ri 0 Ww 0 N 7 Ro1 0 R22 N H / N ,Rwn /= [Res] p VII-b wherein V and W are each independently -(CR14R15)¢X3(CRisR17); q and r are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; X3 18 -CR5R9-, or —NR0-; pis 0, 1,2, 3, or4; Ri», Ris, Ria, Ris, Ris, Ry, Ris, Rio, and Ryo are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -
    NR;-, -O-, -C(0O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, -C(=S)-, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl groups; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced pe by TNE R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and; Ry; 1s hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N g ; and optionally Ry; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; T is Tether; and Run 18 Warhead.
  31. 31. The method of claim 30, wherein the compound of Formula VII-b is a compound of Formula VII-h; R "ZHN HN N Ry O © Oo HN Tr N (=T>~17 wh [Res] p VII-h }
  32. 32. The method of claim 31, wherein the compound of Formula VII-h is a compound of Formula VII-j, VII-k, VII-1, VII-m, VII-n, or VII-o: Riz Rio HN HN HN N HN N Ry; 0 © rR. Oo O 0 13 0 HN Ra ° HN Rs o 7 NN _R7 0 2 Dy N= R = I, [RZ] © RI R Rs Ras R, p 4 P VIIk VII R Rio HN A N ne \ i 0 R43 0 o Riz Oo 0 O rR HN 0 HN R270 _R, / N _ Ry / N N, 1 = = Po R R Rs 0 3 Ras] 2 [R2 p p VII-1 VII-m R “HN GL HN N wo N Riz Oo R13 0 o © 0 HN o HN 0 Ran: 48 = N—R, N= N—R, Ra] R> Rs Ras | R, Rj p o p Oo Oo Vil-n VII-o 0
  33. 33. The method of claim 31, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
    7 0 To N RS N A > 0 Bo” TG ing HTN 0 0 A HN : wo On 0 0 NH 0° VII-1 VII-2 VII-3 0 0 1 N N yo eg N "So HN HJ N N ° \ NH 0 HN 5° NHN 7 TI To oN WH VII-4 VII-§ VII-6 0 H N N vy N N N HN H J 0 0 0 Oo Oo Oo Oo HN HN Oo HN Oo xX 0 xX o Yn Ni NH Iyer, 0 VII-7 VII-8 VII-9 A HN Ard A A N N 0 N N HN HN H 0 NGS 0 0 Dw 0 HN HN NH ¢ De, Om _ < \
    VII-10 VII-11 VII-12 N N A, N N 0 0 0 HN HN HN H Cys Cpt A, I I I) oF © of © o © VII-13 VII-14 VII-15 A, HN H N A, N A, N 0 HN, H N hh > A HN HE HN HN 0 NH HN 0 y 0 DTN b oA ub! D 0 / VIiI-16 VII-17 VII-18 rds NA N N N N HN H 4 A EAN : 0 0 HN N N 0 HN ~ 0 0 HN 04 : Dg pop NH O / iM rf 0 0 VII-19 VII-20 VII-21 rhs A SH es N oO N N H HN o HN 0 NH 0 vob NH HN 0
    HN. 0 > Or , FEN yp VII-22 VII-23 VI1I1-24 _447-
    A CL 3 A N N N HN, 4 N No ING HS o NH © 0 HN N HN a oO 0 0 > A 0 0 0 VII-25 VII-26 VII-27 0 ad iN © i 1 A N B Huh N N NH N 0] © N © HN 0 0 0 NH xX ord NH © 0 VII-29 VII-30 VII-31 A, = N N HN, H 0 0 HN HN N “io 0 0 0 0 0 VII-32 VII-33
    +“, A N N H HN H J HN.
    A 0 0 HN HN 0 7 No 0 0 H VII1-34 VII-38 A N HN As 0 " "WL o N © VII-39 A, Ny N N HN Ah HN Ad 0 0 HN HN 0 0 Nae 0 0 0 0 VII-41 VII-42 A, A N N 0 0 HN 0 HN Dm kt 0 NNO 0 © 0
    VII-43 VII-44 A, N
    HN. Ard A 0 N HN N HN H 2 0 HN " : 0 VII-45 VII-46 A, H N +A, NS To LNA © 0 AN 2 HN 0 o= N 0 0 NTI 0 VII-47 VII-48
    0 SN N HN H 2 Oo HN =n u H 7 and 0 =o VII-49
  34. 34. The method of claim 19, wherein Scaffold is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula VIII: Ras R24 3xR26 R Ris s R29 R30 HN X Ry HN NC ! 32 Riz O © R34 0 Ras Ro Ry» N [Ra] VIII P wherein X4 18 -CR33- or -N-; s and p are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; Ri2, Riz, Rai, Raa, Ras, Ras, Rag, Raz, Rog, Rao, Rag, R31, Rap, and Rs; are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; Rs is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cq alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally Ry; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  35. 35. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula VIII-a or VIII-b: R Rwn Ras R24 R 77 ! Ras Ras Riz R TZ ; /~ Raz wn NX 27 aw NT Xa Rp, 0 O Rig 0 © RR o Ros Ry, Ry, 0 N 21 Ros N H / N H / N Run = = T [Res] | "=, VIIa P VIIL-b wherein X4 18 -CR33- or -N-; s and p are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; Ris, Ris, Ry, R,,, Roya, Rs, Ros, R57, Ros, and Rs; are each independently hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; Rs is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cq alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally Ry; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; and Warhead is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-c, I-d, I-e, I-f, I-g, I-h, I-i, I-j, I-k, 1-1, I-m, I-n, I-o, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t:
    Ry, R o ou Be oO oO 2 PN O Rj n ROS Re ROS “Re x NN Re NS Ry RIT X Re Ry R2 Ry Ra Ry Re I-a I-b Ic I-d I-e I-f .R AFA ’ © J n Xg Nig Q Oo A—R, OR, R A 8) 9 3 6 X N13 R, R 1 Ry Rs ‘ 2 I Re Rs Rs Rg N11 o N12 I-g I-h I-i Ij 9 I I-k R, R R; R> Rs R, Rs 0 2 3 Rs Rs O Re™N, J ox Xn OM no Xn, R, 0 Si N n N Rs N—4 00 Rs or N Xg=X4 A O~{-R, A Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 Oo 0 R, © aN i R4 A Rs Oo R; Rs Rs Is I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NR-; cach X; is independently -Rg, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; 3 BM each Xo 1s independently N or Re; each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rs is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cq alkyl, when present, can be rp independently replaced by N § ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of no, ny, n11, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond.
  36. 36. The method of claim 35, wherein the compound of Formula VIII-a or VIII-b is selected from the group consisting of: DEY No N N H H Boe” N N o HN ~ o Oo Oo HN HN VA VA VIII-1 VIII-2 oO IN A NH 0 I LL N \ Boc” \ 0 HN H O N I 5 HN HN QP Dw or s NH \ VIII-3 VIII-4 oO, INN A NH a N H HN 0 be Oo HN
    Or . \ VIII-S hy N HN H 4 © oN HN Yor =O NH and . VIII-7
  37. 37. The method of claim 19, wherein Scaffold is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula IX-a or IX-b, R R Rag—3 Xs Raz Rag 38 Xs R37 Rao Rae, Rao Rag R
    Rus. + Roof Roz Ri i) + Rag/ Ra7 HN— Rx Rss R HN— R34 R35 R N 33 N 33 HN Rs. HN Ray Ri O 0 R31 Riz O © Rs4 0 Rog Rog NH IX-a IX-b wherein Xs 18 -O-, “CR42R43- or -NRy;-;
    Ri2, Riz, R27, Ras, Rao, R30, R31, Ra, Ras, Rag, Rss, Rae, Raz, Ras, Rag, Rag, Rai, Raz, and R43 are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of C,-C; alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cg alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced mie by TNE R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; D, E, F, G, and H are each independently optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; wherein F and G are fused together to form a bicyclic optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl.
  38. 38. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula IX-c or IX-d: 0, R
    12. R12 HN HN N wo N Riz O © Raq Riz O © R31 Oo NH = Run T 3 Rutt Xe NX X-d wherein Riz, Ris, R31, are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N : ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; F, G, and H are each independently optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; wherein F and G are fused together to form a bicyclic optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; T is Tether;
    Ryn is Warhead which is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I- qs, I-r, I-s, and I-t: 0 i n ROC Rs RSC “Rs x NP Ra NR, Rs AN X R2 Rs R Rs Rz Rs Rs I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If Rs Ron R R, Rj ZZ Rg A= | : 0 § n Xg Nig 0 O A—=R, rR, RY OR °l 3 6 X N13 R, R 1 Ry R3 4 2 I Rs Rs Rg Rg Nit o Ni I-g I-h I-i Ij 0 I-1 I-k R, R Ro R, R, R, Rs 0 2 3 R> Rs 0 Re~N, Ra 0 In NH n o ns Re O AA n N Rs N— 0 0 R4 oN Xg—X4 A 0 R, A Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 OO O rR, O aN i R4 A Rs 0 R, R3 Rs I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NRg-; cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; ae 3” cach Xj is independently § N or Re, each R,, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N g ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl;
    wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ny, ny, n1;, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond.
  39. 39. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula I" is a compound of Formula XI: R73 R72 u R7R75R74 H NH T-R Ro Ts 1 wh =
    Ry. ZN SX H [Res] p XI wherein p is an integer from 0 to 4, u is an integer from 1 to 4; Bs and B; are each independently CR; or N; Reo is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, nitro, or -NH(CO)NR7sR 79; R79 is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, nitro; R~, R+, R+, R~, R74, Rs, Rs, R+7, Rs, and Ryo are each independently hydrogen or Ci1-Cs alkyl; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;- Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ;
    optionally R7g, and Ryo taken together form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; T is Tether; and Ryn is Warhead which is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I- qs, I-r, I-s, and I-t: R, R oO R Q on 1 3 Q 9 Q 30 PN 0 Ry X R7 Rs; Rs Rs; R, R, 3 I-a I-b I-¢ I-d I-e If R Rs Roy R Ro Rs Zé 6 3 0 ny ' 0 0 _ Az | Ng Xg Nig 3 6 X N13 R> R 1 Ry Rs 4 2 I Re.
    Re Rs Re N13 0 N12 I-g I-h I-i Ij o I I-k R, R Ro Ry, Rs Rs Rj 0 ’ Ry Rs 0 Re—N, Rs 0 I OM n 0 n Ro 0 AA n N Rs N— Ooo Rs o N Xg~X1 A © R, A Rs R A I-m 4 I-n I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 0 O R, © aN i R4 A Rs Oo Ro Rs Rs Is I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NR-; cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; 3 cach Xp is independently § N or Re,
    each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rs is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ny, ny, n1;, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond.
  40. 40. The method of claim 39, wherein the compound of Formula XI is a compound of Formula XI-a, XI-b, or XI-c: Oo Oo 0 O RAS Ro LA RysRps ) NL Rs N75M74 NH Rg R75R74 NH Run Cr 2. “Ct 2). = NS ~Run 1 _R N N \ T7v A N N 78 H H Reo] R29 Xl-a p Xl-b oO 0 rod Rye R75R74 NH R T~ Ct Le NZ N SY H [Res] Xl< p .
  41. 41. The method of claim 40, wherein the compound of Formula XI-a, XI-b or XI-¢ is a compound of Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g, XI-h, XI-i, or XI-j:
    o 0 oO 0 HN N aN A NH NH Cr Ok "Cr QE PY 2 N 0) Py T N N™ ON T H Qa H R~O_o S Re Xid Rs XI Rs Rs Rs © © 0 0 oO 0 HoN N H 0 HoN N NH o H RsR4 Ry Ns R T R NH * A ir hk R R : R70 TN 0 7 5 ~N Pu Re RR LA Lr T H NTN Re % XI ? H 0 6 Xlg 0 0 Rs o 0 R4 0 0 R PN NH T° °R, NH N - Ro Rio ny PY J _kRer NTN NH Rr N N N° N Raz H PN PRs H H Ras Xl-i 0 N Reo Xl-h Re? Reg es Rg7 Res 8 Res Rgs 64 0 0 Ady NH CL OE = N O oy 17 H Rs . Rs Xl Rs .
  42. 42, The method of claim 41, wherein the compound of Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g, XI-h, XI-i, or XI-j is a compound of Formula XI-k, XI-1, XI-m, XI-n, XI-o, XI-p, or XI-q; 0 0 0 0 aH ToS Rl NH o NH 5 Br BN Br R R3R N 0 XN o 2 R 4
    Ad. TCO Hs N~ TN N R; Rs NN N 0 Re : R3Ra H Rgg Reo 0 o Xkk XII o © 0 0 ow ow NH NH ~~ O ~C oO 0 N Res Reo 1 © _ o R Li “ NR, R, I R 5 H R, 7 Rs Ru Rs Ry RS Xl-m Xl-n o o 0 0 ow ow NH (i QQ Re Rs NH R Br N 1° 0 5 | 89, Reg 0 AP QL rs Py XE Cn A H ROR R2Rs : J Ry 2 Re 8sNeo O Ns 8 Rj R, Rs 6 e 9 Xko XI-p wR NH R70 ® JQ Pu N-R2 H PE Xl-q R, Rs wherein Rss, and Rg are each independently hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(0)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-;
    one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N ; and ns is an integer from 0 to 3.
  43. 43, The method of claim 42, wherein the compound of Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g, XI-h, XI-i, or XI-j is a compound of Formula XI-r, XI-s, XI-t, XI-u, XI-v, XI-w, or XI-x; o o 0 q FL, Rt OL, 0 r ~N Br x Re 0 OL Oe TQ 2 0 PY N vA N CR hs Nol av Re Rs 2 Ry © 5 XI-r 0 Rs 0 0 XI-t Xl-s o o 0 9 0 Q WO WOR WOH NH NH H Br Br SN IH RL Cy § Br, LAs Ter, “CQL OG Te _ H H Py x N 0 RS 0 R; 0 0 Ra J 0 Xu Xv bw 0 0 H , ae JQ DE Rs Rs Xl-x .
  44. 44, The method of claim 41, wherein the compound of Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g, XI-h, XI-i, or XI-j is a compound of Formula XI-y, XI-z, XI-aa, or XI-bb; 0 0 i x H,N N WRN NL H NH NH ~ Xe Rs Bra Xs Rs QO ir 1 Rig Ci A SRE N” TN oN H R H 0 2 Rs Ry Rs Xlz Xl-y © 0 0 o. Re fo Q Rs SN NH © R Rs NH Ro Bra A Xo Ne Bry Xo N° N Rs PY Ry A Ne N R © N N 5 3 0 H Ry R, Xl-aa Xl-bb RsRe R7
  45. 45. The method of claim 41, wherein the compound of Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g, XI-h, XI-i, or XI-j is a compound of Formula XI-cc, XI-dd, XI-ee, or XI-ff: Re Rs R4 oO 0 O HON N 0 HN NY Ry 2 NL ] R, H Ro~N ~ Re NH N-Rs NH RY Rk, Rs Br 4 “Ct 2) COLD oN LA NTN NN H H H H HH Xl-cc Xl-dd oO Oo 0 O R Rs Re 0 Rs 4 HN NL i Co eal 0 NH ON Ng, ’ nH ON Br SN Rs o Br yy Ry 5 © LX 2D LX XO N N N N N N N N H H H H H H Xl-ee XI-ff
  46. 46. The method of claim 39, wherein the compound of Formula XI is selected from the group consisting of: 0 0 0 0 ry AK HE Hume Me Hm Me Hime Me HN HN HN ~ NS 0 Bre Sy 0 Cr 2 © 2 LA 2 N Pu NT YN Pu NY ONo NN 0 H H H H H 5 XI-1 X1-2 XI-3 0 9 0 0 0 0 Home Me Ju NH, Hud Me HN i» Hime Me HN CC Br Q SN 0 Me SPSL srs CLO Ox N M . 0 A ANNO fle Py ANA N N 2 N © 0 N~ TN N 0 H H 0 XI-4 N N I XI-5 XI-6 LA 1 L [1 H N NH NP ph Mé Me Ju AV Iu Mé Me HN HN Br Xn N oO Br oN Br XN N 0 N 0 H H 0 N” °N NR o N~ °N 0 X17 H H H 0 X18 X19 0 0 oO Oo oO oO JH Me Me ? J Me Me H HN HN HN Bra A, ° “Cy 0 ~ 0 Zo N A sYN 0 Pn PN NON i © H 5 H H XI-10 XI-11 ; oo o © x2 Ju AY J Md Me H Me Me HN H HN H o HN oO ~ ore C1 ORs o Ct oy PN © NTN © NON © H H H XI1-13 XI-14 X15 o o OO O oO 0 i. Ge wb J NH, Hud Me Mé Me Ox N HN Me Me 0 HN 0 NH 0 H Bra s 0 Br CL Tar (LA LL lr Or on © NTN NON N° CN H H H XI-16 X17 _ P 0 0 nd he ML "Nd ve LU HNC 0 NH HN So = Br CLL OY 2) 8 ou CS A AL H H N N N N ERS XI-19 X120 oOo 0 oO 0 A 5 of 0 Br B ® 0 Oi 0 S H A A J JK N N N o NT ON N H H H H 0 X1-21 X1-22 0 0 oO 0 AS WS or I B B 0 aS. JQ o 2S JQ 0 S H PY N NZ SN N A Ao H H H H o 0 0 XI1-23 X1-24 oO 0 oOo 0 B 1 JQ I “CJ QL I 0 0 Ng N A A \ Jn A H H o 0 XI-25 XI-26 _466-
    0 0 oO 0 SA I Br B CLO COU A A N N N NO) NON A H H H H S 0 © X1-27 X1-28 0 0 0 0 AS RC 5 7 Br Br CLO LO A o A o 0 0 X1-29 X1-30
    0 0 0 0 HN HN 0 B Br AWN o NSN 0 0 A J N | A AN 0 N N N yo NTN N H H 0 O © XI-31 XI1-32 oOo oo oO 0 De of B B SN 0 NH ‘ | NN 0 o A N © A v H H oR H S 0 N CA, XI-33 XI-34 _468-
    0 0 0 0 ase YX HN HN B 0 Br Xn | Ny JQ 0 : A A Lr “ 200) N N H H H 0 0 1558 BX 1557 BX 0 0 XI-35 XI1-36 0 0 0 oO HN EEN PN 0 CLO O- CLD O- NZ ON N a 0 NO N © H H 5 0 XI1-37 XI-38 0 0 0 0 YR YR HN HN 0 B N 0 r Br > CLOT Cr Be A © A (0 N N NZ N H H XI-39 XI-40
    0 0 0 0 Ieee FR HN 0 HN o H Br Ny \ O Br Ny —/ A © | PY 1 N N N N 0 XI-41 XI1-42 0 0 0 0
    HN . HN 7) , LL [EL PY N N 0 N N H 5 0 XI1-43 XI1-44 0 0 0 0 N NH HN HN B = N Pn 0 A \ H H 0 0 XI-45 XI-46 _470-
    0 0 0 0 SR RS HN HN 2 Br LQ XN 0 0 Br N AN 0 (A od CLOTS Z l1, N N N AN Ney NZ N N Ay 0 H H 0 X1-47 X1-48 0 0 0 0 HN HN Br Br NN 2 0 ay Ny o N Py INN 5 A N . 0 an Annes 0 X1-49 XI-50 oO Oo 0 0 [RK YR HN HN B Br e 1 eg
    J . oO A 0 NN N Cr NN N 0 XI-51 XI-52
    0 0 o o YOR pe HN HN Br Br Ol QL 0 N N N N ON b 0 Oo XI-53 XI-55.
  47. 47. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula I" is a compound of Formula XII: NH, N™ XY" SN NF Me T X NH, / Ra Rwh Xl wherein R; and R; are each independently hydrogen or C;-Csg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N g . T is Tether;
    Ryn is Warhead which is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I- qs, I-r, I-s, and I-t: 0 i n ROC Rs RSC “Rs x NP Ra NR, Rs AN X Re Ry Ra R, Re Ro Ro I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If Rs Rosy R Ry Rs Zé Re A= | : 0 § n Xg Nig 0 O A—=R, rR, RY OR °l 3 6 X N13 R, R 1 R> Rs 4 2 I Ro Rs Rg Rg Nit o Ni I-g I-h I-i Ij 3 Il I-k R, R Ro R; Rs Ry Rs op | 3 R, Rs 0 Re~N, Ra 0 In NH n o ns Re O AA n N Rs N— 00 Rs oN Xg=Xq A OR, A Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 OO O rR, O aN i R4 A Rs 0 R, R3 Rs I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NR-; cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; ae 3” cach Xj is independently § N or Re, each R,, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N : ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl;
    wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ny, ny, n1;, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond.
  48. 48. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula 1" is a compound of Formula XXXVI: Rv OQ NH 0 T ~~ N Ruwh N ~~ \ NH N N™ H XXXVI wherein R, is H, optionally substituted C;-C3 branched or straight chain alkyl, or optionally substituted C,-C; branched or straight chain acyl; T is Tether; and
    Ryn is Warhead which is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I- qs, I-r, I-s, and I-t: 0 i n ROC Rs RSC “Rs x NP Ra NR, Rs AN X R2 Rs R Rs Rz Rs Rs I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If Rs Ron R R, Rj ZZ Rg A= | : 0 § n Xg Nig 0 O A—=R, rR, RY OR °l 3 6 X N13 R, R 1 Ry R3 4 2 I Rs Rs Rg Rg Nit o Ni I-g I-h I-i Ij 0 I-1 I-k R, R Ro R, R, R, Rs 0 2 3 R> Rs 0 Re~N, Ra 0 In NH n o ns Re O AA n N Rs N— 0 0 R4 oN Xg—X4 A 0 R, A Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 OO O rR, O aN i R4 A Rs 0 R, R3 Rs I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NRg-; cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; ae 3” cach Xj is independently § N or Re, each R,, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N g ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl;
    wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ny, ny, n1;, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond.
  49. 49. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is selected from the group consisting of: H NH NH 0 0 0 0 SATOLT HL ATDC \ _\H 2 ~ \ nH NH N N~ NH - 0 © H J © H " XXXVI-1 XXXVI-2
  50. 50. The method of claim 19, wherein Scaffold is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula XVI-a, XVI-b, or XVI-c:
    {sl a ) — N Rog Rio Z 3 R Ro7 Reo ne | AC Ge ng oy’ 5 Ri fo R111 R "2 QO Q.,0 0 R % W7 Rypg R Ros 112 0 Q.Or R Rs R143 H NS 106,107 Rs R113 H _S 106,107 HR N N H Rios N N N Rios _O_N Ris Ig 0 H Ros R105 Roo hil 0 ° R104 Rq19°109 Ro” o © Rios R1163109 0 rr 2 Rios 0 ny R02 Rigs Rof 93 Roi | Ros Ro, Rep XVI-b XVl-a N A ne pot I Ste Ng AN Ros PQ QfReR Ros R4 13 H _S 106,107 HRo, N N Rios ONL R105 R Ro” © 2 Ris R101 0 ny 02 pg Roi | Ros Roo XVi-c wherein Roo, Ro1, Roz, Ros, Ros, Ros, Rog, Ro7, Rog, Roo, Rigo, Ri02, Rios, Rios, Rios, R107, Rios, Rio9, R110, R111, R112, R113, and R14 are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of C,-Cg alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, - C(0)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; Rios is hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, or C,-Cg alkenyl; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently i replaced by N ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; each Ryo; and Rg; is independently hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, C,-Cg alkenyl, halogen, amino, nitro, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; and ne and ny are each independently integer from 0 to 4; and ng is an integer from 0 to 2.
  51. 51. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula XVI-d, XVI-e, or XVI-f: Ru N Neg 4 N a [rot Sh N 0 0 N N NV
    0 Q.,0 H H Ny R ON" o O N N N J ” 0 R103 oN " Rog” o © Tw % T R103 Rwh XVl-e T~ Rwh XVI-d = oA IH Ng Oo fi WP H ”~ N \ ; ; N N < N Ros o © 0 R103 T~ Rwh XVI-f wherein Rog and R14 are each independently hydrogen or C,-C; alkyl; Rios is hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, or C,-Cg alkenyl; Rio: is hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, C,-Cg alkenyl, halogen, amino, nitro, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; and ng is an integer from 0 to 4; ng is an integer from 0 to 2; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by - NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; and Ryn is Warhead which is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I- qs, I-r, I-s, and I-t: R 0 ° 2 re O O 0 1% 0 x 0 Rj A X R2 Rs R Rs Rz Rs ’ I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If _R A= | : 0 § n Xg Nig 0 O A—=R, rR, RY OR °l 3 6 X N13 R, 1 Ry R3 R4 No Rj; Rs Rs Re ny! 5 UP I-g I-h I-i Ij 0 I-1 I-k R, R Ro R; Rs Ry Rs op | 3 R, Rs 0 Re—N.
    Rs 0 OM] n 0 ns Ro 0 n n N— A N R N 0 Rs A 00 “or N Xg=X1 A Ry Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 OO O rR, O AN R; I! Rs 0 R, R3 3 I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NR-; cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; 30s 3M cach Xj is independently § N or Re,
    each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rs is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-C¢ alkyl, when present, can be we independently replaced by 4N +.
    R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl;
    wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group;
    A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; n4 is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ng, ny, n;3, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n;3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond; and
    T is Tether.
  52. 52. The method of claim 51, wherein the compound of Formula XVI-d, XVI-e, or XVI-f is a compound of Formula XVI-g, XVI-h, or XVI-i:
    R101 R101 Ny R114 of 7 Oo © o WD ag PS N ” N N NS Ho NY H H WV ON 0 H 0 R, o ° Rs, . 0 0 N R Rs R 0 R Ry © Rs 4 3 - XVl-g XVI-h AN ~N R101 Oo Li 6% N N N~ / oN H SPO So © o R, 0 0 N Rs 0 Ry Rs XVI-i
  53. 53. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula XVI-d, XVI-e, or XVI-f is selected from the group consisting of: °C NN AN 7 9 *, oO 0. 0 3 ia LN \/ No oe . \ Ny _L 1 % \/
    % o. N S yy TH - > J A XVI-1 XVI-2 RO® os ZF N hd : 0 Va “, o 0 © o PN o Lo PL 0 | % hi : © boc v o XVI-3 XVI-4
    F ON MeO NN N Oo Y Po %, * oo oo 9, \/ : Co N 7 nd 7 | \/ A $ | : - V 0 $ % ro >No ° A To : he y o ~~, > 3 A O J [) oO oO XVI-5 XVI-6
    MeO. AN MeO. NN A 7 2% %, J V oe NY N " , Ny _L ° & ® A ©
    Q. N Y 0 TAL 1 ® i oO 0 XVI-7 XVI-8
    F MeO Xx > AN 9, “ 0 ’, \ / (Nd (YY 5 WV N _S : oN KE V A A © Wo wd Y 0 o N : NY x 5 : [1 3 or 1 ] N S -, 0 ( 0 0 XVI-9 XVI-10 T ~~
    %, . \ / % ~~ K 0 N " N \/ A J A ’ ~ N " , ve \/ Boe Oo X N & N N o py 0 —0 SS XVI-11 XVI-12
    F N 0 Se a, %, Y % 0 0 o %, \/ ’ 0 A \/ N , N AV, N AS & N +, N 0 N 0 0 N N > N= 0 MN 0 ~0) 0 oo XVI-13 XVI-14 F F { & he lL Y Y \ ., o \ / 0 x YE v N oS N 2, N Av, 0 PS 0 0 \ 2 0 N Z YY > 0 E o 1 N 0 (J) J——0 0 0 XVI-15 XVI-16
    F F N 0 a, % he “ oo 0 %, \/ y a LAN pe \/ \ Pa vv N oS A ° \ yy WV 0 N A Y ; 0 0 \ 0 £ soc Y 0 Ta en —0 0 0 XVI-17 XVI-18 F r - N 0 N 0 Y T %, “4, Q 0 0 7 i ] P
    \/ . 4 N 2, Ny \ “, nT 7 A ES A ° e po Y 0 soc z © No ~~, 0 aq SY XVI-19 XVI-20
    F Y % f QO o 0 \/ N oO re YY 0 N %, ~N % Q o. 0 Boc i 0 ON \/ = N -S ~N N 2, N / N J X o R 0 0 2, Q 7 Q SN XVI-21 XVI-22 nS » “oC [ ~~ 0, [SE CN) : Oy \/ 2, N 5 N \/ 0 “A 0 ot Io o © \, o Q Ay 0 0 o XVI-23 XVI-24 _487-
    F FY oe C] T - le) @ o 0 ° o Lrg u Oy \ N 7 N N _-S % / N 4, N 7 ° A AN A & Y y 0 0 N © \ : : 0 OY J . TJ N 7 0 oO . XVI-25 XVI-26
  54. 54. The method of claim 18 wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula XXII-a, Formula XXII-b, or Formula XXII-¢: 0 p Sr J Bn N S AN S AN N SY N N ~ AT Run R N 1, &) Fun ®) Ryn XXII-a XXII-b XXII-¢ wherein n, m, p, and q for Formula XXII-a and Formula XXII-b are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3; provided that n and q are not 0 at the same time, and m and q are not 0 at the same time; T is tether;
    Ryn is Warthead and is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I- qs, I-r, I-s, and I-t: 0 i n ROC Rs RSC “Rs x NP Ra NR, Rs AN X Re Ry Ra R, Re Ro Ro I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If Rs Ron R R, Rj ZZ Rs A= | : 0 § n Xg Nig 0 O A—R, OR, R A 8) 9 3 6 X N13 R, R 1 Ry R3 4 2 I Rs Rs Rg Rg Nit o Ni I-g I-h I-i Ij 0 I-1 I-k R, R Ro R, R, R, Rs 0 2 3 R> Rs 0 Re~N, Ra 0 In NH n o ns Re O AA n N Rs N— 0 0 R4 oN Xg—X4 A 0 R, A Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 OO O rR, O aN i R4 A Rs 0 R, R3 Rs I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NRg-; cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; ae 3” cach Xj is independently § N or Re, each R,, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N g ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl;
    wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group;
    A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ny, ny, n1;, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond;
    A’ is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 5-10 membered saturated or partially unsaturated bridged bicyclic heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen, at least one oxygen, and optionally 1-2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    Bis an optionally substituted group selected from phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or —T-Rwh; and
    C? is hydrogen or an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  55. 55. The method of claim 54, wherein the compound of Formula XXII-a, XXII-b, XXTI-c is selected from the group consisting of:
    0) Q YON OTS S$ \ = OH \ Z OH A XXII-1 XXII-2 0 N 0 s \, TY, \ — \ | N 7 OH ( N ZZ OH \ _ ° N 7 / XXII-3 XXII-4 0) N 0 0 S | xX N I S NN ‘ N \ F OH On Ny \ | % OH \ N ~] | N XXII-5 XXII-6
    9 Lo N \ | oY 0 S Xy N J <0 : | - = 3 § XXII1-7 XXII-8 ° 7 S XX ] o 0 S Ny SCC AT ul | : XXII-9 XXI1I1-10 (J AAT ee ¢ CS XXII-11 XXII1-12 _492-
    A i De ~ XXII-13 XXII1-14 LC @ OQ N N S Xn _—N Th gS, 7 1 —~ XXII-15 XXII-16 A A eee 0 ~ 0 XXII-17 XXII-18
    @ N S IEA N N \ | “0 Cy N / \ XXII-19 O) N 0 S \ = OH N S Ny WU Hoo 0 NZ i 0 J XXI1-20 XXII-21 0) ’ CJ WU NH QU N a NZ a NZ H ry rl > 1263 SN 1264 XXI1-22 XXI1-23 _494-
    ® ® N N ety” TT 0 ea 0 Pa, 0 NY o= N J 0=X_ ¢ 1390 1894 XXI1-24 XXII-25 ) S N N Se, ’ 0 0 HN A 0 0 0 XXII-26 XXII1-27 ® ’ CJ ~ I \ GOTT, OTT ) NZ NH, _) Pp 0 o={ MeO MeO / N N I ju fo 0 XXII1-28 XXII1-29
    OO ) N N = =) FZ NH, Pn o 0 0 Ss S 0 XXII-30 XXII-31 e @® N N SCL CS TT _) Fn, _) Pn 0 0 S 0 0 o XXII1-32 XXII1-33 O) N SST \ _ NH IS A N 0 / MeO XXII1-34
  56. 56. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula I" is a compound of Formula XXIII: 0 R 200N S /\ )—N 0 Rao N a2) XXIII wherein: Run 18 Warhead which is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I- qs, I-r, I-s, and I-t: < = vf or Rs RSC Rs x NP R, WANS R, CN X 2 Ry RJ Rs R, R, 3 I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If -R AFA : © J ng, Xa N10 0 Oo v= pn AY) 3 6 X Ny3 R, R 1 Ry R3 4 ne I) Re Rs Rg Rg N11 o N12 I-g I-h I-i Ij 0 I-1 I-k R, R Ro R; Rs Ry Rs op | 3 R, Rs 0 I It "oom RAN A N n N 0 Rj N 00 Rs o N Xg=X1 A Ry A Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 Oo O R, © aN i R4 A Rs 0 R, R3 Rs I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NR-;
    cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,;
    cach Xp is independently § N or Re,
    each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rs is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ;
    R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl;
    wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group;
    A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of no, ny, n11, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond;
    Ryo: 1s hydrogen or C;¢ alkyl;
    Ryo, 1s hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C, ¢ alkyl, Ci alkoxy, or (C, alkylene)-R,3; or
    Ry01 and Ry, are taken together with the intervening carbon to form an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered carbocyclic ring or a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    Roos is a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, a 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; and Ring A’ is absent or an optionally substituted group selected from a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  57. 57. The method of claim 56, where the compound of Formula XXIII is selected from the group consisting of: 0 \ S /\ J N O N 0 0 0 XXIII-1
    0 N — / \ N 0 o 7 q Ss —\ i 0 N N Ns 0 oO ) N CT 0 Ott, XXIII-2 XXIII-3 O 0 N S > % N S / \ N / N O N 0 © Ne J N N IQ ’ 0 \ XXII11-4 XXIII-5
    0 0 S S N / \ N / \ )— 0 N 0 J )— ; / Ju 0 0 XXIII-6 XXIII-7 0 N S / \ J N 0 \ )
    0 . XXIII-8
  58. 58. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula I" is a compound of Formula XXIV-a or Formula XXIV-b: Roos Oo HN (R205)n N (Rzo5)n N R204/N TT (R206 )n N T (Rxog)n xX NF xX aa (3 (3 Ruwh Ruwh XXIV-a XXIV-b wherein Run 18 Warhead which is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I- qs, I-r, I-s, and I-t: < = vf ROC Rs RSC Rs x NP Ry WANS R, RN X R2 Rs R Rs Rz Rs Rs I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If Az | ’ 0 MM X Nig 0 O A—R, OR, R yy rR Ng 9 3 6 N13 R, R Xi Ry R3 4 2 I RRs Rg Rg Nyy o N12 I-g I-h I-i Ij 0 I-1 I-k R, R Ro R; Rs Ry Rs op | 3 R, Rs 0 Re—N, Rs 0 I NH n 0 na R2 0 AN n N 5 Rs N— 00 Rs o N Xg=X1 A Ry A Rs I A I-m R4 1- - I-n 0 I-p I-q l-r 0 0 O R, © aN i R4 A Rs 0 R, R3 Rs I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NR-;
    cach Xj is independently -Rg, -ORs, or -NRgR7,;
    cach Xp is independently § N or Re,
    each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cq alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ;
    R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl;
    wherein optionally when proper any two of R,, R3, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X;, and any one of Ry, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group;
    A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ng, nyo, n11, and nj, is an integer from 0-1; and nj; is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond;
    Ry04 18 an hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C;_¢ aliphatic, - (CH,)m-(3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring), -(CHz)m-(7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring), -(CH;),-(4- to 7- membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), -(CHz)n~(7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), -(CH,),-phenyl, -(CH,),~(8- to 10- membered bicyclic aryl ring), -(CHz)m-(5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), or -(CH,)n-(8- to 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur);
    cach Ryps and Rygs is independently —R”, halogen, -NO,, —CN, —OR"”, —SR”, -N(R"),, -C(O)R"”, -CO;R", —-C(O)C(O)R"”, —C(O)CH,C(O)R", —-S(O)R"”, —-S(O),R", —C(O)N(R'"), -SO;N(R""),, —-OC(O)R", -N(R")C(O)R", —N(R")N(R"),, -N(R")C(=NR")N(R"),, -C(=NR")N(R"),, —C=NOR", -N(R"")C(O)N(R"),, —N(R")SO,N(R"")2, -N(R")SO,R", or -OC(O)N(R""),;
    cach R" is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Cis aliphatic, a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur,a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or two R" groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-8 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; m is an integer from 0 to 6, inclusive;
    cach n for Formula XXIV-a or Formula XXIV-b is independently 0, 1, or 2; and
    Ring A’ is an optionally substituted 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having 1-2 nitrogens.
  59. 59. The method of claim 58, wherein the compound of Formula XXIV-a or Formula XXIV-b is selected from the group consisting of 0 ~) HN cl HN N N [7 _ I CT N N xX Xu Xu xX 0 N 0 N ) O wn, oO o oO Oo 0 XXIV-1 XXIV-2 0 N S zd NH XN XX O N PN
    0 . XXIV-3
  60. 60. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula I" is a compound of Formula XXV: (R2o5)n F NN N N HN | _ J (Rawk Ag” FZ o Yo F XN MeO” °N (a9) Run XXV wherein Run 18 Warhead which is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I- qs, I-r, I-s, and I-t: R 0 i ROS Rs ROS “Rs x R, A AA Ra Rs Rn - X Re R, RZ Rg Ro Ro ’ I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If R Rs Ron R R> Rs ze 6 IN | 0 OM Xo.
    Mio Oo. 0 A—R, OR, RNR No |r 94) 3 6 X N13 R> R 1 R> R3 4 2 I Re Rs Rs Re N11 0 N12 I-g I-h I Ij 3 I I-k R, R Ro R, Rs Ry R3 o 3 Ra Rs 0 Re=N, Rs o In OM n o ng Ro 0 S N n N Rs N—4 00 Ry o N Xg~X1 A OR, A Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 Oo O R, © aN i R4 A Rs 0 R> Rs Ra I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NR-; cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; ine wine Bon-3- 3 cach Xp is independently § N or Re, each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rs is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of no, ny, n11, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond; each Ryos and Ry6 1s independently —R”, halogen, -NO,, -CN, —OR"’, —SR"’, —-N(R""),, -C(O)R"”, —CO,R", -C(O)C(O)R", -C(O)CH,C(O)R", =S(O)R", -S(O),R"’, =C(O)N(R""),, -SO,N(R'"),, “OC(O)R"’, -N(R"")C(O)R", =N(R")N(R""),, -N(R")C(=NR")N(R""),, -C(=NR")N(R"),, -C=NOR", -N(R")C(O)N(R"),, -N(R")SO,N(R"’),, -N(R"")SO,R", or -OC(O)N(R"); each R" is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Cis aliphatic, a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or optionally, two R"" groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-8 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    m is an integer from 0 to 6, inclusive;
    each n for Formula XXYV is independently 0, 1, or 2; and
    Ring A’ is an optionally substituted 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having 1-2 nitrogens.
  61. 61. The method of claim 60, wherein the compound of Formula XXV is selected from the group consisting of: o~ Lo <A 0". 0 o o 7 C)
    MeO. __N C J MeO. __N C ) F Ne) z N F MeO _N N F o. 0 Zz N Sn N oP I EN N “HN XN HN — ~ F XXV-1 N F XXV-2 NF XXV-3 N o =\ 0 0 AL $0 oO 0 0 N NH NH
    MeO. __N C J F z N 0 on. CO worn. (0 F a TA =x Foo T OP ~ _ S uN Xn x “HN A F XXV-4 N Pp z \ F XXV-5 NF XXV-6 N 0 hd 8 0 NH AEN 0 PNA F Neo J C MeO.__N C
    0. .0 MeO. __N e SN | AN Foo | ] F 0y 0 _ C z SNS x “HN N F XXV-7 N 2. 7 \_# F xvas N XXV-9 $Z0 o Q NH INAH ISR 0 o NN ® or ° Fo Meo _N IU MeO. __N MeO _N HN C A Foo [ ] o, 0 \N 7 S< _*.
    = S. x HN X SE a PWN CL “ F N F N XXV-11 XXV-12 0 0 Q NTF AEN 0
    N._O ° J ON \ \ CJ « ON oO = 7 1 oP ~ g pe XC | Og XN SMe SFT OT 2 F NT F F N XXV-13 XXV-14 XXV-15
  62. 62. The method of claim 18, wherein the compoun dof Formula I’ is a compound of Formula XXVII: N oy = N 0 Rwn Ry XXVIII wherein: T is Tether; Run 18 Warhead which is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I- qs, I-r, I-s, and I-t: = i n ROC Rs RSC “Rs x NP Ry A AA, CN X R7 Rs RJ Rs R, R, 3 I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If -R Az | ’ 0 MM n Xg Nig 0 O A—R; OR, RS NF OR ol 3 6 N13 R, R X4 Ry R3 4 2 I RRs Rg Rg N11 o N12 I-g I-h I-i Ij 0 I-1 I-k R, R Ra R, Rs R> Rs 0X] 3 Ry Rj 0 EN = ( Too RAY + _ n N o Rs N A 00 4 oN Xg=X1 A Ry Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 0 O R, © AN R; 2 Rs 0 R, R3 3 I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NR-;
    cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,;
    cach Xp is independently § N or Re,
    each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rs is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ;
    R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl;
    wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group;
    A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of no, ny, n11, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond.
  63. 63. The method of claim 62, wherein the compound of Formula XXVII is selected from the group consisting of: N N 0 (0 aq ) IN Xx a Yq Ho | 0 hil 0 N~ ON N © O~ Z 0 0 I XXVII-1 vie N Oo N 0 (0 Q R [ Bp q A C3 i ~"o NTN EN PN x 0 o H P ir 0 NT ONT YON ~ 0 Ow H Z XXVII-3 XXVIL4 N / BD 8) N / N A H a Zo N” ON SN EN NN A x Hol SS 0 N” ON N 0 Ow z Io s Hol XXVII-5 ~ XXVII-6 N N 0 [> ) A ] ) Oo N NTN SN ae A X
    0 o. ML 13 ND XXVIET =" xxvie O~ = N N Q [> ) 0 A A i 1 1 N™ So NTN SN Om A N 0 Hol : © N" NTN O< Z 0’ Ow = XXVI-9 XXVIIF10 N 8) 8) OX A JCLX N ~~ HN S NG A) 5 Oo N N 0 : H O~ Z ES - 0 o N N XXVI-11 S XXVII-12 AO ~ N I 0 0 ED) MT 3 TG 0 AAAS A oN NZ Ne 5 Oo 0 XXVII-13 XXVII-14
  64. 64. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula I' is a compound of Formula XXXVII:
    Run / T T hn (Ro) —T— (Ron CY VC NZ o— N N==\ (Ra) Ss NH oS NN XXXVII wherein T is Tether;
    Ryn is Warhead which is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I- qs, I-r, I-s, and I-t: 0 i n ROC Rs RSC “Rs x NP Ra NR, Rs AN X R2 Rs R Rs Rz Rs Rs I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If Rs Ron R R, Rj ZZ Rg A= | : 0 § n Xg Nig 0 O A—=R, rR, RY OR °l 3 6 X N13 R, R 1 Ry R3 4 2 I Rs Rs Rg Rg Nit o Ni I-g I-h I-i Ij 0 I-1 I-k R, R Ro R, R, R, Rs 0 2 3 R> Rs 0 Re~N, Ra 0 In NH n o ns Re O AA n N Rs N— 0 0 R4 oN Xg—X4 A 0 R, A Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 OO O rR, O aN i R4 A Rs 0 R, R3 Rs I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NRg-; cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; ae 3” cach Xj is independently § N or Re, each R,, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N g ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl;
    wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n in Warhead is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; n; is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ny, ny, ny;, and ny; is an integer from 0-1; and n;3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond; and cach n in Formula XXXVII is 0, 1, or 2.
  65. 65. The merthod of claim 64, wherein the compound of Formula XXXVII is selected from the group consisting of: 0) 0 NZ © HN 0 Cl 0 cl 0 CC CC = N=\ “N N=\ S NH S NH IES | x NN N.=N XXXVII-1 XXXVII-2
    0 0 0 WO Cri] N HN SO No Cl 0 Cl 0 N N FF o— — o— N N==\ N N==\ S NH S NH N ~F N N ~F N XXXVII-3 XXXVII-4 CL 0) N 0 Cl 0 CC = o— A S ~ SN N ro N ~F N XXXVII-5
  66. 66. A method for designing a ligand that covalently binds a lysine residue of a target protein, the method comprising: A) providing a structural model of a reversible ligand docked in, or in proximity to, a ligand-binding site in a target protein, wherein the reversible ligand makes at least one non-covalent contact with the ligand-binding site; B) identifying a lysine residue in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of the target protein that is adjacent to the reversible ligand when the reversible ligand is docked in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site; C) producing structural models of a plurality of ligand-warhead compounds docked in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site wherein each ligand-warhead compound comprises a warhead covalently attached to a substitutable position of the reversible ligand in step B), the warhead comprising a reactive chemical moiety and optionally a linker; D) identifying among the structural models in step C) at least one ligand-warhead compound whose structural model allows the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue in step B) to be within bonding distance of the warhead electrophile; and E) further identifying among the structural models identified in step D) a hydrogen-bond-donor-containing amino acid residue in, or in the proximity to, the ligand- binding site, wherein the hydrogen-bond donor moiety is within hydrogen-bonding distance of the warhead electrophile, and/or within Coulombic interaction distance of the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue identified in step D).
  67. 67. The method of claim 66, further comprising: F) forming, for a ligand-warhead compound identified in step E), a ligand- protein covalent adduct by forming a covalent bond between the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue identified in step B) and the warhead electrophile; and also forming a hydrogen bond between the hydrogen-bond donor moiety and the warhead electrophile; or a hydrogen bond between the hydrogen-bond donor moiety and the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue identified in step D) while substantially maintaining the non-covalent interactions between the pharmacophore of the ligand and the ligand-binding site.
  68. 68. The method of claim 67, further comprising: G) evaluating a resulting conformation of the ligand-protein covalent adduct by analyzing the global energy of the resulting conformation.
  69. 69. The method of claim 68, wherein steps A)-G) are iterated with changes to the linker and the global energy of the resulting conformation is less than the previous iteration.
  70. 70. The method of claim 66, wherein the hydrogen-bond donor-containing amino acid residue is any amino acid residue that is capable of acting as a hydrogen bond donor.
  71. 71. The method of claim 66, wherein the hydrogen-bond donor-containing amino acid residue is selected from the group consisting of arginine, lysine, threonine, serine, histidine, and tyrosine.
  72. 72. The method of claim 71, wherein the hydrogen-bond donor-containing amino acid residue is selected from the group consisting of arginine and lysine.
  73. 73. The method of claim 66, wherein the target protein is selected from the group consisting of XIAP, ML-IAP, PDPK1, and PI3Kf/y.
  74. 74. The method of claim 73, wherein the target protein is XIAP and the lysine identified 1s K297 or K299.
  75. 75. The method of claim 66, wherein the ligand-warhead compound is selected from the group consisting of Formulas VII, VIII, IX-a, IX-b, XI, XII, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXII, XXII, XXIII, XXXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII, XXIX, XXXVI, and XXXVII.
  76. 76. The method of claim 66, wherein the Warhead is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-c, I-d, I-e, I-f, I-g, I-h, I-i, I-j, I-k, I-1, I- m, I-n, I-o, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t: Oo i n ROC Rs RSC “Rs x NP Ra NR, Rs AN X R2 Rs R Rs Rz Rs Rs I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If Rs Ron R R, Rj ZZ Rs A= | : 0 § n Xg Nig 0 O A—=R, rR, RY OR °l 3 6 X N13 R, R 1 Ry R3 ‘ 2 I RRs Rg Rg Nyy o N12 I-g I-h I-i Ij 0 I-1 I-k R, R Ro R, R, R, Rs 0 2 3 R> Rs 0 Re~N, Ra 0 In NH n o ns Re O AA n N Rs N— 00 Rs oN Xg=Xq A OR, A Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 0 O R, © aN R4 Rs n AR 0 R, Rs 3 I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NR-; each X; is independently -Re, -ORs, or -NRgR7; 3s 3 cach Xj is independently § N or Re, each R,, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N g ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl;
    wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ny, ny, n1;, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond.
  77. 77. The method of 76 wherein the Warhead is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-d and X; is -NRgR.
  78. 78. A method for identifying at least one lysine residue within at least one protein, wherein the at least one identified lysine can be modified covalently, the method comprising: A) identifying at least one protein having a ligand-binding site; B) providing a three-dimensional structural model for the identified protein; C) docking a reversible ligand in, or in proximity to, the identified protein’s ligand-binding site in the structural model, wherein the reversible ligand makes at least one non-covalent contact with the ligand-binding site, thereby creating a structural model of a reversible ligand bound to, or in proximity to, an identified protein’s ligand-binding site; and D) identifying in the structural model of a reversible ligand bound to, or in proximity to, an identified protein’s ligand-binding site one or more lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of the identified protein which is less than about 15A from the reversible ligand.
  79. 79. The method of claim 78, comprising identifying a plurality of proteins having ligand-binding sites that are structurally homologous.
  80. 80. The method of claim 79, wherein the method comprises
    A) providing a three-dimensional structural model for at least one of the identified proteins; B) docking a reversible ligand in, or in proximity to, the structural model of the ligand-binding site of at least one of the identified proteins, wherein the reversible ligand makes at least one non-covalent contact with the ligand-binding site, thereby creating a structural model of a reversible ligand bound to, or in proximity to, an identified protein’s ligand-binding site; and C) identifying in the structural model of a reversible ligand bound to, or in proximity to, an identified protein’s ligand-binding site one or more lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of the identified protein which is less than about 15A from the reversible ligand.
  81. 81. The method of claim 80, wherein the method comprises comparing the three- dimensionally equivalent amino acid positions of the homologous ligand-binding sites of more than one of the plurality of identified proteins and determining the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins.
  82. 82. The method of claim 81, wherein the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins is in only one of the identified proteins.
  83. 83. The method of claim 81, wherein the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins is in more than one of the identified proteins.
  84. 84. The method of claim 81, wherein the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins is in less than 10% of the identified proteins.
  85. 85. The method of claim 81, wherein the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins is in less than 50% of the identified proteins.
  86. 86. The method of claim 81, wherein the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins is in more than 50% of the identified proteins.
  87. 87. The method of claim 81, wherein the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins is in more than 75% of the identified proteins.
  88. 88. The method of claim 81, wherein the prevalence of lysine residues in, or in proximity to, the ligand binding sites of the identified proteins is in all of the identified proteins.
  89. 89. The method of claim 78, wherein the protein is selected from the group consisting of of BCL-2, Calpains, Caspases, Cathepsins, HCV, HDAC, HSP70, HSP90, IAP, Kinase, MDM2, MMP, NHR, PI3Kf/y, Phosphatase, PARP, and HIV Protease.
  90. 90. The method of claim 89, wherein the protein is selected from the group consisting of XIAP, PI3K, PDPK1 and HCV-NS3.
  91. 91. A method for selecting a warhead that binds to a target lysine within a ligand-binding site of a protein the method comprising (a) identifying at least one protein having a ligand-binding site; (b) providing a three-dimensional structural model for the identified protein; (c) identifying the location of at least one lysine in, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site of step (a); (d) providing at least one warhead in proximity to the at least one identified lysine; (e) aligning the electrophilic atom of the warhead within bonding distance of the primary amine of the at least one identified lysine;
    (f) forming a covalent bond between an electrophilic atom of the warhead and the primary amine of the at least one lysine; (g) docking a reversible ligand in the identified protein’s ligand-binding site within 15 A of the covalently attached warhead of step (f), wherein the reversible ligand maintains most of its known noncovalent interactions with the ligand-binding site; (h) aligning the closest atom of the ligand with the covalently bound warhead of step (f) and providing the geometric requirements for the design of a tether between the ligand and the covalently bound warhead of step (f), that also is complementary with the protein surface in the region between the warhead and the ligand.
  92. 92. A method of covalently modifying a lysine residue in, or in proximity to, a ligand- binding site of a protein, the method comprising: A) contacting a compound of Formula I: X y I with a protein containing a lysine residue in, or in proximity to, a ligand-binding site of a polyprotein; B) forming a covalent bond between the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue and Warhead of the compound; wherein Scaffold is a) a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a ligand capable of binding to, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site; or b) a portion of a pharmacophore of a ligand resulting from truncation of the pharmacophore, such that the Scaffold is capable of binding to, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site; Warhead is an organic moiety optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; the organic moiety having a molecular weight of about 14 daltons to about 200 daltons; Warhead being capable of reaction with a side chain primary amine group of a lysine residue; and Warhead being attached to Scaffold through Tether;
    Tether is null, a bond, or a bivalent C,-C;s saturated, unsaturated, straight, branched, cyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic hydrocarbon moiety; wherein optionally one or more methylene units of the hydrocarbon chain are independently replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, - SO,-, -C(=S)-, or C(=NR})-; optionally one or more hydrogens are independently replaced by heteroatoms; and optionally one or more methine groups of the C;-C;s alkyl, when present, are independently replaced by § N ; xis 0, 1, or 2; yis 1,2, or 3; and R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; wherein the compound of Formula I is not a naturally occurring compound that exerts its biological effect through an inherent ability to covalently bind lysine; nor is the compound of Formula I a compound, natural or synthetic, which is based primarily on amino acids nucleoside/nucleotide derived drugs, simple lysine alkylating agents, anhydrides, steroid derived lysine alkylators, or sugar based lysine alkylators, with the proviso that the compound of Fomula I is not wortmannin: 0
    MeO. ACO, 0 z H 0 | = 0 o ; known analogues of wortmannin that covalently modify lysine through substantially the same mechanism as wortmannin: SCC 8 SCT QO Qo 0 0 OH 0 , O 0 ,
    0 0 0 OH OH MeO MeO C0 Oo 0 \ 0 HO LO 0 0 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 0 0 OH OH 0, A o \ 0 HO LS 0 HO \ 0 Oo 9 Oo 9 0 9 o 0 ® C3 -N N 0 0 0 ; OH
    HO. CHO 0 ang) oh tO tO ? (J (J (Je Nas O +0 = = = Io ® ® OH ; OH ; OH ; F : C7 (Je H 0 7 oH O S AS AN OH ; HO ; HO ;
    OH 0 AN H CF, HO ; HO ; CHO oO x N he J Oo HO 5 Cl N = or HN H SSA A CN P Jo C(O)alkyl OH IA o | . O AS o . x. © ° . Oo A alkene 4 NN alkene N N 0 : OMe ; and any mechanism-based irreversible inhibitors.
  93. 93. The method of claim 92, wherein the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula I": I'
  94. 94. The method of claim 93, wherein Warhead is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-c, I-d, I-e, I-f, I-g, I-h, I-i, I-j, I-k, I-1, I- m, I-n, I-o, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t: ZZ i n ROC Rs RSC “Re x NP Ry NR, RN X Re Ry Ra R, Re Ro Ro I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If .R A= | : 0 § X Nig 0 O A—R, OR, R yy rR Ng 9 R, R Xi Ry R3 ‘ 2 I Re.
    Rs Rg Rg Nyy o N12 I-g I-h I-i Ij 0 I-1 I-k R, R Ro R; Rs Ry Rs op | 3 R, Rs 0 Re—N, Rs 0 I NH n 0 na R2 0 AA n N 5 Rs N— 00 Rs o N Xg=X1 A Ry A Rs R A I'm “ In Io Ip Iq Ir oO OO O R, © aN i R4 A Rs 0 R, R3 Rs I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NR-; cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; 3s 3 cach Xj is independently § N or Re,
    each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rs is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cg alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-C¢ alkyl, when present, can be we independently replaced by 4N +. R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ny, ny, n1;, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond.
  95. 95. The method of claim 94, wherein as least one of R; and Rj of the compounds of Formulas I-b and I-c¢ is hydrogen.
  96. 96. The method of claim 94, wherein the compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-e, I-j, I-k, or I-1 is a compound of Formula I1-a, II-b, II-¢, II-d, II-e, II-f, II-g, II-h, II-i, II-j, 1I-Kk, 11-1, I1I-m, II-n, II-o0, II-p, II-q, II-r, II-s, 1I-t, II-u, I1-v, II-w, II-X, I1-y, I11-Z, II-aa, I1-bb, II-cc, 1I-dd, I-ee, II-ff, I1I-gg, II-hh, I1-ii, I1-jj, II-kk, II-1l, II-mm, II-nn, 11-00, or II-pp;
    0, R, © R> R Ro: o R2 Rs R, Rs Rs QO 2 O. 3 0. Rj N N Rs Ry N Re ZR, / R / R 1 0 Re~q" R N~ R 4 4 R O 5 -N"0 R 6 Rs Yq Rs Rat R7 Rg ’ R7 Rg Re 5 Ia Ib Ic 1d Ie 1-f Ry Ry R R _ R 0 Ry Rs N R | —T(R,) \ 7 (Ron “N Rs 0 N = (Rom 0 = Zz/m 0 oO Re RARE RS . Ro) Ig ° Rg i 8 3 Ry I-h I-k 1-1 = on Rs R, Ra Ry OA Ram 0 | XN i. o Rs 0 Rs 0 Rg oR, I Re R Zz Zz 0 O = 2m O ~ Ne R yr = Ry Rony Pr Rs; R{ TF (R,) Rs Ro mz Z Rs I 4 Rg Rs Rs x 2/m Rs Rj -m on 1-0 -p Iq Ir 0 o 0 0 0 Q, O Oo R R 9 = Lr, Red Rs ~ Ry re he Rs=N 0, Rs~N Ry N—R, R R N 4 A A AS OS CORR R, Re 0 0 8 Il-s 4 o Rr II-t O 0 II-u [Lv Oo 0 0 II-w II-x R R7 Rs P 6 2 RAL Rs Re—<4 Ro Rs nN Ry N R 4 4 Rg 0. D O, R3 o a (Rms 2 Rs Ro Rs R, Rs NTR ,)ms 0 Re 0 o~¢ \ 0 o o o Ry R =" (Rms Rs; I © © PR N Re," ~ 1-2 II-aa II-bb H-ce I-dd Rs R N= R NZ R Rs R o * Rs od OJ Ra TT (Roms Re 0 ‘ N Re \ 7" (Roms NPN ms Nn Rams ON ° o~¢Z \ 5 S J Roms o ZN ~ I Rams Rs Ry N= (Rams R Rs; N R¢ N Ré Rs Re Rs Rs IL-hh ° Lee IL-£f gg Li Li R R Riz Ri Ro OR a Riay~ {Ro R Rey Riz 5 Rs gq, S 5 ole Ro ove R, Ris RaSeo © Rs Re Rg Rg, Ri3 0. Ria 0. 2 13 Rg Or R; Ri RR Riz 0 R 0 R 0 o Ris 7 (Roms Rs Ne Ry R Oo Ri4 Rg No Ra Ry Rs, Rig xd R, 3 = R, Rio 2 Ro I-kk Il Rs R, Rg © 5 8Rs R,Mo wl R,R10 12 II-mm Il-nn I-00 Ri3 II-pp wherein cach m is independently an integer from 0-4; cach ms is independently an integer from 0-3;
    cach my is independently an integer from 0-5; each n;, is independently an integer from 0-2; each Ry, R3, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, Rs, Ro, Rig, Ri1, Riz, Riz, Ris, and Ris 1s independently hydrogen or C,-C alkyl; R, is hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, halogen, CF3, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally when proper any two of R, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, Rs, Ro, Rig, Ri1, Riz, Ris, Rig, and Rs when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  97. 97. The method of claim 94, wherein the compound of Formula I-d, or I-h is a compound of Formula IlI-a, I11-b, Ill-¢, ITI-d, I1I-e, ITI-f, I11-g, I11-h, or III-i; 0 R, Rs 0 Rs Rs 0 Rj OR, . 0 un OR, Rie LAN. Ry Ph Ron INANE SNE N Ri Rr Ra : ns Reg rR, Rs R, 7 Rg R, Re Rs 7 2 II-a 11-b Hl-c Hid Ri O Rs
    Bi. NS z SN Rj SN Ra BY N Ra BY fi BN R22 = R, 2 Z a A By4s AS Bigg FR, ’ Re MYR DALEY rR 2 Rs Rs 2 R,4 I-e II-f l-g II-h II-i wherein nz is an integer from 0-2; each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; cach Bj, B;, B4, and Bs is independently CR5 or N and each Bs is NR, O, or S; each R,, Ry, Ry3, Rus, and Rs is hydrogen, C,-Cg alkyl, halogen, CF3, or nitro;
    one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cg alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally when proper any two of R, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  98. 98. The method of claim 94, wherein the compound of Formula I-h is a compound of Formula IV-a, IV-b, IV-¢, IV-d, IV-e, IV-f, IV-g, IV-h, or IV-i: ANCOR NR mew my CR @ R HN pp” x = aN ZZ AA he SG re SOR, Rs, Ro Rs, R2 R; IV-a IV-b IV-c vd IV-e NTN Rs ZN Rs a Ry NN | Re x = N = AN = x = SA, SAA, y R2 R2 R> R2 IV-f IV-g IV-h IV-i wherein any of the substitutable hydrogens on the nitrogen heterocycle of the compound can be substituted with alkyl, alkoxy, amido, acyl, acyloxy, oxoacyl, halogen.
  99. 99. The method of claim 94, wherein the radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-k, or I-m is a radical of Formula V-a, V-b, V-¢, V-d, V-e, V-f, V-g, V-h, V-i, or V-j; Rio In Rs fi 0° i oR Dmg +N +N 3.0 0 J o on o o o ) Ra 0 Re 0 y R © rR, R Rs R3 Ry Rs Ry Ry R2 5 "5 2 nl Rg Rs ReR7 Rg R7 8 “Re AR V-a Vb Vc V-d V-e R oO My AN, ’ Rs +4 { Rs Rs re Rs re o oa N"§¥"Rs Ry 5 Rg RS 5 Rg R 00 Nr, R; Rs 5 aN ; N, Th Re yh Rs oO Mm 0=P R R o Oo 0 2 3 V-f V-g V-h Vii Vj wherein m; and my, are each independently an integer from 0 to 2; cach Ry, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, Ry, Rg, Ro, Ry, and Ry; is independently hydrogen or C;- Cs alkyl; one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally when proper any two of Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Re, R7, Rg, Ro, Rio, and Ry; when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  100. 100. The method of claim 94, wherein the compounds of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, I-j, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t are selected from the group consisting of: R N R N R Ye Ty Ye ye! 0 O aa O bb © cc 0) i 0 N mn, me) dd O 0""0 ee / —N —NH —0 HO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ff gg hh ii 0 7 Feo 30 7 NH, J WH, J WH, Ji kk lj 0 0 G'S S 2 0 N S Jon NH, X © #0 WH, mm 0 nn 00 pp
    Q 0._.0 O O Q 2 1 054° Zp XT 870 aq rr ss Ro tt 0 0 o 0 HN _ crf pa a N Xx N, 0 25m HoN R> RS 0 X; Ry 0 0) 0 uu vv ww XX yy
    N 0 AL) > ° MN Q N° Oo AD Or ors TO NH 22 aaa bbb ccc ddd O NH, ! 0 J ta “ 8) © eee fff 0 hhh 999 = 0 0 0 0 rr IA N 0 - in kkk NH, Ju Hi ) 1,2 12 7 0 ! In 0 N\ oO Ne Ne NS mmm nnn 000 wherein any substitutable hydrogen may be substituted with the substituents as those defined by Ro-Rs in formulas I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, I-f, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t.
  101. 101. The method of claim 94, wherein the radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-k, or I-m is a radical of Formula VI-a, VI-b, Vl-¢, VI-d, Vl-e, VI, VI-g, VI-h, VI-i, VI-j, VI-K, VI-l, VI-m, VI-n, VI-o, VI-p, or VI-q: R R22 oO ; 72 / o 3 4-N 0 HN 0 * Oo — N © 00 Va 7 IN 0 0 O VI-a VI-b Vic VI-d VI-e VI-f VI-g Oo Oo 0 0 pH ag + 3 4-NH © N N Ns N, N N OO Td YOY © /—0 O0—\ © ° NN: N/E o o Zam Oo oO oO VI-h VI-i VI VIk VI VI-m VI-n HC 3H OC = z : z Oo oF 4/0 o-—\ oO oO VI-o VI-p VIq wherein Ry, is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -CH,OCH3, and -CH,CH,OCHs.
  102. 102. The method of claim 94, wherein Scaffold is selected from the group consisting of Formulas VII, VIII, IX-a, IX-b, XI, XII, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIII, XXXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII, XXIX, XXXVI, and XXXVII.
  103. 103. A compound of Formula I: X y I wherein Scaffold is a) a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a ligand capable of binding to, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site; or b) a portion of a pharmacophore of a ligand resulting from truncation of the pharmacophore, such that the Scaffold is capable of binding to, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site;
    Warhead is an organic moiety optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; the organic moiety having a molecular weight of about 14 daltons to about 200 daltons; Warhead being capable of reaction with a side chain primary amine group of a lysine residue; and Warhead being attached to Scaffold through Tether;
    Tether is null, a bond, or a bivalent C,-C;s saturated, unsaturated, straight, branched, cyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic hydrocarbon moiety; wherein optionally one or more methylene units of the hydrocarbon chain are independently replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, - SO;-, -C(=5)-, or C(=NR,)-; optionally one or more hydrogens are independently replaced by heteroatoms; and optionally one or more methine groups of the C;-C;s alkyl, when present, are independently replaced by § N ;
    x1s0, 1,0r2;
    yis 1,2, or 3; and
    R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl, with the proviso that the compound of Fomula I is not wortmannin:
    0 MeO-ACO,, 0 z H 0” Ne O ; known analogues of wortmannin that covalently modify lysine through substantially the same mechanism as wortmannin: Oo Oo SCT Is) QI CIC I Oo Oo OH 0 , O 0 , 0 0 0 () OH OH MeO MeO CCI O 0” 7 To HO™ 7 To 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OH OH Qu, g 0” 0 HO \ Nae HO™ = 0 Oo 2 0 2 Oo 2 0 Oo CS 5 0 0 ; OH HO CHO O° antl i i i (J (J (Je Ns 0 +0 = = = IL ® ® OH ; OH ; OH ; (J H 0 7 oH O S AS AS OH ; HO ; HO ; OH AN H CF; HO ; HO ; CHO O A x — J O HO ; Cl NF oy = HN A CN STS xX I P J C(O)alkyl ’ OH IAN 0 CO]. © IAS o : x.
    Oo Oo :
    o x alkene 0, EN alkene N N 0 : OMe ; and any mechanism-based irreversible inhibitors.
  104. 104. The compound of claim 103, wherein the compound of Fomula I is compound of Formula I": I'
  105. 105. The compound of claim 104, wherein Warhead is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, I-f, I-g, I-h, I-i, I-j, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o0, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t: R> Rs O O 0 3 0 0 Rs 0 Rs 0 0: KX] % _ i n ROC Rs RSC “Rg x NP Ry A AA, RN X Re Ry Ra R, Re Ro Ro I-a I-b I-c Id I-e If Rs Ron R R, Rj ZZ Rs A= | : 0 § n Xg Nig 0 O A—R, OR, R A 8) 9 3 6 X N13 R, R 1 Ry R3 ‘ 2 I RRs Rg Rg Nyy o N12 I-g I-h I-i Ij 3 Il I-k R, R Ro R; Rs Ry Rs op | 3 R, Rs 0 Re~N, Ra 0 In NH n o ns Re O AA n N Rs N— 00 Rs oN Xg=Xq A OR, A Rs R A I-m 4 In I-o I-p I-q I-r 0 0 O R, © aN i R4 A Rs 0 R, R3 Rs I-s I-t wherein each X; and Xs is independently -O-, -S-, or -NRg-; cach X; is independently -Re, -ORg, or -NRgR7,; 3s 3 cach Xj is independently § N or Re, each R,, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -S0O,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N g ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl;
    wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; A and B are each independently an optionally substituted monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic aryl or heteroaryl; and n is an integer from 2-4; each n; and n; is independently an integer from 0-2; ns is an integer from 1-2; ny is an integer from 1-3; and each one of ny, ny, n1;, and ny, is an integer from 0-1; and n,3 is an integer from 0-2, wherein when any one of the foregoing n integers is more than 1, the adjacent carbons represented by the integer can form a single or double bond.
  106. 106. The compound of claim 105, wherein as least one of R; and R3 of the compounds of Formulas I-b and I-c¢ is hydrogen.
  107. 107. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-e, I-j, I-k, or I-1 is a compound of Formula II-a, II-b, II-¢, II-d, II-e, 1I-f, II-g, II-h, II-i, 1I-j, I1-k, 11-1, II-m, II-n, 11-0, II-p, II-q, II-r, II-s, II-t, II-u, II-v, II-w, 11x, 1I-y, II-z, II-aa, 11-bb, II-cc, 11-dd, I1-ee, II-ff, II-gg, II-hh, 1I-ii, II-jj, II-kk, II-1l, II-mm, II-nn, 11-00, or II-pp;
    0 Ro OQ Ro Ry Ra R R> R rR, © Ro 0 R3 0 3 0. R3 / R / R 0 0 * Re~gN R N=, 4 R 4 4 R O 5 N00 R 6 Rs Yq Rs RE R7 Rg ° R7 Rg Rs 5 M-a Lb Ic Id Ie If R, R, R R i R 0 Ry Rs N R | —T(R,) \ 7 (Ron “N Rs 0 N = (Rm 0 = z/m 0 oO Re ARSE RS n Rom Ig ° Rg i 8 3 Ry I-h Ik LS = on Rs R, Ra Ry OA Ram 0 | No o Rs 0 Rs 0 Rg oR, 0 _ zm o 6 Res NP, AX ZZ R, Ree _ Sr Dr, 2 HO OR N Re RS ( R6 Rg a J Rahn 5 M2 5 Rs Rj -m In Ho I-p Iq Or Q 0 0, 0 lo} QO O Oo R R o = Lr, red Rs ~ Re ro “X Rs=N 0, Rs~N Ry N—R, R R N 4 Re + Re RRs "570 Re R, Rs 2 °° R Rs I R, Rs 0 0 RS s It o o SR II-u IL Oo -v 0 0 o II-w II-x R Re 7 Rs Re R7 Ra Rs Ro Rs N R, -N Re 4 Ry = Ox _tRs (Roms R R O, 2 o. a 2m: 2 sR Ra R, Rs \_7" (Rohs 0 Re 0 o~¢ \ 0 o o o Ry R =" (Rms Rs; Oo oO 3 Ry N Ré Rs I-y Iz II-aa II-bb II-cc ILdd Rs; R N= R NZ R Rs; 4 R 0 = 4 R Dn 3 Ry o Rs N O. iy \ TRo)ms O, 3 o a 1 (Rms o.
    N oo MT RIns ONY ° o~¢Z \ > J J Rams Zz ~ I Rams Rs R, N= (Rams R Rs N eRe II-hh RoRs RoR, Lee If Il-gg - Li wii R R Ry R11 OR 44 2 Ry Ria? Rio R Rect R12 R Rs Ry o Rs NG Ro ove Ry Ri ReBIRy © Rs Re Rg Rs, R13 O.
    Ria oO 13 Rg Oo ~ NL o R7 0 Rig 5 R,Ris R12 0 R; 1) (Rz)ms Rs Ne R11 R Oo Ri4 Rg Ny Rs R, Rs, Rio RS Ra 3 RZ.
    R Rio Rz Ro Mkk _ RE R; Ry" Rs Rs R,Ro Rig | R/Rio 14 12 II-mm Il-nn I-00 Ri3 II-pp wherein cach m is independently an integer from 0-4;
    cach ms is independently an integer from 0-3; cach my is independently an integer from 0-5; each n;, is independently an integer from 0-2; each Ry, Rs, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, Rs, Ro, Rig, Ri, Riz, Ris, Ris, and Ris 1s independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; R; is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, CFs, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; and optionally when proper any two of Ry, Rs, Rs, Rs, Rs, R7, Rg, Ro, Rig, Ri1, Riz, Ris, Rig, and Rs when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  108. 108. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I-d, or I-h is a compound of Formula I1I-a, I1I-b, I1I-¢, I1I-d, I1I-e, I11-f, I1I-g, I1I-h, or I1I-i; OR OR Rs Rs 0 Rs Rs 0 Rj 4 - Oo 2 4 N Rs R R4 I Na Reh & Ng Rs Ro 7 Rg Rs Re Ro 7 2 II-a I1-b HI-c fd R R B 1 _ N ~ z1 3 SU FLY RVR FRE ey Ow 2 = A rb B43 20 By= 20 a NR, Bs ! Ra Bs \ RR Ra? Ro Rs 2 2 R,4 IMI-¢ I-f Ig II-h IMI wherein nz is an integer from 0-2; each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs, Rg, Ry, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; cach Bj, B;, B4, and Bs is independently CR5 or N and each Bs is NR, O, or S; each R,, Ry, Ry3, Rus, and Rs is hydrogen, C,-Cg alkyl, halogen, CF3, or nitro;
    one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cg alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally when proper any two of R, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  109. 109. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I-h is a compound of Formula IV-a, IV-b, IV-¢, IV-d, IV-e, IV-f, IV-g, IV-h, or IV-i: = N R HN~ ZN R ZN R HN) PN 7 PIN We So NX 2 XN Ra N Ra R, Ry N Rs R, Ry R, Ro R; IV-a IV-b IV-¢ vd IV-¢ NN Rs ZN Rs oN Ry NT | Re NY = N = Xn ZZ NS = SAA, SAN, % os R2 Rz R2 R; IV-f IV-g IV-h IV-i wherein any of the substitutable hydrogens on the nitrogen heterocycle of the compound can be substituted with alkyl, alkoxy, amido, acyl, acyloxy, oxoacyl, halogen.
  110. 110. The compound of claim 105, wherein the radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-k, or I-m is a radical of Formula V-a, V-b, V-¢, V-d, V-e, V-f, V-g, V-h, V-i, or V-j;
    Rio In Rs i Ry O° i’ R oR Dmg +N +N Rs 5.0 JU ° J 00 Oo > Ra lo} Re 0 ) R © R R Rs RS Ry Rs R; Re Ry Rs Ro 2 o R, Rs RoR Re R78 ‘Rs hi ° V-a Vb Vc V-d V-e R oO My AN, ’ Rs +4 { Rs Rs re Rs re o oa N"§¥"Rs Ry 5 Rg RS 5 Rg R 00 Nr, R; Rs 5 aN ; N, Th Re yh Rs oO Mm 0=P R 0 0 R»> 3 oO V-f V-g V-h Vii Vj wherein m; and my, are each independently an integer from 0 to 2; cach Ry, Ri, Ry, Rs, Rg, Ry, Rg, Ro, Ry, and Ry; is independently hydrogen or C;- Ce alkyl; one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cg alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-C¢ alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally when proper any two of Ry, Rs, Ra, Rs, Rs, R7, Rs, Ro, Rig, and Ry; when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  111. 111. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compounds of Formulae I-a, I-b, I-¢, I- d, I-e, If, I-g, I-h, I-i, I-j, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-0, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t are selected from the group consisting of: R N R N R Ye Ty Ye ye! 0 O aa © bb © cc 0 i 0 N mn, me) dd O 0""0 ee / —N —NH —0 HO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ff gg hh ii 0 7 300 30 / NH; 7 NH, a NH, Ji kk 1] 0 0 G'S S 2 0 N S Jon NH, X © #0 WH, mm 0 nn 00 pp
    Q 0._.0 O 0 Q X H>N 05’ ZN, X7 870 aq rr ss Ro tt 0 0 o 0 HN _ crf pa a N Xx N, 0 25m HN R> RS 0 X; Ry 0 0) 0 uu vv ww XX yy
    N 0 AL) > ° MN Q N° Oo AD Or ors TO NH 22 aaa bbb ccc ddd O NH, ! 0 J ta “ 8) © eee fff 0 hhh 999 = 0 0 0 0 rr IA N 0 - in kkk NH, Ju Hi ) 1,2 12 7 0 ! In 0 N\ oO Ne Ne NS mmm nnn 000 wherein any substitutable hydrogen may be substituted with the substituents as those defined by Ro-Rs in formulas I-a, I-b, I-¢, I-d, I-e, I-f, I-g, I-h, I-i, Ij, I-k, I-1, I-m, I-n, I-o, I-p, I-q, I-r, I-s, and I-t.
  112. 112. The compound of claim 105, wherein the radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula I-a, I-d, I-k, or I-m is a radical of Formula VI-a, VI-b, Vl-¢, VI-d, Vl-e, VI, VI-g, VI-h, VI-i, VI-j, VI-K, VI-l, VI-m, VI-n, VI-o, VI-p, or VI-q: R R22 O 7 zz / +4 tn P N 0 np o~¢° 0 0 = Ni SN NH 0 4 MET Ng N © = 00 Va 7 [AN oO Oo 0 VI-a VI-b VI< VI-d VI-e VI-f VI-g Oo Q 0 Q pH + +4 Mr Ng 0 N N Ns Ng N N OO Td YOY © /—0 O0—\ © ° NN: N/E o o Zam Oo oO oO VI-h VI-i VI VIk VI VI-m VI-n HC 3H DC = z : z Oo oF /—06 EA oO oO VI-o VI-p VIq wherein R,, is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -CH,OCHj3;, and -CH,CH,OCHs.
  113. 113. The compound of claim 104, wherein Scaffold is selected from the group consisting of Formulas VII, VIII, IX-a, IX-b, XI, XII, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIII XXXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII, XXIX, XXXVI, and XXXVI.
  114. 114. The compound of claim 105, wherein Scaffold is a radical resulting from the removal of one or more hydrogens of a compound of Formula VII: R 12 y HN “Ne Riz 0 Ww 0 7 O N-Rx RY vii wherein V and W are each independently -(CR14R5)¢X3(CR16R17):-; q and r are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; X3 is -CR1sR9-, or —NR0-; and R,, Ry, Ris, Ris, Ria, Ris, Ris, Ry, Ris, Ryo, and Ryo are each independently hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cg alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, -C(=S)-, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl groups; one or more methine groups of the C;-C¢ alkyl, when present, can be pe independently replaced by 4N +. and R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl.
  115. 115. The compound of claim 114, wherein the compound of Formula VII is a compound of Formula VII-a: R 12 ‘ HN “Ne Riz 0 Ww 0 N R21 0 R22 N [Res] p VII-a wherein V and W are each independently -(CR14R15)¢X3(CRisR17); p, q and r are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; X3 is -CR1sR9-, or —NR0-; and
    R,; and Ry; are each independently hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; Rs is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cq alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally Ry; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  116. 116. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula VII-b: R 12 : HN “Ne Riz 0 Ww 0 N 7 Ro 0 R22 N 0S Run /= [Res] p VII-b wherein V and W are each independently -(CR14R15)¢X3(CRisR17); p, q and r are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; X3 is -CR1sR9-, or —NR0-; and R,; and R;; are each independently hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; Rs is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be pe independently replaced by 4N +. R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; and optionally Ry; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; T is Tether; and Ron 18 Warhead.
  117. 117. The compound of claim 116, wherein the compound of Formula VII-b is a compound of Formula VII-h; R “HN HN N Ri; O © Oo HN Rae J (=~ T° wh [Res] p VII-h }
  118. 118. The compound of claim 117, wherein the compound of Formula VII-h is a compound of Formula VII-j, VII-k, VII-1, VII-m, VII-n, or VII-o:
    Riz Rip HN HN HN N HN 4 N Ris 0 0 Riz O O 13 0 HN Ra ° HN Rs 7 NN R70 R2 or /F oo R A I, [RZ] © Rr, Rs 6 Ras] Ry P 4 P VITk VII R R12 HN 12 HN HN Nf N HN N : o Riz 0 © Riz O 13 0 Oo HN 0 HN RRR, De TAT PA = R N = Po Rs Re [Ra] © Ros 23 p p VII-1 VII-m R “HN T2n HN N wn N Riz O Riz O © 0 HN O HN 0 Rag: Agi J N R4 JS= N R,4 [RA] pA [RA] Rf p o p Oo Oo VII-n VII-o 0 } wherein each Ry, Rs, R4, and Rs is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cg alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N g ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl;
  119. 119. The compound of claim 117, wherein the compound of Formula VII-h is selected from the group consisting of:
    0 0 Ne N N A > 0 Bo” TG wn, HTN 0 0 0 0 oN AN HN Ors Ory Or 0 0 NH 0° C C J VII-1 VII-2 VII-3 0 O 1 SH SL Ne Ty N " 0 N N HN HJ NH HN H 4 N © 0 0 HN ° NHN ng x NH To 0 VII-4 VII-§ VII-6 0 H N N oy N N N ANG H 0 0 eo) 0 Oo Oo Oo Oo HN HN Oo HN Oo NBC NH I cr, 0 VII-7 VII-8 VII-9 A I Ard A A N N 0 N N HN HN H 0 NGS 0 0 Dw 0 HN HN NH ¢ De, Om _ < \
    VII-10 VII-11 VII-12
    HN. Ad Ng Ho N HN Ho 0 0 0 HN HN HN H Cys Cpt A. I I I o © of © od © VII-13 VII-14 VII-15 A, HN H N rE N A, ~ 0 HN, H N hh > A HN Hd HN HN 0 NH HN 0 J 0 D™N\ b oA i! D 0 / VII-16 VII-17 VII-18 7 A NA N N EAN : 0 0 HN N N 0 HN N 0 0 HN 04 : Dry pop NH O { 3! J 0 0 VII-19 VII-20 VII-21 0 N N FN I 0 INS 0 XY 0 ny NH HN 0 HN 0 0 Du , FEN VII-22 VII-23 VI1I1-24
    A 3 A N N N HN H p N Ly J HN H K o NH © 0 HN N HN O 0 OLN NG " 0 0 0 VII-25 VII-26 VII-27 0 ad iN © H ee Ny N NH 0 0 0 HN 0 NH xX ord NH © 0 VII-29 VII-30 VII-31 A, = N N HN, H 0 © HN HN N “io 0 0 0 0 0 VII-32 VII-33
    +“, A N HN H 4 N HN rds o 0 HN HN 0 OY Org. 7" No 0 Oo H VII-34 VII-38 A N HN As 0 " "WL o N © VII-39 A, A, N N HN Ad HN Ads 0 0 HN HN 0 0 Sat 0 0 0 0 VII-41 VII-42
    A, N HN H A, 0 0 HN 0 HN Oy kf 0 NNO 0 © 0 VII-43 VII-44 A, HN Ad A ° N HN N HN H 2 0 HN NH 0 VII-45 VII-46 A Q N H N No Ns o HN Ho 4 N © 0 HN O BY o Oo= N 0 0 N < 0 VII-47 VII-48 0 SA N HN H K 0 HN a H 7a and 0 C=o VII-49
  120. 120. The compound of claim 105, wherein Scaffold is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula VIII: Ras R24 3xR26 R Ris s R29 R30 HN X Ry HN No R ! 32 Riz O © R34 0 Ras Ro Ry» N [Ra] VIII P wherein X4 18 -CR33- or -N-; sis 0,1,2,3,0r4; and Ri2, Riz, Rai, Raa, Ras, Ras, Ros, Raz, Rog, Rao, Rag, R31, Rap, and Rs; are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; Rs is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cq alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally Ry; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  121. 121. The compound of claim 104, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula VIII-a or VIII-b:
    R Run Ras R24 R 7 ! Ras Ras Ri, 8 Riz 2 R HN SN -Ro7 Sx 27 HN NT Xa HN NO ERs, 0 R31 R 0 0 Rs Ris O = R32 13 Rx Ry, 0 28 R14 Ray 0 g Rap N H / N H / Ny Run /= = Ras | Ra] VIII-a P VIIE-b wherein
    X4 18 -CR33- or -N-;
    sis 0,1,2,3,0r4,;
    Ri2, Riz, Rai, Raz, Rag, Ros, Ras, Ra7, Ras, Rao, Rag, Rai, Raz, and Ris are each independently hydrogen or C;-C; alkyl;
    Rs is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ;
    R; is hydrogen or C,-C;s alkyl; and optionally Ry; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
    T is Tether; and
    Ron 18 Warhead.
  122. 122. The compound of claim 121, wherein the compound of Formula VIII-a or VIII-b is selected from the group consisting of:
    0 xr 0 xr SA ~N H N N N Boe” N N o HN ~ o Oo Oo HN HN Oo N\ Oo N\ VIII-1 VIII-2 oO TN A NH 0 I A N \ Boc” '\ 0 H HN 4 be 0 \ Oo O oO 0 HN NH oO) yo I Rat C° NH \ VIII-3 VIIi-4 O, INN A NH L N HN Ho be Oo HN Or C \ VIII-5 hg N HN H & © oN HN Yun =O Or and .
    VIII-7
  123. 123. The compound of claim 105, wherein Scaffold is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula IX-a or IX-b: R R Rag Xs N37 Rag Xs Rar Rao Rae, Rao Ras R 30 R Rao R12 “ Rag Ra? R12 Hl Rag Raz HN— R34 Rss R HN— R34 Rss R 32 ! Ri O O R34 Ri O © Rat 0 Rog Rog NH © IX-a IX-b wherein Xs is -O-, -CR4R43- or -NR4»-; Riz, Riz, Raz, Ras, Rao, Rao, Rai, Raz, Ras, Rag, Ras, Rag, Raz, Ras, Rao, Rao, Rap, Rag, and R43 are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-C alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or - C(=S)-; R; is hydrogen or C,-C;s alkyl; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cg alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ; Ry is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; D, E, F, G, and H are each independently optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; wherein F and G are fused together to form a bicyclic optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl.
  124. 124. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula IX-¢ or IX-d:
    0, R 12, Rq2 HN HN N wy N Ri O © R34 Riz O © R31 Oo NH = Run T 3 Rail Xe XX IX-d wherein
    Riz, Ris, and Rj; are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of C,-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-;
    R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ; Ry 18 hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl;
    F, G, and H are each independently optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; wherein F and G are fused together to form a bicyclic optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl,
    T is Tether; and
    Ryn is Warhead.
  125. 125. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula XI:
    R73 R72 u Rr N RsR75 R74 Ho NH T-R Ro Ts 2 wh REN SX H [Res] p XI wherein p is an integer from 0 to 4, u is an integer from 1 to 4;
    Bs and B7 are each independently CR; or N;
    Reo is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, nitro, or -NH(CO)NR7sR 79;
    Ry is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, nitro;
    R~, Ry, Ry, R73, R74, Rs, Rs, R77, Rs, and Ryo are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more pe methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by SNE optionally Rg, and R79 taken together form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  126. 126. The compound of claim 125, wherein the compound of Formula XI is a compound of Formula XI-a, XI-b, or XI-c;
    0 Oo 0 0 Rw NSC R77~
    ! RisRyuH ; NL
    R 75074
    76 NH Rye R75R74 NH -Rwn
    R 2K neSel: A x 7 Run PY A -Rzg H NN N~ ON H H [Res] Rg Xl-a p Xl-b 0 0 Rs7~ rbd R-/sR R,s R75R74 NH R7o T~ = x N N \ H Red] Xl-c p wherein Ryo is -F, -Cl, -Br, or —I; T is Tether; and Ryn 1s Warhead.
  127. 127. The compound of claim 126, wherein the compound of Formula XI-a, XI-b or XI-c is a compound of Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g, XI-h, XI-i, or XI-j:
    0 0 oO oO CH CN NH NH Ne ne 2 0 R N Ro R A 2 ~N 0 PN A R, NTN T ° H Na H R7 0 0 Xd R Re Rr, R, Re Xl-e 0 oO 0 SOSA At H 0 HoN N NH oO NL RsR4R; Ns o NH Ne Lr Ty Re R TN 0 I R 5 70 ON i Re RoR Tt ir I H NN Re 3% XI R H Q 6 . o o Rs Xl-g a 0 0 FizN ML Ry WON J Re ff Ne H NH Ro NH TN 5 ne GE N o Reo N Rs Rs R3 PY a J Rai NH Rg N N N N Reo H A 0 Rag H H Res . 0” N Raz R R Xi Xi-h 87 Reg Re 84 Rez Rss Rae RgsRet 0 0 NH ne R 4 Po L H Rs . Rs Xl Ry wherein R;, Rs, Ry, Rs, Re, R7, Rso, Rsi1, Rea, Rg3, Rss, Rss, Rss, and Rg7 are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cg alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(0)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N g .
  128. 128. The compound of claim 127, wherein the compound of Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g, XI-h, XI-i, or XI-j is a compound of Formula XI-k, XI-1, XI-m, XI-n, XI-o, XI-p, or XlI-q; 0 0 0 0 WORK WOR NH o NH 5 Br Br R R3R NN oO = o 2 R 4
    Ad. TCO Hs N” °N N R Rs N” ON N 0 Re H ? RsR4 H RggReo O 5 Xkk XII o © 0 0 ow ow NH NH ~~ Oo ~C oO O N Res Reo 1 © ~ 0 R Li “ NR, R, H I R 5 R R, 7 RRa Rs Ry Re 6 Xl-m Xl-n o o 0 0 ow ow NH : o, Rs R, NH R Br N 1° 0 5 | 89, Reg 0 Cr LL “Ny Ld XE x N N N Rs R3 H ) & RS R7 ResReg O ng 8 Rg R, RS QQ Xko Xl-p wR NH R70 ® JQ Pu NR2 H PE Xl-q R, Rs wherein Xe 1s CH, NH, O, or S; Rss, and Rg are each independently hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cg alkyl; one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(0)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-;
    one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; and ns is an integer from 0 to 3.
  129. 129. The compound of claim 127, wherein the compound of Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g, XI-h, XI-i, or XI-j is a compound of Formula XI-r, XI-s, XI-t, XI-u, XI-v, XI-w, or XI-x: 0 © Q 0 0 o mL A NRW : 0 "NNN Bra A Rs 0 GOL TO TC vol N “ Ry NE a" <Y Cr” Rs Rs 2 R4 ® XI 0 Rs 0 3 XI-t Xl-s o © 0 0 0 © ONY WC HN N " NH 2 ML NH 5 R Br SN 0 R “CLO ee Oy H H on x 0 re 0 Rs 0 H 0 Re 0 0 Xl-u Xlv Xl-w 0 ©
    H
    \.. “Cy Ql z .R N N N° 2 ye Ri Rs Xl-x .
  130. 130. The compound of claim 127, wherein the compound of Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g, XI-h, XI-i, or XI-j is a compound of Formula XI-y, XI-z, XI-aa, or XI-bb: 0 0 i x HoN N WON NL H NH r BN 6 R. 4 N 6 R CLO PS N"°N oN H R H 0 2 Rs Ry Ry Xl-z Xl-y © 0 0 o. Re QQ Rg Se NH 0 Rs NH Ro
    R. \ Br Sy Xo Neg ~ Xe -N 0 x A lo N™ ON NON Rs 0 H rR R, Xl-aa XI-bb R5Rg R7
  131. 131. The compound of claim 127, wherein the compound of Formula XI-d, XI-e, XI-f, XI-g, XI-h, XI-i, or XI-j is a compound of Formula XI-cc, XI-dd, XI-ee, or XI-ff: Re Rs Ry 0 Oo O HON N 0 HN NL Ry , NL 5 R, H Ro~N R Rs NH N-Rs NH &{ k, Rs Br 4 A JL NTN N~ °N H H H H HH Xl-cc Xl-dd oO Oo 0 0 R Rs Re 0 Rs 4 HN "1 i Co eal 0 neo ON Rs ’ nH ON R ~ 5 0 Br XN Rs 0 0 oN on A A Lo Xl-ee XI-ff
  132. 132. The compound of claim 126, wherein the compound of Formula XI is selected from the group consisting of:
    0 0 0 0 0 0 NS NS HL Ja» Me JW Me Hime Me HN HN HN CC Br. x Br x N 0 N 0 N 0 LQ LQ | OL ou NNO Pu NN 6 ou No H H H H H J XI-1 Xi-2 X13 oO 0 0 0 0 0 ay NS Me Me N NH; Hume Me HN Hud Me HN Br Ny o HN Br xy Oo M A ne Cy 2) gr A GL RE Ge NON N" ON LL JA 0 “NN N No H H NZ N N N oO H H [ XI-4 0 H N 0 XI-5 0 XI-6 0 0 o © 0 0 NS Ni, LA LA H N NH, N NH; me Me Me JN A JH me Me C HN Hn XN 0 Br.
    Br x SHC CLO i.
    OR z 0 N N eo PN eo PN N 0 X17 a H H 0) X1-9 oO oO oO O oO oO Joh Hock, ode JH AT JH Me Me A HN HN HN Cro, an LOL LAL PY N “ N 7 FZ NN S 0 NN N Ay Shp Sey ~~ XI-10 X11 . "6 o o xz A Ao, od, J ud Me IN Me Me Hud Me HN H HN H HN Oo 0 “C ore CC OY CLAY on 0 NTN © NON © H H H XI-13 XI-14 X15 o o Oo 0 Oo 0 LA a WO 0 J NH, H md Me Me Me Og N HN Me Me o HN Oo NH Oo H INGEN s 0 Br “CLO GL LE 2r $e 7 © NON NON Sa 0 N"N N N > XI-16 X17 XI18 PO O O “0 ahd r ahd ) Me M eh HNC TO ene NH HNO r = Br C3, Ct Og Po AN v | JL Je H H N N N N H H 0, XI1-19 XI-20
    0 0 oO oO A WASH 7 0 Br B ® 0 2 ® 0 S H A A J JK N N N o NN N H H H H 0 XI-21 XI-22 0 0 0 © AS Sw or I B B 0 aS. JQ o 2S JQ 0 S H PY N NE N PN Ae H H H H g 0 0 XI-23 XI-24 oO 0 oO 0 Bs of Br EN Br H 0 0 ALL LL J O- H H H H 0 0 XI-25 XI-26
    0 0 oO 0 SA I Br B CLO CLO A Ny A A N N N o NT ON N H H H H S 0 © XI1-27 X1-28 0 0 0 0 AS RC 5 7 B Br CLO CLO A o A o 0 0 X1-29 XI1-30
    0 0 0 0 HN HN 0 B N N N yy NTN N H H 0 0 © X1-31 XI1-32 oO 0 oO 0 Se oe 7 of B B ' | IN 0 NH, ' | Nn 0 o A \ oO A N H H A h B 0 N CA, XI-33 XI1-34
    0 0 0 0 N NH, H HN HN B 0 | Ny JQ 0 I Sy PN N 7 N N yy H H H o o 0 0 X1I-35 X1-36 0 0 0 0 HN B Br CLO, O- ELL H J 0 A Jo NG Sg © Nid N N N 0 H H H H 3 0 0 X1-37 X1I-38 0 0 0 0 YR EK HN HN 0 B N 0 r SLY TC ar A 0 PY (So N N NZ N 3 H H X1-39 XI1-40
    0 0 0 0 Ieee OR HN 0 HN o H Br Ny \ O Br Ny —/ A © | PY 1 N N N N 0 XI-41 XI1-42 0 0 0 0
    HN . HN 0 | A vn SA PY N N 0 N N H ° 0 XI1-43 XI1-44 0 0 0 0 N NH HN HN B = N Pn 0 A \ H H Oo 0 XI-45 XI-46 _574-
    0 0 0 0 SR RS HN HN 2 Br LQ XN 0 0 Br N AN 0 (A od CLOTS Z l1, N N N AN Ney NZ N N Ay 0 H H 0 X1-47 X1-48 Oo 0 0 0 HN HN Br Br NN 2 0 3 Ny o N Py INN 5 A A, 0 an Annes 0 X1-49 XI-50 oO Oo oO oO [RK OR HN N B Br e 1 O) L
    J J. 0, A 0, “ N N N N N N Co oO XI-51 XI-52
    0 0 0 0 HN HN B Br A A A J N~ °N Ay N N H H 0 Oo XI-53 XI-55
  133. 133. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula XII: NH, N™ XY" SN NF Me T X NH, / Rs Rwh Xl wherein R; and R; are each independently hydrogen or C;-Csg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cg alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cg alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; T is Tether; and Ron 18 Warhead.
  134. 134. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula XXXVI: Rv OQ NH 0 T CCC \ N N— NH H XXXVI wherein R, is H, optionally substituted C;-C3 branched or straight chain alkyl, or optionally substituted C,-C; branched or straight chain acyl; T is Tether; and Run 18 Warhead.
  135. 135. The compound of claim 134, wherein the compound of Formula XXXVI is selected from the group consisting of: H NH NH 0 0 0 0 = ACT HATO NH N \— NH NH NH 0 ° H a ° N " XXXVI-1 XXXVI-2
  136. 136. The compound of claim 105, wherein Scaffold is a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a compound of Formula XVI-a, XVI-b, or XVI-¢: J ARuof ne
    Ras. /~ \ Rion = | , Ror N Rog [RIT ARitalng Oo R111 R111 R 0 R112 0 0 0 R 96 “7 Ros R Ros 12 0.0% - Res Ris Ss 106,707 Ros ASTERT Ss [ 1% 107 H Rg N H Ros N R R oN Roa | Rios > Rog” © 2 Rios R110 Rod” o © R104 Ruf 0 hr 1% Rigs 0 ny Riz Ro{ | Res 103 Rg1 Ros Ros Roy XVI-b XVi-a = y Ri14] ret IC 114lng Rit 112 R 0,0 Ror Ris S Riog, R107 N R 0 (Roe | Rios Ne > Rod” J o PA R104 R114X109 n 102 o / Rios Ro | Re Roz XVl-c wherein Roo, Rot, Roz, Roa, Roa, Ros, Ros, Ro7, Ros, Roo, Rio, R102, R104, Rios, Rios, R17, Rios, Rio, Rio, Ri, R; 12, Riis, and Ris are each independently hydrogen or Ci1-GCs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of C,-Cg alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR-, -0-, -C(0)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; Rios is hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, or C,-Cg alkenyl; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be i independently replaced by N § ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; each Ryo; and Rg; is independently hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, C,-Csg alkenyl, halogen, amino, nitro, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
    ne and ny are each independently integer from 0 to 4; and ng is an integer from 0 to 2.
  137. 137. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula XVI-d, XVI-e, or XVI-f. Ru N Neg 4 N a [rot Sh N 0 0 N N NV
    0 Q.,0 H H Ny R ON" o O N N N J ” 0 R103 oN " Rog” o © Tw % T R103 Rwh XVli-e T~ Rwh XVI-d = D( iR SAIC 1141 ng Oo fi WP H ” N 4 ON 4d NV 0 N Ros o © 0 R103 T~ Rwh XVI-f wherein Rog and R14 are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; Rios is hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, or C,-Cg alkenyl; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl;
    Rio: is hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, C,-Cg alkenyl, halogen, amino, nitro, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; and ng is an integer from 0 to 4;
    ng is an integer from 0 to 2;
    wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by - NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ; and R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl.
  138. 138. The compound of claim 137, wherein the compound of Formula XVI-d, XVlI-e, or XVI-fis a compound of Formula XVI-g, XVI-h, or XVI-i: Riot R101 Ny R114 N P of 0, © 0 , f9 Ci LE \\/ N -
    N .S N N 0 Ho N Av 0 N 0 H > IN © => T 0 0 R, 0 o R, r Oo 0 N Core orn R 0) R Ry4 © Rs 4 3 - XVlg XVI-h IAN ZN Rio1 0 0 fap N - Hol Hv SOY Ce © 0 R, 0 0 N Rs 0" \ Ry Rs XVI-i wherein each Ry, Rs, R4, and Rs is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be pe independently replaced by 4N +. R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; wherein optionally when proper any two of Ry, Ri, R4, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg when taken together form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group; and optionally X; and any one of R,, Rs, and R4 when taken together form a 3- to 8- membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring or an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  139. 139. The compound of claim 137, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is selected from the group consisting of: MeO NN ~° XN A AN 9, % Q o © 2, o . s A / N % N N ’ ° o. N © \ ALTE VvV oY N° Y 0 ° > < XVI-1 XVI-2 F MeO AN ZF N N 0 . YT i oO 0 0 %, \/ 7 (AN ¥ Oy y/ N 4, N / N oS & i 2 " / LT LT% Y I © N z Bo” Y 0 © or ] N N 0 ° \ 0 o 0 XVI-3 XVI-4
    F ON MeO. Nt N 0 Y Pr %, * oo 0 9,
    \/ . Ce N , NT \N / N \/ A $ | : - AV, po >No ° A TN AN 5 2 N bt \ O J [) oO oO XVI-5 XVI-6
    MeO. AN MeO. NN A 7 Q %, Z, oo y Q \ / oe \/ wh ~~ N , N LYgTy (ATE
    \ 0. N
    Q. N Y 0 z 0 £ TAL 1 & i oO 0 XVI-7 XVI-8
    F MeO Xx > AN 9%, * 0 s A / 2, o oo N PP CAN M TV - A 0 = N , N J \ A 0 QS Boe” v 0 o N i NY x 5 E %, 0 0 0 XVI-9 XVI-10 T hd %, 5 \ / % ~~ K 0 A ’ ~ N " , ve \/ Boe Oo X i © \ N & N N o py 0 —0 SS XVI-11 XVI-12 _584-
    F 3 N 0 Y ! 5 2, Y % a Qo, ,0 %, \/ 0 N AS VV N , N \/ N IN ~ N “, N & | A Q 0 Q 0 0 N Y y 5 N > SN 0 « N Q ~0) O a XVI-13 XVI-14 F F OS 5 0 lL hd YY 0, 0 %, \ / oe ¢ X | EV, N _S ~ N 2, N J 0. Pe © \ 0 ; :
    0. N = NY : 5 > = © s 0 ny N : j—0 0 0 XVI-15 XVI-16
    F 2 F N lo} YY 5 %, Y Z o o © %, \/ 7 Qo 0 " ~° \/ N 2, N N S Aen YTV NY ! 5 0 \ 0 £ wa Y 0 or 1 No A —0 LL 0 0 XVI-17 XVI-18 F 3 N 0 hd Y [ i \/ V AN YEN A ’ S A : N so v Oo Bo Y oO No ~~, Q aq Ls XVI-19 XVI-20
    F cy F %,
    “ Q o, ,0 \/ N 0 rg Y A o 0 %,
    —N % 9 o, 0 = N Ss ~~ N 2, N Av,
    N P & 0 $ 0 0 %, Q / Q Le XVI-21 XVI-22 oud & TC r hd 0, 0 ! \/ 7 N S * 0 o 0 N ., Nn v N \/ 0 “A 0 o Io oo © \, 0 “Or © 0 0 XVI-23 XVI-24
    F Lo 0 A /
    o. N 0 \ NY y 5 Ea ¢ N OS
    0 . XVI-25
  140. 140. The compound of claim 105 wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula XXII-a, Formula XXII-b, or Formula XXII-c:
    p gp m ql Pn N S S ve ~<T eh & pe wh 6) Rin No N Me XXII-a XXII-b XXII-¢ wherein n, m, p, and q for Formula XXII-a are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3; provided that n and q are not 0 at the same time, and m and q are not 0 at the same time;
    A? is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 5-10 membered saturated or partially unsaturated bridged bicyclic heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen, at least one oxygen, and optionally 1-2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    Bis an optionally substituted group selected from phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or —T-Rwh; and
    C? is hydrogen or an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    T is Tether; and
    Run 18 Warhead.
  141. 141. The compound of claim 140, wherein the compound of Formula XXII-a, XXII-b, XXTI-c is selected from the group consisting of:
    0) Q, NL \ S xX \ s N N S$ \ = OH \ Z OH A XXII-1 XXII-2 O N Q ee S AN \ —_ \ N \ A OH ( N ZF OH \ " J o N 7 / XXII-3 XXII-4 0) \ $ Q S | xX N I S AN \ N \ Pa OH On \ | SF OH mm : ~ TJ XXII-5 XXII-6
    ® Lo {™ 004 0 S Xv N JL ANY § XXII1-7 XXII-8 ° 7 S Xn ] o 0 S Ny SLCC Iso ty I XXII1-9 XXI1I1-10 J AAT ee ¢ CS XXII-11 XXI1I1-12 xX De A XXII-13 i XXII1-14 LC @ OQ N N S Xn _—N Th gS, 7 1 —~ XXII-15 XXII-16 DO A gece cou 7 oo XXII-17 XXII-18
    @ N ~<T ( \ 0 N J \ XXII-19 O) N 0 S CC | » \ = OH N N S Ny A _ Ho O N i 0 J XXIT1-20 XXI1-21 ) i ® S AN =N S | XN =N, N \ NZ NH N \ Z N C N Ty ol” oO oO XXII-22 XXII-23
    ) ® N N ety” TT 0 ea 0 — Pa, 0 5 o= N 0=X_ ¢ XXI1-24 XXII-25 0) 9 N N Sa, ’ 0 0 N A 0 0 0 XXII-26 XXII1-27 ® ® ~T ) SQ \ a NZ | SN a \ NZ | SN Pa, - a. 0 o={ MeO MeO / rN 2010 TN 2011 0 0 & fo 0 XXII1-28 XXII1-29
    OD ) N N 6 “CL.
    CSIC = ) Zh, A 0 0 2012 2013 0 S S 0 XXII-30 XXII-31 @ ) N N a \ ae ( \ NC _) Pn, _) Pn 0 0 S 0 0 0 XXII1-32 XXII1-33 O) N \ _ NH IS A \ 0 I MeO XXII1-34
  142. 142. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula XXIII:
    0 R Rao N R202 2 XXIII wherein:
    Ryn is Warhead,
    Ryo: 1s hydrogen or C;¢ alkyl;
    Ryo, 1s hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C, ¢ alkyl, Ci alkoxy, or (C, alkylene)-R,3; or
    Ry01 and Ry, are taken together with the intervening carbon to form an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered carbocyclic ring or a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    Roos is a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, a 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; and
    Ring A’ is absent or an optionally substituted group selected from a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  143. 143. The compound of claim 142, where the compound of Formula XXIII is selected from the group consisting of:
    0 \ S /—\ J N 0 N 0 0 0 XXIII-1 a N S, / \ )— P 0 N q S )— % N N —s 0 Oo Nps N Cr
    0 Olitnagy
    XXIII-2 XXIII-3
    0 O N S / \ J N O N S / \ N J N O N Oo © No J N N Ie ’ 0 \ XXIII-4 XXIII-5 0 0 S S / \ N / \ joes fges ~ / N O J N $C) {) p> 0 oO XXIII-6 XXIII-7
    0 q S /—\ y/ N O ) i C$)
    o) . XXIII-8
  144. 144. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula XXIV-a or Formula XXIV-b: Roos R (R205)n N AN (R205)n N 204/N (Roos) N TT (Roe) R NNSA ’ LO (5) (x) Run Ruwh XXIV-a XXIV-b wherein Ryn 1s Warhead, Ry04 1 an hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C, ¢ aliphatic, - (CH,)m-(3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring), -(CH,)m-(7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring), -(CH;)m-(4- to 7- membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), -(CH;),-(7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), -(CH,)m-phenyl, -(CH;)m~(8- to 10- membered bicyclic aryl ring), -(CHz)m-(5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), or -(CH;)n-(8- to 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur);
    each Ryos and Ryq6 is independently —R”, halogen, -NO,, —-CN, -OR"’, —-SR"’, —N(R"),, -C(O)R", COR", -C(O)C(O)R", —-C(O)CH,C(O)R", =S(O)R", —S(O),R", —C(O)N(R'")2, -SO2N(R"")2, “OC(O)R"", -N(R")C(O)R", -N(R"")N(R"")2, -N(R")C(=NR")N(R"), -C(=NR")N(R"");, -C=NOR", -N(R")C(O)N(R""),, —N(R")SO,N(R"")2, -N(R")SO,R", or -OC(O)N(R""),;
    each R” is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C; aliphatic, a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10- membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or two R” groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-8 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    m is an integer from 0 to 6, inclusive;
    cach n for Formula XXIV-a or Formula XXIV-b is independently 0, 1, or 2; and
    Ring A’ is an optionally substituted 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having 1- 2 nitrogens.
  145. 145. The compound of claim 144, wherein the compound of Formula XXIV-a or Formula XXIV-b is selected from the group consisting of 0 —) HN ol HN ry mor $ S 7 | J xX xX xX xX 0 N 0 N ) O hn, 0 Q 0 " 0 O- ~O- XXIV-1 XXIV-2 0 N S Zi NH xX XN O N PN
    0 . XXIV-3
  146. 146. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I" is a compound of Formula XXV:
    E (Rash, N IN JS HN | _ J (Reosh S F o Yo a MeO N (a9) Run XXV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
    wherein each Ryos and Ryo 18 independently —R”, halogen, -NO;, -CN, —OR", —=SR"’, -N(R"’),, -C(O)R"”, —CO,R", -C(O)C(O)R", -C(O)CH,C(O)R", =S(O)R", -S(O);R"’, =C(O)N(R"")2, -SO2N(R'"),, “OC(O)R"’, N(R" )C(O)R"’, =N(R")N(R"")2, -N(R")C(=NR")N(R""),, -C(=NR")N(R");, -C=NOR", -N(R")C(O)N(R"")2, -N(R")SO,N(R"’),, -N(R"")SO;R", or -OC(O)N(R");
    each R" is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Cis aliphatic, a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or optionally, two R"" groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-8 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
    m is an integer from 0 to 6, inclusive;
    each nis independently 0, 1, or 2;
    Ring A’ is an optionally substituted 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having 1-2 nitrogens; and
    Run 18 Warhead.
  147. 147. The compound of claim 146, wherein the compound of Formula XXYV is selected from the group consisting of: 0] 0 , 0) C)
    MeO. __N C ) MeO. __N F o, 0 = N F MeO __N N F o..,0 z N Sn SN oP J 0S AN N _ “HN x HN > F XXV-1 N F XXV-2 NF XXV-3 N 0 =\ 0 0 oA $0 07g 0
    MeO. __N C ) Foo T | N Meo. N C F MeO __N CO TI x Foo T OP ~ _ S uN x x “HN x F XXV-4 N C _ z \ F XXV-5 NTF XXV-6 N o NH 0 No o N.__O won. CJ 0) 0 F z MeO. __N 0, 0 MeO. __N Son X foo J | Too [] F XXV-7 N 2. 7 2 F xvas MN XXV-9 N o NH 2 i If 0 C iT © No-N MeO __N 1 oP « | MeO.__N OO MeO. _N ® “HN C Fo. 0 z | f OP N 7 < NN oan IN ROSS O00 ~ ~ F Na N XXV-11 XXV-12 0 0"
    N._O ° (J OT wa C
    0. = = F z e OP = R "=o CX | Op0 \ orn 2° Ree 2 E Nl F F N XXV-13 XXV-14 XXV-15
  148. 148. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula XXVII:
    N [ = N 0 SLA T NN AN Run R H = XXVIII or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein: T is Tether; Ren 18 Warhead; and R is H, alkyl, or alkoxy.
  149. 149. The compound of claim 148, wherein the compound of Formula XXVII is selected from the group consisting of: N I v3 0 Lp oOo = N Oo o Noo SRS SOX Sy 0 0 = Hl > 0 0 YZ XXVII-1 XXvil2 N ? [) Q I) oO N oO q A C3 i ~"o NTN EN PN x 0 o H P ir 0 NT ONT YON > 0 0 Z XXVII-3 ovina > N Lp i) N A H a Zo NNT ON eNom A ny © O~ Z 0 0 0 Ho = XXVII-5 ovine N N 0 [> ) A ] ) Oo N NTN SN ae Py SN © ON i Z 0 Ho = XXVII-7 ” xxvii O~ N N Q [> ) 0 NI Oo NG Py XN OI Py Sy o Hol & N°] O~ Z 0S Ow = XXVI-9 XXVII-10 N y 8) LOY 2 CC ) A ~~ HN no oN SN © N Ay : H O~ Z o=> o~ Z 0 N XXVI-11 S XXVII-12 AO ~ N I 0 0 ED) PN ~ No o oO N N Py 3K - 0 gL a N O = A > N 0 Oo 0 XXVII-13 XXVII-14
  150. 150. The compound of claim 105, wherein the compound of Formula I’ is a compound of Formula XXXVII:
    Rwh / T Cl Oo Cr = o— N A N==\ S NH ro N ~F N XXXVI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein T isTether; and Run 18 Warhead.
  151. 151. The compound of claim 150, wherein the compound of Formula XXXVII is selected from the group consisting of: 0) <0 © ON ZA © HN 0 Cl Oo cl 0 S NH S NH BD oS N ~F N N=N XXXVII-1 XXXVII-2
    0 0 0 WO Cri] N HN 0 HN Aso Cl 0 Cl 0 N N FF o— — o— N N==\ N N==\ S NH S NH N=N N=N XXXVII-3 XXXVII-4 CL 0) N 0 Cl 0 OC = o— A S ~ SN N ro N ~F N XXXVII-5
  152. 152. Protein-modifier-ligand conjugates of the Formula XIII, Scaffold — = Cr X Y XIII wherein
    Scaffold is a) a radical resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a ligand capable of binding to, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site; or b) a portion of a pharmacophore of a ligand resulting from truncation of the pharmacophore, such that the Scaffold is capable of binding to, or in proximity to, the ligand-binding site;
    Warhead is an organic moiety optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from O, N, and S; the organic moiety having a molecular weight of about 14 daltons to about 200 daltons; Warhead being capable of reaction with a side chain primary amine group of a lysine residue; and Warhead being attached to Scaffold through Tether; and
    Tether is null, a bond, or a bivalent C;-C;s saturated or unsaturated, straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon moiety, an aryl moiety or heteroaryl moiety, and, optionally, one or more methylene units of the hydrocarbon chain are independently replaced by -NR;-, - O-, -C(0O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, -C(=S)-, or -C(=NR})-; and one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N : ;
    xis 0, 1, or 2;
    yis 1,2, or 3;
    R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and
    Y, is a bivalent or trivalent moiety resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a radical of Formula XIV-a, XIV-b, XIV-¢, XIV-d, XIV-e, XIV-f, XIV-g, XIV-h, or XIV-i,
    * * x S~ Peer RP Rs RY Rs 2 Re Ro X1 o R, R, R2 XIV-a XIV-b XIV-¢ XIV-d * o o LL Rosy * o \e YOR, Ry Rs RTC “Rs R; | * Rs, R, Ry R,R6 XIV-¢e XIV-f XIV-¢g XIV-h O rel Rr Raz R MR JORG) . My XIV wherein cach X; and X; is independently -CR;R3R4, -OR;, or -NR,R3; each Ry, Rs, Rs, Rs, Rg, R7, and Rg is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; optionally when proper any two of R, Rs, Rs, Rs, Rs, R7, and Rg can be linked together to form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; one or more methylene groups of the C;-Cs alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ; and n is an integer from 2-4, my, is an integer from 1 to 2; M is connected to the position labeled as “*”; === is a single or a double bond; A is an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; a hydrogen of a radical of Formula XIV-a, XIV-b, XIV-¢, XIV-d, XIV-e, XIV-f, XIV-g, XIV-h, or XIV-i, is substituted by Tether-Scaffold; and M is -NH- or =N-, the nitrogen atom of M being a nitrogen from the side chain primary amine group of the lysine residue of the polypeptide.
  153. 153. The conjugate of claim 152, wherein the conjugate of Formula XIII, is a conjugate of Formula XIII’: Satta] Teer] + —~~{Frin XIII!
  154. 154. The conjugate of claim 153, wherein Scaffold is selected from the group consisting of Formulas VII, VIII, IX-a, IX-b, XI, XII, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIII, XXXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII, XXIX, XXXVI, and XXXVII.
  155. 155. The conjugate of claim 153, wherein M(CH,)4-Protein is selected from the group consisting of M(CH,)4-K1236-HCV-NS3, M(CH;)4-K2016-HCV-NS3, M(CH,)4-K2560- HCV-NS3, M(CH;)4-K191-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 1), M(CH,)4-K199- (Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 1), M(CH;)s-K305-(Baculoviral IAP repeat- containing protein 2), M(CH;)4-K291-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 3), M(CH;)4-K297-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 4), M(CH;)s-K299-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 4), M(CH,)4-K311-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 4), M(CH,)4-K062-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 5), M(CH,)4-K079- (Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 5), M(CH;)s-K121-(Baculoviral IAP repeat- containing protein 7), M(CH;)4-K135-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 7), M(CH;)s-K146-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 7), M(CH;)s-K036-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 8), M(CH,)4-K050-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 8), M(CH;)4+-K061-(Baculoviral IAP repeat-containing protein 8), M(CH;)4-K776- (Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit alpha isoform), M(CH3)4- K&802-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit alpha isoform), M(CH,)4-K777-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit beta isoform), M(CH,)4-K805-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit beta isoform), M(CH;)4-K802-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit gamma isoform), M(CH,)4-K807-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit gamma isoform), M(CH,)s-K833-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate 3- kinase catalytic subunit gamma isoform), M(CH3)4-K890-(Phosphatidylinositol-4,5- bisphosphate 3-kinase catalytic subunit gamma isoform), M(CH3)4-K086-(3-
    phosphoinositide-dependent protein kinase 1), M(CH3)4-K163-(3-phosphoinositide- dependent protein kinase 1), M(CH3)4-K169-(3-phosphoinositide-dependent protein kinase 1), and M(CH;)4-K207-(3-phosphoinositide-dependent protein kinase 1).
  156. 156. The conjugate of claim 153, wherein Tether is null, a bond, or a bivalent C;-C;s saturated or unsaturated, straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbon moiety, and, optionally, one or more methylene units of the hydrocarbon chain are independently replaced by -NR-, - O-, -C(0O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, -C(=S)-, or -C(=NR})-; and one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N . and R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl.
  157. 157. The conjugate of claim 153, wherein the bivalent or trivalent moiety resulting from the removal of a hydrogen of a radical of Formula XIV-a, XIV-d, XIV-h, or XIV-iis a moiety of Formula XV-a, XV-b, XV-¢, XV-d, XV-e, XV-f, or XV-g; R R 0 2 Rr 12 * 2 3 -S- OH R or 4 Rod Fk $ Sy Hk $ N R, x 4 O x Rs _ % * a Ro N Og, 2 O Rs ) R, 3 RsRg Ry Re R,4R5)0 Rs R4Rs my XV-a XV-b Vee ved R, o wk 3N Rs kx +44 Ry 0 R ad-R4 N—(R; we 34 Fo 0 o gx 0 ° rR, Rg "TRY H 2 Rec? py * * XV-e my Xv-f XV-g wherein my is an integer from 1 to 2; each Ry, Rs, R4, Rs and Re is independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; wherein optionally when proper any two of R, Rs, R4, Rs and Rs can be linked together to form a 3- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; and one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cg alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-;
    one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; M is connected to the position of Y; labeled as “*”’; and Tether is connected to the position of Y; labeled as “**”.
  158. 158. The conjugate of claim 157, wherein the bivalent moiety of Formula XV-a, XV-b, XV-¢, XV-d, XV-e, XV-f, or XV-g is a bivalent moiety of Formula XV-h, XV-i, XV-j, XV- k, XV-1, XV-m, XV-n, XV-0, XV-p, XV-q, XV-r, XV-s, or XV-t; 4 * Kk $-NH *% $-NH OH xx £NH OH SAE AN HA N © & * 0 % * o 2, xh | XV-i xvi © XV-k O fed $ 0 ~ *% NH *%* $-NH OH *% $-NH OH = Hp - Ua, JAR ps J _ TE CN AS & NM 4 wo J i ” 0 * XV-I XV-m XV-n XV-o XVop O wx $4 0 o N *% $4 i” 3 4 O IP NY N we HL OH * * z OH x % So * XV-q XV-r * XV-s XV-t wherein M is connected to the position of Y; labeled as “*”; and Tether is connected to the position of Y; labeled as “**”.
  159. 159. A method of treating an XIAP-mediated disorder in a patient comprising the step of irreversibly inhibiting XIAP by covalently modifying a lysine residue conserved at an equivalent position of K297 of XIAP.
  160. 160. A conjugate of the formula K297-linker-inhibitor moiety, wherein the K297 is K297 of XIAP.
  161. 161. The conjugate of claim 160, wherein the inhibitor moiety is of the Formula A:
    Riz " i Ne Riz O Ww Oo N J Ror 0 R22 N H J N ja [R=] p A wherein
    V and W are each independently -(CR14R15)¢X3(CRisR17);
    p, q and r are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
    X3 is -CR1sR9-, or —NR0-; and
    R,; and R;; are each independently hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl;
    Rs is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be pe independently replaced by 4N +. R; is hydrogen or C,-Cs alkyl; and optionally Ry; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  162. 162. The conjugate of claim 160, wherein the inhibitor moiety is of the Formula B: R Rosi R26 R Ry, S Rag Rao HN X Rar NN N 4 Re, Ry O © Raq Ras R 0 28 21 Roy N pki [R=] p B wherein X4 18 -CR33- or -N-; p and s are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; Ri2, Riz, Rai, Raz, Rag, Ros, Rag, Ra7, Ras, Rao, Rag, Rai, Raz, and Ris are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; Rs is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, or nitro; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cg alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C,-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by N § ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cs alkyl; and optionally Ry; and Ry; taken together can form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  163. 163. A method of treating an PDPK1-mediated disorder in a patient comprising the step of irreversibly inhibiting PDPK1 by covalently modifying a lysine residue conserved at an equivalent position K169 of PDPK1.
  164. 164. A method of treating an PDPK1-mediated disorder in a patient comprising the step of irreversibly inhibiting PDPK1 by covalently modifying a lysine residue conserved at an equivalent position K173 of PDPK1.
  165. 165. A method of treating an PDPK1-mediated disorder in a patient comprising the step of irreversibly inhibiting PDPK1 by covalently modifying a lysine residue conserved at an equivalent position K86 of PDPKI.
  166. 166. A conjugate of the formula K169-linker-inhibitor moiety, wherein the K169 is K169 of PDPK1.
  167. 167. A conjugate of the formula K173-linker-inhibitor moiety, wherein the K173 is K173 of PDPK1.
  168. 168. A conjugate of the formula K86-linker-inhibitor moiety, wherein the K86 is K86 of PDPKI.
  169. 169. The conjugate of claims 166-168, wherein the inhibitor moiety is of the Formula C: R73 oO O Ro u rm Ao, R7R75 R74 H NH ul Ry: 57 N xX p C wherein Bs and B7 are each independently CR; or N; Reo is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, nitro, or -NH(CO)NR sR 79; Ry is hydrogen, C;-Cs alkyl, halogen, amino, nitro; R~, Ry, Ry, R73, R74, Rs, Rs, R77, Rs, and Ryo are each independently hydrogen or Ci-Cs alkyl; R; is hydrogen or C,-Cjs alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of the C,-Cg alkyl can be replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO,-, or -C(=S)-; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently replaced by § N ; optionally R7g, and Ryo taken together form a 4- to 8-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; and p is an integer from 0 to 4, u is an integer from 1 to 4.
  170. 170. The conjugate of claims 166-168, wherein the inhibitor moiety is of the Formula D: Rv CQ NH 0 Aor - > \ N N— NH H D wherein Ry is H, optionally substituted C;-Cs branched or straight chain alkyl, or optionally substituted C,-C; branched or straight chain acyl.
  171. 171. A method of treating an HCV protease-mediated disorder in a patient comprising the step of irreversibly inhibiting HCV protease by covalently modifying a lysine residue conserved at an equivalent position K136 of HCV-protease subtype of NS3/4A.
  172. 172. A conjugate of the formula K136-linker-inhibitor moiety, wherein the K136 is K136 of NS3/4A.
  173. 173. The conjugate of claim 172, wherein the inhibitor moiety is of the Formula E, F, or G: AR Rio n 6
    Ros. /~ \ Rico = Ny R R Roz N Roo dl 1011 A 140ng oy 5 Rit R111 R 12 0 00 oO Ri12 % R “Rios Rio7 Ros 9 ALR R Ros 13H NTS Ros R113 4 NS 106,72107 HRo, N H Rios N N R Oo. _N 105 0 Ros Rigs Red” io 2 R104 Rysd100 Rog” hid 0 2 R104 Rq143100 0 wana 102 Rios oO 102 Rp F E Zz AS R StR114] N tC " Rit 112 Ras 7 APR R Ros Rita Ng Roe Rio N N N R H 108 0 N Ros Rios R Reg” Nr +o Os Rios R116109 O mndrnn R10 G wherein Roo, Ros, Ros, Ros, Ro7, Ros, Roo, Rigo, R02, R104, Rios, Rios, R107, Rios, R109, R10, Ri11, Ri12, R113, and Ryy4 are each independently hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl; wherein one or more methylene groups of C;-Cs alkyl can be optionally replaced by -NR;-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S-, -SO-, -SO;-, or -C(=S)-; Rios is hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, or C,-Cg alkenyl; one or more methine groups of the C;-Cs alkyl, when present, can be independently i replaced by N ; R; is hydrogen or C;-Cg alkyl;
    each Rg; is independently hydrogen, C,-Cs alkyl, C,-Csg alkenyl, halogen, amino, nitro, optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl; ns is an integer from 0 to 4; and ns is an integer from 0 to 2.
  174. 174. A method of treating an PI3K-mediated disorder in a patient comprising the step of irreversibly inhibiting PI3K by covalently modifying a lysine residue conserved at an equivalent position K777 of PI3K.
  175. 175. A conjugate of the formula K777-linker-inhibitor moiety, wherein the K777 is K777 of PI3Kp.
  176. 176. A method of treating an PI3K-mediated disorder in a patient comprising the step of irreversibly inhibiting PI3K by covalently modifying a lysine residue conserved at an equivalent position K802 of PI3K.
  177. 177. A conjugate of the formula K802-linker-inhibitor moiety, wherein the K802 is K802 of PI3Ky.
  178. 178. A method of treating an PI3K-mediated disorder in a patient comprising the step of irreversibly inhibiting PI3K by covalently modifying a lysine residue conserved at an equivalent position K&890 of PI3Ky.
  179. 179. A conjugate of the formula K890-linker-inhibitor moiety, wherein the K890 is K&890 of PI3Ky.
  180. 180. The conjugate of claim 175, 177, or 179 wherein the inhibitor moiety is of the formula H, J, or K: 0 pl Pm ({ Pn a N SX N S Haz, HI <0 N = N\ N ® & TK H J K wherein n, m, p, and q are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3; provided that n and q are not 0 at the same time, and m and q are not 0 at the same time;
    A? is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having one or two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 5-10 membered saturated or partially unsaturated bridged bicyclic heterocyclic ring having at least one nitrogen, at least one oxygen, and optionally 1-2 additional heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; Bis an optionally substituted group selected from phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or —T-Rwh; and C? is hydrogen or an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8-to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  181. 181. The conjugate of claim 175, 177, or 179 wherein the inhibitor moiety is of Formula L or M: ° fo iN Roos Ys 205 "\ N NS Vs (Rosh N IN R204/N ~ _ J (Raven N ~ _ J (Raven O O (%) (%) , Via L M wherein R204 18 an hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Cs aliphatic, - (CH2)m-(3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring), -(CHz)m-(7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring), -(CH;)m-(4- to 7-
    membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), -(CH,),-(7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), -(CH,),-phenyl, -(CH;),~(8- to 10- membered bicyclic aryl ring), -(CHz)m-(5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur), or -(CH;)n-(8- to 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur);
    each Ryos and Ry is independently —R”, halogen, -NO,, —-CN, -OR"’, —-SR"’, —N(R"),, -C(O)R", COR", -C(O)C(O)R", —-C(O)CH,C(O)R", =S(O)R", —S(O),R", —C(O)N(R'")2, -SO2N(R"")2, “OC(O)R"", -N(R")C(O)R", -N(R"")N(R"")2, -N(R")C(=NR")N(R"), -C(=NR")N(R"");, -C=NOR", -N(R")C(O)N(R""),, —N(R")SO,N(R"")2, -N(R")SO,R", or -OC(O)N(R""),;
    each R” is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C; aliphatic, a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10- membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or two R” groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-8 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; m is an integer from 0 to 6, inclusive;
    cach n is independently 0, 1, or 2; and Ring A’ is an optionally substituted 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having 1-2 nitrogens.
  182. 182. The conjugate of claim 175, 177, or 179 wherein the inhibitor moiety is of Formula N: 0 “OX S /\ )—N 0 Rao1 N R202 N wherein: Ryo: 1s hydrogen or C;¢ alkyl; Ryo, 1s hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from C, ¢ alkyl, Ci alkoxy, or (C, alkylene)-Ry3; or Ryo: and Ry; are taken together with the intervening carbon to form an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3- to 7-membered carbocyclic ring or a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; Ros 1s a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, a 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; and Ring A’ is absent or an optionally substituted group selected from a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  183. 183. The conjugate of claim 175, 177, or 179 wherein the inhibitor moiety is of Formula O:
    F (Raosh NS JO _HN _ Rand S Zz ¢ 00 ory MeO” N (a3) pg” oO wherein each Ryos and Ry6 1s independently —R”, halogen, -NO,, -CN, —OR"’, —SR"’, —-N(R""),, -C(O)R"”, —CO,R", -C(O)C(O)R", -C(O)CH,C(O)R", =S(O)R", -S(O);R"’, =C(O)N(R"")2, -SO2N(R'"),, “OC(O)R"’, N(R" )C(O)R"’, =N(R")N(R"")2, -N(R")C(=NR")N(R""),, -C(=NR")N(R");, -C=NOR", -N(R")C(O)N(R"")2, -N(R")SO,N(R"’),, -N(R"")SO;R", or -OC(ONR"); each R" is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted group selected from Cis aliphatic, a 3- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic carbocyclic ring, a 4- to 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, a 7- to 10-membered saturated or partially unsaturated bicyclic heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, phenyl, an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic aryl ring, a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or an 8- to 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or optionally, two R"" groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form an optionally substituted 5-8 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; m is an integer from 0 to 6, inclusive; cach n is independently 0, 1, or 2; and Ring A’ is an optionally substituted 6-membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having 1-2 nitrogens.
  184. 184. The conjugate of claim 175, 177, or 179 wherein the inhibitor moiety is of Formula P:
    nnn Cl 0 N = o— N N==\ S NH Bh N ~F N P
SG2012047650A 2009-12-30 2010-12-30 Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein SG181965A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US33504309P 2009-12-30 2009-12-30
PCT/US2010/062473 WO2011082285A1 (en) 2009-12-30 2010-12-30 Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
SG181965A1 true SG181965A1 (en) 2012-08-30

Family

ID=44226810

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
SG2012047650A SG181965A1 (en) 2009-12-30 2010-12-30 Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (2) US20110269244A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2519664A4 (en)
JP (2) JP2013516422A (en)
KR (1) KR20130067487A (en)
CN (1) CN102812167A (en)
AU (2) AU2010339456A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112012015721A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2785738A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2012007684A (en)
RU (1) RU2012132473A (en)
SG (1) SG181965A1 (en)
TW (1) TW201134825A (en)
WO (1) WO2011082285A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (88)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
NZ583970A (en) 2007-10-11 2011-04-29 Univ California Compositions and methods of inhibiting n-acylethanolamine-hydrolyzing acid amidase
US9273077B2 (en) 2008-05-21 2016-03-01 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorus derivatives as kinase inhibitors
CA2723961C (en) 2008-05-21 2017-03-21 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorous derivatives as kinase inhibitors
CN102405284B (en) * 2008-09-05 2016-01-20 新基阿维罗米克斯研究公司 The algorithm of design irreversible inhibitor
RU2012114902A (en) 2009-09-16 2013-10-27 Авила Терапьютикс, Инк. CONJUGATES AND PROTEINKINASE INHIBITORS
CA2785738A1 (en) 2009-12-30 2011-07-07 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein
CN103501612B (en) 2011-05-04 2017-03-29 阿里亚德医药股份有限公司 The compound that cell is bred in cancer caused by suppression EGF-R ELISA
AU2012267556B9 (en) 2011-06-09 2017-05-11 Rhizen Pharmaceuticals Sa Novel compounds as modulators of GPR-119
PL2762466T3 (en) * 2011-09-29 2017-09-29 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Phenyl derivative
EP2782567B1 (en) * 2011-11-22 2017-03-22 The Regents of The University of California Disubstituted beta-lactones as inhibitors of n-acylethanolamine acid amidase (naaa)
WO2013169401A1 (en) 2012-05-05 2013-11-14 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds for inhibiting cell proliferation in egfr-driven cancers
HUE054444T2 (en) * 2012-09-26 2021-09-28 Harvard College Proline-locked stapled peptides and uses thereof
CN103788071A (en) * 2012-11-01 2014-05-14 中国人民解放军第二军医大学 N-(5-(quinolyl-6-yl) pyridyl-3-yl)benzsulfamide derivatives, and preparation method and treatment use thereof
US9493510B2 (en) 2013-01-10 2016-11-15 Noliva Therapeutics Llc Peptidomimetic compounds
WO2014143659A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Araxes Pharma Llc Irreversible covalent inhibitors of the gtpase k-ras g12c
US9227978B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-01-05 Araxes Pharma Llc Covalent inhibitors of Kras G12C
WO2014144547A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Amide derivatives of lactam based n-acylethanolamine acid amidase (naaa) inhibitors
WO2014144836A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Carbamate derivatives of lactam based n-acylethanolamine acid amidase (naaa) inhibitors
MY183186A (en) 2013-03-26 2021-02-18 Ono Pharmaceutical Co Phenyl derivative
US9611283B1 (en) 2013-04-10 2017-04-04 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for inhibiting cell proliferation in ALK-driven cancers
UY35675A (en) 2013-07-24 2015-02-27 Novartis Ag SUBSTITUTED DERIVATIVES OF QUINAZOLIN-4-ONA
KR20160076519A (en) * 2013-10-10 2016-06-30 아락세스 파마 엘엘씨 Inhibitors of kras g12c
TWI659021B (en) 2013-10-10 2019-05-11 亞瑞克西斯製藥公司 Inhibitors of kras g12c
EP3091002B1 (en) * 2013-12-27 2019-10-09 API Corporation Method for producing 5-hydroxypiperidine-2-carboxylic acid
WO2015109391A1 (en) 2014-01-24 2015-07-30 Children's Hospital Of Eastern Ontario Research Institute Inc. Smc combination therapy for the treatment of cancer
EP3151920A4 (en) * 2014-06-04 2017-12-27 Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institute Use of inhibitor of apoptosis protein (iap) antagonists in hiv therapy
JO3556B1 (en) 2014-09-18 2020-07-05 Araxes Pharma Llc Combination therapies for treatment of cancer
WO2016049524A1 (en) 2014-09-25 2016-03-31 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
US10011600B2 (en) 2014-09-25 2018-07-03 Araxes Pharma Llc Methods and compositions for inhibition of Ras
TW201702232A (en) 2015-04-10 2017-01-16 亞瑞克西斯製藥公司 Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use thereof
US10428064B2 (en) 2015-04-15 2019-10-01 Araxes Pharma Llc Fused-tricyclic inhibitors of KRAS and methods of use thereof
US10144724B2 (en) 2015-07-22 2018-12-04 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2017058807A1 (en) 2015-09-28 2017-04-06 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
US10858343B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2020-12-08 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
WO2017058768A1 (en) 2015-09-28 2017-04-06 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
WO2017058915A1 (en) 2015-09-28 2017-04-06 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
EP3356339A1 (en) 2015-09-28 2018-08-08 Araxes Pharma LLC Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
US10882847B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2021-01-05 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
US10730867B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2020-08-04 Araxes Pharma Llc Inhibitors of KRAS G12C mutant proteins
WO2017070256A2 (en) 2015-10-19 2017-04-27 Araxes Pharma Llc Method for screening inhibitors of ras
JP7015059B2 (en) 2015-11-16 2022-02-15 アラクセス ファーマ エルエルシー 2-substituted quinazoline compounds containing substituted heterocyclic groups and their usage
WO2017100546A1 (en) 2015-12-09 2017-06-15 Araxes Pharma Llc Methods for preparation of quinazoline derivatives
US10590084B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-03-17 Blade Therapeutics, Inc. Cyclic keto-amide compounds as calpain modulators and methods of production and use thereof
WO2017172979A1 (en) 2016-03-30 2017-10-05 Araxes Pharma Llc Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use
ES2863873T3 (en) 2016-05-18 2021-10-11 Mirati Therapeutics Inc KRAS G12C inhibitors
AU2017292646A1 (en) 2016-07-05 2019-02-07 Blade Therapeutics, Inc. Calpain modulators and therapeutic uses thereof
US10646488B2 (en) 2016-07-13 2020-05-12 Araxes Pharma Llc Conjugates of cereblon binding compounds and G12C mutant KRAS, HRAS or NRAS protein modulating compounds and methods of use thereof
EP3523294A4 (en) 2016-09-28 2021-01-13 Blade Therapeutics, Inc. Calpain modulators and therapeutic uses thereof
EP3519402A1 (en) 2016-09-29 2019-08-07 Araxes Pharma LLC Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins
CN110312711A (en) 2016-10-07 2019-10-08 亚瑞克西斯制药公司 Heterocyclic compound and its application method as RAS inhibitor
CN107314979A (en) * 2016-10-09 2017-11-03 河南理工大学 A kind of copper ion sensor based on rhodamine 6G, preparation and application
WO2018140514A1 (en) 2017-01-26 2018-08-02 Araxes Pharma Llc 1-(6-(3-hydroxynaphthalen-1-yl)quinazolin-2-yl)azetidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one derivatives and similar compounds as kras g12c inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
EP3573964A1 (en) 2017-01-26 2019-12-04 Araxes Pharma LLC Benzothiophene and benzothiazole compounds and methods of use thereof
US11274093B2 (en) 2017-01-26 2022-03-15 Araxes Pharma Llc Fused bicyclic benzoheteroaromatic compounds and methods of use thereof
US11059819B2 (en) 2017-01-26 2021-07-13 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Fused hetero-hetero bicyclic compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2018140513A1 (en) 2017-01-26 2018-08-02 Araxes Pharma Llc 1-(3-(6-(3-hydroxynaphthalen-1-yl)benzofuran-2-yl)azetidin-1yl)prop-2-en-1-one derivatives and similar compounds as kras g12c modulators for treating cancer
CA3063440A1 (en) 2017-05-25 2018-11-29 Araxes Pharma Llc Covalent inhibitors of kras
WO2018218071A1 (en) 2017-05-25 2018-11-29 Araxes Pharma Llc Compounds and methods of use thereof for treatment of cancer
US11639346B2 (en) 2017-05-25 2023-05-02 Araxes Pharma Llc Quinazoline derivatives as modulators of mutant KRAS, HRAS or NRAS
KR20200081417A (en) 2017-11-01 2020-07-07 더 리젠츠 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 캘리포니아 New agents targeting apoptosis inhibitor proteins
JP6887520B2 (en) * 2017-11-01 2021-06-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Oral pharmaceutical composition
US10647715B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2020-05-12 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. KRas G12C inhibitors
EP3710439B1 (en) 2017-11-15 2023-02-15 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. Kras g12c inhibitors
US10696638B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2020-06-30 Industrial Technology Research Institute Compounds for inhibiting AGC kinase and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
WO2019217307A1 (en) 2018-05-07 2019-11-14 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. Kras g12c inhibitors
CN110963991A (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-07 嘉兴学院 PI3K inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof
CN109721522A (en) * 2018-12-29 2019-05-07 常州吉恩药业有限公司 A kind of high-quality N- tertbutyloxycarbonyl-L-Glutimic acid benzyl ester industrialized preparing process
EP3908283A4 (en) 2019-01-10 2022-10-12 Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. Kras g12c inhibitors
JP2022518591A (en) * 2019-01-29 2022-03-15 博瑞生物医薬（蘇州）股▲分▼有限公司 Heterocyclic compound benzopyridone and its use
US11547759B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2023-01-10 Montelino Therapeutics, Inc. Bi-functional compounds and methods for targeted ubiquitination of androgen receptor
CN113677668A (en) 2019-01-30 2021-11-19 蒙特利诺治疗公司 Bifunctional compounds and methods for androgen receptor targeted ubiquitination
JP2022531801A (en) 2019-05-10 2022-07-11 デシフェラ・ファーマシューティカルズ，エルエルシー Phenylaminopyrimidine amide autophagy inhibitor and how to use it
CN114072397A (en) 2019-05-10 2022-02-18 德西费拉制药有限责任公司 Heteroaryl aminopyrimidine amide autophagy inhibitors and methods of use thereof
WO2020241340A1 (en) * 2019-05-24 2020-12-03 株式会社糖鎖工学研究所 Novel artificial protein catalyst
MX2021015628A (en) 2019-06-17 2022-04-18 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals Llc Aminopyrimidine amide autophagy inhibitors and methods of use thereof.
CN110256322B (en) * 2019-06-27 2023-12-15 济南大学 Key intermediate for synthesizing avibactam and recrystallization process thereof
JP2022546043A (en) 2019-08-29 2022-11-02 ミラティ セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド KRAS G12D inhibitor
WO2021055749A1 (en) * 2019-09-19 2021-03-25 Totus Medicines Inc. Therapeutic conjugates
KR20220091480A (en) 2019-09-24 2022-06-30 미라티 테라퓨틱스, 인크. combination therapy
CN114929869A (en) 2019-11-08 2022-08-19 科亚韦治疗公司 Modified adeno-associated virus vectors and delivery thereof to the central nervous system
WO2021105116A1 (en) * 2019-11-28 2021-06-03 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted aminoquinolones as dgkalpha inhibitors for immune activation
IL294048A (en) 2019-12-20 2022-08-01 Mirati Therapeutics Inc Sos1 inhibitors
EP4132921A4 (en) * 2020-04-09 2024-03-27 Purdue Research Foundation Pi3 kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
CN111665351B (en) * 2020-06-20 2021-12-03 江南大学 Method for quickly and specifically determining RNA content
IL302444A (en) * 2020-11-06 2023-06-01 Coave Therapeutics Lactam-modified adeno-associated virus vectors
WO2023070114A2 (en) * 2021-10-22 2023-04-27 Terremoto Biosciences, Inc. Reversible lysine covalent modifiers of egfr and uses thereof
CN114105848B (en) * 2021-11-24 2024-01-12 四川同晟生物医药有限公司 Preparation method of cis-D-hydroxyproline derivative
WO2023165581A1 (en) * 2022-03-03 2023-09-07 四川汇宇制药股份有限公司 Pyridine derivative and use thereof

Family Cites Families (98)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3710795A (en) 1970-09-29 1973-01-16 Alza Corp Drug-delivery device with stretched, rate-controlling membrane
US4650750A (en) 1982-02-01 1987-03-17 Giese Roger W Method of chemical analysis employing molecular release tag compounds
US5516931A (en) 1982-02-01 1996-05-14 Northeastern University Release tag compounds producing ketone signal groups
US4709016A (en) 1982-02-01 1987-11-24 Northeastern University Molecular analytical release tags and their use in chemical analysis
US5650270A (en) 1982-02-01 1997-07-22 Northeastern University Molecular analytical release tags and their use in chemical analysis
US5262564A (en) 1992-10-30 1993-11-16 Octamer, Inc. Sulfinic acid adducts of organo nitroso compounds useful as retroviral inactivating agents anti-retroviral agents and anti-tumor agents
US5756466A (en) 1994-06-17 1998-05-26 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of interleukin-1β converting enzyme
US6057119A (en) 1994-06-17 2000-05-02 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated Crystal structure and mutants of interleukin-1β converting enzyme
US5760041A (en) 1996-02-05 1998-06-02 American Cyanamid Company 4-aminoquinazoline EGFR Inhibitors
PL190489B1 (en) 1996-04-12 2005-12-30 Warner Lambert Co Irreversible inhibitors of tyrosine kinases
CA2261974A1 (en) 1996-07-25 1998-02-05 Biogen, Inc. Molecular model for vla-4 inhibitors
US6686350B1 (en) 1996-07-25 2004-02-03 Biogen, Inc. Cell adhesion inhibitors
WO1998024805A1 (en) 1996-12-06 1998-06-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated INHIBITORS OF INTERLEUKIN-1β CONVERTING ENZYME
US6002008A (en) 1997-04-03 1999-12-14 American Cyanamid Company Substituted 3-cyano quinolines
ZA986732B (en) 1997-07-29 1999-02-02 Warner Lambert Co Irreversible inhibitiors of tyrosine kinases
US6251912B1 (en) 1997-08-01 2001-06-26 American Cyanamid Company Substituted quinazoline derivatives
US6162613A (en) 1998-02-18 2000-12-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for designing inhibitors of serine/threonine-kinases and tyrosine kinases
US7383135B1 (en) 1998-05-04 2008-06-03 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods of designing inhibitors for JNK kinases
US6919178B2 (en) 2000-11-21 2005-07-19 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Extended tethering approach for rapid identification of ligands
US6335155B1 (en) 1998-06-26 2002-01-01 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for rapidly identifying small organic molecule ligands for binding to biological target molecules
WO2000018895A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2000-04-06 The Children's Medical Center Corporation Short peptides which selectively modulate the activity of protein kinases
US6288082B1 (en) 1998-09-29 2001-09-11 American Cyanamid Company Substituted 3-cyanoquinolines
ES2188254T3 (en) 1998-11-19 2003-06-16 Warner Lambert Co N- (4- (3-CHLORO-4-FLUORO-PHENYLAMINE) -7- (3-MORFOLIN-4-IL-PROPOXI) -QUIN AZOLIN-6-IL) -ACRILAMADA, AN IRREVERSIBLE THYROSINE KINASE INHIBITOR.
CA2375229A1 (en) 1999-06-17 2000-12-28 Source Precision Medicine, Inc. Method and compounds for inhibiting activity of serine elastases
US6420364B1 (en) 1999-09-13 2002-07-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compound useful as reversible inhibitors of cysteine proteases
EP1207864A2 (en) 2000-02-05 2002-05-29 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions useful as inhibitors of erk
US6384051B1 (en) 2000-03-13 2002-05-07 American Cyanamid Company Method of treating or inhibiting colonic polyps
US7427689B2 (en) 2000-07-28 2008-09-23 Georgetown University ErbB-2 selective small molecule kinase inhibitors
BR0116411A (en) 2000-12-21 2003-11-11 Vertex Pharma Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US7235576B1 (en) 2001-01-12 2007-06-26 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Omega-carboxyaryl substituted diphenyl ureas as raf kinase inhibitors
IL144583A0 (en) 2001-07-26 2002-05-23 Peptor Ltd Chimeric protein kinase inhibitors
JP4391237B2 (en) 2001-11-21 2009-12-24 サネシス ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Methods for ligand discovery
WO2003064406A1 (en) 2002-01-07 2003-08-07 Sequoia Pharmaceuticals Resistance-repellent retroviral protease inhibitors
WO2003081210A2 (en) 2002-03-21 2003-10-02 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Identification of kinase inhibitors
GB0213186D0 (en) * 2002-06-08 2002-07-17 Univ Dundee Methods
MY141867A (en) 2002-06-20 2010-07-16 Vertex Pharma Substituted pyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
EP1375517A1 (en) * 2002-06-21 2004-01-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Structure of a glucocorticoid receptor ligand binding domain comprising an expanded binding pocket and methods employing same
GB0221169D0 (en) * 2002-09-12 2002-10-23 Univ Bath Crystal
EA200500721A1 (en) * 2002-11-28 2005-12-29 Шеринг Акциенгезельшафт Pyrimidines inhibiting CHK, PDK and ACT, THEIR RECEIVING AND USING AS MEDICINES
PE20040945A1 (en) 2003-02-05 2004-12-14 Warner Lambert Co PREPARATION OF SUBSTITUTED QUINAZOLINES
AU2004210972A1 (en) 2003-02-11 2004-08-26 Immusol Incorporated siRNA libraries optimized for predetermined protein families
US7557129B2 (en) 2003-02-28 2009-07-07 Bayer Healthcare Llc Cyanopyridine derivatives useful in the treatment of cancer and other disorders
MXPA05009102A (en) 2003-02-28 2006-05-31 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corp Substituted pyridine derivatives useful in the treatment of cancer and other disorders.
JP4594925B2 (en) 2003-02-28 2010-12-08 ニッポネックス インコーポレイテッド 2-Oxo-1,3,5-perhydrotriazapine derivatives useful for the treatment of hyperproliferative, angiogenic and inflammatory diseases
US9006388B2 (en) 2003-03-26 2015-04-14 Sudhir Paul Covalent attachment of ligands to nucleophilic proteins guided by non-covalent
US7687506B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2010-03-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Selective serine/threonine kinase inhibitors
US8748601B2 (en) 2003-04-11 2014-06-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Selective serine/threonine kinase inhibitors
CA2526617C (en) 2003-05-20 2015-04-28 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Diaryl ureas with kinase inhibiting activity
MXPA06001110A (en) 2003-08-01 2006-04-11 Wyeth Corp Use of combination of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor and cytotoxic agents for treatment and inhibition of cancer.
GB0321710D0 (en) 2003-09-16 2003-10-15 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
AU2003270848A1 (en) 2003-09-17 2005-04-27 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Identification of kinase inhibitors
WO2005043118A2 (en) 2003-10-27 2005-05-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Drug discovery method
AU2005206929B2 (en) * 2004-01-16 2008-01-24 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Conformationally constrained Smac mimetics and the uses thereof
WO2005075425A2 (en) 2004-01-30 2005-08-18 Merck Patent Gmbh Substituted bisarylurea derivatives as kinase inhibitors
US20070299092A1 (en) 2004-05-20 2007-12-27 Wyeth Quinone Substituted Quinazoline and Quinoline Kinase Inhibitors
US20080268460A1 (en) 2004-05-20 2008-10-30 Wyeth Assays to Identify Irreversibly Binding Inhibitors of Receptor Tyrosine Kinases
US7521457B2 (en) 2004-08-20 2009-04-21 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Pyrimidines as PLK inhibitors
EP1794137A4 (en) 2004-09-27 2009-12-02 Kosan Biosciences Inc Specific kinase inhibitors
BRPI0515991A (en) 2004-10-13 2008-08-19 Merck Patent Gmbh heterocyclically substituted bisarylurea derivatives as kinase inhibitors
DE602006021142D1 (en) 2005-02-03 2011-05-19 Gen Hospital Corp METHOD FOR THE TREATMENT OF GEFITINIB-RESISTANT CANCER
CA2646257A1 (en) 2005-04-14 2006-10-26 Wyeth Use of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor (egfr) in gefitinib resistant patients
AR053602A1 (en) 2005-05-03 2007-05-09 Smithkline Beecham Corp COMPOUND OF 2- ARILAMINO -4-OXO-1,3-TIAZOL-5 (4H) - SUBSTITUTED, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES IT, PROCESS TO PREPARE IT AND USE OF THE COMPOUND TO PREPARE A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
PL1877098T3 (en) 2005-05-05 2013-09-30 Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd Alpha aminoacid ester-drug conjugates hydrolysable by carboxylesterase
GB0509224D0 (en) 2005-05-05 2005-06-15 Chroma Therapeutics Ltd Inhibitors of intracellular enzymatic activity
JP2008545670A (en) 2005-05-27 2008-12-18 バイエル・ヘルスケア・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Combination therapy involving diarylureas for the treatment of disease
DK1951684T3 (en) 2005-11-01 2016-10-24 Targegen Inc BIARYLMETAPYRIMIDIN kinase inhibitors
CN101316843B (en) 2005-11-03 2013-01-02 顶点医药品公司 Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
WO2007062459A1 (en) 2005-11-29 2007-06-07 Cytopia Research Pty Ltd Selective kinase inhibitors based on pyridine scaffold
EP1968950A4 (en) 2005-12-19 2010-04-28 Genentech Inc Pyrimidine kinase inhibitors
TW200736232A (en) 2006-01-26 2007-10-01 Astrazeneca Ab Pyrimidine derivatives
CN101415727A (en) 2006-04-07 2009-04-22 莫德普罗股份公司 Binder for C-reactive protein
CN101054380B (en) 2006-04-13 2011-07-20 沈阳药科大学 Pyrazolopyrimidine derivative used as cell cycle dependency protein kinase inhibitor
US7601852B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2009-10-13 Kosan Biosciences Incorporated Macrocyclic kinase inhibitors
CA2858520A1 (en) 2006-05-18 2007-11-29 Pharmacyclics Inc. Intracellular kinase inhibitors
EP2081435B1 (en) 2006-09-22 2016-05-04 Pharmacyclics LLC Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase
WO2008049123A2 (en) 2006-10-19 2008-04-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine derivatives as inhibitors of jak kinases for the treatment of autoimmune diseases
AU2007333394C1 (en) 2006-12-08 2011-08-18 Novartis Ag Compounds and compositions as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2008079719A1 (en) 2006-12-19 2008-07-03 Genentech, Inc. Pyrimidine kinase inhibitors
ES2702362T3 (en) 2007-01-31 2019-02-28 Ym Biosciences Australia Pty Compounds based on thiopyrimidine and uses thereof
PE20090717A1 (en) 2007-05-18 2009-07-18 Smithkline Beecham Corp QUINOLINE DERIVATIVES AS PI3 KINASE INHIBITORS
CA2689989A1 (en) 2007-06-04 2008-12-11 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2009030890A1 (en) 2007-09-03 2009-03-12 University Court Of The University Of Dundee Pyrimidine compounds for the treatment of cancer, septic shock and/or primary open angle glaucoma
US7989465B2 (en) 2007-10-19 2011-08-02 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
EP2214486A4 (en) * 2007-10-19 2011-03-09 Avila Therapeutics Inc Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
TWI487522B (en) 2007-12-21 2015-06-11 賽基艾維洛米斯研究股份有限公司 Hcv protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8309685B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-11-13 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8293705B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-10-23 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
JP5755449B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2015-07-29 セルジーン アビロミクス リサーチ， インコーポレイテッド HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
CA2713388C (en) 2008-01-14 2016-03-29 William Scott Sulfone substituted 2,3-dihydroimidazo [1,2-c] quinazoline derivatives useful for treating hyper-proliferative disorders and diseases associated with angiogenesis
BRPI0914682B8 (en) 2008-06-27 2021-05-25 Avila Therapeutics Inc heteroaryl compounds and compositions comprising said compounds
US8338439B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2012-12-25 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US8188137B2 (en) 2008-08-15 2012-05-29 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
CN102405284B (en) 2008-09-05 2016-01-20 新基阿维罗米克斯研究公司 The algorithm of design irreversible inhibitor
US8603737B2 (en) 2008-09-19 2013-12-10 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Methods for identifying HCV protease inhibitors
CA2773848A1 (en) 2009-09-09 2011-03-17 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Pi3 kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
RU2012114902A (en) 2009-09-16 2013-10-27 Авила Терапьютикс, Инк. CONJUGATES AND PROTEINKINASE INHIBITORS
CA2785738A1 (en) 2009-12-30 2011-07-07 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein
KR20130099040A (en) 2010-08-10 2013-09-05 셀진 아빌로믹스 리서치, 인코포레이티드 Besylate salt of a btk inhibitor

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2010339456A1 (en) 2012-07-05
EP2519664A4 (en) 2014-03-12
TW201134825A (en) 2011-10-16
KR20130067487A (en) 2013-06-25
US11542492B2 (en) 2023-01-03
JP2016195596A (en) 2016-11-24
CA2785738A1 (en) 2011-07-07
AU2016244281A1 (en) 2016-11-03
CN102812167A (en) 2012-12-05
JP2013516422A (en) 2013-05-13
US20110269244A1 (en) 2011-11-03
US20170218353A1 (en) 2017-08-03
EP2519664A1 (en) 2012-11-07
MX2012007684A (en) 2012-10-05
BR112012015721A2 (en) 2017-09-26
RU2012132473A (en) 2014-02-10
WO2011082285A1 (en) 2011-07-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
SG181965A1 (en) Ligand-directed covalent modification of protein
CN114466838B (en) Nitrile-containing antiviral compounds
CN105916855B (en) As substituted 4 of Casein kinase 1 D/E inhibitor, 5,6,7- tetrahydro-pyrazoles simultaneously [1,5-A] pyrazines derivatives
CN109071552A (en) The degradation and application method that cell cycle protein dependent kinase 4/6 (CDK4/6) passes through the conjugation of CDK4/6 inhibitor and E3 ligase ligand
CN105051047B (en) Chemical individual
CA2791166C (en) Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds and their use as pde10 inhibitors
TW200934763A (en) Peptide deformylase inhibitors
MX2012005678A (en) Kinase inhibitors.
AU2016366398A1 (en) Bicyclic inhibitors of PAD4
CA2907243A1 (en) Substituted dihydropyrimidopyrimidinone compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof use fgfr4 inhibitor
CN103313968A (en) Nampt and rock inhibitors
CA2957048A1 (en) Optionally fused heterocyclyl-substituted derivatives of pyrimidine useful for the treatment of inflammatory, metabolic, oncologic and autoimmune diseases
JP2009533323A (en) Pyrrolopyrimidine derivatives used as HSP90 inhibitors
WO2018066545A1 (en) Heterocyclic compound
US20230099018A1 (en) Hepatitis c virus ns3/4a protease inhibitors
JP2023534803A (en) 7-(piperidin-1-yl)-4H-pyrimido[1,2-B]pyridazin-4-one derivatives as positive allosteric modulators of the muscarinic acetylcholine receptor M4
Zhao et al. Synthesis and SAR of 4, 5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo [4, 3-h] quinazoline derivatives as potent and selective CDK4/6 inhibitors
Wei et al. Discovery of new Lenalidomide derivatives as potent and selective GSPT1 degraders
CN109219608A (en) Condensed five rings imdazole derivatives as TNF active regulator
CN104337812B (en) Substituted heteroaryl compound and its application method and purposes
TW201127845A (en) Pyrazolothiazole compound
Li et al. Discovery of novel 2-phenylamino-4-prolylpyrimidine derivatives as TRK/ALK dual inhibitors with promising antitumor effects
CN117794896A (en) Protease inhibitors for the treatment of coronavirus infections
BLOG diabetes, Uncategorized Comments Off on SAXAGLIPTIN
SA07280596B1 (en) Pyridine Amide Compounds and Their Use as Inhibitors of 11- B- Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase Type 1 Enzyme